diff --git a/en_tn_01-GEN.tsv b/en_tn_01-GEN.tsv
index e744ccab79..4ef8407f14 100644
--- a/en_tn_01-GEN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_01-GEN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-GEN front intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Genesis
1. From the Creation to the Tower of Babel
- The account of the creation of the heavens and the earth (1:1–4:26)
- The account of Adam (5:1–6:8)
- The account of Noah (6:9–11:9)
- The account of Shem (11:10–11:26)
- The account of Terah (11:27–11:32)
1. The accounts of the Patriarchs
- The account of Abraham (12:1-25:11)
- The account of Ishmael (25:12–25:18)
- The account of Isaac, focusing on Jacob (25:19–35:29)
- The account of Esau (36:1–37:1)
- The account of Jacob, focusing on Joseph (37:2–50:26)
### What is Genesis about?
Genesis begins with the early years of creation. It tells about God creating heaven, earth, and the first humans. It also tells about the first time humans sinned. This caused humans to be separated from God and to eventually die. Genesis 1-11 briefly tells about other important events that occurred over many hundreds of years. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
Genesis is also about the beginning of God’s people. Genesis 12-50 tells about how God remained faithful to Abraham and his descendants. Abraham’s descendants became known as the Hebrews and later as the Israelites. These people would worship Yahweh and be his people.
Genesis ends with Abraham’s descendants living in Egypt with the hope of returning one day to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Genesis” means “beginning,” so translators should express this idea in their title. Titles such as “The Beginning of Things” may be suitable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote Genesis?
The writers of both the Old and New Testaments presented Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Genesis. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What are the covenants mentioned in Genesis?
A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.
God made three covenants in Genesis. In the covenant with Adam, God promised to bless Adam and cause him to prosper. Adam was not allowed to eat fruit from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. God promised that Adam would die if he disobeyed what he commanded.
In the covenant with Noah, God promised to never again destroy the world with a flood.
In the covenant with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect them and to give them a land of their own.
### What was God’s purpose for the book of Genesis?
The book of Genesis says that God created a very good world. However, the world became cursed because human beings began to sin. But Genesis shows that God continues to have complete control over the world.
Genesis also describes the start of God’s plan to bless the whole world again. This is shown when God makes a covenant with Abraham. With this covenant, God chose Abraham and his descendants to be his people. God promised to bless the world through Abraham’s descendants.
### What was the custom for inheritance as described by Genesis?
There are several passages in Genesis that show the customs of a father who is about to die passing on a blessing to his son. Abraham blessed his son, Isaac, and made him the ancestor of the people of Israel. However, Ishmael, Abraham’s other son, did not receive that same divine blessing. Likewise, Isaac’s older son Esau did not receive the blessing. Isaac’s younger son, Jacob, received it instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
Also, it was the custom for a man to divide among his sons his material wealth and land. All his sons received equal portions except the oldest son. The firstborn son received twice as much. His portion was called a double portion. Esau gave up his right to receive the double portion.
### How does Genesis present sin and evil?
Genesis presents sin as doing things that are against God’s word and God’s ways. It presents evil as the opposite of good.
Sin and evil have affected all people. This started when Adam disobeyed God in the Garden of Eden.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is one way in which Genesis marks the beginning of important sections?
Genesis uses one Hebrew phrase that the ULT translates as “this is the record of,” “these were the events concerning,” or “these were the descendants of.” The information in these sections may have come from sources much older than Moses. These passages are 2:4; 5:1; 6:9; 10:1; 11:10, 27; 25:12, 19; 36:1, 9; 37:2.
If the translator wants to translate in only two ways, we recommend for most passages a phrase such as, “this is the record about” or “this is information about.” Some passages will be better translated, however, as “These were the descendants of.”
### Why are the beginnings of some narrative sections in Genesis difficult to translate?
Often in Genesis, the author first summarizes what is about to happen. Then in the following verses, the author tells the details of what happened. Probable examples of this style occur in Gen. 1:1, 6:22, 18:1, 21:1 and 22:1.
However, in many languages, it is preferred to write summaries at the end of a narrative. In this case, translators may choose a different approach. For example, in Gen. 1:1 (“In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth”), translators may decide to translate like this: “This is about how God made the heavens and the earth in the beginning.”
### What is the difference between “people,” “peoples,” and “people groups”?
The word “people” refers to all the individuals who belong to a group, such as “the people of Israel.” The word “peoples” (used in the ULT) refers to multiple groups of people. Each people group might speak their own language, have their own customs, and worships their own gods. Some different peoples in the ancient Near East were those of Israel, Egypt, Edom, Moab, and Ammon.
The expression “people groups” (used in the UST) means the same thing as “peoples” in the ULT. The translator should use the most equivalent term that is common in the project language.
### What is the relationship between individuals and peoples that have similar names?
Many individuals in Genesis eventually had large numbers of descendants who were called after their ancestor’s name. For example, Cush was the name of an individual. But, “Cush” also became the name of nation that his descendants formed. They were called “Cushites.” If possible, when translating these names, the translator should make the individual’s name and the nation’s name similar. Examples of this are “Cush” and “Cushite” or “Moab” and “Moabite.” Otherwise, the translator may say, “the descendants of Cush” or “the descendants of Moab.”
### What do the phrases “to this day” or “of today” mean?
These phrases were used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” and “of today” refer to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Gen. 19:37, 19:38, 22:14, 26:33, 32:32, 35:20, 47:26, 48:18.
-GEN 1 intro zb6f 0 # Genesis 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter presents the first account of God creating the world. There is a pattern to this account: “God said…God saw that it was good…This was evening and morning, the first day.” Translators should preserve this pattern in their versions.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The universe
This account of creation is told within the framework of ancient Hebrew ideas about the universe: the earth was resting with water around it and below it. Over the earth was something like a vast dome, called “an expanse between the waters” (1:6), on top of which was more water. Translators should try to keep these original images in their work, even though readers in their project language might have a completely different idea of what the universe is like.
### Evening and morning
Genesis 1 presents the ancient Hebrew idea of a day: it begins with sunset, lasts through the night and continues through the daylight hours until the next sunset. This pattern should be preserved in translation, even if readers in the project language define “day” differently.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “In the beginning”
Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.
### “God said, ‘Let there be’”
This expression occurs often in this chapter. It can be difficult to translate, because God is not shown as talking to a particular person. If God is talking to a thing, it is something not yet in existence. Translators should find the most natural way in the project language to signal the idea that God spoke things into existence; he created the world and the things in it by simply commanding that they should exist.
+GEN front intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Genesis
1. From the Creation to the Tower of Babel
- The account of the creation of the heavens and the earth (1:1–4:26)
- The account of Adam (5:1–6:8)
- The account of Noah (6:9–11:9)
- The account of Shem (11:10–11:26)
- The account of Terah (11:27–11:32)
1. The accounts of the Patriarchs
- The account of Abraham (12:1-25:11)
- The account of Ishmael (25:12–25:18)
- The account of Isaac, focusing on Jacob (25:19–35:29)
- The account of Esau (36:1–37:1)
- The account of Jacob, focusing on Joseph (37:2–50:26)
### What is Genesis about?
Genesis begins with the early years of creation. It tells about God creating heaven, earth, and the first humans. It also tells about the first time humans sinned. This caused humans to be separated from God and to eventually die. Genesis 1-11 briefly tells about other important events that occurred over many hundreds of years. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
Genesis is also about the beginning of God’s people. Genesis 12-50 tells about how God remained faithful to Abraham and his descendants. Abraham’s descendants became known as the Hebrews and later as the Israelites. These people would worship Yahweh and be his people.
Genesis ends with Abraham’s descendants living in Egypt with the hope of returning one day to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Genesis” means “beginning,” so translators should express this idea in their title. Titles such as “The Beginning of Things” may be suitable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote Genesis?
The writers of both the Old and New Testaments presented Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Genesis. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What are the covenants mentioned in Genesis?
A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.
God made three covenants in Genesis. In the covenant with Adam, God promised to bless Adam and cause him to prosper. Adam was not allowed to eat fruit from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. God promised that Adam would die if he disobeyed what he commanded.
In the covenant with Noah, God promised to never again destroy the world with a flood.
In the covenant with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect them and to give them a land of their own.
### What was God’s purpose for the book of Genesis?
The book of Genesis says that God created a very good world. However, the world became cursed because human beings began to sin. But Genesis shows that God continues to have complete control over the world.
Genesis also describes the start of God’s plan to bless the whole world again. This is shown when God makes a covenant with Abraham. With this covenant, God chose Abraham and his descendants to be his people. God promised to bless the world through Abraham’s descendants.
### What was the custom for inheritance as described by Genesis?
There are several passages in Genesis that show the customs of a father who is about to die passing on a blessing to his son. Abraham blessed his son, Isaac, and made him the ancestor of the people of Israel. However, Ishmael, Abraham’s other son, did not receive that same divine blessing. Likewise, Isaac’s older son Esau did not receive the blessing. Isaac’s younger son, Jacob, received it instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
Also, it was the custom for a man to divide among his sons his material wealth and land. All his sons received equal portions except the oldest son. The firstborn son received twice as much. His portion was called a double portion. Esau gave up his right to receive the double portion.
### How does Genesis present sin and evil?
Genesis presents sin as doing things that are against God’s word and God’s ways. It presents evil as the opposite of good.
Sin and evil have affected all people. This started when Adam disobeyed God in the Garden of Eden.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is one way in which Genesis marks the beginning of important sections?
Genesis uses one Hebrew phrase that the ULT translates as “this is the record of,” “these were the events concerning,” or “these were the descendants of.” The information in these sections may have come from sources much older than Moses. These passages are 2:4; 5:1; 6:9; 10:1; 11:10, 27; 25:12, 19; 36:1, 9; 37:2.
If the translator wants to translate in only two ways, we recommend for most passages a phrase such as, “this is the record about” or “this is information about.” Some passages will be better translated, however, as “These were the descendants of.”
### Why are the beginnings of some narrative sections in Genesis difficult to translate?
Often in Genesis, the author first summarizes what is about to happen. Then in the following verses, the author tells the details of what happened. Probable examples of this style occur in Gen. 1:1, 6:22, 18:1, 21:1 and 22:1.
However, in many languages, it is preferred to write summaries at the end of a narrative. In this case, translators may choose a different approach. For example, in Gen. 1:1 (“In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth”), translators may decide to translate like this: “This is about how God made the heavens and the earth in the beginning.”
### What is the difference between “people,” “peoples,” and “people groups”?
The word “people” refers to all the individuals who belong to a group, such as “the people of Israel.” The word “peoples” (used in the ULT) refers to multiple groups of people. Each people group might speak their own language, have their own customs, and worships their own gods. Some different peoples in the ancient Near East were those of Israel, Egypt, Edom, Moab, and Ammon.
The expression “people groups” (used in the UST) means the same thing as “peoples” in the ULT. The translator should use the most equivalent term that is common in the project language.
### What is the relationship between individuals and peoples that have similar names?
Many individuals in Genesis eventually had large numbers of descendants who were called after their ancestor’s name. For example, Cush was the name of an individual. But, “Cush” also became the name of nation that his descendants formed. They were called “Cushites.” If possible, when translating these names, the translator should make the individual’s name and the nation’s name similar. Examples of this are “Cush” and “Cushite” or “Moab” and “Moabite.” Otherwise, the translator may say, “the descendants of Cush” or “the descendants of Moab.”
### What do the phrases “to this day” or “of today” mean?
These phrases were used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” and “of today” refer to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Gen. 19:37, 19:38, 22:14, 26:33, 32:32, 35:20, 47:26, 48:18.
+GEN 1 intro zb6f 0 # Genesis 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter presents the first account of God creating the world. There is a pattern to this account: “God said…God saw that it was good…This was evening and morning, the first day.” Translators should preserve this pattern in their versions.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The universe
This account of creation is told within the framework of ancient Hebrew ideas about the universe: the earth was resting with water around it and below it. Over the earth was something like a vast dome, called “an expanse between the waters” (1:6), on top of which was more water. Translators should try to keep these original images in their work, even though readers in their project language might have a completely different idea of what the universe is like.
### Evening and morning
Genesis 1 presents the ancient Hebrew idea of a day: it begins with sunset, lasts through the night and continues through the daylight hours until the next sunset. This pattern should be preserved in translation, even if readers in the project language define “day” differently.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “In the beginning”
Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.
### “God said, ‘Let there be’”
This expression occurs often in this chapter. It can be difficult to translate, because God is not shown as talking to a particular person. If God is talking to a thing, it is something not yet in existence. Translators should find the most natural way in the project language to signal the idea that God spoke things into existence; he created the world and the things in it by simply commanding that they should exist.
GEN 1 1 f2mg 0 In the beginning, God created the heavens and the earth “This is about how God made the heavens and the earth in the beginning.” This statement summarizes the rest of the chapter. Some languages translate it as “A very long time ago God created the heavens and the earth.” Translate it in a way that shows this actually happened and is not just a folk story.
GEN 1 1 d49e 0 In the beginning This refers to the start of the world and everything in it.
GEN 1 1 sk34 0 the heavens and the earth “the sky, the ground, and everything in them”
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ GEN 1 31 re3q 0 Behold, it “This is true and important: it”
GEN 1 31 r2m5 0 it was very good Now when God looked at everything he had made, it was “very good. “See how you translated “it was good” in [Genesis 1:10](../01/10.md).
GEN 1 31 stn7 figs-merism 0 evening and morning This refers to the whole day. The writer speaks of the whole day as if it were these two parts. In the Jewish culture, a day begins when the sun sets. See how you translated this in [Genesis 1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
GEN 1 31 vqp1 0 the sixth day This refers to the sixth day that the universe existed. See how you translated “the first day” in [Genesis 1:5](../01/05.md) and decide if you should translate this the same way.
-GEN 2 intro nfp7 0 # Genesis 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Gen. 2:1-3 ends the first creation account, begun in the previous chapter. The second creation account, beginning in 2:4, is very different, using a more natural, story-telling style instead of following a set formula using repeated phrases. Translators should try to imitate this difference in their versions.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The second creation account in Gen. 2:4-25
Gen. 2:4-25 presents an account of creation from a different viewpoint than the one given in Gen. 1:1-2:3. This second account should be regarded as filling out the first account, not as conflicting with it.
### Yahweh, the name of God
“Yahweh,” the personal name of God in the Old Testament, appears for the first time in this chapter. Translators must decide how to represent it in their versions. For 2,000 years, it has been traditional for many Christians to represent it with the term “the Lord.” Indeed, it is demanded by Roman Catholics for their Bible versions to continue doing this. Of course, the disadvantage of using “the Lord” is that this is a title for God, not a personal name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])
Translators who are not producing versions for Roman Catholics can consider transliterating the name “Yahweh,” approximating the name as best as their project languages allow.
Or translators can consider using expressions for the supreme god that might exist in their project languages, such as, “The Great One,” “The Ruler of All,” “The One who Never Sleeps,” etc. Of course, these are descriptive titles, not personal names, so they suffer from the same disadvantages that “the Lord” has.
Translators can also consider pairing a transliteration of “Yahweh” with a meaningful title for the supreme god in the project language. Whatever solution is found should be followed consistently when the name “Yahweh” occurs in the Scriptures.
### The Garden of Eden
This was not a vegetable garden or cultivated field. Instead, it was probably a large area of land with fruit trees and other plants bearing leaves, etc., that were good to eat. A river flowed out from the Garden of Eden, giving the impression that the Garden was a holy place; in the ancient Near East, temples had gardens and waterways. In Rev. 22:1-2, the throne of God in the New Jerusalem is pictured with a river flowing out from it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+GEN 2 intro nfp7 0 # Genesis 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Gen. 2:1-3 ends the first creation account, begun in the previous chapter. The second creation account, beginning in 2:4, is very different, using a more natural, story-telling style instead of following a set formula using repeated phrases. Translators should try to imitate this difference in their versions.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The second creation account in Gen. 2:4-25
Gen. 2:4-25 presents an account of creation from a different viewpoint than the one given in Gen. 1:1-2:3. This second account should be regarded as filling out the first account, not as conflicting with it.
### Yahweh, the name of God
“Yahweh,” the personal name of God in the Old Testament, appears for the first time in this chapter. Translators must decide how to represent it in their versions. For 2,000 years, it has been traditional for many Christians to represent it with the term “the Lord.” Indeed, it is demanded by Roman Catholics for their Bible versions to continue doing this. Of course, the disadvantage of using “the Lord” is that this is a title for God, not a personal name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])
Translators who are not producing versions for Roman Catholics can consider transliterating the name “Yahweh,” approximating the name as best as their project languages allow.
Or translators can consider using expressions for the supreme god that might exist in their project languages, such as, “The Great One,” “The Ruler of All,” “The One who Never Sleeps,” etc. Of course, these are descriptive titles, not personal names, so they suffer from the same disadvantages that “the Lord” has.
Translators can also consider pairing a transliteration of “Yahweh” with a meaningful title for the supreme god in the project language. Whatever solution is found should be followed consistently when the name “Yahweh” occurs in the Scriptures.
### The Garden of Eden
This was not a vegetable garden or cultivated field. Instead, it was probably a large area of land with fruit trees and other plants bearing leaves, etc., that were good to eat. A river flowed out from the Garden of Eden, giving the impression that the Garden was a holy place; in the ancient Near East, temples had gardens and waterways. In Rev. 22:1-2, the throne of God in the New Jerusalem is pictured with a river flowing out from it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
GEN 2 1 c32g 0 the heavens “the sky” or “the skies”
GEN 2 1 u4a2 0 and all the living things that filled them “and all the many living things that are in them” or “and all the crowds of living things in them”
GEN 2 1 yv5z figs-activepassive 0 were finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God had finished creating them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ GEN 2 24 tr8p figs-idiom 0 they will become one flesh This idiom speaks of sexu
GEN 2 25 h8mq 0 They were both naked The word “they” refers to the man and the woman that God had created.
GEN 2 25 t8n2 0 naked “not wearing clothing”
GEN 2 25 ir9e 0 but were not ashamed “they were not ashamed about being naked”
-GEN 3 intro j7i3 0 # Genesis 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the second creation account that began in Gen. 2:4. But a new section of this account begins in 3:1. The ULT reads, “Now the serpent was more shrewd than any other beast of the field which Yahweh God had made,” because this is how the Scriptures introduce the serpent into the account. However, many languages prefer different ways to introduce new characters or things into stories, for example, “One of the wild animals made by God was the serpent” or “This is about the serpent, one of the wild animals that God had made.”
Scholars typically refer to the events of this chapter as “the fall” or “the fall of man” because sin is introduced into creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Curses
In this chapter, God curses the man, the woman, and the serpent for their sins. In general, cursing is calling down God’s punishment on someone or something. In this chapter, however, it is God himself who is doing the cursing. Of course, he does not call down punishment on the man, the woman, and the serpent from someone else. Instead, he is promising that he himself will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Serpent
Most scholars believe that the serpent is Satan, even though his name is not used in this chapter. There are other places in Scripture where the serpent is used as an image for Satan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 3 intro j7i3 0 # Genesis 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the second creation account that began in Gen. 2:4. But a new section of this account begins in 3:1. The ULT reads, “Now the serpent was more shrewd than any other beast of the field which Yahweh God had made,” because this is how the Scriptures introduce the serpent into the account. However, many languages prefer different ways to introduce new characters or things into stories, for example, “One of the wild animals made by God was the serpent” or “This is about the serpent, one of the wild animals that God had made.”
Scholars typically refer to the events of this chapter as “the fall” or “the fall of man” because sin is introduced into creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Curses
In this chapter, God curses the man, the woman, and the serpent for their sins. In general, cursing is calling down God’s punishment on someone or something. In this chapter, however, it is God himself who is doing the cursing. Of course, he does not call down punishment on the man, the woman, and the serpent from someone else. Instead, he is promising that he himself will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Serpent
Most scholars believe that the serpent is Satan, even though his name is not used in this chapter. There are other places in Scripture where the serpent is used as an image for Satan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 3 1 m3hl 0 Now The writer is beginning a new part of the story.
GEN 3 1 v5dp 0 more shrewd “more cunning” or “smarter at getting what he wanted by telling lies”
GEN 3 1 bp3b figs-rquestion 0 Has God really said, ‘You…garden’? The snake is pretending to be surprised that God has made this rule. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that God said, ‘You…garden.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ GEN 3 23 dri1 0 to cultivate This means to what is needed so that plants grow
GEN 3 24 lwk4 0 So God drove the man out of the garden “God forced the man to leave the garden.” This refers to the event in [Genesis 3:23](../03/23.md), where it says “Yahweh God sent him out of the garden of Eden.” God did not send the man out a second time.
GEN 3 24 jgc5 0 in order to guard the way to the tree of life “in order to stop people from going to the tree of life”
GEN 3 24 uuj7 0 flaming sword Possible meanings are (1) a sword that had flames coming from it or (2) a fire that was shaped like a sword. Languages that do not have swords could use another weapon such as a spear or arrow.
-GEN 4 intro a2f7 0 # Genesis 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Most of the text in this chapter is prose, but 4:23-24 is poetry. If the translator should put these two verses into poetic form, or at least into elegant speech, different from the rest of the chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vengeance
The theme of vengeance is important in this chapter. Ancient Hebrew society allowed for people to seek revenge if a relative was murdered. After Cain murdered his brother Abel, he thought that he would be helpless against this danger because he had been driven away from God’s protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
The theme of vengeance continues with the words of Lamech, who had killed someone for injuring him:
“I have killed a man for wounding me, a young man for bruising me. If Cain is avenged seven times as much, truly Lamech will be avenged seventy-seven times as much” (Gen. 4:23b-24).
+GEN 4 intro a2f7 0 # Genesis 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Most of the text in this chapter is prose, but 4:23-24 is poetry. If the translator should put these two verses into poetic form, or at least into elegant speech, different from the rest of the chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vengeance
The theme of vengeance is important in this chapter. Ancient Hebrew society allowed for people to seek revenge if a relative was murdered. After Cain murdered his brother Abel, he thought that he would be helpless against this danger because he had been driven away from God’s protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
The theme of vengeance continues with the words of Lamech, who had killed someone for injuring him:
“I have killed a man for wounding me, a young man for bruising me. If Cain is avenged seven times as much, truly Lamech will be avenged seventy-seven times as much” (Gen. 4:23b-24).
GEN 4 1 eg45 figs-euphemism 0 The man knew Eve This is a polite way of saying that the man had sexual relations with Eve. You may need to use another euphemism in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GEN 4 1 vph2 0 The man “the human being” or “Adam”
GEN 4 1 l6v2 0 I have produced a man The word for “man” typically describes an adult male, rather than a baby or child. If that would cause confusion, it could be translated as “manchild” or “boy” or “baby boy” or “son.”
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ GEN 4 25 y7i8 figs-explicit 0 said, “God has given me another son This is the
GEN 4 25 t9w6 translate-names 0 Seth Translators may add a footnote that says “This name sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘has given.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 4 26 aua4 figs-explicit 0 A son was born to Seth This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Seth’s wife bore him a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 4 26 i4rs figs-explicit 0 to call on the name of Yahweh This is the first time people called God by the name Yahweh. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to worship God by using the name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-GEN 5 intro v62r 0 # Genesis 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter provides the first of many lists of descendants in the Bible. This is not a simple list, because the author makes comments about each person. Translators should format this text in the way that is clearest in the project language. Many may choose to introduce each new person in a separate paragraph, as the ULT and UST do.
+GEN 5 intro v62r 0 # Genesis 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter provides the first of many lists of descendants in the Bible. This is not a simple list, because the author makes comments about each person. Translators should format this text in the way that is clearest in the project language. Many may choose to introduce each new person in a separate paragraph, as the ULT and UST do.
GEN 5 1 wj9n 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the list of Adam’s descendants.
GEN 5 1 qwp1 figs-pronouns 0 in his own likeness This phrase means that God made mankind to be like him. This verse does not tell in what ways God made people to be like himself. God does not have a body, so it does not mean that people would look like God. See how “after our likeness” is translated in [Genesis 1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “to truly be like us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
GEN 5 2 j6nz figs-activepassive 0 when they were created This can be made active. Alternate translation: “when he created them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ GEN 5 30 ah2j translate-numbers 0 595 years “five hundred and ninety-five yea
GEN 5 31 kv28 translate-numbers 0 Lamech lived 777 years “Lamech lived seven hundred seventy-seven years.” Lamech lived a total of 777 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
GEN 5 32 z148 0 he became the father of “he had his sons.” This does not tell us whether the sons were born on the same day or in different years.
GEN 5 32 n65e 0 Shem, Ham, and Japheth These sons may not be listed in the order of their birth. There is disagreement about which one was the oldest. Avoid translating this in a way that implies that the list is in the order of their ages.
-GEN 6 intro ak78 0 # Genesis 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Beginning in 6:22, the author gives statements summarizing events he tells about again in the text that follows. In the next chapter, the author sometimes gives summary statements that introduce events for the first time. If these statements, and the surrounding events, are not carefully translated, readers can believe that the same events happened twice or three times instead of only one time. Translators should be careful not to give this impression.
+GEN 6 intro ak78 0 # Genesis 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Beginning in 6:22, the author gives statements summarizing events he tells about again in the text that follows. In the next chapter, the author sometimes gives summary statements that introduce events for the first time. If these statements, and the surrounding events, are not carefully translated, readers can believe that the same events happened twice or three times instead of only one time. Translators should be careful not to give this impression.
GEN 6 1 x6gk 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
GEN 6 1 dj4v figs-activepassive 0 daughters were born to them This can be active. Alternate translation: “the women bore daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 6 2 l1va 0 sons of God Translators could add a footnote saying: “It is not clear whether this refers to heavenly beings or human beings. In either case, they were beings that God created.” Some believe these words refer to angels who rebelled against God, that is, evil spirits or demons. Others think this may refer to powerful political rulers, and others think this may refer to the descendants of Seth.
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ GEN 6 20 msl4 0 to keep them alive “so you can keep them alive”
GEN 6 21 w126 figs-you 0 yourself…you These refer to Noah and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GEN 6 21 bbh4 0 food that is eaten “food that people and animals eat”
GEN 6 22 df5r figs-parallelism 0 So Noah did this. According to all that God commanded him, so he did These two sentences mean the same thing. The second sentence explains the first and emphasizes that Noah obeyed God. These parallel sentences can be combined into one. Alternate translation: “So Noah did everything that God commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-GEN 7 intro n23k 0 # Genesis 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, the author continues his pattern of statements that summarize events already described, and of repeating events that have already happened. Again, careful translation is necessary so that readers do not think that the same events happened more than one time in the story. Special attention in this regard should be given to 7:5,10,13, and 17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Clean animals and birds
Noah sacrificed to Yahweh some of the “clean” animals and birds that he had with him (8:20). These were animals and birds that the Hebrew people would later consider to be fit to eat and to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Water underneath and over the earth
The flood is presented as occurring because of rain pouring out of the sky and because of seawater rising from under the earth. This is because the ancient Hebrews pictured the earth as resting on top of the sea. They also pictured the sky as containing water above the earth that poured down through windows in the sky when God allowed it to rain. Translators should not try to change this picture in order to suit what readers believe about the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+GEN 7 intro n23k 0 # Genesis 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, the author continues his pattern of statements that summarize events already described, and of repeating events that have already happened. Again, careful translation is necessary so that readers do not think that the same events happened more than one time in the story. Special attention in this regard should be given to 7:5,10,13, and 17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Clean animals and birds
Noah sacrificed to Yahweh some of the “clean” animals and birds that he had with him (8:20). These were animals and birds that the Hebrew people would later consider to be fit to eat and to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Water underneath and over the earth
The flood is presented as occurring because of rain pouring out of the sky and because of seawater rising from under the earth. This is because the ancient Hebrews pictured the earth as resting on top of the sea. They also pictured the sky as containing water above the earth that poured down through windows in the sky when God allowed it to rain. Translators should not try to change this picture in order to suit what readers believe about the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
GEN 7 1 n13c 0 General Information: The events in this chapter take place after Noah built the ark, gathered the food, and put it in the ark.
GEN 7 1 iml7 figs-go 0 Come…into the ark “Enter…into the ark.” Many translations read “Go…into the ark.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
GEN 7 1 lh4z figs-you 0 you The word “you” refers to Noah and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ GEN 7 23 wvw2 figs-activepassive 0 They were all destroyed This can be stated i
GEN 7 23 pnx5 0 from the earth “so they were no longer on the earth”
GEN 7 23 drq1 0 those with him “the people and animals that were with him”
GEN 7 23 g46l 0 were left “remained” or “lived” or “remained alive”
-GEN 8 intro z61w 0 # Genesis 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:22, which is part of what Yahweh was telling Noah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Flood waters
The waters receded after this great flood. Because there was so much water, and it came from God, it is described in a unique way.
### The mountains of Ararat
It is unclear where Ararat was located. Many people believe it is located in the modern country of Turkey.
+GEN 8 intro z61w 0 # Genesis 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:22, which is part of what Yahweh was telling Noah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Flood waters
The waters receded after this great flood. Because there was so much water, and it came from God, it is described in a unique way.
### The mountains of Ararat
It is unclear where Ararat was located. Many people believe it is located in the modern country of Turkey.
GEN 8 1 vs3j 0 considered Noah “remembered Noah” or “decided to help Noah”
GEN 8 1 xtv9 0 ark This refers to a very large box that would be able to float on water even in a very bad storm. See how you translated this in [Genesis 6:14](../06/14.md). Alternate translation: “a large boat” or “a ship” or “a barge”
GEN 8 2 zi8q figs-activepassive 0 The fountains of the deep and the windows of heaven were closed “The water stopped coming out of the ground and the rain stopped falling.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God closed the fountains of the deep and the windows of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ GEN 8 22 v7fe figs-merism 0 cold and heat, summer and winter These expressions
GEN 8 22 wu43 0 summer the hot, dry time of the year
GEN 8 22 t9hn 0 winter the cool, wet or snowy time of the year
GEN 8 22 vy7b figs-doublenegatives 0 will not cease “will not cease to exist” or “will not cease to occur.” This can be expressed in a positive manner. Alternate translation: “will continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-GEN 9 intro at1n 0 # Genesis 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 9:6-7, which is the poetic part of the quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. They also set apart 9:25-27, which contains two quotations.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:6 and 9:25-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Man’s relationship to animals
There is a noticeable shift in man’s relationship with the animals on the earth. Before the flood, there apparently was harmony between man and the animals. After the flood, the animals fear man and man is permitted to eat the animals, something he was not allowed to do previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Life in the blood
This chapter introduces the concept that there is life in the blood of an animal and in man. In Hebrew thought, blood represents the life present in a living thing. This is an image used throughout Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
### Covenant with Noah
God made a covenant with Noah. This covenant was an unconditional promise God made to never destroy the whole world with a flood. Rainbows are a perpetual sign of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### A father’s nakedness
In Noah’s culture, it was unacceptable to see a father’s nakedness. It was wrong for Ham to show his brothers their father’s nakedness. Ham’s actions were insulting or disrespectful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Be fruitful, multiply, and fill the earth”
This is a command that God gives. He expects Noah to obey him.
+GEN 9 intro at1n 0 # Genesis 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 9:6-7, which is the poetic part of the quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. They also set apart 9:25-27, which contains two quotations.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:6 and 9:25-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Man’s relationship to animals
There is a noticeable shift in man’s relationship with the animals on the earth. Before the flood, there apparently was harmony between man and the animals. After the flood, the animals fear man and man is permitted to eat the animals, something he was not allowed to do previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Life in the blood
This chapter introduces the concept that there is life in the blood of an animal and in man. In Hebrew thought, blood represents the life present in a living thing. This is an image used throughout Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
### Covenant with Noah
God made a covenant with Noah. This covenant was an unconditional promise God made to never destroy the whole world with a flood. Rainbows are a perpetual sign of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### A father’s nakedness
In Noah’s culture, it was unacceptable to see a father’s nakedness. It was wrong for Ham to show his brothers their father’s nakedness. Ham’s actions were insulting or disrespectful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Be fruitful, multiply, and fill the earth”
This is a command that God gives. He expects Noah to obey him.
GEN 9 1 bpc9 figs-doublet 0 Be fruitful, multiply, and fill the earth This is God’s blessing. He told Noah and his family to produce more humans like themselves, so that there would be many of them. The word “multiply” explains how they are to be “fruitful.” See how you translated these commands in [Genesis 1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 9 2 e28l figs-metaphor 0 The fear of you and the dread of you will be upon every living animal…and upon all the fish of the sea The writer speaks of fear and dread as if they were physical objects that could be upon the animals. Alternate translation: “Every living animal…and all the fish of the sea will be dreadfully afraid of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GEN 9 2 ax85 figs-doublet 0 The fear of you and the dread of you The words “fear” and “dread” mean basically the same thing and emphasize how afraid the animals will be of mankind. Alternate translation: “A dreadful fear of you” or “A terrible fear of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ GEN 9 27 s54q 0 May Canaan be his servant “And let Canaan be Shem’s servan
GEN 9 27 hh2y 0 May God extend the territory of Japheth Possible meanings are (1) “May God make Japheth’s territory larger” or (2) “May God cause Japheth to have many descendants.”
GEN 9 27 bxj1 0 let him make his home in the tents of Shem “let him leave peacefully with Shem.” This includes Japheth’s and Shem’s descendants.
GEN 9 27 x2sl 0 May Canaan be his servant “Let Canaan be Japheth’s servant.” This includes Canaan’s and Japheth’s descendants.
-GEN 10 intro z42v 0 # Genesis 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a genealogical record. It also records the location of ancient people groups.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Assyria and Nineveh
While these places may be located in the same area as the Assyria mentioned later in Scripture, they are not the same kingdom.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Sons were born to”
This is an unusual phrase meaning “were sons of.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+GEN 10 intro z42v 0 # Genesis 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a genealogical record. It also records the location of ancient people groups.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Assyria and Nineveh
While these places may be located in the same area as the Assyria mentioned later in Scripture, they are not the same kingdom.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Sons were born to”
This is an unusual phrase meaning “were sons of.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 10 1 h24x 0 These were the descendants of the sons of Noah “This is the account of Noah’s sons.” This sentence introduces the account of Noah’s descendants in Genesis 10:1-11:9.
GEN 10 5 w1ea 0 From these the coastland peoples separated and went into their lands “Javan’s sons and descendants separated and moved to the coastlands and islands”
GEN 10 5 pl9t 0 coastland peoples This refers to people who lived along the coast and on the islands.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ GEN 10 32 lws8 0 These were the clans This refers back to all the people liste
GEN 10 32 rr78 0 according to “listed by”
GEN 10 32 a96c 0 From these the nations separated and went over the earth “From these clans the nations divided and spread over the earth” or “These clans divided from each other and formed the nations of the earth”
GEN 10 32 bp4b figs-explicit 0 after the flood This can be stated clearly or more explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the flood destroyed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-GEN 11 intro ecl3 0 # Genesis 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a story traditionally referred to as the “Tower of Babel.”
This chapter seeks to answer the questions: why do people speak different languages? how did people become so dispersed across the earth? God’s punishment described in this chapter may also explain why the world has racial and ethnic divisions.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Age of people when they die
After the flood, people began to live shorter lives. This chapter begins to record the shortening of the average lifespan.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Personification
The statement “Yahweh came down to see” is a type of personification. Yahweh always knows what happens on earth. This statement indicates that Yahweh is about to bring judgment on mankind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let us build ourselves a city and a tower whose top will reach to the sky”
The people were very full of pride and rebelled against God in this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 11 intro ecl3 0 # Genesis 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a story traditionally referred to as the “Tower of Babel.”
This chapter seeks to answer the questions: why do people speak different languages? how did people become so dispersed across the earth? God’s punishment described in this chapter may also explain why the world has racial and ethnic divisions.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Age of people when they die
After the flood, people began to live shorter lives. This chapter begins to record the shortening of the average lifespan.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Personification
The statement “Yahweh came down to see” is a type of personification. Yahweh always knows what happens on earth. This statement indicates that Yahweh is about to bring judgment on mankind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let us build ourselves a city and a tower whose top will reach to the sky”
The people were very full of pride and rebelled against God in this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 11 1 ar7x 0 Now This word shows that the writer is beginning a new part of the story.
GEN 11 1 gr4c figs-metonymy 0 the whole earth This represents all the people on the earth. Alternate translation: “all the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GEN 11 1 y7c6 figs-parallelism 0 used one language and had the same words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that all people spoke the same language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ GEN 11 31 cu9g 0 his Here the word “his” refers to Terah.
GEN 11 31 tj9e 0 Sarai his daughter-in-law, his son Abram’s wife “his daughter-in-law Sarai, who was the wife of his son Abram”
GEN 11 31 h4pi 0 Haran…Haran These are two different names and they are spelled differently in Hebrew. One refers to a person and the other refers to a city. (The “h” sound in the city’s name is louder than the “h” sound in the person’s name.) You might choose to spell them differently in your language to show this.
GEN 11 32 lt94 translate-numbers 0 205 years “two hundred and five years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-GEN 12 intro b9wm 0 # Genesis 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abram
When God said, “Go from your country, and from your relatives,” he established several new people groups. These groups descended from Abram.
### God’s covenant with Abraham
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. It has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “They will kill me”
Abram was afraid the Egyptians would see him as a foreigner and upon seeing his beautiful wife, they would try to kill him. This would free Sarai to marry someone else. Apparently, it would have been easy for them to kill a foreigner without punishment. If she was Abram’s sister, they would have shown favor to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
+GEN 12 intro b9wm 0 # Genesis 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abram
When God said, “Go from your country, and from your relatives,” he established several new people groups. These groups descended from Abram.
### God’s covenant with Abraham
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. It has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “They will kill me”
Abram was afraid the Egyptians would see him as a foreigner and upon seeing his beautiful wife, they would try to kill him. This would free Sarai to marry someone else. Apparently, it would have been easy for them to kill a foreigner without punishment. If she was Abram’s sister, they would have shown favor to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
GEN 12 1 k9r8 0 Now This word is used to mark a new part of the story.
GEN 12 1 d1lk 0 Go from your country, and from your relatives “Go from your land, from your family”
GEN 12 2 hc9y figs-metonymy 0 I will make of you a great nation Here “you” is singular and refers to Abram, but Abram represents his descendants. Alternate translation: “I will start a great nation through you” or “I will make your descendants become a great nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ GEN 12 18 r9kt 0 Pharaoh summoned Abram “Pharaoh called Abram” or “Phara
GEN 12 18 e9mt figs-rquestion 0 What is this that you have done to me? Pharaoh used this rhetorical question to show how angry he was about what Abram had done to him. It can also be stated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GEN 12 20 f2i8 0 Then Pharaoh gave orders to his men concerning him “Then Pharaoh directed his officials concerning Abram”
GEN 12 20 edz8 0 they sent him away, along with his wife and all that he had “the officials sent Abram away from Pharoah, with his wife and all his possessions”
-GEN 13 intro qch2 0 # Genesis 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abram’s faith
Since the land could not support both Lot’s and Abraham’s family, they each went their own way. Even though good land was not plentiful, Abraham allowed Lot to choose the better land because he trusted in God to fulfill his promises. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### God’s covenant with Abram
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. It has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety. This chapter continues the covenant which began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Built an altar
Abram would have built an altar in order to offer sacrifices to Yahweh. There is an implicit understanding that building an altar was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 13 intro qch2 0 # Genesis 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abram’s faith
Since the land could not support both Lot’s and Abraham’s family, they each went their own way. Even though good land was not plentiful, Abraham allowed Lot to choose the better land because he trusted in God to fulfill his promises. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### God’s covenant with Abram
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. It has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety. This chapter continues the covenant which began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Built an altar
Abram would have built an altar in order to offer sacrifices to Yahweh. There is an implicit understanding that building an altar was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 13 1 sjz2 0 went up from “left” or “departed from”
GEN 13 1 ige2 figs-explicit 0 went into the Negev The Negev was a desert region in southern Canaan, west of Egypt. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “went back to the Negev desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 13 2 bty5 0 Abram was very rich in animals, in silver, and in gold “Abram had many animals, much silver, and much gold”
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ GEN 13 17 xil7 0 walk through the length and breadth of the land “walk aroun
GEN 13 18 zy7q translate-names 0 Mamre This was the name of the man who owned the oak trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 13 18 is6e translate-names 0 Hebron This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 13 18 xw41 0 an altar to Yahweh “an altar for worshiping Yahweh”
-GEN 14 intro hz9l 0 # Genesis 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:19-20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Names of places
Sometimes the names of places in Scripture are referred to by the name used during the time of the writer. For example, the location referred to as Dan was not yet known by that name because Dan had not yet come to live there. Moses, the author of Genesis, would have known this location as Dan.
### Melchizedek
Melchizedek was both a priest and a king. Because of this, he parallels the roles of Jesus. Melchizedek is an important figure in the book of Hebrews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God Most High
Melchizedek worshiped the God Most High. This is probably a reference to the true and only God who created the heavens and the earth and came to be known as Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+GEN 14 intro hz9l 0 # Genesis 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:19-20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Names of places
Sometimes the names of places in Scripture are referred to by the name used during the time of the writer. For example, the location referred to as Dan was not yet known by that name because Dan had not yet come to live there. Moses, the author of Genesis, would have known this location as Dan.
### Melchizedek
Melchizedek was both a priest and a king. Because of this, he parallels the roles of Jesus. Melchizedek is an important figure in the book of Hebrews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God Most High
Melchizedek worshiped the God Most High. This is probably a reference to the true and only God who created the heavens and the earth and came to be known as Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
GEN 14 1 zbz3 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
GEN 14 1 p95i 0 in the days of “in the time of”
GEN 14 1 e5wj translate-names 0 Amraphel…Arioch…Kedorlaomer…Tidal These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ GEN 14 22 pw78 0 I have lifted up my hand This means “I have taken an oath
GEN 14 24 fd75 0 I will take nothing except what the young men have eaten “I take from you only what my young men have already eaten.” Abram was refusing to accept anything for himself, but acknowledged that the soldiers had eaten some of the supplies during the journey back to Sodom after the battle.
GEN 14 24 xk3g figs-explicit 0 the share of the men that went with me The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the share of the recovered property that belongs to the men who helped me get it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 14 24 dn4x figs-explicit 0 Aner, Eshkol, and Mamre These are the allies of Abram ([Genesis 14:13](../14/13.md)). Because they were Abram’s allies they fought battles alongside him. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “my allies Aner, Eshkol, and Mamre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-GEN 15 intro b77u 0 # Genesis 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Inheritance
In the ancient Near East, a person’s children inherited the property and land of their parents. Abraham doubted the fulfillment of God’s covenant because he did not have any children to whom to give his land. This showed a lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]],[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Fulfilling a promise
In the ancient Near East, two people performed a similar sacrifice by dividing animals in half. It was a way to say to the other person, “may this happen to me if I do not fulfill my promise.” The event recorded here indicates that God will fulfill his promise and only he is responsible for bringing it about. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### God’s covenant with Abraham
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. This covenant has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety.
+GEN 15 intro b77u 0 # Genesis 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Inheritance
In the ancient Near East, a person’s children inherited the property and land of their parents. Abraham doubted the fulfillment of God’s covenant because he did not have any children to whom to give his land. This showed a lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]],[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Fulfilling a promise
In the ancient Near East, two people performed a similar sacrifice by dividing animals in half. It was a way to say to the other person, “may this happen to me if I do not fulfill my promise.” The event recorded here indicates that God will fulfill his promise and only he is responsible for bringing it about. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### God’s covenant with Abraham
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. This covenant has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety.
GEN 15 1 u7m1 0 After these things “These things” refers to when the kings fought and Abram rescued Lot.
GEN 15 1 y6sg figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Abram in a vision, saying, “Fear The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Abram in a vision. He said, ‘Fear” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Abram in a vision: ‘Fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 15 1 f5jx figs-metaphor 0 shield…reward God used these two metaphors to tell Abram about his character and his relationship to Abram. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ GEN 15 18 n51q 0 I hereby give this land By saying this, God was giving the la
GEN 15 19 z53u translate-names 0 the Kenites, the Kenizzites, the Kadmonites These are the names of groups of people who lived in that land. God would allow Abraham’s descendants to conquer these people and take their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 15 20 s5a4 translate-names 0 the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Rephaites These are the names of groups of people who lived in that land. God would allow Abraham’s descendants to conquer these people and take their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 15 21 x8uz translate-names 0 the Amorites, the Canaanites, the Girgashites, and the Jebusites These are the names of groups of people who lived in that land. God would allow Abraham’s descendants to conquer these people and take their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-GEN 16 intro hcf5 0 # Genesis 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:11-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Plural marriage
Abram married Hagar while he was also married to Sarai. Even though Abram had his wife’s permission, this was an immoral and sinful action. It also showed a lack of faith in God. Sarai quickly became jealous of Hagar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 16 intro hcf5 0 # Genesis 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:11-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Plural marriage
Abram married Hagar while he was also married to Sarai. Even though Abram had his wife’s permission, this was an immoral and sinful action. It also showed a lack of faith in God. Sarai quickly became jealous of Hagar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 16 1 g63i writing-background 0 Now This word is used in English to introduce a new part of the story and background information about Sarai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
GEN 16 1 qvt5 0 female servant “slave-girl.” This type of slave would serve the woman of the household.
GEN 16 2 mi22 0 from having children “from giving birth to children”
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ GEN 16 15 x6tu figs-explicit 0 Hagar gave birth Hagar’s return to Sarai and A
GEN 16 15 g9my 0 named his son, whom Hagar bore “named his son by Hagar” or “named his and Hagar’s son”
GEN 16 16 cdy2 writing-background 0 Abram was This introduces background information about Abram’s age when these things happened. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
GEN 16 16 e7x4 0 bore Ishmael to Abram This means “gave birth to Abram’s son, Ishmael.” The focus is on Abram having a son.
-GEN 17 intro ry14 0 # Genesis 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The father of a multitude of nations”
Abram came to have many descendants. He had so many descendants that many of his immediate descendants became large people groups and nations.
### God’s covenant with Abraham
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. It has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety. It is important to note in this chapter that Isaac is the son who receives the promises associated with the covenant and not Ishmael. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Circumcision
Circumcision was an unusual practice in the ancient Near East. It served to separate the Hebrew people from the rest of the world. This chapter records the beginning of this practice among Abraham and his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
### Name change
In Scripture, a change in name always occurs at a highly significant point in a person’s life. The beginning of the practice of circumcision was a significant event in the history of the Hebrew people.
+GEN 17 intro ry14 0 # Genesis 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The father of a multitude of nations”
Abram came to have many descendants. He had so many descendants that many of his immediate descendants became large people groups and nations.
### God’s covenant with Abraham
God made a covenant with Abram. This covenant was not conditioned upon anything that Abraham needed to do, but the fulfillment of its promises is conditioned upon the actions of each generation of his descendants. It has not yet been fulfilled in its entirety. It is important to note in this chapter that Isaac is the son who receives the promises associated with the covenant and not Ishmael. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Circumcision
Circumcision was an unusual practice in the ancient Near East. It served to separate the Hebrew people from the rest of the world. This chapter records the beginning of this practice among Abraham and his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
### Name change
In Scripture, a change in name always occurs at a highly significant point in a person’s life. The beginning of the practice of circumcision was a significant event in the history of the Hebrew people.
GEN 17 1 e289 0 When Abram was ninety-nine years old This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
GEN 17 1 j61v 0 God Almighty “the all-powerful God” or “the God who has all power”
GEN 17 1 cp7w figs-metaphor 0 Walk before me Walking is a metaphor for living, and “before me” or “in my presence” here is a metaphor for obedience. Alternate translation: “Live the way I want you to” or “Obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ GEN 17 23 nxp3 0 every male among the men of Abraham’s household “every hu
GEN 17 27 rgk6 0 including those born into the household and those bought with money from a foreigner “This includes those who were born in his household and those he had bought from foreigners”
GEN 17 27 a2ym 0 those bought with money from a foreigner This refers to servants or slaves.
GEN 17 27 xq3b figs-activepassive 0 those bought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom he had bought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-GEN 18 intro ky5w 0 # Genesis 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Three men
The three men who visited Abraham were probably angels. This is evident from Abraham’s reaction to them. Also, it appears Abraham knew that he was speaking directly to Yahweh through these men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/angel]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Disbelief
When Sarah heard the news that she was going to have a baby, she laughed in disbelief because she was considered too old to have a baby. She also asked a rhetorical question in order to further show her disbelief. This would have been considered an insult to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
In his exchange with God, Abraham did not show any sign of unbelief. Instead, he is asking God for mercy because he trusted in the character of God. He does not question God’s power to accomplish things as Sarah had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sarah’s age
It should be apparent that Sarah was physically no longer able to have children because of her age. There is a natural period in a woman’s life when she stops being able to have children. The text assumes the reader understands that Sarah has already experienced this event. In English, this is called “menopause.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 18 intro ky5w 0 # Genesis 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Three men
The three men who visited Abraham were probably angels. This is evident from Abraham’s reaction to them. Also, it appears Abraham knew that he was speaking directly to Yahweh through these men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/angel]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Disbelief
When Sarah heard the news that she was going to have a baby, she laughed in disbelief because she was considered too old to have a baby. She also asked a rhetorical question in order to further show her disbelief. This would have been considered an insult to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
In his exchange with God, Abraham did not show any sign of unbelief. Instead, he is asking God for mercy because he trusted in the character of God. He does not question God’s power to accomplish things as Sarah had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sarah’s age
It should be apparent that Sarah was physically no longer able to have children because of her age. There is a natural period in a woman’s life when she stops being able to have children. The text assumes the reader understands that Sarah has already experienced this event. In English, this is called “menopause.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 18 1 a3at 0 Mamre This was the name of the man who owned the oak trees.
GEN 18 1 ra4w 0 in the tent doorway “at the opening of the tent” or “at the entrance of the tent”
GEN 18 1 u27f 0 heat of the day “hottest time of day”
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ GEN 18 32 q1p9 0 Perhaps ten “Perhaps ten righteous people” or “ten good
GEN 18 32 ak2y 0 Then he said “And Yahweh answered”
GEN 18 32 d335 0 for the ten’s sake “if I find ten righteous people there”
GEN 18 33 wum8 figs-idiom 0 Yahweh went on his way Here “went on his way” is an idiom that means he left, or he continued his journey. Yahweh appeared to Abraham in human form as a traveler. Alternate translation: “Yahweh departed” or “Yahweh continued on his journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-GEN 19 intro hb2x 0 # Genesis 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The evil desires of the Sodomites
The men of Sodom desired to forcibly have sexual relations with the angels who came to the city appearing as men. Such action is known as “rape.” Their desire was viewed as especially evil because Lot was obligated to protect his guests at all costs, even that of sacrificing his own children for his guests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### Hospitality
Hospitality, or being kind to a visitor, was very important in the Ancient Near East. Lot showed his guests loyalty by doing his utmost to protect them from the people of Sodom.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Contrasts
It is probable that Abraham’s faith and actions in chapter 18 are intended to contrast with the actions of the worldly Sodomites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+GEN 19 intro hb2x 0 # Genesis 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The evil desires of the Sodomites
The men of Sodom desired to forcibly have sexual relations with the angels who came to the city appearing as men. Such action is known as “rape.” Their desire was viewed as especially evil because Lot was obligated to protect his guests at all costs, even that of sacrificing his own children for his guests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### Hospitality
Hospitality, or being kind to a visitor, was very important in the Ancient Near East. Lot showed his guests loyalty by doing his utmost to protect them from the people of Sodom.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Contrasts
It is probable that Abraham’s faith and actions in chapter 18 are intended to contrast with the actions of the worldly Sodomites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
GEN 19 1 uh7h 0 The two angels The two men who have gone to Sodom ([Genesis 18:22](../18/22.md)) are really angels.
GEN 19 1 b4sb 0 the gate of Sodom “the entrance to the city of Sodom.” The city had a wall around it, and people had to go through a gate to get into it. This was a very important place in a city. Important people often spent time there.
GEN 19 1 ny92 0 bowed down with his face to the ground He put his knees on the ground then touched his forehead and nose to the ground.
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ GEN 19 37 u4u4 0 the Moabites of today “the Moab people who are now living
GEN 19 37 lre9 0 of today The word “today” refers to the time when the author of Genesis was living. The author was born and wrote this many years after Lot’s family lived and died.
GEN 19 38 tbc3 translate-names 0 Ben-Ammi This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 19 38 kpi7 0 the people of Ammon “the descendants of Ammon” or “the Ammon people”
-GEN 20 intro m5j1 0 # Genesis 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “She is my sister”
Abraham was afraid the people of Gerar would see him as a foreigner and upon seeing his beautiful wife, they would try to kill him. This would free Sarah to marry someone else. Apparently, it would have been easy for them to kill a foreigner without punishment. If she was Abraham’s sister, they would have shown favor to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Irony
Abraham believed that the people of Gerar did not fear Yahweh, but when confronted by Yahweh, the king showed that he feared Yahweh. Instead, it was Abraham who did not show any fear of Yahweh when he sinned. This is irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+GEN 20 intro m5j1 0 # Genesis 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “She is my sister”
Abraham was afraid the people of Gerar would see him as a foreigner and upon seeing his beautiful wife, they would try to kill him. This would free Sarah to marry someone else. Apparently, it would have been easy for them to kill a foreigner without punishment. If she was Abraham’s sister, they would have shown favor to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Irony
Abraham believed that the people of Gerar did not fear Yahweh, but when confronted by Yahweh, the king showed that he feared Yahweh. Instead, it was Abraham who did not show any fear of Yahweh when he sinned. This is irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
GEN 20 1 pym2 translate-names 0 Shur This is a desert region on the eastern border of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 20 2 zga1 0 sent for Sarah and took her “made his men go get Sarah and bring her to him”
GEN 20 3 v444 0 God came to Abimelech “God appeared to Abimelech”
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ GEN 20 16 gpn5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seein
GEN 20 16 id4c figs-activepassive 0 before everyone, you are completely made right The passive phrase “made right” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will know that you are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 20 18 wr3n 0 completely infertile “totally unable to have children”
GEN 20 18 z9nv figs-explicit 0 because of Sarah, Abraham’s wife The full meaning can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Abimelech had taken Abraham’s wife Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-GEN 21 intro cru4 0 # Genesis 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sarah’s anger
After Sarah was able to have her own child, and he survived infancy, she began to get angry with Abraham’s other son, Ishmael. He would have been a constant reminder of her own sin. God blessed Ishmael, but he was not able to inherit the promises given to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Abandoning Ishmael
According to the law at this time, Hagar was able to gain her freedom from slavery by abandoning any claim to receive an inheritance. This is why Hagar would have abandoned her son under the tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Treaty
The Gentile king, Abimelech, made a covenant or treaty with Abraham. It is possible that he did this because he recognized the power of Abraham’s God, but his exact reasons are unknown. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+GEN 21 intro cru4 0 # Genesis 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sarah’s anger
After Sarah was able to have her own child, and he survived infancy, she began to get angry with Abraham’s other son, Ishmael. He would have been a constant reminder of her own sin. God blessed Ishmael, but he was not able to inherit the promises given to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Abandoning Ishmael
According to the law at this time, Hagar was able to gain her freedom from slavery by abandoning any claim to receive an inheritance. This is why Hagar would have abandoned her son under the tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Treaty
The Gentile king, Abimelech, made a covenant or treaty with Abraham. It is possible that he did this because he recognized the power of Abraham’s God, but his exact reasons are unknown. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
GEN 21 1 f988 figs-explicit 0 Yahweh paid attention to Sarah Here the phrase “paid attention to” refers to Yahweh helping Sarah have a baby. Alternate translation: “Yahweh helped Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 21 2 waa9 0 bore a son to Abraham “gave birth to Abraham’s son”
GEN 21 2 xm5n 0 in his old age “when Abraham was very old”
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ GEN 21 32 nu8h 0 Phicol This is the name of a man. See how you translated this
GEN 21 33 nb3h translate-unknown 0 a tamarisk tree This is an evergreen tree that can grow in the desert. It can be stated more generally. Alternate translation: “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
GEN 21 33 hss3 0 the eternal God “the God who lives forever”
GEN 21 34 q54a 0 many days “for a long time”
-GEN 22 intro eq6l 0 # Genesis 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrificing his son
Although Isaac was not Abraham’s only son, he was the son who was to inherit Abraham’s promised blessings. It is possible this parallels God’s actual sacrifice of his son, Jesus, for the sins of man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Covenant affirmation
After important events, it is common for Scripture to affirm the tenants of a covenant. This serves as a reminder of the covenant and affirms it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God tests Abraham
Extra care should be taken when translating “testing.” It is best to avoid using the same word used for “tempting” even though they overlap in meaning. This is because Scripture also says God does not tempt anyone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [James 2:13](../../jas/02/13.md))
+GEN 22 intro eq6l 0 # Genesis 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrificing his son
Although Isaac was not Abraham’s only son, he was the son who was to inherit Abraham’s promised blessings. It is possible this parallels God’s actual sacrifice of his son, Jesus, for the sins of man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Covenant affirmation
After important events, it is common for Scripture to affirm the tenants of a covenant. This serves as a reminder of the covenant and affirms it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God tests Abraham
Extra care should be taken when translating “testing.” It is best to avoid using the same word used for “tempting” even though they overlap in meaning. This is because Scripture also says God does not tempt anyone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [James 2:13](../../jas/02/13.md))
GEN 22 1 v5l5 writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 22 1 l21s 0 after these things This phrase refers to the events in chapter 21.
GEN 22 1 n2k1 figs-explicit 0 God tested Abraham It is implied that God tests Abraham to learn if Abraham will be faithful to him. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: God tested Abraham’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ GEN 22 24 v3k2 0 His concubine “Nahor’s concubine”
GEN 22 24 td3e translate-names 0 Reumah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 22 24 uvx4 0 also bore “also gave birth to”
GEN 22 24 km7f translate-names 0 Tebah, Gaham, Tahash, and Maacah These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-GEN 23 intro m5kz 0 # Genesis 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abraham’s character
Abraham’s interaction with the people show that he was greatly respected. This would have been unusual for a foreigner and indicates that Abraham was a man of great character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Burial
Burial was a common practice when Abraham lived, but only the wealthy were able to bury their dead relatives in this way.
+GEN 23 intro m5kz 0 # Genesis 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abraham’s character
Abraham’s interaction with the people show that he was greatly respected. This would have been unusual for a foreigner and indicates that Abraham was a man of great character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Burial
Burial was a common practice when Abraham lived, but only the wealthy were able to bury their dead relatives in this way.
GEN 23 1 by7k translate-numbers 0 Sarah lived a hundred and twenty-seven years “Sarah lived 127 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
GEN 23 1 dq7c figs-doublet 0 These were the years of the life of Sarah Some translations do not include this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
GEN 23 2 bm76 translate-names 0 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ GEN 23 19 b38v 0 the field of Machpelah “the field in Machpelah”
GEN 23 19 ey3f 0 that is, Hebron Possible meanings are (1) Mamre was another name for Hebron or (2) Hebron was formerly called Mamre or (3) Mamre was very near the larger city of Hebron, so people usually called it Hebron.
GEN 23 20 cs4e 0 passed to Abraham as a property for a burial place from the sons of Heth “became Abraham’s property for a burial ground when he bought it from the sons of Heth”
GEN 23 20 fx6q translate-names 0 the sons of Heth Here “sons” stands for those who descended from Heth. See how you translated this in [Genesis 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: “the descendants of Heth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-GEN 24 intro t2cz 0 # Genesis 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:60.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriage
Abraham would not allow his son to marry anyone from the people of Canaan. This is because it would cause his son to worship other gods. Intermarriage and worshiping false gods are things that frequently caused Abraham’s descendants to struggle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### Abraham’s wealth
There are many instances recorded in this chapter which highlight Abraham’s significant wealth. He owned more than 10 camels and had large amounts of gold.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Put your hand under my thigh”
Many scholars believe this is a euphemism. Putting one’s hand on a man’s genitals was a way to make an important oath. It represented power and progeny. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+GEN 24 intro t2cz 0 # Genesis 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:60.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriage
Abraham would not allow his son to marry anyone from the people of Canaan. This is because it would cause his son to worship other gods. Intermarriage and worshiping false gods are things that frequently caused Abraham’s descendants to struggle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### Abraham’s wealth
There are many instances recorded in this chapter which highlight Abraham’s significant wealth. He owned more than 10 camels and had large amounts of gold.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Put your hand under my thigh”
Many scholars believe this is a euphemism. Putting one’s hand on a man’s genitals was a way to make an important oath. It represented power and progeny. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GEN 24 1 swv5 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
GEN 24 2 ebr3 translate-symaction 0 Put your hand under my thigh Abraham was about to ask the servant to swear to do something. Putting his hand under Abraham’s thigh would show that he would certainly do what he would swear to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
GEN 24 3 f2nf figs-imperative 0 I will make you swear This can be expressed as a command. Alternate translation: “swear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ GEN 24 65 ai22 translate-symaction 0 So she took her veil, and covered herself
GEN 24 65 x2me 0 veil a piece of cloth used to cover a person’s head, shoulders and face
GEN 24 67 c5ut figs-doublet 0 took Rebekah, and she became his wife Both of these phrases mean that Isaac married Rebekah. Alternate translation: “married Rebekah” or “took her as his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
GEN 24 67 h9zw figs-activepassive 0 So Isaac was comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So Rebekah comforted Isaac” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-GEN 25 intro ig86 0 # Genesis 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Polygamy
Abraham married another wife. This was sinful of him. Many other Hebrew leaders came to marry multiple wives. This is known as “polygamy.” It has never been an acceptable practice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Inheritance
In the ancient Near East, inheritance was passed on through the eldest son. Even though Esau and Jacob were twins, it is very important that Esau was born first. It was his birthright to receive his inheritance, but he foolishly gave it up. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/birthright]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God fulfill’s his promise
God begins to fulfill the promise he gave to Abraham about making his descendants numerous. Many of these children through his concubines would become large people groups. This may not be easy to understand without the remainder of the Old Testament and the history it records. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 25 intro ig86 0 # Genesis 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Polygamy
Abraham married another wife. This was sinful of him. Many other Hebrew leaders came to marry multiple wives. This is known as “polygamy.” It has never been an acceptable practice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Inheritance
In the ancient Near East, inheritance was passed on through the eldest son. Even though Esau and Jacob were twins, it is very important that Esau was born first. It was his birthright to receive his inheritance, but he foolishly gave it up. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/birthright]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God fulfill’s his promise
God begins to fulfill the promise he gave to Abraham about making his descendants numerous. Many of these children through his concubines would become large people groups. This may not be easy to understand without the remainder of the Old Testament and the history it records. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 25 1 cu8t translate-names 0 General Information: See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]].
GEN 25 4 rx7z 0 All these This refers to the people named in verses 2-4.
GEN 25 5 l5pw 0 Abraham gave all that he owned to Isaac “Isaac inherited all that Abraham owned.” It was normal for the father to divide his wealth when he was old and not leave that for others to do after he died.
@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ GEN 26 34 n6q3 translate-names 0 Judith…Basemath These are the names of Esau
GEN 26 34 vpc3 translate-names 0 Beeri…Elon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 26 34 es97 translate-names 0 the Hittite “the descendant of Heth” or “a descendant of Heth.” The Hittite people were the descendants of Heth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 26 35 tfu7 figs-metaphor 0 They brought sorrow to Isaac and Rebekah Here “they” refers to Judith and Basemath. To make someone sorrowful or miserable is spoken of as if “sorrow” were an object that a person could bring to another person. Alternate translation: “They made Isaac and Rebekah sorrowful” or “Isaac and Rebekah were miserable because of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-GEN 27 intro r9m3 0 # Genesis 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 27:27-29 and in 27:39-40.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessing
In the ancient Near East, a father’s blessing was very important. This spoken blessing was legally binding. Jacob previously received the birthright from Esau and was guaranteed the double portion of land money that was supposed to be inherited by the older son, Esau. In this chapter, Jacob tricks Isaac into giving him Esau’s blessing. This means that he is to inherit the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/birthright]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+GEN 27 intro r9m3 0 # Genesis 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 27:27-29 and in 27:39-40.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessing
In the ancient Near East, a father’s blessing was very important. This spoken blessing was legally binding. Jacob previously received the birthright from Esau and was guaranteed the double portion of land money that was supposed to be inherited by the older son, Esau. In this chapter, Jacob tricks Isaac into giving him Esau’s blessing. This means that he is to inherit the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/birthright]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
GEN 27 1 dk7f figs-metaphor 0 his eyes were dim This speaks about being nearly blind as if the eyes were a lamp and the light has nearly gone out. Alternate translation: “he was nearly blind” or “he was almost blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GEN 27 1 xl56 0 Here I am “I am here” or “I am listening.” See how you translated this in [Genesis 22:1](../22/01.md).
GEN 27 2 chx2 figs-explicit 0 See here The phrase “see here” adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ GEN 27 46 z2lw figs-hyperbole 0 I am weary of life Rebekah is exaggerating to e
GEN 27 46 d19k 0 the daughters of Heth “these Hittite women” or “descendants of Heth”
GEN 27 46 ujy2 figs-idiom 0 like these women, some of the daughters of the land The phrase “daughters of the land” means the local females. Alternate translation: “like these women who live in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 27 46 z91x figs-rquestion 0 what good will my life be to me? Rebekah uses a question to emphasize how upset she would be if Jacob marries a Hittite woman. Alternate translation: “My life will be awful!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-GEN 28 intro t611 0 # Genesis 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Even though Jacob tricked his father in order to receive Esau’s blessing, the chapter repeats the blessing, ensuring he inherits the blessings promised to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob’s dream
Jacob had a dream or received a vision. The purpose of this dream is to show that, despite Jacob’s sin, God is giving Abraham’s covenant promises to Jacob and his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Bethel
This was an important city for Abraham and his descendants. It is possible that there is some theological significance to the city of Bethel.
+GEN 28 intro t611 0 # Genesis 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Even though Jacob tricked his father in order to receive Esau’s blessing, the chapter repeats the blessing, ensuring he inherits the blessings promised to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob’s dream
Jacob had a dream or received a vision. The purpose of this dream is to show that, despite Jacob’s sin, God is giving Abraham’s covenant promises to Jacob and his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Bethel
This was an important city for Abraham and his descendants. It is possible that there is some theological significance to the city of Bethel.
GEN 28 1 nl2p 0 You must not take “Do not take”
GEN 28 2 jcc6 0 Arise, go “Go right away”
GEN 28 2 ptv8 translate-names 0 Paddan Aram This was another name for the region of Mesopotamia, which about the same location as modern Iraq. See how this was translated in [Genesis 25:20](../25/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ GEN 28 21 t1uz 0 Connecting Statement: The vow that began with the words “If
GEN 28 21 my56 figs-123person 0 so that I return safely…then Yahweh will be my God The vow that began with the words “If God will…clothes to wear” in verse 20 continues here. Jacob is speaking to God in the third person. This can be stated in the second person. “If you will…clothes to wear…so that I return safely…then you, Yahweh, will be the God that I will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GEN 28 21 lw1z figs-metonymy 0 to my father’s house Here “house” stands for Jacob’s family. Alternate translation: “to my father and the rest of my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GEN 28 22 auv9 0 a sacred stone This means that the stone will mark the place where God appeared to him and it will be a place where people can worship God. Alternate translation: “God’s house” or “God’s place”
-GEN 29 intro cbq8 0 # Genesis 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the conflict between Jacob’s wives, Rachel and Leah. This account continues into the next chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Shepherds
Although the exact reasoning for the shepherds’ unwillingness to give water to the sheep is unknown, it is probable they were being lazy. The actions of these shepherds contrast Jacob’s actions.
### Kissing
It was common in the ancient Near East for relatives to greet each other with a kiss. There was nothing sexual about this type of kissing.
### Marriage
It was customary in the ancient Near East for a man to work for a woman’s father in order to earn the right to marry her. It is unknown how common it was for a father to have his younger daughter marry before an older daughter. It was also sinful for Jacob to marry more than one wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+GEN 29 intro cbq8 0 # Genesis 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the conflict between Jacob’s wives, Rachel and Leah. This account continues into the next chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Shepherds
Although the exact reasoning for the shepherds’ unwillingness to give water to the sheep is unknown, it is probable they were being lazy. The actions of these shepherds contrast Jacob’s actions.
### Kissing
It was common in the ancient Near East for relatives to greet each other with a kiss. There was nothing sexual about this type of kissing.
### Marriage
It was customary in the ancient Near East for a man to work for a woman’s father in order to earn the right to marry her. It is unknown how common it was for a father to have his younger daughter marry before an older daughter. It was also sinful for Jacob to marry more than one wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
GEN 29 1 lq7q 0 the people of the east This means the people of Paddan Aram, which is a land east of the land of Canaan.
GEN 29 2 jxn8 0 and, behold, three flocks of sheep were lying there by it The word “behold” marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
GEN 29 2 hn73 writing-background 0 For out of that well “For from that well.” This phrase marks a change from the story to background information about how the shepherds watered the flocks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ GEN 29 34 bz8c translate-names 0 his name was called Levi Translators may also
GEN 29 35 x9x6 0 She conceived again “Leah became pregnant again”
GEN 29 35 acb5 0 bore a son “gave birth to a son”
GEN 29 35 xp9g translate-names 0 she called his name Judah Translators may also add a footnote that says “The name Judah means ‘praise.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-GEN 30 intro g8rn 0 # Genesis 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the story of the conflict between Rachel and Leah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Women and their children
In the ancient Near East, it was important for a married woman to have many children. If a woman did not have many children, people believed it brought shame upon her. This is one of the reasons why Rachel and Leah were always jealous of each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
### Speckled and spotted
Speckled and spotted sheep were considered to be imperfect. Therefore, they were considered to be much less valuable than the spotless sheep. Despite Jacob’s fair offer, Laban once again tried to cheat him out of something he deserved. Jacob anticipated Laban’s cheating.
+GEN 30 intro g8rn 0 # Genesis 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the story of the conflict between Rachel and Leah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Women and their children
In the ancient Near East, it was important for a married woman to have many children. If a woman did not have many children, people believed it brought shame upon her. This is one of the reasons why Rachel and Leah were always jealous of each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
### Speckled and spotted
Speckled and spotted sheep were considered to be imperfect. Therefore, they were considered to be much less valuable than the spotless sheep. Despite Jacob’s fair offer, Laban once again tried to cheat him out of something he deserved. Jacob anticipated Laban’s cheating.
GEN 30 1 b8mq 0 When Rachel saw that she bore Jacob no children “When Rachel realized that she was unable to become preganant”
GEN 30 1 ct56 figs-hyperbole 0 I will die Rachel is exaggerating to show how upset she is about not having children. Alternate translation: “I will feel completely worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
GEN 30 1 v6l6 0 Give me children “Cause me to become pregnant”
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ GEN 30 42 sm36 0 the feebler animals “the weaker animals”
GEN 30 42 z6j6 figs-explicit 0 So the feebler animals were Laban’s, and the stronger were Jacob’s “So the weaker offspring belonged to Laban, while the stronger offspring belonged to Jacob.” You can make this even more explicit. Alternate translation: “So the weaker offspring did not have stripes or spots and so belonged to Laban, while the stronger offspring did have stripes or spots and so belonged to Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 30 43 qp8n 0 The man “Jacob”
GEN 30 43 be3r 0 became very prosperous “greatly prospered” or “became very wealthy”
-GEN 31 intro zw5h 0 # Genesis 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s blessing
When Jacob left Paddam Aram, he left very wealthy. Despite his punishment of exile from Canaan, God still blessed Jacob and his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Household gods
Although a few scholars believe the possession of the household gods was a sign of inheritance, this seems unlikely. It is probable that Rachel believed these idols would bring them “good luck” and would bring them great blessing. This was sinful because they were to trust in Yahweh, who already promised to bless them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Irony
Laban’s sons complained that Jacob cheated them out of their father’s possessions. It was their father who tried to cheat Jacob out of what he promised to give Jacob. Jacob treated his brother Esau in the same way. Jacob cheated Esau out of their father’s blessing.
+GEN 31 intro zw5h 0 # Genesis 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s blessing
When Jacob left Paddam Aram, he left very wealthy. Despite his punishment of exile from Canaan, God still blessed Jacob and his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Household gods
Although a few scholars believe the possession of the household gods was a sign of inheritance, this seems unlikely. It is probable that Rachel believed these idols would bring them “good luck” and would bring them great blessing. This was sinful because they were to trust in Yahweh, who already promised to bless them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Irony
Laban’s sons complained that Jacob cheated them out of their father’s possessions. It was their father who tried to cheat Jacob out of what he promised to give Jacob. Jacob treated his brother Esau in the same way. Jacob cheated Esau out of their father’s blessing.
GEN 31 1 q6pl 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
GEN 31 1 bae1 0 Jacob heard the words of Laban’s sons, that they said “Jacob heard that Laban’s sons were saying”
GEN 31 1 j4tu figs-hyperbole 0 Jacob has taken away all that was our father’s Laban’s sons were exaggerating because they were angry. Alternate translation: “Everything that Jacob has taken belonged to our father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ GEN 31 53 r6hl 0 the Fear of his father Isaac Here the word “Fear” refers
GEN 31 54 fmy2 figs-explicit 0 called his relatives to eat a meal Eating a meal together was part of making the covenant with one another. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 31 55 w76k 0 Early in the morning…returned home Verse 55 is the first verse of chapter 32 in the original Hebrew text, but the last verse of chapter 31 in most modern Bibles. We suggest that you follow the numbering of Bibles in your national language.
GEN 31 55 kif6 0 blessed This means expressing a desire for positive and beneficial things to happen to someone.
-GEN 32 intro udr3 0 # Genesis 32 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob does not trust Yahweh
Jacob does not trust in Yahweh. Instead, he fears that his brother Esau could kill him and his family. He should have known that Yahweh would continue to bless him and protect his family. He should have trusted in Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
### Name change
In Scripture, a change in name always occurs at a highly significant point in a person’s life. The return of Jacob to Canaan was a significant event in the history of the Hebrew people.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “A man wrestled with him”
Scholars are divided over the identity of the person Jacob wrestled with. It was probably an angel, but some believe he wrestled with Jesus before he came to earth. The translator will probably have difficulty trying to keep ambiguity in identifying this individual because the word “man” usually indicates a normal, living person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 32 intro udr3 0 # Genesis 32 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob does not trust Yahweh
Jacob does not trust in Yahweh. Instead, he fears that his brother Esau could kill him and his family. He should have known that Yahweh would continue to bless him and protect his family. He should have trusted in Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
### Name change
In Scripture, a change in name always occurs at a highly significant point in a person’s life. The return of Jacob to Canaan was a significant event in the history of the Hebrew people.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “A man wrestled with him”
Scholars are divided over the identity of the person Jacob wrestled with. It was probably an angel, but some believe he wrestled with Jesus before he came to earth. The translator will probably have difficulty trying to keep ambiguity in identifying this individual because the word “man” usually indicates a normal, living person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 32 2 fr1q 0 Mahanaim Translators may also add a footnote that says “The name Mahanaim means ‘two camps.’”
GEN 32 3 f84p translate-names 0 Seir This is a mountainous area in the region of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 32 4 ayv1 figs-quotesinquotes 0 This is what you will say to my master Esau: This is what your servant Jacob says: ‘I have been…have delayed my return until now. This has a quotation within a quotation. The direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘This is what I want you to tell my master Esau. Tell him that I have been…have delayed my return until now.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -2300,7 +2300,7 @@ GEN 32 32 n4af 0 to this day This means to the day that the author was writing
GEN 32 32 t93f 0 ligaments of the hip This refers to the muscle that connects the thigh bone to the thigh socket.
GEN 32 32 l5px 0 hip joint “thigh socket”
GEN 32 32 j363 0 while dislocating “while striking”
-GEN 33 intro tc2t 0 # Genesis 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob’s fear
Jacob feared his brother. He showed Esau great respect and sought to protect his family from Esau’s power. He did not fear and trust Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Favoritism
Jacob showed favoritism towards Rachel and Joseph. He arranged the family according to those he loved the most. Rachel and Joseph were the most protected from a potential attack by Esau. He would have rather had everyone else die, in order to spare their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 33 intro tc2t 0 # Genesis 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob’s fear
Jacob feared his brother. He showed Esau great respect and sought to protect his family from Esau’s power. He did not fear and trust Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Favoritism
Jacob showed favoritism towards Rachel and Joseph. He arranged the family according to those he loved the most. Rachel and Joseph were the most protected from a potential attack by Esau. He would have rather had everyone else die, in order to spare their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 33 1 ck16 0 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to a surprising new part of the story.
GEN 33 1 c4ai translate-numbers 0 four hundred men “400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
GEN 33 1 lqj5 figs-explicit 0 Jacob divided the children…female servants This does not mean Jacob divided the children evenly so that each woman had the same amount of children with her. Jacob divided the children so that each one went with his or her mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ GEN 33 19 xu69 translate-names 0 Hamor This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://
GEN 33 19 y9i5 0 Shechem’s father Shechem is the name of a city and the name of a man.
GEN 33 19 kh7z translate-numbers 0 a hundred “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
GEN 33 20 ps43 translate-names 0 El Elohe Israel Translators may add a footnote that says: “The name El Elohe Israel means ‘God, the God of Israel.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-GEN 34 intro gv6g 0 # Genesis 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel
Jacob’s name was changed to Israel. It is his descendants who inherited the promised blessings given to him and to Isaac and Abraham. This is the first time his descendants are collectively referred to as the people group Israel. The people group Israel is identified through the covenant of circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Jacob’s reacted to the rape of Dinah with indifference. This is possibly because she was not a daughter of Rachel. His reaction was both unwise and improper. This action brought shame on the whole family. Therefore, Jacob’s sons corrected this wrong and plotted against Hamor and Shechem.
Shechem raped Dinah, but then he said he loved her. By raping her, he ensured that no one else would want to marry her. This is not love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GEN 34 intro gv6g 0 # Genesis 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel
Jacob’s name was changed to Israel. It is his descendants who inherited the promised blessings given to him and to Isaac and Abraham. This is the first time his descendants are collectively referred to as the people group Israel. The people group Israel is identified through the covenant of circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Jacob’s reacted to the rape of Dinah with indifference. This is possibly because she was not a daughter of Rachel. His reaction was both unwise and improper. This action brought shame on the whole family. Therefore, Jacob’s sons corrected this wrong and plotted against Hamor and Shechem.
Shechem raped Dinah, but then he said he loved her. By raping her, he ensured that no one else would want to marry her. This is not love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 34 1 g89z 0 Now Here this word is used to mark a new part of the story.
GEN 34 1 q1ki translate-names 0 Dinah This is the name of Leah’s daughter. See how you translated this name in [Genesis 30:21](../30/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 34 2 y29n translate-names 0 the Hivite This is the name of a people group. See how you translated the similar word “Hivites” in [Genesis 10:17](../10/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ GEN 34 30 di4j figs-synecdoche 0 I am few in number…against me and attack me,
GEN 34 30 f8i3 0 gather themselves together against me and attack me “form an army and attack me” or “form an army and attack us”
GEN 34 30 pr2b figs-activepassive 0 then I will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will destroy me” or “they will destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 34 31 l9v7 figs-rquestion 0 Should Shechem have dealt with our sister as with a prostitute? Simeon and Levi use a question to emphasize that Shechem did what was wrong and deserved to die. Alternate translation: “Shechem should not have treated our sister as if she were a prostitute!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-GEN 35 intro r5b3 0 # Genesis 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Name change
In Scripture, a change in name always occurs at a highly significant point in a person’s life. The return of Jacob to Canaan was a significant event in the history of the Hebrew people.
### Covenant
The covenant God made with Abraham is repeated here. It indicates that all of Jacob’s descendants will inherit the promises of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+GEN 35 intro r5b3 0 # Genesis 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Name change
In Scripture, a change in name always occurs at a highly significant point in a person’s life. The return of Jacob to Canaan was a significant event in the history of the Hebrew people.
### Covenant
The covenant God made with Abraham is repeated here. It indicates that all of Jacob’s descendants will inherit the promises of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
GEN 35 1 m48u 0 go up to Bethel The phrase “go up” is used because Bethel is higher in elevation than Shechem.
GEN 35 1 a7yt figs-123person 0 Build an altar there to God God speaks about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Build an altar there to me, your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GEN 35 2 zm9p 0 said to his household “said to his family”
@@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ GEN 35 29 rk3c figs-doublet 0 Isaac breathed his last and died “Isaac took hi
GEN 35 29 p3ct figs-euphemism 0 breathed his last This is a polite way of saying a person died. See how you translated this in [Genesis 25:8](../25/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GEN 35 29 fpy4 figs-idiom 0 was gathered to his ancestors This means that after Isaac died, his soul went to the same place as his relatives who died before him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he joined his family members who had already died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 35 29 bxx8 figs-doublet 0 an old man full of days The phrases “old man” and “full of days” mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that Isaac lived a very long time. Alternate translation: “after he had lived a very long time and was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-GEN 36 intro st7p 0 # Genesis 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Esau’s descendants
Esau’s descendants became known as the Edomite people group. They also become a great nation. This nation is prominent in the rest of the Old Testament. God graciously blessed Esau and he had many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+GEN 36 intro st7p 0 # Genesis 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Esau’s descendants
Esau’s descendants became known as the Edomite people group. They also become a great nation. This nation is prominent in the rest of the Old Testament. God graciously blessed Esau and he had many descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
GEN 36 1 zj65 figs-explicit 0 These were the descendants of Esau (also called Edom) “These are the descendants of Esau, who is also called Edom.” This sentence introduces the account of Esau’s descendants in Genesis 36:1-8. Alternate translation: “This is an account of the descendants of Esau, who is also called Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 36 2 ac64 translate-names 0 Adah…Oholibamah These are names of Esau’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 36 2 hna3 translate-names 0 Elon the Hittite “Elon the descendant of Heth” or “Elon a descendant of Heth.” This is the name of a man. See how you translate this in [Genesis 26:34](../26/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ GEN 36 42 f4dx translate-names 0 Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar These are names of people
GEN 36 43 bjb8 translate-names 0 Magdiel, and Iram These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 36 43 f84q 0 their settlements “their dwelling places” or “the places they lived”
GEN 36 43 zc7w figs-metonymy 0 This was Esau This list is said “to be” Esau, which means that it is the whole list of his descendants. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the descendants of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-GEN 37 intro s17y 0 # Genesis 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins to record the account of Jacob’s sons. The rest of the book of Genesis focuses on Jacob’s sons, especially Joseph. This chapter also references Jacob as “Israel” beginning in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Favoritism
Jacob’s favoritism became a great problem for his sons. They are always jealous of Joseph because he is the favorite son. The beautiful garment Jacob gave to Joseph greatly strained the relationship between Joseph and his brothers. Joseph dreams he will rule all of his brothers, even though he is not the oldest son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+GEN 37 intro s17y 0 # Genesis 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins to record the account of Jacob’s sons. The rest of the book of Genesis focuses on Jacob’s sons, especially Joseph. This chapter also references Jacob as “Israel” beginning in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Favoritism
Jacob’s favoritism became a great problem for his sons. They are always jealous of Joseph because he is the favorite son. The beautiful garment Jacob gave to Joseph greatly strained the relationship between Joseph and his brothers. Joseph dreams he will rule all of his brothers, even though he is not the oldest son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
GEN 37 1 y34b 0 the land where his father was staying, in the land of Canaan “in the land of Canaan where his father had lived”
GEN 37 2 gx4z figs-synecdoche 0 These were the events concerning Jacob This sentence introduces the account of Jacob’s children in Genesis 37:1-50:26. Here “Jacob” refers to his whole family. Alternate translation: “This is the account of Jacob’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GEN 37 2 h2a4 translate-numbers 0 seventeen years old “17 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -2655,7 +2655,7 @@ GEN 37 35 inp9 figs-activepassive 0 but he refused to be comforted This can be
GEN 37 35 qls4 figs-explicit 0 Indeed I will go down to Sheol mourning The means that he be mourning from now until when he dies. Alternate translation: “Indeed when I die and go down to Sheol I will still be mourning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GEN 37 36 p1k8 0 The Midianites sold him “The Midianites sold Joseph”
GEN 37 36 zpi7 0 the captain of the bodyguard “the leader of the soldiers who guarded the king”
-GEN 38 intro m9uv 0 # Genesis 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter focuses on Jacob’s son Judah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Spilling his seed”
Onan was to provide for his brother’s widow and give her an heir. This phrase indicates that he used Tamar to fulfill his own sexual desires rather than help her. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### God preserves Judah’s line
The Canaanite woman, Tamar, deceived her father-in-law, Judah, into having sexual relations with her. If it had not been for this act, Judah would not have any descendants to carry on his family line. Although her actions were wrong, God used them to protect his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+GEN 38 intro m9uv 0 # Genesis 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter focuses on Jacob’s son Judah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Spilling his seed”
Onan was to provide for his brother’s widow and give her an heir. This phrase indicates that he used Tamar to fulfill his own sexual desires rather than help her. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### God preserves Judah’s line
The Canaanite woman, Tamar, deceived her father-in-law, Judah, into having sexual relations with her. If it had not been for this act, Judah would not have any descendants to carry on his family line. Although her actions were wrong, God used them to protect his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
GEN 38 1 d341 writing-newevent 0 It came about at that time that Judah This introduces a new part of the story that focuses on Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 38 1 mm6t translate-names 0 a certain Adullamite, whose name was Hirah Hirah is the name of a man who lived in the village of Adullam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 38 2 g2ep translate-names 0 whose name was Shua Shua is a Canaanite woman who married Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2737,7 +2737,7 @@ GEN 38 29 ra5t figs-explicit 0 How you have broken out! This shows the midwife
GEN 38 29 n6hp figs-activepassive 0 he was named This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “she named him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 38 29 d8yk translate-names 0 Perez This is the name of a boy. Translators may add a footnote that says: “The name Perez means ‘breaking out.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
GEN 38 30 zzy9 translate-names 0 Zerah This is the name of a boy. Translators may add a footnote that says: “The name Zerah means ‘scarlet or bright red.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-GEN 39 intro a8n6 0 # Genesis 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. This is a sign of Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
### Joseph’s character
Genesis just recorded a period of time where Joseph’s ancestors and brothers struggled with sin. Joseph’s character in this chapter is upright. He chose to do what was right, even when it could cause him harm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+GEN 39 intro a8n6 0 # Genesis 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. This is a sign of Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
### Joseph’s character
Genesis just recorded a period of time where Joseph’s ancestors and brothers struggled with sin. Joseph’s character in this chapter is upright. He chose to do what was right, even when it could cause him harm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
GEN 39 1 e2vg figs-idiom 0 Joseph was brought down to Egypt Travelling to Egypt is always considered as going “down” in contrast to going “up” to the promised land. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Ishmaelites had taken Joseph to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
GEN 39 2 f9fl figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was with Joseph This means that Yahweh helped Joseph and was always with him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh guided Joseph and helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 39 2 fn2m figs-metaphor 0 He lived in the house Here the author speaks of working in the master’s house as if it were living in the master’s house. Only the most trusted servants were permitted to work in their master’s house. AT : “he worked in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ GEN 39 22 wbf9 figs-metaphor 0 gave into Joseph’s hand Here “hand” repres
GEN 39 22 ma4g 0 Whatever they did there, Joseph was in charge of it “Joseph was in charge of everything they did there”
GEN 39 23 j1y2 figs-idiom 0 because Yahweh was with him This refers to how Yahweh helped Joseph and guided him. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh guided Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 39 23 kpn2 0 Whatever he did, Yahweh prospered “Yahweh caused everything that Joseph did to prosper”
-GEN 40 intro ef8h 0 # Genesis 40 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Interpretation of dreams
The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
+GEN 40 intro ef8h 0 # Genesis 40 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Interpretation of dreams
The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
GEN 40 1 nwl6 writing-newevent 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 40 1 bab1 0 the cupbearer This is the person who brought drinks to the king.
GEN 40 1 i7i3 0 king’s baker This is the person who made food for the king.
@@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ GEN 40 20 j63e 0 the chief of the bakers This refers to the leading person who
GEN 40 21 i37q figs-metonymy 0 He restored the chief of the cupbearers to his responsibility The chief of the cupbearer’s “responsibility” refers to his job as chief of the cupbearers. Alternate translation: “He gave the chief of the cupbearers his job back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GEN 40 22 iet6 figs-metonymy 0 But he hanged the chief of the bakers Pharaoh did not personally hang the baker, rather he commanded for him to be hanged. Alternate translation: “But he commanded for the chief of the bakers to be hanged” or “But he commanded his guards to hang the chief of the bakers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GEN 40 22 hh6d figs-explicit 0 just as Joseph had interpreted to them This refers to when Joseph interpreted their dreams. Alternate translation: “just as Joseph had said would happen when he interpreted the two men’s dreams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-GEN 41 intro h6hd 0 # Genesis 41 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Interpretation of dreams
The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
### Joseph’s character
Genesis just recorded a period of time where Joseph’s ancestors and brothers struggled with sin. Joseph’s character in this chapter is upright. It gained him great favor in the eyes of Pharaoh and helped to save his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]l, [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+GEN 41 intro h6hd 0 # Genesis 41 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Interpretation of dreams
The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
### Joseph’s character
Genesis just recorded a period of time where Joseph’s ancestors and brothers struggled with sin. Joseph’s character in this chapter is upright. It gained him great favor in the eyes of Pharaoh and helped to save his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]l, [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
GEN 41 1 tw22 writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 41 1 y4mv 0 at the end of two full years Two years passed after Joseph correctly interpreted the dreams of Pharaoh’s cupbearer and baker, who had been in prison with Joseph.
GEN 41 1 l2v3 0 Behold, he stood The word “behold” here marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “He was surprised because he was standing”
@@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ GEN 41 56 qr6m figs-idiom 0 The famine was over all the face of the whole land
GEN 41 56 fa43 figs-synecdoche 0 Joseph opened all the storehouses and sold to the Egyptians Here “Joseph” stands for Joseph’s servants. Alternate translation: “Joseph had his servants open all the storehouses and sell grain to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
GEN 41 57 t13u figs-metonymy 0 All the earth was coming to Egypt Here “earth” stands for the people from all regions. Alternate translation: “People were coming to Egypt from all the surrounding regions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
GEN 41 57 ci2w 0 in all the earth “throughout the land.” It is likely that all the different trading partners and nations that were part of the Egyptian trading routes effected by the drought came to Egypt for grain.
-GEN 42 intro c5l2 0 # Genesis 42 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Famine
Apparently this famine extended beyond Egypt and encompassed the land of Canaan too. Because of Egypt’s size and power, it would not have been unusual for people to go there in times of need. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Joseph’s test
Joseph tests his brothers to see if they are good. They treat their brother Benjamin better than they treated Joseph and tried to protect him.
+GEN 42 intro c5l2 0 # Genesis 42 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Famine
Apparently this famine extended beyond Egypt and encompassed the land of Canaan too. Because of Egypt’s size and power, it would not have been unusual for people to go there in times of need. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Joseph’s test
Joseph tests his brothers to see if they are good. They treat their brother Benjamin better than they treated Joseph and tried to protect him.
GEN 42 1 c5d3 writing-newevent 0 Now Jacob became The word “Now” marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 42 1 p1y2 figs-rquestion 0 Why do you look at one another? Jacob uses a question to scold his sons for not doing anything about the grain. Alternate translation: “Do not just sit here!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GEN 42 2 h23z 0 Go down there It was common to speak of going from Canaan to Egypt as going “down.”
@@ -3086,7 +3086,7 @@ GEN 42 38 vm4r figs-explicit 0 For his brother is dead and he alone is left The
GEN 42 38 jj7h 0 on the road in which you go “while you a traveling to Egypt and back” or “while you are away.” Here “road” stands for traveling.
GEN 42 38 mk1r figs-idiom 0 then you will bring down my gray hair with sorrow to Sheol To “bring down…to Sheol” is way of saying they will cause him to die and go to Sheol. He uses the word “down” because it was commonly believed sheol is somewhere underground. Alternate translation: “then you will cause me, an old man, to die of sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 42 38 b5eg figs-synecdoche 0 my gray hair This stands for Jacob and emphasizes his old age. Alternate translation: “me, an old man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-GEN 43 intro b7av 0 # Genesis 43 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s concern
Israel is concerned over his favored son, Benjamin. He is also confused about the reason the Egyptian official treated them so kindly. This caused him some concern. It is possible he thought his sons were lying to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
+GEN 43 intro b7av 0 # Genesis 43 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s concern
Israel is concerned over his favored son, Benjamin. He is also confused about the reason the Egyptian official treated them so kindly. This caused him some concern. It is possible he thought his sons were lying to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
GEN 43 1 l7ym figs-ellipsis 0 The famine was severe in the land The word “Canaan” is understood. This information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The famine was severe in the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
GEN 43 2 af37 writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 43 2 j2pr 0 when they had eaten “when Jacob and his family had eaten”
@@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ GEN 43 33 uk7w figs-explicit 0 The brothers sat before him It is implied that J
GEN 43 33 v5sa figs-merism 0 the firstborn according to his birthright, and the youngest according to his youth The “firstborn” and the “youngest” are used together to mean all the brothers were sitting in order according to their age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
GEN 43 33 c4tk 0 The men were astonished together “The men were very surprised when they realized this”
GEN 43 34 nus6 0 But Benjamin’s portion was five times as much as any of his brothers The phrase “five times” can be stated more generally. Alternate translation: “But Benjamin received a portion that was much bigger than what his brothers received”
-GEN 44 intro r27n 0 # Genesis 44 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah’s sacrifice
Judah is willing to sacrifice himself in order to save Benjamin, the favored son of Jacob. Judah’s descendants will become the leaders of the Israelites and the godliest of the twelve tribes of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Joseph’s test
Joseph tests his brothers to see if they are good. They treat their brother Benjamin better than they treated Joseph and tried to protect him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]])
+GEN 44 intro r27n 0 # Genesis 44 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah’s sacrifice
Judah is willing to sacrifice himself in order to save Benjamin, the favored son of Jacob. Judah’s descendants will become the leaders of the Israelites and the godliest of the twelve tribes of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Joseph’s test
Joseph tests his brothers to see if they are good. They treat their brother Benjamin better than they treated Joseph and tried to protect him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]])
GEN 44 1 bf9w 0 General Information: This begins a new event in the story. Most likely this is the next morning after the feast.
GEN 44 1 nsj3 0 steward of his house The “steward” was responsible for managing Joseph’s household activities.
GEN 44 1 md4j 0 every man’s money Their money was silver coins most likely in a small bag.
@@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ GEN 44 33 vk2u figs-123person 0 to my master Judah refers to Joseph as “my ma
GEN 44 33 utg6 0 let the boy go up It was going to use the phrase “go up” when speaking about traveling from Egypt to Canaan.
GEN 44 34 p2qk figs-rquestion 0 For how can I go up to my father if the boy is not with me? Judah uses a question to emphasize the grief he would have if Benjamin did not return home. Alternate translation: “I cannot return to my father if the boy is not with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
GEN 44 34 v8ma figs-metaphor 0 I am afraid to see the evil that would come on my father A person suffering terribly is spoken of as if “evil” were a thing that comes upon a person. Alternate translation: “I am afraid to see how much my father would suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-GEN 45 intro rm1s 0 # Genesis 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Joseph finally reveals himself to his brothers in this chapter. This chapter forms the conclusion of the story which began in chapter 43.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Joseph’s character
Genesis just recorded a period of time where Joseph’s ancestors and brothers struggled with sin. Joseph’s character in this chapter is upright. It gained him great favor in the eyes of Pharaoh and helped to save his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+GEN 45 intro rm1s 0 # Genesis 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Joseph finally reveals himself to his brothers in this chapter. This chapter forms the conclusion of the story which began in chapter 43.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The account of Joseph focuses on the power of God. God is able to protect his people despite the evil actions of some. He also is able to continue to bless them despite their circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Joseph’s character
Genesis just recorded a period of time where Joseph’s ancestors and brothers struggled with sin. Joseph’s character in this chapter is upright. It gained him great favor in the eyes of Pharaoh and helped to save his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
GEN 45 1 mrg5 0 could not control himself This means he could not control his emotions. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “was about to start crying”
GEN 45 1 rt15 0 by him “near him”
GEN 45 2 f3np figs-metonymy 0 house of Pharaoh Here “house” stands for the people in the Pharaoh’s palace. Alternate translation: “everyone in Pharaoh’s palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3331,7 +3331,7 @@ GEN 45 26 vye7 0 he could not believe what they told him “he did not accept
GEN 45 27 mhh3 0 They told him “They told Jacob”
GEN 45 27 sa3u 0 all the words of Joseph that he had said to them “everything that Joseph had said to them”
GEN 45 27 w59p figs-synecdoche 0 the spirit of Jacob their father revived The word “spirit” stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Jacob their father recovered” or “Jacob their father became very excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-GEN 46 intro x4fu 0 # Genesis 46 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Going to Egypt
Yahweh allowed Israel to go to Egypt. He was to trust in Yahweh and his covenant faithfulness. God continued to bless them in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Shepherds
Because of the regular flooding of the Nile River, Egypt’s economy revolved around farming more than raising animals. Therefore, the Egyptians despised the nomadic lifestyle of shepherds. Joseph’s instructions permitted the Hebrew people to live separately from the Egyptians.
+GEN 46 intro x4fu 0 # Genesis 46 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Going to Egypt
Yahweh allowed Israel to go to Egypt. He was to trust in Yahweh and his covenant faithfulness. God continued to bless them in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
### Shepherds
Because of the regular flooding of the Nile River, Egypt’s economy revolved around farming more than raising animals. Therefore, the Egyptians despised the nomadic lifestyle of shepherds. Joseph’s instructions permitted the Hebrew people to live separately from the Egyptians.
GEN 46 1 wwd6 0 went to Beersheba “came to Beersheba”
GEN 46 2 kz9s 0 Here I am “Yes, I am listening”
GEN 46 3 cmw1 0 to go down to Egypt It was common to use the phrase “go down” when speaking of traveling from Canaan to Egypt.
@@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@ GEN 46 34 nwi4 0 Connecting Statement: The two-level quotation that began in v
GEN 46 34 c7ig figs-quotesinquotes 0 you should say, ‘Your servants have been keepers of livestock from our youth until now, both we, and our forefathers.’ The two-level quotation that began with the words “when Pharaoh…asks” in verse 33 ends here. This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. “when Pharaoh…asks what your occupation is, that you should say that you have been keepers of livestock from your youth until now, both you and your forefathers. Do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
GEN 46 34 q7bk figs-123person 0 Your servants Joseph’s family are to refer to themselves as “your servants” when they speak to Pharaoh. This is a formal way of speaking to someone with greater authority. It can be stated in the first person. Alternate translation: “We, your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
GEN 46 34 ic29 figs-abstractnouns 0 every shepherd is an abomination to the Egyptians The abstract noun “abomination” can be translated with the adjective “disgusting.” Alternate translation: “Egyptians think shepherds are disgusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-GEN 47 intro ep9j 0 # Genesis 47 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abrahamic covenant
Part of the Abrahamic covenant was that Yahweh would bless those who bless Abraham’s descendants. Since Pharaoh cared for the Hebrew people, Yahweh blessed the Egyptians while the Hebrew people lived in Egypt. The Hebrew people also multiplied greatly as this covenant promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Jacob was not buried in Egypt
In the ancient Near east, a person was typically buried in their hometown. Since Egypt was not the Israelites’ home, Jacob did not wish to be buried in Egypt. This was a lesson to the Israelites that Canaan was their true home, the promised land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+GEN 47 intro ep9j 0 # Genesis 47 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abrahamic covenant
Part of the Abrahamic covenant was that Yahweh would bless those who bless Abraham’s descendants. Since Pharaoh cared for the Hebrew people, Yahweh blessed the Egyptians while the Hebrew people lived in Egypt. The Hebrew people also multiplied greatly as this covenant promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Jacob was not buried in Egypt
In the ancient Near east, a person was typically buried in their hometown. Since Egypt was not the Israelites’ home, Jacob did not wish to be buried in Egypt. This was a lesson to the Israelites that Canaan was their true home, the promised land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
GEN 47 1 lup6 figs-events 0 Joseph went in and told Pharaoh It is not clear whether Joseph went with his father and family from Canaan to Goshen and then alone from Goshen to see the Pharaoh, back to Goshen for his five brothers, and then back to Pharaoh, as the ULT implies, or whether he brought the five brothers with him the first time he went from Goshen to Pharaoh, as the UST states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
GEN 47 2 p3cm figs-events 0 He took five of his brothers and introduced them It is not clear whether Joseph went with his father and family from Canaan to Goshen and then alone from Goshen to see the Pharaoh, back to Goshen for his five brothers, and then back to Pharaoh, as the ULT implies, or whether he brought the five brothers with him the first time he went from Goshen to Pharaoh, as the UST states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
GEN 47 3 k8ea 0 Your servants are shepherds “Your servants shepherd flocks”
@@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@ GEN 47 29 u82i 0 Please do not bury me in Egypt The word “please” adds emp
GEN 47 30 mbz5 figs-euphemism 0 When I sleep with my fathers Here “sleep” is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “When I die and join my family members who died before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GEN 47 31 pw9e 0 Swear to me “Promise me” or “Make an oath to me”
GEN 47 31 p35p 0 swore to him “promised him” or “made an oath to him”
-GEN 48 intro sm2c 0 # Genesis 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:15-16, and in 58:20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessing
The blessing of Jacob is given to Joseph, and his sons Manasseh and Ephraim. It is probably distinct from inheriting the promises Yahweh gave to Abraham because Scripture talks about all of Israel’s descendants inheriting those promises. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+GEN 48 intro sm2c 0 # Genesis 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:15-16, and in 58:20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessing
The blessing of Jacob is given to Joseph, and his sons Manasseh and Ephraim. It is probably distinct from inheriting the promises Yahweh gave to Abraham because Scripture talks about all of Israel’s descendants inheriting those promises. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
GEN 48 1 fzl8 writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
GEN 48 1 th1g 0 one said to Joseph “someone said to Joseph”
GEN 48 1 ncd4 0 Look, your father “Listen, your father.” Here the word “look” is used to get Joseph’s attention.
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ GEN 48 21 w4x7 0 land of your fathers “land of your ancestors”
GEN 48 22 m9zy figs-metaphor 0 To you, as one who is above your brothers, I give to you the mountain slope Possible meanings are (1) Joseph having more honor and authority than his brothers is spoken of as if he were physically above them. Alternate translation: “To you, who is greater than your brothers, I give the mountain slope” or (2) Jacob means he is giving more land to Joseph than he is giving to Joseph’s brothers. Alternate translation: “To you, I give one more ridge than I give your brothers. I give to you the mountain slope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GEN 48 22 e2r2 figs-you 0 To you Here “you” is singular and refers to Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GEN 48 22 q143 figs-metonymy 0 the mountain slope that I took from the Amorites with my sword and my bow Here “sword” and “bow” stands for fighting in battle. Alternate translation: “the portion of land I fought for and took from the Amorites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-GEN 49 intro lp3i 0 # Genesis 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 49:1-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecies
These statements made by Jacob to his sons are probably prophecies. These prophecies are concerned with the descendants of each of Jacob’s sons who would become the twelve tribes of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The scepter will not depart from Judah”
This prophecy indicates Judah will be the ruling tribe of Israel. The future kings of Israel all come from the tribe of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### “I buried Leah”
Since Moses wrote the book of Genesis, this is an editorial comment he makes in the text as the narrator.
+GEN 49 intro lp3i 0 # Genesis 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 49:1-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecies
These statements made by Jacob to his sons are probably prophecies. These prophecies are concerned with the descendants of each of Jacob’s sons who would become the twelve tribes of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The scepter will not depart from Judah”
This prophecy indicates Judah will be the ruling tribe of Israel. The future kings of Israel all come from the tribe of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### “I buried Leah”
Since Moses wrote the book of Genesis, this is an editorial comment he makes in the text as the narrator.
GEN 49 1 zs4v writing-poetry 0 General Information: This begins Jacob’s final blessings to his sons. This continues through [Genesis 49:27](../49/27.md). Jacob’s blessings are written in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
GEN 49 2 n3y4 figs-parallelism 0 Assemble yourselves and listen, you sons of Jacob. Listen to Israel, your father Both sentences say the same thing for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Come and listen carefully to your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
GEN 49 2 j4es figs-123person 0 you sons of Jacob. Listen to Israel, your father Jacob is referring to himself in the third person. It can be stated in the first person. Alternate translation: “my sons. Listen to me, your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ GEN 49 33 jq2w 0 finished these instructions to his sons “finished instructi
GEN 49 33 xwq5 0 he pulled his feet into the bed Jacob was sitting on the bed. Now, Jacob turns and puts his feet in the bed so he can lie down.
GEN 49 33 m28w figs-euphemism 0 breathed his last This is a polite way of saying a person died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
GEN 49 33 p5pu figs-euphemism 0 went to his people After Jacob died, his inner man went to the same place as his relatives who died before him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-GEN 50 intro di45 0 # Genesis 50 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Embalming
Embalming was practiced in Egypt on very important people when they died. They removed the liquids from the body then wrapped it in an attempt to preserve the body from decay.
### Joseph’s character
Joseph’s character was so upright that Pharaoh’s officials went with him to Canaan to bury Jacob. This was a very large funeral procession. He also learned lessons from earlier in his life and unified his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+GEN 50 intro di45 0 # Genesis 50 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Embalming
Embalming was practiced in Egypt on very important people when they died. They removed the liquids from the body then wrapped it in an attempt to preserve the body from decay.
### Joseph’s character
Joseph’s character was so upright that Pharaoh’s officials went with him to Canaan to bury Jacob. This was a very large funeral procession. He also learned lessons from earlier in his life and unified his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
GEN 50 1 b6bk figs-idiom 0 that he collapsed on the face of his father The term “he collapsed” is an idiom for being overcome. Alternate translation: “that he fell on his father in grief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
GEN 50 2 a9rq 0 his servants the physicians “his servants who took care of dead bodies”
GEN 50 2 f9rl figs-euphemism 0 to embalm his father To “embalm” is a special way of preserving a dead body before it is buried. Alternate translation: “to prepare his father’s body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index b25380ac06..0ed266c6c2 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Exodus
1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
- First genealogy (1:1–6)
- Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
- Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
- Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
- Second genealogy (6:14–27)
- Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
- The plagues (8:1–11:10)
1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
1. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
- The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
- Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
- Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
- The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
- The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
- The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
- Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
- The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
- The covenant described again (34:1–35)
- Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
- The cloud (40:34–38)
### What is the Book of Exodus about?
Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.
The Book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Exodus?
The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?
Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time. And Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and they should worship him.
### How does the Book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?
The Book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the Jewish Passover?
The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued them from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.
### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?
The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.
### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” (19:6 ULT)?
Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different than all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?
In Exodus 25-32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35-40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.
### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?
Most but not all of the events in the Book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.
### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?
The Book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
-EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition with the last chapter of the book of Genesis.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s growth
Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians because they would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### End of the famine
It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning back to the Promised Land instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “All of the descendants of Jacob were seventy in number”
This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
+EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Exodus
1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
- First genealogy (1:1–6)
- Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
- Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
- Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
- Second genealogy (6:14–27)
- Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
- The plagues (8:1–11:10)
1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
1. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
- The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
- Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
- Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
- The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
- The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
- The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
- Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
- The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
- The covenant described again (34:1–35)
- Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
- The cloud (40:34–38)
### What is the Book of Exodus about?
Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.
The Book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Exodus?
The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?
Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time. And Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people and they should worship him.
### How does the Book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?
The Book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the Jewish Passover?
The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued them from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.
### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?
The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.
### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” (19:6 ULT)?
Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different than all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?
In Exodus 25-32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35-40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.
### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?
Most but not all of the events in the Book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.
### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?
The Book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
+EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition with the last chapter of the book of Genesis.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s growth
Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians because they would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### End of the famine
It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning back to the Promised Land instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “All of the descendants of Jacob were seventy in number”
This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy 0 household This refers to all the people who live in a house together, usually a large family with servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 5 fv84 translate-numbers 0 seventy in number “70 in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 1 5 w4ni 0 Joseph was already in Egypt “Joseph lived in Egypt before his brothers”
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ EXO 1 20 h133 0 The people increased in numbers “The Israelites increased in
EXO 1 21 zj4t 0 feared God “revered God” or “had reverence for God”
EXO 1 21 jx9c 0 he gave them families “the enabled them to have children”
EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit 0 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must…into the river so they will drown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ heritage
In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ironic situations
While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, Yahweh used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses. Moses was the one who would ultimately be used by Yahweh to deliver Israel.
+EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ heritage
In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ironic situations
While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, Yahweh used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses. Moses was the one who would ultimately be used by Yahweh to deliver Israel.
EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main event. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the narrative. If you have a way of doing this in your language, consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 2 3 t2gj 0 papyrus basket This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt.
EXO 2 3 tn3y figs-explicit 0 sealed it with bitumen and pitch You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ EXO 2 22 q7d8 0 resident in a foreign land “stranger in a foreign land”
EXO 2 23 csg2 0 groaned They did this because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification 0 their pleas went up to God The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “God heard their pleas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom 0 God called to mind his covenant This was a customary way of saying God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “God remembered his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s holiness
God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Yahweh
The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name, he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])
+EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s holiness
God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Yahweh
The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name, he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])
EXO 3 2 lwq7 0 angel of Yahweh This was Yahweh himself appearing as an angel, and not just an angel that Yahweh sent. “Yahweh appeared as an angel” .
EXO 3 2 x5ci 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
EXO 3 2 d3tf 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy 0 unless his hand is forced This can be stated in a
EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here “hand” refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will powerfully attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-doublenegatives 0 will not go empty-handed The word here “empty-handed” is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “will go with your hands full of good things” or “will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EXO 3 22 w2av 0 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses “any Egyptian woman staying in the houses of her Egyptian neighbors”
-EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses does not understand
Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Children of God
This chapter really introduces the concept that the people group Israel is the chosen people of God and God’s children, possibly God’s firstborn children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart
Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses does not understand
Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Children of God
This chapter really introduces the concept that the people group Israel is the chosen people of God and God’s children, possibly God’s firstborn children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart
Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 4 1 j4yg 0 if they do not believe “if the Israelites do not believe”
EXO 4 4 g6bk 0 take it by the tail “pick it up by the tail” or “grasp it by the tail”
EXO 4 4 m86n 0 became a staff “turned into a rod” or “changed into a staff”
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ EXO 4 28 b429 0 he had sent him to say The word “he” refers to Yahweh, and
EXO 4 30 bm2x 0 in the sight of the people “before the people” or “in the presence of the people”
EXO 4 31 q1er 0 had observed the Israelites “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction 0 they bowed their heads Possible meanings are (1) “they bowed their heads in awe” or (2) “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### A slave’s work
The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. They were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, the were required to not only make these bricks, but also to gather the straw in order to make these bricks.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let my people go”
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
### Titles
The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.
+EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### A slave’s work
The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. They were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, the were required to not only make these bricks, but also to gather the straw in order to make these bricks.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let my people go”
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
### Titles
The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.
EXO 5 1 q9kn 0 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah.
EXO 5 1 u2vt 0 festival for me This is a celebration to worship Yahweh.
EXO 5 2 cm2l figs-rquestion 0 Who is Yahweh? Pharaoh uses this question to show that he does not recognize Yahweh as a legitimate god. Alternate translation: “I do not know Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy 0 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here
EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion 0 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed he was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. Alternate translation: “Lord, I am sorry that you have caused this trouble for this people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 5 22 w8t1 figs-rquestion 0 Why did you send me in the first place? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that God had sent him to Egypt. Alternate translation: “I wish you had never sent me here!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy 0 to speak to him in your name The word “name” here represents the message of God. Alternate translation: “to give him your message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Promised Land
According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. It is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
+EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Promised Land
According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. It is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy 0 my strong hand The word “hand” here represents God’s actions or works. Alternate translation: “the power I show in my works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 3 l81y 0 I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob “I showed myself to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob”
EXO 6 3 m27p figs-activepassive 0 I was not known to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They did not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names 0 Phinehas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc:
EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy 0 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 26 ft6y 0 by their groups of fighting men “one tribe at a time” or “one family group after another”
EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion 0 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am not good…Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracles
When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
+EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracles
When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
EXO 7 1 dn1s 0 I have made you like a god “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god”
EXO 7 3 dhi5 figs-synecdoche 0 harden Pharaoh’s heart Here “heart” refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was hard. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet 0 many signs…many wonders The words “signs” and “wonders” mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ EXO 7 19 wxp2 0 throughout all “in every part of”
EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit 0 in the river The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-synecdoche 0 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Here “heart” refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was hard. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh became more defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole 0 All the Egyptians The word “all” here is a generalization that means “many.” Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
+EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
EXO 8 3 e7jf figs-explicit 0 The river “the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 8 3 ki53 0 kneading bowls These are bowls in which bread is made.
EXO 8 8 mhn3 0 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron”
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion 0 will they not stone us? Moses asks this question
EXO 8 29 bf85 figs-doublenegatives 0 you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EXO 8 29 hh4q 0 But you must not deal deceitfully “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-synecdoche 0 Pharaoh hardened his heart Here “heart” refers to Pharaoh. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh became more defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
+EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
EXO 9 1 se3f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues talking with Moses about dealing with Pharaoh and bringing the Hebrew people out of Egypt.
EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism 0 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They will emphasize to Pharaoh what will happen if Pharaoh does this. Alternate translation: “if you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy 0 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle The word “hand” here represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “then the power of Yahweh will afflict your cattle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ EXO 9 32 jmq3 0 spelt This is a kind of wheat.
EXO 9 33 fa2j translate-symaction 0 spread out his hands to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-synecdoche 0 hardened his heart Here “heart” refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was hard. Alternate translation: “became more defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-synecdoche 0 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Here “heart” refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was hard. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh became more defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
+EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor 0 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants Yahweh speaks of making Pharaoh and his servants stubborn as if he were making their hearts hard. See how you translated “Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart” in [Exodus 9:12](../09/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 10 2 zg4c 0 various signs “many different signs”
EXO 10 4 ge67 figs-imperative 0 listen This word adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ EXO 10 27 mv8t 0 he would not let them go “Pharaoh would not let them go”
EXO 10 28 lcz2 0 Be careful about one thing “Make sure of one thing” or “Be certain of one thing”
EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche 0 you see my face Here the word “face” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you see me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 10 29 h1jf figs-idiom 0 You yourself have spoken With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
In the previous chapters, Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.
+EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
In the previous chapters, Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.
EXO 11 1 i87h figs-you 0 he will let you go from here Each occurrence of the word “you” in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 11 4 kpb5 0 midnight This is the time of 12 am (at night) or 2400 hours.
EXO 11 5 hv8k 0 All the firstborn…the firstborn of Pharaoh…the firstborn of the slave girl…the firstborn of the cattle The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ EXO 11 5 k42h 0 who sits on his throne This phrase refers to Pharaoh.
EXO 11 5 hr1x 0 who is behind the handmill grinding it “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit 0 After that I will go out This means that Moses and the people of Israel will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 11 10 um4u figs-synecdoche 0 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart Here “heart” refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was hard. See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 9:12](../09/12.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused Pharaoh to became more defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Unleavened bread
The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])
### Ethnic segregation
The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Unleavened bread
The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])
### Ethnic segregation
The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 12 2 z785 figs-parallelism 0 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 12 4 xzn3 figs-explicit 0 If the household is too small for a lamb This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives 0 no uncircumcised person may eat This can
EXO 12 50 agw6 0 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
EXO 12 51 e3z3 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EXO 12 51 tyj3 0 by their armed groups The term used for these groups is a military term referring to a large number of soldiers. See how you translated “armed group” in [Exodus 12:17](../12/17.md). Alternate translation: “by their divisions” or “by their regiments”
-EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the instructions for the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law
The law mentioned here is not the law of Moses because it has not yet been revealed. Instead, it is a more generic “rule.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. When this chapter states that Pharaoh let the people go, it indicates that he gave them permission to leave.
+EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the instructions for the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law
The law mentioned here is not the law of Moses because it has not yet been revealed. Instead, it is a more generic “rule.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Let my people go
This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. When this chapter states that Pharaoh let the people go, it indicates that he gave them permission to leave.
EXO 13 2 de3u 0 Set apart to me…every firstborn male God requires that every firstborn male child be set apart for him.
EXO 13 3 nwq6 figs-idiom 0 Call this day to mind The words “Call…to mind” were a customary way of telling someone to remember something. Alternate translation: “Remember and celebrate this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor 0 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ EXO 13 17 c3c2 0 was nearby “was close to where they were located”
EXO 13 17 mzi7 0 the people will change their minds…and…return to Egypt Since Israelites had lived in slavery all their lives, they were more accustomed to peace than to war and would rather return to slavery than fight.
EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names 0 camped at Etham Etham is located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 13 21 jnv8 0 pillar of cloud…pillar of fire “a cloud in the shape of a column…fire in the shape of a column.” God is with them in a cloud by day and in a fire by night.
-EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is an important event in the history of Israel, known as the “parting of the Sea of Reeds.”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
### Pharaoh’s chariots
These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is an important event in the history of Israel, known as the “parting of the Sea of Reeds.”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.
### Pharaoh’s chariots
These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names 0 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon These are towns on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 14 2 c9r8 figs-you 0 You are to camp Here the word “You” is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations 0 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say the Israelites are wandering in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ EXO 14 27 wn3q 0 The Egyptians fled into the sea Since the sea was closing in
EXO 14 27 h64r 0 Yahweh drove the Egyptians “Yahweh pushed the Egyptians” or “Yahweh threw the Egyptians”
EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy 0 out of the hand of the Egyptians Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 14 30 p5zw 0 on the seashore “on the land along the edge of the sea”
-EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic songs in 15:1-18 and 15:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s laws
In this chapter, Moses talks about Yahweh’s laws. The law of Moses is about to be introduced. Although it has not yet been formally introduced, this is what is being referenced in this chapter in anticipation of the revelation of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
+EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic songs in 15:1-18 and 15:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s laws
In this chapter, Moses talks about Yahweh’s laws. The law of Moses is about to be introduced. Although it has not yet been formally introduced, this is what is being referenced in this chapter in anticipation of the revelation of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
EXO 15 1 f5zr 0 General Information: This is a song about the events that happened in [Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).
EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit 0 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor 0 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the sea cover over the horse and rider” or “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor 0 I will put on you none of the diseases God speak
EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names 0 Elim This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 15 27 ark9 translate-numbers 0 twelve “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Complaints
The Israelites complained about the amount of food Yahweh gave them, even when he miraculously provided their food for them. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Prohibition against storing food
The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, they were provided with. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Sabbath
This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
### Ark of the covenant
Although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably done either in anticipation of the building of the ark or as an editorial comment made by Moses after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Complaints
The Israelites complained about the amount of food Yahweh gave them, even when he miraculously provided their food for them. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Prohibition against storing food
The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, they were provided with. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Sabbath
This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
### Ark of the covenant
Although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably done either in anticipation of the building of the ark or as an editorial comment made by Moses after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names 0 wilderness of Sin The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths 0 on the fifteenth day of the second month This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole 0 The whole community of Israelites complained “All the Israelites complained.” This is a generalization. Moses and Aaron did not complain. Alternate translation: “The Israelites complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ EXO 16 32 nxa9 translate-bvolume 0 omer 2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/transla
EXO 16 32 g93h 0 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
EXO 16 33 rtw7 translate-bvolume 0 an omer “two liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume 0 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names 0 wilderness of Sin The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names 0 Rephidim This means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion 0 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor 0 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek
EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy 0 Amalek This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 16 bw78 figs-metonymy 0 a hand was lifted up People would raise their hand when they made a promise or pledge, so raising the hand represents making a promise. Alternate translation: “a promise was made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 16 s86d figs-activepassive 0 a hand was lifted up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh lifted up his hand” or “Yahweh made a solemn promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Leadership lessons
Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
+EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Leadership lessons
Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
EXO 18 1 nl86 0 Moses’ father-in-law This refers to the father of the wife of Moses.
EXO 18 2 zw6h 0 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit 0 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers 0 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fi
EXO 18 26 abx4 0 judged the people in normal circumstances “judged the people most of the time” or “judged the people’s easy cases”
EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor 0 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they told Moses about” or “when there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 18 26 ve8h 0 the small cases “the easy cases”
-EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “A kingdom of priests”
The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Revealing the Law
The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which show the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “A kingdom of priests”
The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Revealing the Law
The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which show the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month…on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 19 1 xw7p 0 had gone out from “had left”
EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names 0 Rephidim This is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ EXO 19 20 v7mh 0 he summoned Moses “he commanded Moses to come up”
EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor 0 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 19 24 w8lx 0 get down “go down”
EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor 0 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “go beyond the boundary” or “go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant
Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant
Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
EXO 20 2 qg71 0 house of slavery “place where you were slaves”
EXO 20 3 r9h3 0 You must have no other gods before me “You must not worship any other gods but me”
EXO 20 4 rkn1 0 nor the likeness “and you must not make the likeness”
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ EXO 20 24 pf1i 0 earthen altar an altar made of materials from the ground, suc
EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy 0 cause my name to be honored Here “name” is a metonym for God’s being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 20 26 qm1b 0 You must not go up to my altar on steps “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps”
EXO 20 26 h2qd 0 your nakedness “your private parts”
-EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Moses
Although the covenant Yahweh made with Moses began in the previous chapter, it formally begins with the statement, “Now these are the decrees that you must set before them.” The law of Moses was a major part of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Slavery
This passage does not condone slavery as an acceptable practice. However, it does impose some restrictions on the practice.
### Justice in society
The rules and law of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Moses
Although the covenant Yahweh made with Moses began in the previous chapter, it formally begins with the statement, “Now these are the decrees that you must set before them.” The law of Moses was a major part of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Slavery
This passage does not condone slavery as an acceptable practice. However, it does impose some restrictions on the practice.
### Justice in society
The rules and law of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 21 1 b3g4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
EXO 21 1 hhf7 0 you must set before them “you must give them” or “you must tell them”
EXO 21 2 di5z 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive 0 if it was known This can be stated in activ
EXO 21 36 v64b 0 a habit of goring in time past “had gored other animals before”
EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit 0 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox securely inside a fence. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “its owner did not keep it inside a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 21 36 dcv2 figs-explicit 0 he must surely pay ox for ox The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. In this chapter, the purpose of these laws often focuses on minimizing the people’s desire for vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
+EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. In this chapter, the purpose of these laws often focuses on minimizing the people’s desire for vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
EXO 22 1 syx5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive 0 If a thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 22 2 e98x 0 breaking in “using force to come into a house”
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ EXO 22 30 cya6 0 do the same with “dedicate to me the firstborn of”
EXO 22 30 j345 translate-numbers 0 For seven days This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “For 7 days after they are born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 22 30 m4wq translate-numbers 0 the eighth day This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 22 30 l9vh 0 give them to me “dedicate them to me”
-EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Celebrations of feasts and festivals
The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
+EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Celebrations of feasts and festivals
The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
EXO 23 1 we1y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
EXO 23 1 y1a3 0 dishonest witness This is the same as a lying or false witness.
EXO 23 2 nqz9 0 nor may you bear witness “and you also must not speak”
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ EXO 23 28 cg7i 0 hornets a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain
EXO 23 29 i9aq 0 or the land would become abandoned “because no one would be living in the land”
EXO 23 30 zyl3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor 0 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ covenant
The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### God’s holiness
Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ covenant
The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### God’s holiness
Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names 0 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 24 1 nm3t translate-numbers 0 seventy of Israel’s elders “70 of Israel’s elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom 0 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of
EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile 0 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes of the Israelites Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers 0 forty days and forty nights “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom 0 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 25 2 k78q figs-you 0 You must receive The word “you” refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 25 3 s2ls 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ EXO 25 38 l5w8 figs-activepassive 0 The tongs and their trays must be made of p
EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight 0 one talent A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 25 39 ff8n 0 its accessories the tongs and the trays
EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive 0 you are being shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 26 1 hen6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you 0 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word “you” is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 26 1 iww4 0 curtains These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle.
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ EXO 26 36 p5wf 0 a hanging This was a large curtain made of cloth.
EXO 26 36 rr16 0 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
EXO 26 36 f6td 0 fine twined linen “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread.
EXO 26 36 r2fy 0 an embroiderer “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders”
-EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 27 1 hj65 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
EXO 27 1 qj4j translate-bdistance 0 five cubits long and five cubits wide “2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 27 1 hbg9 translate-bdistance 0 The altar must be square and three cubits high “The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ EXO 27 20 wn9n 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the
EXO 27 21 ge7v 0 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle.
EXO 27 21 p7ru 0 ark of testimony This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments.
EXO 27 21 vr7m 0 This requirement will be a lasting statute “I require that the people do this as a lasting statute”
-EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Holy garments
Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Holy garments
Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 28 1 bsm1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you 0 Call to yourself Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 28 2 tv9h figs-you 0 You must make Here “you” refers to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ EXO 28 42 vua7 0 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the peo
EXO 28 42 vz62 0 undergarments These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin.
EXO 28 43 s6n2 0 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
EXO 28 43 r7y7 0 a permanent law “a law the will not end”
-EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Consecrating priests
This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I will live among the Israelites”
As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
+EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Consecrating priests
This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I will live among the Israelites”
As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
EXO 29 1 d6gk 0 Now The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests.
EXO 29 1 z78h 0 you must do Here “you” refers to Moses.
EXO 29 1 ld5s 0 to set them apart “to set apart Aaron and his sons”
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ EXO 29 42 h5r7 0 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See
EXO 29 43 f1t6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive 0 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 29 45 zcs1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
-EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
The atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
The atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
EXO 30 1 r1f4 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment.
EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you 0 You must make Here “you” refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 30 2 w56e figs-activepassive 0 Its horns must be made These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ EXO 30 37 yv1y 0 with the same formula “with the same ingredients” or “w
EXO 30 37 wh25 0 It must be most holy to you “You must consider it to be most holy”
EXO 30 38 xn6v 0 perfume This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body.
EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor 0 must be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:33](../30/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sabbath
As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
+EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sabbath
As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-metonymy 0 I have called by name God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names 0 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 31 3 ayb9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor 0 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his
EXO 31 16 n7q2 0 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md).
EXO 31 16 yef8 0 lasting covenant “a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive 0 written on by his own hand This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idolatry
The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idolatry
The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor 0 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 32 1 k2i1 0 Come, make us an idol The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them.
EXO 32 1 mrb5 0 go before us “lead us” or “be our leader”
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ EXO 32 33 qwk9 0 my book This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of
EXO 32 34 xn8p 0 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them.
EXO 32 35 ddg6 0 Yahweh sent a plague on the people This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick”
EXO 32 35 wv1v 0 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf”
-EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant
While the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant
While the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
EXO 33 1 p8xp 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger.
EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy 0 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 33 3 y347 0 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of”
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metonymy 0 I will make all my goodness pass before you God
EXO 33 21 s4iy 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
EXO 33 23 fmu8 0 you will see my back This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses.
EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive 0 but my face will not be seen This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”
This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”
This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EXO 34 1 s1kv 0 tablets of stone “flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md)
EXO 34 3 fk8z 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy 0 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ EXO 34 31 jfb4 0 came up to him “approached him” or “went to him.” The
EXO 34 32 kt23 figs-metaphor 0 all the commands that Yahweh had given him Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 34 34 fzm1 0 he would remove “Moses would remove”
EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive 0 what he was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifice
All of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifice
All of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal 0 the seventh day “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 35 2 zij9 figs-activepassive 0 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ EXO 35 35 u7tf 0 embroiderers people who sew designs into cloth
EXO 35 35 r8zk 0 craftsmen people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
EXO 35 35 cw3x 0 weavers a person who creates cloth using thread
EXO 35 35 a6c3 0 artistic designers a person who creates beauty with materials
-EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tent of meeting
The tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tent of meeting
The tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people.
EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names 0 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 36 1 tl5b translate-names 0 Oholiab This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ EXO 36 37 r5ya 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these wor
EXO 36 37 vv61 0 He made Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made”
EXO 36 37 neu2 0 a hanging a curtain
EXO 36 38 pr67 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md).
-EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The ark of the covenant
The ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The ark of the covenant
The ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
EXO 37 1 byr3 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md).
EXO 37 1 xz1t translate-names 0 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 37 1 ps6e translate-bdistance 0 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ EXO 37 28 hw37 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these wor
EXO 37 29 c992 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
EXO 37 29 z685 0 fragrant incense See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md).
EXO 37 29 akg9 0 the work of a perfumer A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils.
-EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The altar
The altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
### Materials
The list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The altar
The altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
### Materials
The list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 38 1 r81c 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md).
EXO 38 1 gk19 0 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
EXO 38 1 g5ex translate-bdistance 0 cubits One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-numbers 0 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels “70 tale
EXO 38 30 zfk8 0 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
EXO 38 30 rck7 0 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
EXO 38 31 bvr9 0 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
-EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The holy clothing
The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The holy clothing
The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 39 1 s66r 0 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments.
EXO 39 1 ys6l 0 they made The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen.
EXO 39 1 h8kg 0 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do”
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ EXO 39 40 ajt4 0 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting These refer to the same p
EXO 39 42 ct6k 0 Thus the people “And so the people”
EXO 39 43 t26m 0 behold The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows.
EXO 39 43 z79s 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it “They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them”
-EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”
This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”
This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
EXO 40 2 crr5 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the first month of the new year The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 40 3 iv52 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
EXO 40 3 l7fp 0 place the ark of the testimony in it “place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest”
diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index ccf3576473..ca9f012de0 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Leviticus
1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
- Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
- Grain offerings (2:1–16)
- Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
- Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
- Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
- Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
- Grain offerings (6:14-23)
- Sin offerings (6:24-30)
- Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
- Peace offerings (7:11–21)
- Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
- The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
- Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
- Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
- Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
- Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
- Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
- Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
- Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)
### What is the book of Leviticus about?
In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?
These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.
Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.
In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.
Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.
It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.
Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.
### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?
On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?
Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?
Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.
### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?
It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?
Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.
### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”
This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”
-LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Leviticus
1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
- Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
- Grain offerings (2:1–16)
- Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
- Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
- Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
- Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
- Grain offerings (6:14-23)
- Sin offerings (6:24-30)
- Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
- Peace offerings (7:11–21)
- Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
- The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
- Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
- Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
- Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
- Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
- Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
- Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
- Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)
### What is the book of Leviticus about?
In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?
These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.
Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.
In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.
Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.
It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.
Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.
### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?
On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?
Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?
Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.
### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?
It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?
Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.
### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”
This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”
+LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LEV 1 1 j8us 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
LEV 1 2 yiq7 0 When any man from among you “When any one of you” or “When any of you”
LEV 1 2 s38f figs-quotesinquotes 0 ‘When any man Here Yahweh begins speaking to Moses. The words that begin “from the tent of meeting, saying,” can be translated without the quotation within the quotation. “from the tent of meeting and told Moses to say this to the people of Israel: ‘When any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ LEV 1 16 zqs8 0 its crop with its contents A crop is a pouch in the bird’s t
LEV 1 16 x63v 0 throw it beside the altar Here “it” refers to the crop and its contents.
LEV 1 17 y4aw figs-metaphor 0 it will produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 1 17 y2p1 figs-activepassive 0 it will be an offering made to him by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” or “it will be a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yeast
Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
+LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yeast
Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
LEV 2 1 jj1g 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
LEV 2 1 tf2u 0 be fine flour “be the finest flour” or “be the best flour”
LEV 2 1 xfm3 0 flour a powder made from wheat
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ LEV 2 14 m24e 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the p
LEV 2 14 hq1w figs-activepassive 0 that is roasted with fire and then crushed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have cooked over a fire and then crushed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 2 16 dzz1 0 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md).
LEV 2 16 utz5 figs-activepassive 0 This is an offering made by fire to Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 3 intro ur1s 0 # Leviticus 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a fellowship offering.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fat
The fat of the animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, this belonged to Yahweh. This is why the Israelites were not allowed to consume it.
+LEV 3 intro ur1s 0 # Leviticus 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a fellowship offering.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fat
The fat of the animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, this belonged to Yahweh. This is why the Israelites were not allowed to consume it.
LEV 3 1 s18u 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do.
LEV 3 1 i61a 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh”
LEV 3 2 wq58 translate-symaction 0 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ LEV 3 16 c52y 0 will burn all that on the altar as a burnt offering of food Tr
LEV 3 16 jfy7 figs-metaphor 0 to produce a sweet aroma Yahweh is pleased with the aroma of burning meat when he is pleased with the worshiper’s sincerity. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 3 17 d5fs 0 It will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever.
LEV 3 17 q2wd 0 or blood “or consume blood”
-LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Unintentional sins
Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus.
+LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Unintentional sins
Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus.
LEV 4 2 zhp4 figs-quotesinquotes 0 “Tell the people of Israel, ‘When anyone sins The words beginning with “Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying” (verse 1) begin a quotation that contains a quotation that begins with “Tell the people of Israel.” A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. “Yahweh spoke to Moses and told him to tell the people of Israel this: ‘When anyone sins” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
LEV 4 2 qh8x figs-activepassive 0 that Yahweh has commanded not to be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 4 2 j3zb figs-activepassive 0 if he does something that is prohibited This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “if he does something that Yahweh does not allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ LEV 4 35 mpi3 0 the priest will burn it “the priest will burn the fat”
LEV 4 35 a4m3 figs-activepassive 0 offerings of Yahweh made by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burnt offerings for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 4 35 sy5y figs-abstractnouns 0 will make atonement for him for the sin he has committed The abstract noun “atonement” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “will atone for the sin the person committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LEV 4 35 m4ms figs-activepassive 0 the man will be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 5 intro dfg1 0 # Leviticus 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Not testifying
If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
### Sacrifices for the poor
This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices.
+LEV 5 intro dfg1 0 # Leviticus 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Not testifying
If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
### Sacrifices for the poor
This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices.
LEV 5 1 rx2n 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
LEV 5 1 pp8d figs-activepassive 0 something about which he is required to testify Jewish law and leaders both required the people to testify if they were witnesses to a crime. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “something about which a judge has required him to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 5 2 ix6b figs-metaphor 0 God has designated as unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ LEV 5 17 kv1l figs-metaphor 0 must carry his own guilt A person’s guilt is sp
LEV 5 18 wdm5 figs-ellipsis 0 worth the current value This means the person must determine how many shekels the ram is worth by using the official standard of the sacred tent. See [Leviticus 5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LEV 5 18 t3jx figs-activepassive 0 he will be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 5 19 sa8m 0 he is certainly guilty before Yahweh “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty”
-LEV 6 intro yt3w 0 # Leviticus 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, burnt offerings, and grain offerings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eating sacrifices
The Levites were allowed to eat some of the leftover parts of the sacrifice, while they were not allowed to eat other sacrifices. The reasons for this is unknown.
+LEV 6 intro yt3w 0 # Leviticus 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, burnt offerings, and grain offerings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eating sacrifices
The Levites were allowed to eat some of the leftover parts of the sacrifice, while they were not allowed to eat other sacrifices. The reasons for this is unknown.
LEV 6 2 bj5d 0 acts unfaithfully against Yahweh “disobeys one of Yahweh’s commandments”
LEV 6 2 b62n figs-activepassive 0 deceiving his neighbor regarding something held in trust This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “lying to his neighbor about something the neighbor let him borrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 6 2 lxi3 0 his neighbor Here “neighbor” means any Israelite, not just someone who lives nearby.
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ LEV 6 28 e4tz figs-activepassive 0 If it is boiled in a bronze pot, it must be
LEV 6 30 b4w7 figs-activepassive 0 But any sin offering…must not be eaten This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “But no one may eat any sin offering whose blood is brought into the tent of meeting to make atonement in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 6 30 nw8d figs-activepassive 0 whose blood is brought into the tent of meeting This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “from which the priest takes the blood into the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 6 30 w6h7 figs-activepassive 0 It must be burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 7 intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blood
The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed meat because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md))
+LEV 7 intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blood
The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed meat because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md))
LEV 7 1 wr1b 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell Aaron and his sons.
LEV 7 2 q976 figs-explicit 0 in the place for killing it It can be made explicit that this refers to, the north side of the altar, the place where the animals for the burnt offerings are killed. See [Leviticus 1:10-11](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 7 3 zf51 figs-activepassive 0 All the fat in it will be offered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The priest must offer all the fat in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ LEV 7 36 gfs1 figs-activepassive 0 that Yahweh commanded to be given them from
LEV 7 36 mag4 0 that he anointed the priests “that Moses anointed the priests”
LEV 7 36 sb6p 0 throughout all generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md).
LEV 7 37 duq2 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md).
-LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LEV 8 1 n6q2 0 General Information: In chapter 8 Moses ordains Aaron and his sons as priests according to the commands of Yahweh that Moses recorded in the book of Exodus.
LEV 8 2 i9xv 0 the garments “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore”
LEV 8 5 u5b7 figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh has commanded to be done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ LEV 8 33 l462 0 ordination This is an official ceremony that makes someone a p
LEV 8 34 ds5f figs-activepassive 0 to be done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 8 34 e67x figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement for you The abstract noun “atonement” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “to atone for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LEV 8 35 m25h figs-activepassive 0 this is what I have been commanded This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what he has commanded me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Following Yahweh’s instructions
Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Fire came out from Yahweh”
Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
+LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Following Yahweh’s instructions
Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Fire came out from Yahweh”
Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
LEV 9 1 ksc2 translate-ordinal 0 the eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal number for eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LEV 9 2 exi1 0 before Yahweh “to Yahweh” or “in the presence of Yahweh”
LEV 9 3 x3yx 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to Aaron.
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ LEV 9 23 d94f figs-metonymy 0 the glory of Yahweh appeared to all the people He
LEV 9 24 v7ig 0 Fire came out from Yahweh and consumed “Yahweh sent a fire that consumed”
LEV 9 24 m6fb figs-metaphor 0 consumed the burnt offering The fire completely burning up the offering is spoken of as if the fire consumed or used up the burnt offering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 9 24 da35 translate-symaction 0 lay facedown “lay with their faces to the ground.” This is a sign respect and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LEV 10 intro qn6v 0 # Leviticus 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mourning
Aaron was told that he and his remaining sons should not mourn Aaron’s sons who were killed. As priests, they must put priestly work first, before their mourning and personal problems.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Unapproved fire”
The phrase “unapproved fire “ indicates that Aaron’s son offered an unacceptable sacrifice. Because of Yahweh’s holiness, this was a serious sin. They may have offered a sacrifice at the wrong time or in the wrong way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+LEV 10 intro qn6v 0 # Leviticus 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mourning
Aaron was told that he and his remaining sons should not mourn Aaron’s sons who were killed. As priests, they must put priestly work first, before their mourning and personal problems.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Unapproved fire”
The phrase “unapproved fire “ indicates that Aaron’s son offered an unacceptable sacrifice. Because of Yahweh’s holiness, this was a serious sin. They may have offered a sacrifice at the wrong time or in the wrong way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
LEV 10 1 r6u3 translate-names 0 Nadab and Abihu These are the names of Aaron’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LEV 10 1 ghd1 0 censer a shallow metal container which priests used to carry hot coals or incense
LEV 10 1 d3vv 0 put fire in it “put burning coals in it”
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ LEV 10 17 m77r 0 before him “in his presence”
LEV 10 18 yy2n figs-activepassive 0 its blood was not brought This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “you did not bring its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 10 19 jkx5 0 this thing has happened Aaron is referring to the death of his two sons.
LEV 10 19 yzv9 figs-rquestion 0 would it have been pleasing in the sight of Yahweh? These sacrifices were to be eaten with joy and happiness. Aaron uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh would not be pleased for him to eat the sacrifices since he is sad because of his sons’ deaths. This question may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “certainly, Yahweh would not have been pleased.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LEV 11 intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Laws about food
This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.
=##### Special concepts in this chapter
Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+LEV 11 intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Laws about food
This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.
=##### Special concepts in this chapter
Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LEV 11 2 sc39 0 among all the animals “out of all the animals”
LEV 11 3 m3yh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat.
LEV 11 3 yce6 0 split hoof This means a hoof that is split into two parts instead of being one whole.
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ LEV 11 46 kcj2 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses and Aaron
LEV 11 47 db9j figs-activepassive 0 for which a distinction is to be made between This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “for which you must distinguish between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 11 47 x81a figs-metaphor 0 between the unclean and the clean Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 11 47 e7h6 figs-activepassive 0 that may be eaten…that may not be eaten This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may eat…that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Menstruation
A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
+LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Menstruation
A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
LEV 12 2 wr5g figs-metaphor 0 she will be unclean A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 12 2 tuc3 figs-euphemism 0 during the days of her monthly period This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LEV 12 3 rcr8 figs-activepassive 0 the flesh of a baby boy’s foreskin must be circumcised Only the priest could perform this action. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ LEV 12 6 cz1p 0 for a son or for a daughter This refers to the different numbe
LEV 12 7 w9ty figs-activepassive 0 she will be cleansed from the flow of her blood This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 12 8 vh6a figs-explicit 0 If she is not able to afford a lamb Translate this so it clarifies the woman’s inability to purchase a sacrificial animal. Alternate translation: “If she does not have enough money to buy a lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 12 8 q6q1 figs-metaphor 0 then she will be clean A woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Skin disease
This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Skin disease
This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive 0 then he must be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 13 2 ukq4 0 to one of his sons “to one of Aaron’s sons”
LEV 13 3 f8i6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do.
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ LEV 13 58 bbr2 figs-metaphor 0 it will be clean Something that God has declared
LEV 13 59 h1gy 0 mildew in a garment…made with leather See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:47-48](./47.md).
LEV 13 59 llt7 0 so that you may pronounce it “so that a priest may declare it”
LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor 0 clean or unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically clean and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Skin disease and mildew
This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Skin disease and mildew
This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LEV 14 1 gi74 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease.
LEV 14 2 mv99 0 the day of his cleansing This refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean.
LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive 0 He must be brought to the priest This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him to the priest” or “He must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ LEV 14 54 f451 0 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in
LEV 14 55 e1sz 0 mildew See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md).
LEV 14 56 qrw5 0 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md).
LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor 0 unclean or…clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bodily fluid
This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Cleanliness
While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bodily fluid
This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Cleanliness
While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism 0 comes out of his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor 0 he becomes unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 15 3 z6ih 0 it is unclean “his body is unclean” or “he is unclean”
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ LEV 15 32 mf54 figs-metaphor 0 makes him unclean People whom other people may n
LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor 0 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 15 33 z57j 0 who has a menstrual period “who is menstruating” or “who is bleeding from her womb”
LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism 0 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Holiness
Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Day of Atonement
This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Holiness
Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Day of Atonement
This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
LEV 16 1 j5x7 0 Aaron’s two sons This refers to Nadab and Abihu. They died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)).
LEV 16 3 xjg8 0 So here is how “This is how”
LEV 16 4 l4te 0 undergarments clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ LEV 16 32 g6n6 0 the holy garments These are special clothes the high priest m
LEV 16 33 cx4j 0 for all the people of the assembly “for all the people of Israel”
LEV 16 34 p82l 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement.
LEV 16 34 fk11 figs-activepassive 0 This was done as Yahweh commanded Moses This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did as Yahweh commanded” or “And Aaron did as Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifices
Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The life of each creature is its blood”
It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
+LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifices
Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The life of each creature is its blood”
It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
LEV 17 4 ykk1 0 before his tabernacle “before Yahweh’s tabernacle”
LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor 0 that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. This can be translated in active form. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 17 5 g2ip figs-activepassive 0 to the priest to be sacrificed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “to the priest so he may sacrifice them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ LEV 17 15 he4j 0 is native born “is an Israelite”
LEV 17 15 iyc3 figs-metaphor 0 he will be unclean…Then he will be clean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 17 15 fi2a 0 until the evening “until sunset”
LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor 0 then he must carry his guilt A person’s guilt is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. Here the word “guilt” represents the punishment for that guilt. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own guilt” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Uncovering nakedness
To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations.
+LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Uncovering nakedness
To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations.
LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism 0 My laws are what you must do, and my commandments are what you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor 0 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 18 6 sty1 figs-euphemism 0 to uncover nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ LEV 18 29 va51 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the p
LEV 18 29 kls3 figs-metaphor 0 the persons…will be cut off from among their people People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the persons…may no longer live among their people” or “you must separate the persons…from their people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive 0 which were practiced here before you This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 18 30 k2fr 0 by them Here “them” refers to the detestable customs.
-LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obeying Yahweh
Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obeying Yahweh
Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
LEV 19 3 h3qu 0 keep my Sabbaths “observe my Sabbaths” or “respect my day of rest”
LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor 0 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 19 5 y6kv 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ LEV 19 35 l6ke 0 Do not use false measures This prohibits the practice of inte
LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume 0 ephah This was a measurement for grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume 0 hin This was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet 0 must obey…and do them These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Punishments for serious sins
This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemism
“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
### Metaphor
The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death.
+LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Punishments for serious sins
This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemism
“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
### Metaphor
The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death.
LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit 0 gives any of his children to Molech Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive 0 must certainly be put to death. The people in the land must stone him with stones This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 20 3 h93p figs-idiom 0 I also will set my face against that man This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ LEV 20 24 bt1d figs-idiom 0 a land flowing with milk and honey The phrase “fl
LEV 20 26 jdt7 0 I have separated you “I have distinguished you” or “I have set you apart”
LEV 20 27 i739 0 talks with “attempts to communicate with”
LEV 20 27 kt2g figs-activepassive 0 must certainly be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must certainly put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 21 intro l1al 0 # Leviticus 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Priests must be holy
Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+LEV 21 intro l1al 0 # Leviticus 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Priests must be holy
Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LEV 21 1 nwz2 figs-metaphor 0 make himself unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 21 1 gv2c 0 among his people “among the Israelites”
LEV 21 3 kba1 0 virgin This can also be translated as “young woman”
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ LEV 21 22 n6gw 0 He may Here “he” refers to the priest with the bodily def
LEV 21 22 m8mz 0 eat the food of his God “eat the food offering of his God.” Parts of the sacrifices belonged to the priests and could be eaten.
LEV 21 22 f3nk figs-explicit 0 some of the most holy or some of the holy This also refers to the food that was sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “some of the sacrifices offered in the most holy place or some of the sacrifices offered in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 21 24 m5k8 0 to his sons “to Aaron’s sons”
-LEV 22 intro d2sr 0 # Leviticus 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Holy things
Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+LEV 22 intro d2sr 0 # Leviticus 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Holy things
Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
LEV 22 2 xs6u 0 tell them to keep away from the holy things “tell them when they should keep away from the holy things.” Yahweh is about to describe situations where a priest is unclean and not allowed to touch holy things.
LEV 22 2 r1dd figs-metonymy 0 profane my holy name The word “profane” here means to dishonor. The word “name” represents Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “dishonor my reputation” or “dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 22 3 t1cx 0 throughout your generations “from now on”
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ LEV 22 30 x1gm figs-activepassive 0 that it is sacrificed This can be stated in
LEV 22 31 x62z figs-doublet 0 keep my commandments and carry them out The words “keep” and “carry out” mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey God’s commands. Alternate translation: “obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LEV 22 32 nc63 figs-metonymy 0 You must not profane my holy name Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and “profane” means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “You must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “You must not dishonor my holy reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 22 32 dq3e figs-activepassive 0 I must be acknowledged as holy by the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must acknowledge me as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The feasts
The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])
+LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The feasts
The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])
LEV 23 2 v493 0 the appointed festivals for Yahweh These were festivals that the Lord had appointed times for. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals”
LEV 23 3 elq1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do on special days and times.
LEV 23 3 vk4w 0 the seventh day is a Sabbath of complete rest This is something the people must do habitually. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day.
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ LEV 23 40 ven2 figs-explicit 0 branches of palm trees…willows from streams Po
LEV 23 40 cnz9 translate-unknown 0 willows trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LEV 23 42 w2iy 0 General Information: Yahweh continues his instructions for the Festival of Shelters.
LEV 23 43 ig75 figs-idiom 0 your descendants, generation after generation, may learn “Generation after generation” here is an idiom that refers to each generation that lives after another. Alternate translation: “your descendants belonging to all future generations may learn” or “all your descendants may learn forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LEV 24 intro hb64 0 # Leviticus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cursing God
The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+LEV 24 intro hb64 0 # Leviticus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cursing God
The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
LEV 24 1 s8ts 0 General Information: God gives Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting.
LEV 24 2 d6z4 0 pure oil beaten from olives “pure olive oil”
LEV 24 2 aa52 figs-explicit 0 the lamp This refers to the lamp or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ LEV 24 20 u64z figs-idiom 0 eye for eye This refers to eyes being seriously inj
LEV 24 20 gu8y figs-idiom 0 tooth for tooth This refers to teeth being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LEV 24 21 vq5t figs-activepassive 0 anyone who kills a person must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must put to death anyone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 24 23 jg5f 0 carried out the command “obeyed the command”
-LEV 25 intro z6ra 0 # Leviticus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Over-farming
There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.
### Sabbath and Jubilee Years
Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty.
+LEV 25 intro z6ra 0 # Leviticus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Over-farming
There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.
### Sabbath and Jubilee Years
Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty.
LEV 25 2 e4st figs-personification 0 the land must be made to keep a Sabbath for Yahweh The land is spoken of as if it were a person that could obey the Sabbath by resting. Just as the people had to rest every seventh day, people were to honor God by not farming the land every seventh year. Alternate translation: “you must obey the Sabbath law by letting the land rest every seventh year for Yahweh” or “you must obey Yahweh’s Sabbath by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 25 3 bf66 0 prune your vineyard To prune a vineyard is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better.
LEV 25 4 dc2m figs-activepassive 0 a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land must be observed Not farming the land is spoken of as letting the land rest. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must observe a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land” or “you must obey the Sabbath law by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ LEV 25 54 yn4a figs-activepassive 0 If he is not redeemed by these means This c
LEV 25 54 u2vz 0 by these means “in this way”
LEV 25 54 e1ni 0 he must serve until the year of Jubilee, he and his children with him The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free.
LEV 25 55 g12z 0 To me the people of Israel are servants “For it is to me that the people of Israel are servants.” This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave.
-LEV 26 intro tb8x 0 # Leviticus 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worship only Yahweh
If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+LEV 26 intro tb8x 0 # Leviticus 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worship only Yahweh
If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
LEV 26 1 cd19 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
LEV 26 2 rh4n 0 keep my Sabbaths “obey the rules for my Sabbaths”
LEV 26 3 wkx2 figs-parallelism 0 walk in my laws and keep my commandments and obey them These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ LEV 26 44 i5np 0 General Information: This concludes Yahweh’s message to Mos
LEV 26 45 x7p9 figs-idiom 0 I will call to mind the covenant with their ancestors “Call to mind” here is an idiom meaning “intentionally remember.” Here it represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “I will fulfill the covenant with their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy 0 in the sight of the nations This represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedicated to Yahweh
This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
+LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedicated to Yahweh
This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit 0 If anyone makes a special vow to Yahweh In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit 0 use the following valuations Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 27 3 dj1b 0 Your standard value “The amount to pay” or “You must pay”
diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 59398bf999..34abc790aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Numbers
1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
- Regulations (5:1–6:27)
- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
- The quails (11:16–35)
- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
- Commands (15:1-41)
- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
- The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
- Balaam (22:1–24:25)
- Baal Peor (25:1–18)
- The second counting (26:1-65)
- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
- Midianite war (31:1–54)
- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
- The people set up camp (33:1–56)
- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)
### What is the Book of Numbers about?
The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])
### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?
The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?
When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
-NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
### Census
They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
+NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Numbers
1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
- Regulations (5:1–6:27)
- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
- The quails (11:16–35)
- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
- Commands (15:1-41)
- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
- The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
- Balaam (22:1–24:25)
- Baal Peor (25:1–18)
- The second counting (26:1-65)
- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
- Midianite war (31:1–54)
- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
- The people set up camp (33:1–56)
- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)
### What is the Book of Numbers about?
The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])
### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?
The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?
When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
+NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
### Census
They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ NUM 1 52 qn3w 0 his armed group “his military division”
NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Camping
Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
+NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Camping
Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted This can be stated in acti
NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The tribe of Levi
The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The tribe of Levi
The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab…Abihu…Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses colle
NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Counting the Levites by clans
Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Counting the Levites by clans
Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type…He counted each man by the
NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear “he would have”
NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
-NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s camp
Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
+NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s camp
Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear “must endure”
-NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
+NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ NUM 6 25 f8fh figs-you 0 on you…to you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc
NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you…give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Consecrating the altar
When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
+NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Consecrating the altar
When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel…the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ NUM 7 89 y6f1 figs-synecdoche 0 he heard his voice speaking to him Here “his
NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid…from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
-NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front “must shine towards the front”
NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light “to shine”
NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites “All of these commandments ar
NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Passover ==
This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
+NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Passover ==
This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ NUM 9 21 zn66 0 only when the cloud lifted would they journey on “then after
NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trumpets
In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.
### Israel starts to move
Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trumpets
In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.
### Israel starts to move
Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ NUM 10 35 hqm2 figs-metaphor 0 Rise up, Yahweh Here the phrase “rise up” is
NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Complaining
Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Complaining
Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned “Yahweh sent fire that burned”
NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NUM 11 32 r8bg translate-bvolume 0 ten homers A homer is a unit of volume equal
NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 12 2 aac3 0 Now Yahweh heard The word “Now” hear draws attention to the important point that follows.
NUM 12 3 v4cp writing-background 0 Now the man Moses “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. The narrator tells background information about Moses’ character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ NUM 12 14 f2gq figs-hypo 0 If her father had spit in her face This describes so
NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 12 15 ww7l figs-activepassive 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses shut Miriam outside the camp” or “Moses sent Miriam outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 12 16 w7ur 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. See how you translated it in [Numbers 11:35](../11/35.md).
-NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spies
Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spies
Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 13 2 mg6w figs-pastforfuture 0 which I have given God had decided that the land of Canaan would belong to the people of Israel, but they had not yet moved into it. Alternate translation: “which I have decided to give” or “which I will soon give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
NUM 13 2 t5e2 0 Each man must be a leader among them “Each man whom you send must be a leader among his tribe”
NUM 13 4 l3bh translate-names 0 Shammua son of Zaccur These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ NUM 13 32 i1fs figs-metaphor 0 a land that eats up its inhabitants The men spea
NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight…in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion…in their opinion” or “In our own judgement…in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ NUM 14 43 wp6t figs-metaphor 0 you turned back from following Yahweh Obeying Ya
NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve”
NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan.
-NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purifying the people
As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prostitution
The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purifying the people
As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prostitution
The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel.
NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock “to produce from the herd or flock a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md).
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor 0 prostitute yourselves to them Being unfaithful t
NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
-NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebellion and punishment
A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
+NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebellion and punishment
A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 16 1 xx9n 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 16 2 t69q figs-metaphor 0 rose up against Moses Rebelling or criticizing someone in authority is spoken of as if they were standing up to fight. Alternate translation: “rebelled against Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 2 uge1 translate-numbers 0 two hundred and fifty “250” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ NUM 16 46 pv5i figs-metonymy 0 anger is coming from Yahweh Anger coming from Go
NUM 16 47 s2fi figs-metonymy 0 he put in the incense Putting the incense in the censer here represents burning it. Alternate translation: “he burned the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the plague stopped spreading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Which tribe should be special workers for God?
God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Which tribe should be special workers for God?
God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ NUM 17 10 nwq2 figs-synecdoche 0 the covenant decrees The phrase “the covenan
NUM 17 10 n4ip figs-abstractnouns 0 so that you may end complaints against me The word “complaints” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that you may stop them from complaining against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 17 10 b4j8 0 or they will die This is what would happen if the people were to continue complaining. God wanted to prevent this. Alternate translation: “so that they will not die”
NUM 17 12 m73b figs-parallelism 0 We will die here. We will all perish! These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tithes and offerings
The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tithes and offerings
The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood “any priest”
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ NUM 18 30 c3xf 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
-NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ritually clean
This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ritually clean
This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
NUM 19 2 vs5r figs-doublet 0 a statute, a law These two words share similar meanings. Alternate translation: “a statute of the law” or “a legal statute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 19 2 u2gx 0 bring to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses.
NUM 19 2 x8cy figs-doublet 0 flaw or blemish These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this animal is to have no imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” an
NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
-NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ sin
God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ sin
God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ NUM 20 24 z598 0 rebelled against my word “refused to do what I said”
NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ungrateful
The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ungrateful
The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 2 x3np figs-metonymy 0 Israel vowed This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel vowed” or “The Israelites made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 3 j1ix figs-metonymy 0 listened to Israel’s voice Here “listen” means that Yahweh did as they asked. Alternate translation: “did what Israel asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israel
NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him “So the army of Israel killed Og”
NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land “they took control of his land”
-NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river.
NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ NUM 22 38 re6i figs-metaphor 0 the words that God puts into my mouth The messag
NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat “some of the meat from the sacrifices”
NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
-NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cursing God’s people
God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cursing God’s people
God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ NUM 23 24 jm1j figs-metaphor 0 the people rise like a lioness…he has killed T
NUM 23 25 yxn3 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 26 sl4c figs-rquestion 0 Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say? Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 23 28 jd2z figs-explicit 0 which looks down on the wilderness It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cursing God’s people
God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cursing God’s people
God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 24 1 w9kx 0 as at the other times “like he did the previous times”
NUM 24 2 wa9k figs-idiom 0 He raised his eyes Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy.
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ NUM 24 23 bj5v figs-rquestion 0 Who will survive when God does this? This rheto
NUM 24 24 rl4t translate-names 0 Kittim This is the name of a city on an island in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 24 24 zm8g figs-abstractnouns 0 they, too, will end in destruction The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 24 25 wf69 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
-NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Foreign women
Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Foreign women
Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
NUM 25 1 bx2y translate-names 0 Shittim This is the name of a place in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 25 2 zud9 translate-symaction 0 bowed down This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 25 3 bum9 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ NUM 25 18 kw2l 0 They led you into evil “They persuaded you to do this evil
NUM 25 18 dj72 0 in the case of Peor…in the matter of Peor Both of these phrases mean that these things happened at Mount Peor.
NUM 25 18 h4fy 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
NUM 25 18 vp48 figs-activepassive 0 who was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Phinehas killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### A new generation
None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### A new generation
None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
NUM 26 2 i1ce figs-explicit 0 Count all the community They were only to count the men, not the women. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Count all the men of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 26 2 vni2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years old and up “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 26 3 z8gq 0 spoke to them “spoke to the Israelite leaders”
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ NUM 26 64 xc7s figs-activepassive 0 when the descendants of Israel were counted
NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md).
NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md).
-NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daughters
The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
### The new leader is Joshua
God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
+NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daughters
The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
### The new leader is Joshua
God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad…son of Joseph “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses.” This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad.
NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher…Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md).
NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead…Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md).
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ NUM 27 23 gcp5 0 He laid his hands on him and commanded him to lead “He” r
NUM 27 23 cb8n translate-symaction 0 He laid his hands on him The laying on of hands was a way of setting a person apart to do a special task for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 27 23 nk4a figs-ellipsis 0 to lead You can make clear the understood information to lead the people. Alternate translation: “to lead the people” or “to be the leader of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 27 23 cw8h 0 as Yahweh had commanded him to do Here “him” refers to Moses.
-NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Offerings for special days
God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
+NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Offerings for special days
God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times “at the times that I haven chosen”
NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me “a smell I enjoy”
@@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ NUM 28 29 tdh2 translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah “A tenth” means one
NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
+NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ NUM 29 37 m6nc figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded This can be stated in act
NUM 29 38 nyr3 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 39 zpq3 0 These are what you must offer “These offerings are what you must offer”
NUM 29 39 y3wf 0 fixed festivals “planned festivals.” These are festivals that occurred at regularly scheduled times. The word “fixed” means “set” or “predetermined.”
-NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vows
Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vows
Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 30 2 n92a 0 a man makes a vow The words “a man” refer to any man, not one particular man. It refers only to men and does not include women. Alternate translation: “any man”
NUM 30 2 yep5 figs-metaphor 0 to bind himself with a binding promise Here Moses speaks of a person promising to do something as if his promise were a physical object that he ties to himself. Alternate translation: “committing to fulfill a promise” or “promising to do something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 30 2 d5ft figs-parallelism 0 he must not break his word. He must keep his promise to do everything that comes out of his mouth These two sentences have similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that he must fulfill his promises. Here “word” is a metonym that refers to what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ NUM 30 14 sq3z figs-metaphor 0 binding promises Moses describes a woman’s pro
NUM 30 14 ntv6 figs-idiom 0 will stand This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 30 14 w9nv figs-ellipsis 0 because he has said nothing to her You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “because he has said nothing to her about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 30 15 z7x5 figs-explicit 0 then he will be responsible for her guilt This means that he will be guilty of her sin instead of her if she does not fulfill her vow. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if she does not fulfill her vow, she will not be guilty of her sin, and he will be guilty instead of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Midianites
Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Midianites
Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 31 2 u6qq 0 Take vengeance on the Midianites for what they did to the Israelites Yahweh was punishing the Midianites for convincing the Israelites to worship idols.
NUM 31 2 l7s2 figs-parallelism 0 you will die and be gathered to your people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This is a polite way to emphasize that it is time for Moses to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 31 3 z1v2 0 Arm some of your men for war “Give weapons to some of your men”
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ NUM 31 52 qri3 translate-numbers 0 from the commanders of thousands and from th
NUM 31 52 b57h translate-numbers 0 16750 “sixteen thousand, seven hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 31 52 gj47 translate-bmoney 0 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 31 54 r1uq 0 as a reminder of the people of Israel for Yahweh The gold will remind the people that Yahweh gave them victory. It will also remind Yahweh that the people fulfilled his revenge on the Midianites.
-NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance
Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance
Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 32 1 t4bt writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Moses tells background information about the tribes of Reuben and Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NUM 32 3 dwl6 translate-names 0 Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 4 fd7v 0 General Information: The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders.
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ NUM 32 41 h5li translate-names 0 Jair This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://e
NUM 32 41 mn6c translate-names 0 Havvoth Jair This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 42 rm3m translate-names 0 Nobah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 42 r3cx translate-names 0 Kenath This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
+NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
NUM 33 1 va6t 0 by their armed groups “by their military divisions.” This means that each tribe had their own men, who were armed, to protect them. See how you translated “armed groups” in [Numbers 1:3](../01/03.md).
NUM 33 2 gx4i figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 33 2 y7p2 0 departure after departure “from one place to another place”
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the lan
NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The boundaries
Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
+NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The boundaries
Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men w
NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ NUM 35 32 a9qa 0 in this way “by accepting a ransom”
NUM 35 33 gzd5 figs-metaphor 0 Do not pollute in this way the land where you live, because blood from murder pollutes the land Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 35 33 df8z 0 in this way This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone.
NUM 35 33 pl2f figs-activepassive 0 No atonement can be made for the land when blood has been shed on it, except by the blood of the one who shed it This refers to when a person intentionally kills another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When someone has shed blood in the land, only the execution of the murderer can make atonement for the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Female heirs
Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
+NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Female heirs
Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 36 1 if4m translate-names 0 Machir This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 36 2 gt4r figs-activepassive 0 You were commanded by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 36 2 wj3z translate-names 0 Zelophehad This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
index c43aa15bb5..f0253229c0 100644
--- a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Deuteronomy
1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)
1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)
1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)
1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)
1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)
1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)
1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)
1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)
### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?
In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.
### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?
The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?
As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?
God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.
### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?
The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
-DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Deuteronomy
1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)
1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)
1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)
1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)
1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)
1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)
1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)
1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)
### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?
In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.
### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?
The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?
As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?
God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.
### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?
The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
+DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph…Paran…Tophel…Laban…Hazeroth…Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea”
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/
DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down “killed many of your soldiers”
DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept “returned to Kadesh and wept”
-DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey “Then we turned around and went”
DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon “Arnon” is the name of
DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](..
DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them “and obey them”
DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words…neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y
DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon…Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah…Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
-DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of
DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep “might obey”
DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl
DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol
DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep…you may live and multiply, and go in and possess…your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ DEU 8 19 umv6 0 you will surely perish “you will certainly die”
DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you…you perish…you would not…your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you “in front of you”
DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s victory
This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Israel’s sin
Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
+DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s victory
This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Israel’s sin
Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess “to take the land from”
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ DEU 9 27 hp8s figs-idiom 0 Call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation
DEU 9 28 cc26 figs-metonymy 0 so that the land from where you brought us The words “the land” are a metonym for the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “so that the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 28 pt4p 0 should say “can say”
DEU 9 29 rw92 figs-doublet 0 by your great strength and by the display of your power These phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s power that he used to rescue his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.
This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.
+DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.
This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.
DEU 10 1 y2d7 0 General Information: Moses continues to remind the people of Israel about what happened in the past.
DEU 10 1 zf2r 0 At that time “After I finished praying”
DEU 10 1 sa1t figs-ellipsis 0 the first This refers to the first set of tablets that Moses had broken. Alternate translation: “the tablets you had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DEU 10 22 es8i figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the
DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt”
DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Therefore
This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eyewitnesses
The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
### Covenant
This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Therefore
This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eyewitnesses
The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
### Covenant
This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep “always obey”
DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen “who have not experienced”
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ DEU 11 31 ke82 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people o
DEU 11 32 k55e 0 all the statutes and the decrees These are the statutes and decrees Moses will give in Deuteronomy 12-26.
DEU 11 32 h7se 0 I set before you today This does not mean these are new. Moses is reviewing the same statutes and decrees that he gave 40 years earlier.
DEU 11 32 jh1q figs-metaphor 0 I set before you God’s statutes and decrees, which Moses is telling the people, are spoken of as if they were objects that Moses is setting before the people. Alternate translation: “I am giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Moses
This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Israel and Yahweh
In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Moses
This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Israel and Yahweh
In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
DEU 12 1 dsl2 0 General Information: Moses is still talking to the people of Israel.
DEU 12 1 pm4g 0 you will keep “you must obey”
DEU 12 1 bb6r figs-idiom 0 all the days that you live on the earth The phrase “live on the earth” is an idiom that means as long as a person lives. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ DEU 12 30 w8wj figs-metaphor 0 not trapped into following them The Israelites w
DEU 12 30 j6jf figs-activepassive 0 after they are destroyed from before you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 12 30 rz9c figs-quotesinquotes 0 into asking, ‘How do these nations worship their gods? I will do the same.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “into asking about how those people groups worship their gods so that you can do the same.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
DEU 12 32 zxp6 0 Do not add to it or take away from it They are not to create more laws nor are they to ignore laws that God has given them.
-DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worshiping other gods
The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])
+DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worshiping other gods
The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])
DEU 13 1 z8ea 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 13 1 ei8s 0 If there arises among you “If there appears among you” or “If someone among you claims to be”
DEU 13 1 d2pw 0 a dreamer of dreams This is someone who receives messages from God through dreams.
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ DEU 13 17 d934 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will turn from the fierceness of his ange
DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers.
DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Clean animals
There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Clean animals
There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people”
DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ DEU 14 29 mju1 figs-metaphor 0 because he has no portion nor inheritance with y
DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them.
DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age.
DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgiveness of Debt
This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.
### Justice
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgiveness of Debt
This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.
### Justice
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts “forgive every thing which people still owe you”
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ DEU 15 22 rqw8 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean…persons A person who is not accept
DEU 15 22 b1cn figs-metaphor 0 the clean persons A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 15 22 lxt5 0 a gazelle or a deer These are wild animals with long thin legs that can run quickly. See how you translated these in [Deuteronomy 12:15](../12/15.md).
DEU 15 23 bw7p 0 you must not eat its blood “you must not consume its blood.” Yahweh did not allow Israelites to consume blood because the blood represented life ([Deuteronomy 12:23](../12/23.md)).
-DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Festivals
This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
### Life in Israel
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Festivals
This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
### Life in Israel
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 16 1 v2as 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 16 1 q8mq translate-hebrewmonths 0 month of Aviv This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 16 1 l33g figs-explicit 0 keep the Passover It is implied by “keep the Passover” that they would celebrate and eat the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “celebrate the Passover meal” or “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ DEU 16 20 b78e figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land that Yahweh your God is giving
DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods.
-DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### King
Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### King
Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity.
DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh “that would be disgusting to Yahweh”
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ DEU 17 19 f877 figs-parallelism 0 so as to keep all the words of this law and t
DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Levites
As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
### Messiah
This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Levites
As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
### Messiah
This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do.
DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion “no part” or “no share”
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ DEU 18 21 gbx1 0 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken?
DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority”
-DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Law of retaliation
The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Law of retaliation
The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ DEU 19 20 n7hc figs-explicit 0 will hear and fear The full meaning of this stat
DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil “never again do something evil like that”
DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life…foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
### Holy war
Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “What man is there”
This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Excused from fighting
In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
### Holy war
Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “What man is there”
This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Excused from fighting
In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies”
DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ DEU 20 20 gis7 0 you know are not trees for food “you know are not trees tha
DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city.
DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elders
Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### Peace in Israel
The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
+DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elders
Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### Peace in Israel
The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field.
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ DEU 21 22 hfw9 0 you hang him on a tree Possible meanings are (1) “after he
DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day “bury him on the same day as when you execute him”
DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree
-DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Order in Israel
The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Virgin woman
If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Order in Israel
The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Virgin woman
If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray “walk away from its owner”
DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ DEU 22 28 m9ah figs-activepassive 0 if they are discovered This can be stated i
DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The assembly of Yahweh
This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.
### Racial superiority
Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The assembly of Yahweh
This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.
### Racial superiority
Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off”
DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child Possible meanings are (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute.
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ DEU 23 25 em5k 0 When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain “When you wal
DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand”
DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you”
DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat
-DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”
A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Lending money
Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
+DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”
A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Lending money
Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ DEU 24 21 qg17 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a
DEU 24 21 h98g 0 What is left over will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow “The grapes that you do not pick will be for the foreigner, the fatherless, and the widow to pick”
DEU 24 21 qsd7 figs-genericnoun 0 for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow These refer to groups of people. Alternate translation: “for foreigners, for those who are fatherless, and for the widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
DEU 24 22 jte9 figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “A perfect and just weight you must have”
In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “A perfect and just weight you must have”
In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 1 kk1l 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 25 2 m44y figs-activepassive 0 If the guilty man deserves to be beaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the judge orders them to beat the guilty man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 25 2 b3ki figs-activepassive 0 be beaten in his presence This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will watch them beat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ DEU 25 18 f2uv 0 all who were feeble in your rear “all the people who were w
DEU 25 18 bv3r figs-doublet 0 faint and weary These words have similar meanings and emphasize how tired the people were. Alternate translation: “tired and exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 25 18 ig25 figs-explicit 0 he did not honor God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he was not afraid of God’s punishment” or “he did not respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 19 gv8d 0 you must blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven “you must kill all of the Amalekites so that nobody will remember them anymore”
-DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
+DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
DEU 26 1 yl9f figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 26 2 epa3 translate-ordinal 0 some of the first of all the harvest “some of the first fruits of the harvest” or “some of the first crops of the harvest.” This “first” is the ordinal number for one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DEU 26 3 wq9z figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ DEU 26 18 wri1 0 a people who are his own possession “a people who belong to
DEU 26 19 q8jb figs-idiom 0 he will set you high above This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he will make you more important than” or “he will make you greater than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 26 19 p58x 0 he will set you high above all the other nations that he has made, and you will receive praise, fame, and honor Possible meanings are (1) “he will cause you to become greater than any other nation that he has established, and he will enable you to praise him and honor him” or (2) “he will have people praise you more than they praise every other nation that he has made; people will say that you are better than any other nation, and they will honor you.”
DEU 26 19 lg4i figs-metaphor 0 You will be a people that is set apart to Yahweh your God Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will set you apart from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “May the man be cursed”
This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “May the man be cursed”
This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 27 1 mu7e figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted, the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 27 1 ya1q figs-you 0 command you today Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 27 1 g7rq 0 I command Here “I” refers to Moses. The elders are there in agreement with Moses, but he is the only one speaking.
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ DEU 27 24 q772 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and
DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessings and warnings
This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessings and warnings
This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep “and obey”
@@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ DEU 28 67 bik8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a
DEU 28 67 wac6 figs-idiom 0 because of the fear in your hearts This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “because of the fear you are feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 28 67 u1ew figs-synecdoche 0 the things your eyes will have to see Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “the terrifying things I will force you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 28 68 et6c 0 I had said Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
-DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
DEU 29 1 nsu8 0 These are the words that Yahweh commanded Moses to tell This refers to words that Moses is about to speak.
DEU 29 1 b8p6 0 in the land of Moab This is on the east side of the Jordan where the Israelites were staying before they entered the land of Canaan. “while they were in the land of Moab”
DEU 29 1 b7xy 0 words that were added to the covenant…at Horeb These additional commands were given to make Yahweh’s covenant apply better to the people once they were settled in their new land. These new commands did not belong to a different covenant, but rather were additions to the original covenant.
@@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ DEU 29 28 jz72 figs-doublet 0 in anger, in wrath, and in great fury The words
DEU 29 29 d1e5 0 The secret matters belong alone to Yahweh our God “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them”
DEU 29 29 v7va figs-activepassive 0 that are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 29 29 ui8w 0 we may do all the words of this law “we may do everything that this law commands us to do”
-DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
DEU 30 1 rkk4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 30 1 pfr8 figs-idiom 0 When all these things have come on you Here “these things” refer to the blessings and curses described in chapters 28-29. The phrase “have come on you” is an idiom that means to happen. Alternate translation: “When all these things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 30 1 k5mi figs-metaphor 0 that I have set before you This speaks of the blessings and curses that Moses told the people as if they were objects that he set in front of them. Alternate translation: “that I have just now told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ DEU 30 20 k5mz figs-metonymy 0 obey his voice Here “voice” refers to what Y
DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him “to rely on him”
DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Final instructions
In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
+DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Final instructions
In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God…before you…before you…you will dispossess…before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ DEU 31 29 i596 figs-synecdoche 0 through the work of your hands Here “your ha
DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited Possible meanings are (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.”
DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens…Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain…and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ DEU 32 50 w499 figs-euphemism 0 be gathered to your people This is a polite way
DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Families
Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Families
Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them “upon the people of Israel”
@@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ DEU 33 29 n3du figs-merism 0 the shield…the sword This merism speaks of Yahwe
DEU 33 29 tm9a figs-metaphor 0 the shield of your help The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. The abstract noun “help” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DEU 33 29 cur3 figs-metaphor 0 the sword of your majesty The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 29 ly3l 0 you will trample down their high places Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites will destroy the places where the other people worship false gods or (2) the Israelites will walk on the backs of their enemies when the Israelites defeat them.
-DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 34 1 ayb8 0 Mount Nebo This is the highest point of Mount Pisgah which is in the northern part of the Abarim mountain range. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:49](../32/49.md).
DEU 34 1 r9wl 0 Pisgah See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 34 3 h1nc translate-names 0 the City of Palms This is another name for Jericho. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
index c6fd3d9263..78e969495f 100644
--- a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Joshua
1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)
- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)
- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)
- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)
- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)
1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)
1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)
### What is the Book of Joshua about?
The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.
### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?
The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?
In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.
### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?
This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.
### When should Joshua be translated?
The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
-JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Be strong and Courageous
Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
+JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Joshua
1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)
- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)
- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)
- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)
- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)
1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)
1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)
### What is the Book of Joshua about?
The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.
### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?
The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?
In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.
### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?
This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.
### When should Joshua be translated?
The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
+JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Be strong and Courageous
Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַזֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reu
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗יךָ וְלֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛יךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶאֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rahab’s faith
Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rahab’s faith
Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַשִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father o
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַמֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God dries the Jordan River
Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God dries the Jordan River
Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַיַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽהַשִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
JOS 3 2 wz25 הַשֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְהַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙
JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s war
The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s war
The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַעֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְאֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤
JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Circumcision
It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
### Manna
Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
+JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Circumcision
It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
### Manna
Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted…there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the
JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַיִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥יו אַ֨רְצָה֙ וַיִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְךָ֙ מֵעַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh conquers
It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh conquers
It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָֽדְךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְאֶת־מַלְכָּ֑הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶחָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְיָֽדְךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָאִ֜ישׁ לִפְנֵ֣
JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּבְכֹר֣וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּבִצְעִיר֖וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽיהָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַיְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖וֹ בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּחֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan…Karmi…Zabdi…Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔נוּ 1 Why have y
JOS 7 25 i3rq וַיִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָם֙ בָּאֵ֔שׁ וַיִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖ם בָּאֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַיָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
-JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
+JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְאַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָדְךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָעַי֙ וְאֶת־עַמּ֔וֹ וְאֶת־עִיר֖וֹ וְאֶת־אַרְצֽוֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai…and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 to this day “t
JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּהַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִכֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s mistake
Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s mistake
Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּעָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי 1 house of my
JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּטּ֨וֹב וְכַיָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 9 26 gy9c לָהֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
-JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”
Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”
Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 1 au8p וַיְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְאֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵיהֶ
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַמְּלָכִ֤ים הָאֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְאֶת־אַרְצָ֔ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
-JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms
Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”
This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms
Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”
This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin…Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor…Madon…Shimron…Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּבְנָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth…Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־הָֽעֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim Thes
JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir…Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַיִּתְּנָהּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְנַחֲלָ֧ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְהָאָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִמִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
+JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְאֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 12 1 fe2c וְאֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָעֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh
JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְנָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor…Naphoth Dor…Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Division of the land
There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.
### Driving out the people
While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Division of the land
There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.
### Driving out the people
While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָאָ֖רֶץ הַנִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַשִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִבְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned This
JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְאֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַמַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּגוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 to this day Thi
JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְהָאָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִמִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 2 k5za מִקְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַמֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן הַפֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן הַפֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן 1 settlements villages
JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 48 m88k translate-names 1 General Information: The writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
-JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִבְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz…Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָאַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְהֶעָרִ֗ים הַמִּבְ
JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַיְהִ֖י לְמַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Manasseh’s lack of faith
Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Manasseh’s lack of faith
Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְמָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽיְהִי־ל֖וֹ הַגִּלְעָ֥ד וְהַבָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְהָֽרְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This
JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּבֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan…Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּבֵ֣רֵאת֔וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
-JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְהָאָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִפְנֵיהֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָכֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 How long will you put off…has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the citi
JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 19 1 s149 וַיֵּצֵ֞א הַגּוֹרָ֤ל הַשֵּׁנִי֙ לְשִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ
JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִיהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּתוֹכָֽם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַנְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances…assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities…assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cities of Refuge
If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
+JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cities of Refuge
If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּשְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִגֹּאֵ֖ל הַדָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names i
JOS 20 8 cy8e לְיַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְלֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּיַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar…Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 2 wk1t וַיְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore “he gave an oath”
JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְלֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּפְנֵיהֶם֙ מִכָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּיָדָֽם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִכֹּל֙ הַדָּבָ֣ר הַטּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument
The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
+JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument
The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָרֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְלַגָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַתִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְקוֹלִ֔י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י
JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַיִּיטַ֣ב הַדָּבָ֗ר בְּעֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְשַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔ינוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)
“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)
“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּיָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 4 t22f הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַשָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּכָל־לְב
JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַעֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָהֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְחָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּכֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Joshua’s instructions
In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
+JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Joshua’s instructions
In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַיֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 1 c7pt וַיִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽעוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”
diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
index accf5e60eb..000045a2cf 100755
--- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Judges
1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)
- Introduction (1:1-3:6)
- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)
- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)
- Gideon (6:1–8:35)
- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)
- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)
- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)
- Samson (13:1–16:31)
1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)
1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)
### What is the Book of Judges about?
The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.
This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.
After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What kind of leaders were the judges?
These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.
### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?
During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.
These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.
### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?
During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?
This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.
The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.
### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?
The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
-JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land
Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
+JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Judges
1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)
- Introduction (1:1-3:6)
- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)
- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)
- Gideon (6:1–8:35)
- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)
- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)
- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)
- Samson (13:1–16:31)
1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)
1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)
### What is the Book of Judges about?
The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.
This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.
After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What kind of leaders were the judges?
These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.
### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?
During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.
These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.
### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?
During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?
This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.
The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.
### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?
The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
+JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land
Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JDG 1 35 x276 0 the military might of the house of Joseph conquered them “th
JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh tests Israel
Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
+JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh tests Israel
Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh Possible meaning are (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JDG 2 21 ry6q figs-metonymy 0 any of the nations Here “nations” represents
JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people worship false gods
Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Blew a trumpet”
When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people worship false gods
Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Blew a trumpet”
When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Barak’s leadership
At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Barak’s leadership
At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ JDG 4 22 n7wq 0 Barak was pursuing “Barak was chasing” or “Barak was fol
JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might “The military power”
JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The flood
God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making
them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The flood
God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making
them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak…Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ JDG 5 30 yg2c figs-synecdoche 0 for the necks of those who plunder Here “neck
JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)
### Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
+JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)
### Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ JDG 6 37 qz5z 0 dew water that forms on plants during the night
JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose “Gideon got out of bed”
JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
-JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God gets all of the credit
God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
+JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God gets all of the credit
God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped “they set up their camp”
JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod…hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ JDG 7 24 js9y translate-names 0 Beth Barah This is the name of a town. (See: [[
JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb…at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb…Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon
The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Gideon refuses to be king
Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon
The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Gideon refuses to be king
Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
-JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jotham’s curse
Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jotham’s curse
Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ JDG 9 56 h9fb translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/trans
JDG 9 57 fx65 figs-idiom 0 made all the evil of the men of Shechem turn back on their own heads “Evil turn back on their heads” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “punished the men of Shechem for all the evil they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 9 57 hua1 figs-idiom 0 on them came the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 9 57 q7dp 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
-JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
+JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 10 1 g7ww translate-names 0 Tola…Puah…Dodo These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 10 1 ti4g translate-names 0 Shamir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 10 1 lxh7 0 arose to deliver Israel “came to deliver Israel” or “became the leader to deliver Israel”
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ JDG 10 13 zdy2 figs-idiom 0 I will not keep adding to the times I deliver you T
JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
-JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jephthah the leader
Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
+JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jephthah the leader
Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ JDG 11 37 hj6q figs-activepassive 0 Let this promise be kept for me This can be
JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
-JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.
### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Shibboleth
This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
+JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.
### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Shibboleth
This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim Here the abstract noun “call” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men…of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through…pass through or “traveled through…travel” or “journeyed through…journey”
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ JDG 12 13 z3n6 translate-names 0 Pirathon This is the name of a city. (See: [[r
JDG 12 14 n7k2 figs-metonymy 0 They rode on seventy donkeys These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 12 14 ua8s translate-numbers 0 forty sons…thirty grandsons…seventy donkeys “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 12 15 wqm2 translate-names 0 Pirathonite…Pirathon Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Warning not to cut his hair
The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
+JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Warning not to cut his hair
The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
JDG 13 1 acr5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 1 g29r figs-metonymy 0 he gave them into the hand of the Philistines Here “hand” refers to power to gain victory in battle. Alternate translation: “he allowed the Philistines to defeat them” or “he allowed them to be oppressed by the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 13 1 jxd2 translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ JDG 13 24 ht9i 0 grew up “became an adult” or “matured”
JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan…Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
-JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Samson continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.
### Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriage
It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Samson continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.
### Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriage
It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ JDG 14 19 ym43 0 Burning with anger “Very angry”
JDG 14 19 d5ji 0 went up to his father’s house The phrase “went up” is used here because Samson was at Timnah which is lower in elevation than where his father’s house is located.
JDG 14 20 hb14 figs-activepassive 0 Samson’s wife was given to his best friend This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife’s father gave her to his best friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JDG 14 20 ibt7 0 best friend “closest friend”
-JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Samson continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samson’s strength
The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
+JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Samson continues in this chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samson’s strength
The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
JDG 15 1 gn7w figs-idiom 0 He said to himself This refers to thinking. Alternate translation: “He thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 15 1 n6ml figs-explicit 0 I will go to my wife’s room Samson intended to sleep with his wife. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will go to my wife’s room, so we may sleep together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 15 1 hmg4 figs-ellipsis 0 would not allow him to go in The phrase “her room” is understood from what Samson said to himself. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “would not permit him to go into her room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ JDG 15 19 r7ji translate-names 0 En Hakkore This is the name of a spring of wat
JDG 15 19 k47v figs-idiom 0 it is at Lehi to this day This means that the spring did not dry up but that it remained. The phrase “to this day” refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “the spring can still be found at Lehi, even today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 15 20 ru29 figs-explicit 0 in the days of the Philistines This refers to the time period that the Philistines controlled the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “during the time the Philistines controlled Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 15 20 l52v translate-numbers 0 for twenty years “for 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samson’s mistake
Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
+JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samson’s mistake
Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
JDG 16 1 l289 figs-euphemism 0 he went to bed with her The phrase “went to bed with” is a polite way of referring to having sex. Alternate translation: “he had sex with her” or “he slept with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 16 2 j859 translate-names 0 The Gazites were told The word “Gazites” refers to people from Gaza. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told the people of Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 16 2 fyj2 0 The Gazites surrounded the place…they waited for him all night at the city gate This implies that some Gazites surrounded the place where Samson was staying and others waited at the city gate so that he could not leave.
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ JDG 16 31 de6c 0 in the burial place of Manoah, his father “where his father
JDG 16 31 i2d4 translate-names 0 Manoah See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 16 31 wv8z figs-explicit 0 Samson had judged Israel for twenty years This same sentence is also in [Judges 15:20](../15/20.md). It is repeated here to remind readers of how long he judged Israel. Alternate translation: “Samson had judged Israel for twenty years before he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 16 31 vmv2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idols and figures
According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idols and figures
According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
JDG 17 1 rrp1 writing-participants 0 There was a man This is a way to introduce a new person to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JDG 17 1 ke46 translate-names 0 Micah This is the name of a man. It is not the same man who wrote the book of Micah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 17 2 c1x6 translate-numbers 0 1,100 pieces “one thousand one hundred pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ JDG 17 10 tm7m figs-explicit 0 So the Levite went into his house It is implied
JDG 17 11 mvs9 figs-simile 0 the young man became to Micah like one of his sons The relationship between the Levite and Micah became like the close relationship between a father and son. Alternate translation: “the young man became close to Micah and was like one of his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 17 12 t9an figs-idiom 0 Micah set apart the Levite Here “set apart” means that Micah “dedicated” or “ordained” him. Alternate translation: “Micah dedicated the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 17 12 s6d6 figs-metonymy 0 was in Micah’s house Here living in Micah’s house is spoken of as “being” in his house. Alternate translation: “lived in Micah’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tribe of Dan
The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
+JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tribe of Dan
The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
JDG 18 1 d1r4 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 18 1 w9qn writing-background 0 In those days…from among the tribes of Israel This is background information about Israel and the people of the tribe of Dan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JDG 18 1 g4f2 figs-explicit 0 not received any inheritance from This refers specifically to land inherited where they would live. Alternate translation: “not received a land inheritance from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ JDG 18 28 vw28 translate-names 0 Beth Rehob This is a name of a town. (See: [[r
JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The sin of Benjamin
People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The sin of Benjamin
People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ JDG 19 28 gk5s figs-explicit 0 But there was no answer The woman did not answer
JDG 19 29 r79a figs-idiom 0 limb by limb “section by section.” The author uses this graphic description of how the Levite cut up her body into specific pieces to emphasize what he did. “Limbs” refers to a person’s arms and legs. If there is not a similar phrase in your language, this description may be left out of the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 19 29 fx7u translate-numbers 0 twelve pieces “12 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 19 29 xd3i figs-explicit 0 sent the pieces everywhere throughout Israel This means that he sent the different pieces to twelve different areas of Israel. Alternate translation: “sent each piece to a different place throughout Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Benjamin destroyed
The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
+JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Benjamin destroyed
The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
JDG 20 1 wg4p figs-simile 0 as one man This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. It refers to a group of who people do everything together in the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 20 1 jp6a figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This refers to the land as a whole. Alternate translation: “from all the eleven tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
JDG 20 2 ze7s 0 God—400,000 men on foot “God and also 400,000 regular soldiers came”
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ JDG 20 47 h1ci translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 20 48 h7m3 0 turned back against the people of Benjamin These people of Benjamin are not the soldiers who fled to the rock of Rimmon, but the ones who were still in the city.
JDG 20 48 l4rw figs-metonymy 0 the city Here “the city” refers to the people in that city. Alternate translation: “everyone who was in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 20 48 ue39 figs-idiom 0 in their path This idiom refers to everything that they found as they went toward the city. Alternate translation: “they came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sin and immorality
At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sin and immorality
At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JDG 21 1 w65e writing-background 0 Now the men of Israel had made a promise…marry a Benjamite.” This background information tells the reader about the promise that the Israelites made before the battle with the Benjamites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JDG 21 1 rw2t 0 Benjamite This is the name of the descendants of Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 21 3 q8cb figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, God of Israel, has this happened to Israel, that one of our tribes should be missing today? The people of Israel used this rhetorical question to express their deep sadness. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, we are so sad that one of the tribes of Israel has been completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
diff --git a/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv b/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv
index 7298250cc1..9076785f8a 100644
--- a/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-RUT front intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ruth
1. How Ruth came to Bethlehem with Naomi (1:1–22)
1. Boaz helps Ruth as she gleans (2:1–23)
1. Boaz and Ruth at the threshing floor (3:1–18)
1. How Ruth became the wife of Boaz (4:1–16)
1. Obed born to Ruth and Boaz; the genealogy of David (4:13–22)
### What is the Book of Ruth about?
This book is about a non-Israelite woman named Ruth. It tells how she came to join the people of Yahweh. The book also explains how Ruth became an ancestor of King David.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has the title **Ruth** because she is the main person in it. Translators can use a title such as ***The Book about Ruth***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### When did the events in the Book of Ruth occur?
The story of Ruth is set during the time when there were **judges** in Israel. This was after the people of Israel had entered into the land of Canaan, but before they had a king. The “judges” were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. These leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of them may have served only certain tribes.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why does Scripture include a book about a woman from the foreign land of Moab?
In a period when Israel was often unfaithful to Yahweh, a woman from Moab shows great faith in him. The Israelites’ frequent lack of faith in Yahweh is contrasted with the faith of this woman from a foreign land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
### What important marriage custom is found in the Book of Ruth?
Israelites practiced what is called ***levirate marriage***. In this custom, the closest male relative of a man who died without any children was obligated to provide for his widow by marrying her. Usually this would be one of the man’s brothers. Any children born to them were to be regarded as children of the dead man. They did this so that the dead man would have descendants. If the closest relative did not marry the woman, another relative could fulfil this obligation.
### What was a **kinsman-redeemer**?
A person’s close relative or relatives were expected to act as ***kinsmen-redeemers*** (2:20 ULT) for him or her. They were responsible to provide for a relative in need, fulfil obligations of ***levirate marriage***, and buy back land into the family that had been sold to someone outside of the family. In the Book of Ruth, Boaz is one such kinsman-redeemer.
### What was **gleaning** in the Book of Ruth?
In Israel, poor people were allowed to follow after the men who harvested a field. These **gleaners** picked up stalks of grain that the harvesters missed or dropped. In this way, poor people were able to find some food. Ruth became a gleaner in a field belonging to Boaz.
### What is covenant faithfulness or covenant loyalty?
A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill. Covenant faithfulness or covenant loyalty is when a person does what they said they would do, according to the covenant that they had made. God made a covenant with Israel, in which he promised that he would love and be faithful to the Israelites. The Israelites were to do the same toward him and toward each other.
The Book of Ruth shows that what kinsmen-redeemers do for their relatives is part of Israel’s duties in God’s covenant with them. The story of Boaz, Ruth, and Naomi gives examples to all of Israel of the good effects of covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
### What function did city gates have in the ancient Near East?
City gates in the time of Boaz were meeting places for the city elders. Elders were honored men who decided business matters and legal matters together. The city walls were thick, especially at the entryways, and the gates had guard towers beside and above them. Therefore the gateway opening provided a large shady area for public meetings, and there were places for important people to sit. For this reason, Boaz and the other elders sat in the gateway.
Some English Bible versions speak of Boaz sitting ***at*** the city gate, but it may be best for translators to make clear that Boaz sat ***in*** the city gateway.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the Book of Ruth change from one topic to another topic?
The Book of Ruth often changes to new topics or new parts of the story. The ULT uses various words to indicate these changes, such as ***so,*** ***then,*** and ***now***. Translators should use the ways most natural in their own languages to signal these changes.
-RUT 1 intro irf4 0 # Ruth 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### **It happened in the days when the judges ruled**
The events of this book occur during the period of Judges. The book is concurrent with the book of Judges. To understand the historical context of the book, the translator may wish to review the book of Judges.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Women without a husband or children
In the ancient Near East, if a woman lacked a husband or sons, she was considered to be in a dire circumstance. She would not have been able to provide for herself. This is why Naomi told her daughters to remarry.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Contrast
The actions of Ruth the Moabite are intended to contrast with the actions of Naomi the Jew. Ruth shows great faith in Naomi’s God, while Naomi does not trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+RUT front intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ruth
1. How Ruth came to Bethlehem with Naomi (1:1–22)
1. Boaz helps Ruth as she gleans (2:1–23)
1. Boaz and Ruth at the threshing floor (3:1–18)
1. How Ruth became the wife of Boaz (4:1–16)
1. Obed born to Ruth and Boaz; the genealogy of David (4:13–22)
### What is the Book of Ruth about?
This book is about a non-Israelite woman named Ruth. It tells how she came to join the people of Yahweh. The book also explains how Ruth became an ancestor of King David.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has the title **Ruth** because she is the main person in it. Translators can use a title such as ***The Book about Ruth***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### When did the events in the Book of Ruth occur?
The story of Ruth is set during the time when there were **judges** in Israel. This was after the people of Israel had entered into the land of Canaan, but before they had a king. The “judges” were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. These leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of them may have served only certain tribes.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why does Scripture include a book about a woman from the foreign land of Moab?
In a period when Israel was often unfaithful to Yahweh, a woman from Moab shows great faith in him. The Israelites’ frequent lack of faith in Yahweh is contrasted with the faith of this woman from a foreign land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
### What important marriage custom is found in the Book of Ruth?
Israelites practiced what is called ***levirate marriage***. In this custom, the closest male relative of a man who died without any children was obligated to provide for his widow by marrying her. Usually this would be one of the man’s brothers. Any children born to them were to be regarded as children of the dead man. They did this so that the dead man would have descendants. If the closest relative did not marry the woman, another relative could fulfil this obligation.
### What was a **kinsman-redeemer**?
A person’s close relative or relatives were expected to act as ***kinsmen-redeemers*** (2:20 ULT) for him or her. They were responsible to provide for a relative in need, fulfil obligations of ***levirate marriage***, and buy back land into the family that had been sold to someone outside of the family. In the Book of Ruth, Boaz is one such kinsman-redeemer.
### What was **gleaning** in the Book of Ruth?
In Israel, poor people were allowed to follow after the men who harvested a field. These **gleaners** picked up stalks of grain that the harvesters missed or dropped. In this way, poor people were able to find some food. Ruth became a gleaner in a field belonging to Boaz.
### What is covenant faithfulness or covenant loyalty?
A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill. Covenant faithfulness or covenant loyalty is when a person does what they said they would do, according to the covenant that they had made. God made a covenant with Israel, in which he promised that he would love and be faithful to the Israelites. The Israelites were to do the same toward him and toward each other.
The Book of Ruth shows that what kinsmen-redeemers do for their relatives is part of Israel’s duties in God’s covenant with them. The story of Boaz, Ruth, and Naomi gives examples to all of Israel of the good effects of covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
### What function did city gates have in the ancient Near East?
City gates in the time of Boaz were meeting places for the city elders. Elders were honored men who decided business matters and legal matters together. The city walls were thick, especially at the entryways, and the gates had guard towers beside and above them. Therefore the gateway opening provided a large shady area for public meetings, and there were places for important people to sit. For this reason, Boaz and the other elders sat in the gateway.
Some English Bible versions speak of Boaz sitting ***at*** the city gate, but it may be best for translators to make clear that Boaz sat ***in*** the city gateway.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the Book of Ruth change from one topic to another topic?
The Book of Ruth often changes to new topics or new parts of the story. The ULT uses various words to indicate these changes, such as ***so,*** ***then,*** and ***now***. Translators should use the ways most natural in their own languages to signal these changes.
+RUT 1 intro irf4 0 # Ruth 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### **It happened in the days when the judges ruled**
The events of this book occur during the period of Judges. The book is concurrent with the book of Judges. To understand the historical context of the book, the translator may wish to review the book of Judges.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Women without a husband or children
In the ancient Near East, if a woman lacked a husband or sons, she was considered to be in a dire circumstance. She would not have been able to provide for herself. This is why Naomi told her daughters to remarry.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Contrast
The actions of Ruth the Moabite are intended to contrast with the actions of Naomi the Jew. Ruth shows great faith in Naomi’s God, while Naomi does not trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
RUT 1 1 sb2j writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 Now it happened that ***It was*** or ***This is what happened***. This is a common way of beginning a historical story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
RUT 1 1 m9nl grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בִּימֵי֙ שְׁפֹ֣ט הַשֹּׁפְטִ֔ים 1 in the days of the ruling of the judges ***during the time when judges led and governed Israel*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
RUT 1 1 nm13 figs-explicit בָּאָ֑רֶץ 1 in the land This refers to the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “in the land of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ RUT 1 21 t1p8 הֵ֥רַֽע לִֽי 1 has done evil to me ***has brought c
RUT 1 22 cx7g writing-endofstory וַתָּ֣שָׁב נָעֳמִ֗י וְר֨וּת 1 So Naomi returned, with Ruth This begins a summary statement. English marks this by the word **So**. Determine how your language marks concluding or summary statements and follow that way here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
RUT 1 22 jdr2 writing-background וְהֵ֗מָּה בָּ֚אוּ בֵּ֣ית לֶ֔חֶם בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת קְצִ֥יר שְׂעֹרִֽים 1 And they came to Bethlehem at the beginning of the harvest of barley. The sentence gives background information, explaining that Naomi and Ruth had arrived in Bethlehem around the time when the Israelites were starting to harvest their barley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
RUT 1 22 bgy3 figs-abstractnouns בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת קְצִ֥יר שְׂעֹרִֽים 1 at the beginning of the harvest of barley ***the barley harvest***. The phrase **the harvest of barley** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “when the farmers were just beginning to harvest barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-RUT 2 intro ld2v 0 # Ruth 02 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### **Do not go to glean in another field**
Boaz said this because he could not guarantee Ruth’s safety in another person’s field. It seems that not everyone was as gracious and obedient to the law of Moses as Boaz was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+RUT 2 intro ld2v 0 # Ruth 02 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### **Do not go to glean in another field**
Boaz said this because he could not guarantee Ruth’s safety in another person’s field. It seems that not everyone was as gracious and obedient to the law of Moses as Boaz was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
RUT 2 1 ab10 writing-background וּֽלְנָעֳמִ֞י מוֹדַ֣ע לְאִישָׁ֗הּ 1 Now Naomi had a relative of her husband Verse 1 gives background information about Boaz so that the reader will understand who he is. Your language may also have a specific way to give background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
RUT 2 1 t2sn writing-participants וּֽלְנָעֳמִ֞י מוֹדַ֣ע לְאִישָׁ֗הּ 1 Now Naomi had a relative of her husband This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth meets Boaz. Boaz is introduced here as a new participant in the story. Your language may also have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
RUT 2 1 b4q7 אִ֚ישׁ גִּבּ֣וֹר חַ֔יִל 1 a man of great worth ***a prominent, wealthy man***. This means that Boaz was prosperous and well known in his community, with a good reputation.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ RUT 2 22 bcc4 וְלֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖ךְ 1 so that the
RUT 2 22 ab64 grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖ךְ 1 so that they do not harm you This is the reason why Ruth should continue to work with Boaz’s servants. If it is more clear in your language to state the reason before the result, you can state this part of the sentence first, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
RUT 2 23 e2vq וַתִּדְבַּ֞ק 1 So she stayed close by Ruth worked in Boaz’s fields with his workers during the day, so she would be safe.
RUT 2 23 a7qp וַתֵּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־חֲמוֹתָֽהּ 1 She lived with her mother-in-law Ruth went to Naomi’s home to sleep at night.
-RUT 3 intro t4y5 0 # Ruth 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Boaz’s integrity
Boaz showed great integrity in this chapter by not having sexual relations with Ruth until they were married. He was also concerned with preserving Ruth’s good reputation. Displaying Boaz’s good character is an important point in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### **So that it may be well with you**
Naomi wanted Ruth to have a secure home with a good husband who would care for her. She could see that Boaz would be the best husband for her. She also thought that Boaz, as a kinsman-redeemer, had an obligation to marry her. This could be true because, even though Ruth was a Gentile by birth, she had become part of Naomi’s family and part of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+RUT 3 intro t4y5 0 # Ruth 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Boaz’s integrity
Boaz showed great integrity in this chapter by not having sexual relations with Ruth until they were married. He was also concerned with preserving Ruth’s good reputation. Displaying Boaz’s good character is an important point in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### **So that it may be well with you**
Naomi wanted Ruth to have a secure home with a good husband who would care for her. She could see that Boaz would be the best husband for her. She also thought that Boaz, as a kinsman-redeemer, had an obligation to marry her. This could be true because, even though Ruth was a Gentile by birth, she had become part of Naomi’s family and part of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
RUT 3 1 jdr3 writing-newevent וַתֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖הּ נָעֳמִ֣י 1 Naomi…said to her, This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth asks Boaz to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer for her and Naomi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
RUT 3 1 r7ar חֲמוֹתָ֑הּ 1 her mother-in-law Naomi is the mother of Ruth’s dead husband.
RUT 3 1 f1uc בִּתִּ֞י 1 My daughter Ruth became part of Naomi’s family by marrying her son and became like a daughter to her by her actions in caring for Naomi after returning to Bethlehem.
diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
index 82607aa753..3316dab3ac 100644
--- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1SA front intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Samuel
1. Samuel as judge over Israel (1:1–7:17)
- Samuel as a child (1:1–3:21)
- Shiloh priesthood; the fall and death of Eli the priest (4:1–22)
- The ark of God and the war with the Philistines (5:1–6:21)
- Mizpah; Samuel’s rule over Israel (7:1–17)
1. Saul and Samuel (8:1–15:35)
- Samuel lets the people seek a king (8:1–22)
- Saul anointed king (9:1–10:27)
- Battle and victory over the Ammonites (11:1–15)
- Samuel’s farewell (12:1–25)
- Saul’s weakness and failures (13:1–15:35)
1. David and his conflicts with Saul (16:1–31:13)
- God’s choice of David to be king (16:1–23)
- David fights Goliath (17:1–58)
- Saul’s jealousy of David; David and Jonathan (18:1–20:42)
- David in the wilderness; David in Philistia (21:1–30:31)
- Death of Saul (31:1–13)
### What is the Book of 1 Samuel about?
The Book of 1 Samuel is about Samuel, Saul, and David. Samuel was the last of the judges over Israel. Saul was the first king of Israel. Much of the book is about how Saul became king, then how he later sinned against God and died. God chose David to be king after Saul. This book shows how God protected David when Saul tried to kill him.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “1 Samuel” or “First Samuel.” Or, translators may consider a clearer title such as “The First Book About Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### What is the purpose of the Book of 1 Samuel?
The purpose of 1 Samuel is to give an account of the events leading up to David becoming king of Israel. In 1 Samuel, the twelve tribes of Israel unite under the first king of Israel, Saul. But Saul does not obey Yahweh’s commands. So God uses Samuel to choose David as a king who will trust and obey Yahweh.
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Samuel?
It is uncertain who wrote 1 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 1 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who is “Yahweh’s anointed”?
The writer of 1 Samuel often speaks of “Yahweh’s anointed.” This refers to the one whom Yahweh chose to be the king of his people. Also, the phrase “Yahweh’s anointed” would make later readers think about the future descendant of David who would become king of God’s people. This person who Yahweh chose would be known as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are curses, as found in 1 Samuel and elsewhere?
A curse is a strong statement a person makes to cause bad things to happen to the person or thing being cursed. A curse usually has this pattern: “May God do so to you, and even more, if you hide anything from me of all the words that he spoke to you” (1 Sam. 3:17). Other instances of curses in 1 and 2 Samuel are found in 1 Sam 14:44; 20:13; 25:22; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; and 19:13. The translator should represent a curse in the project language in as strong a way as possible.
### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
The Book of 1 Samuel has two references to Israel and Judah ([1 Samuel 17:52](../17/52.md), [1 Samuel 18:16](../18/16.md)). However, these references appear in the text long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah are in the text because the author wrote at a time after the kingdoms split. He wanted the readers to understand that all the twelve tribes had supported David.
### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?
This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This phrase occurs in 1 Samuel 5:5; 6:18: 27:6; 30:25.
-1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1 Samuel 1-7 which tells about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.”
+1SA front intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Samuel
1. Samuel as judge over Israel (1:1–7:17)
- Samuel as a child (1:1–3:21)
- Shiloh priesthood; the fall and death of Eli the priest (4:1–22)
- The ark of God and the war with the Philistines (5:1–6:21)
- Mizpah; Samuel’s rule over Israel (7:1–17)
1. Saul and Samuel (8:1–15:35)
- Samuel lets the people seek a king (8:1–22)
- Saul anointed king (9:1–10:27)
- Battle and victory over the Ammonites (11:1–15)
- Samuel’s farewell (12:1–25)
- Saul’s weakness and failures (13:1–15:35)
1. David and his conflicts with Saul (16:1–31:13)
- God’s choice of David to be king (16:1–23)
- David fights Goliath (17:1–58)
- Saul’s jealousy of David; David and Jonathan (18:1–20:42)
- David in the wilderness; David in Philistia (21:1–30:31)
- Death of Saul (31:1–13)
### What is the Book of 1 Samuel about?
The Book of 1 Samuel is about Samuel, Saul, and David. Samuel was the last of the judges over Israel. Saul was the first king of Israel. Much of the book is about how Saul became king, then how he later sinned against God and died. God chose David to be king after Saul. This book shows how God protected David when Saul tried to kill him.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “1 Samuel” or “First Samuel.” Or, translators may consider a clearer title such as “The First Book About Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### What is the purpose of the Book of 1 Samuel?
The purpose of 1 Samuel is to give an account of the events leading up to David becoming king of Israel. In 1 Samuel, the twelve tribes of Israel unite under the first king of Israel, Saul. But Saul does not obey Yahweh’s commands. So God uses Samuel to choose David as a king who will trust and obey Yahweh.
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Samuel?
It is uncertain who wrote 1 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 1 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who is “Yahweh’s anointed”?
The writer of 1 Samuel often speaks of “Yahweh’s anointed.” This refers to the one whom Yahweh chose to be the king of his people. Also, the phrase “Yahweh’s anointed” would make later readers think about the future descendant of David who would become king of God’s people. This person who Yahweh chose would be known as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are curses, as found in 1 Samuel and elsewhere?
A curse is a strong statement a person makes to cause bad things to happen to the person or thing being cursed. A curse usually has this pattern: “May God do so to you, and even more, if you hide anything from me of all the words that he spoke to you” (1 Sam. 3:17). Other instances of curses in 1 and 2 Samuel are found in 1 Sam 14:44; 20:13; 25:22; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; and 19:13. The translator should represent a curse in the project language in as strong a way as possible.
### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
The Book of 1 Samuel has two references to Israel and Judah ([1 Samuel 17:52](../17/52.md), [1 Samuel 18:16](../18/16.md)). However, these references appear in the text long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah are in the text because the author wrote at a time after the kingdoms split. He wanted the readers to understand that all the twelve tribes had supported David.
### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?
This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This phrase occurs in 1 Samuel 5:5; 6:18: 27:6; 30:25.
+1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1 Samuel 1-7 which tells about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.”
1SA 1 1 xa1t translate-names 0 Ramathaim This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 mwm2 translate-names 0 the Zuphites This is the name of a people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 cjl8 translate-names 0 Elkanah…Jeroham…Elihu…Tohu…Zuph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 1 27 m76r figs-abstractnouns 0 has given me my petition which I asked of him The noun “petition” refers to a formal request for another person to do something. It can be translated with a verb. The idiom “to give a petition” means to do what the person requests. Alternate translation: “has agreed to do what I solemnly requested that he do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 1 28 fp77 figs-activepassive 0 he is lent to Yahweh This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am loaning him to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1SA 1 28 f1d4 figs-synecdoche 0 he worshiped Yahweh Possible meanings: (1) “He” refers to Elkanah or (2) “he” is a synecdoche referring to both Elkanah and his family. Alternate translation: “Elkanah and his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1SA 2 intro fe7v 0 # 1 Samuel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with Hannah’s poetic prayer in 2:1-10 .
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hannah’s song of praise to God
This song is about how God protects the weak and strengthens them. He humbles the rich, provides for the poor, and defeats his enemies.
### Eli’s Sons
Eli, the chief priest, had two sons. They were ungodly priests who continually sinned and did not honor God. Eli corrected them but they did not listen. A prophet warned Eli that God would stop his family from being priests and his sons would both die on the same day. At the same time, Samuel was growing up and serving God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
This chapter has many figures of speech because the first part of the chapter is a song and the last part of the chapter is a prophecy. Songs and prophecy tend to have many figures of speech.
### Synecdoches
“My heart” and “my mouth” are synecdoches referencing the speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
### Metonymies
Body parts are often used to stand for activities involving that part of the body. “The feet of his faithful people” is a metonym meaning what they are doing or where they are going. Place names are often used for people in that place such as “the ends of the earth” meaning the people living in the ends of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
### Metaphors
Hannah used many military metaphors: “rock,” representing protection; “the bows of the mighty men are broken,” representing military defeat; “the horn of his anointed,” representing the power of the one that God has chosen to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
God used three rhetorical questions to correct and condemn Eli. “Did I not reveal myself to the house of your ancestor, when they were in Egypt in bondage to Pharaoh’s house?” “Why then do you scorn my offerings that I required in the place where I live?” “Why do you honor your sons above me by making yourselves fat with the best of every offering of my people Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 2 intro fe7v 0 # 1 Samuel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with Hannah’s poetic prayer in 2:1-10 .
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hannah’s song of praise to God
This song is about how God protects the weak and strengthens them. He humbles the rich, provides for the poor, and defeats his enemies.
### Eli’s Sons
Eli, the chief priest, had two sons. They were ungodly priests who continually sinned and did not honor God. Eli corrected them but they did not listen. A prophet warned Eli that God would stop his family from being priests and his sons would both die on the same day. At the same time, Samuel was growing up and serving God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
This chapter has many figures of speech because the first part of the chapter is a song and the last part of the chapter is a prophecy. Songs and prophecy tend to have many figures of speech.
### Synecdoches
“My heart” and “my mouth” are synecdoches referencing the speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
### Metonymies
Body parts are often used to stand for activities involving that part of the body. “The feet of his faithful people” is a metonym meaning what they are doing or where they are going. Place names are often used for people in that place such as “the ends of the earth” meaning the people living in the ends of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
### Metaphors
Hannah used many military metaphors: “rock,” representing protection; “the bows of the mighty men are broken,” representing military defeat; “the horn of his anointed,” representing the power of the one that God has chosen to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
God used three rhetorical questions to correct and condemn Eli. “Did I not reveal myself to the house of your ancestor, when they were in Egypt in bondage to Pharaoh’s house?” “Why then do you scorn my offerings that I required in the place where I live?” “Why do you honor your sons above me by making yourselves fat with the best of every offering of my people Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 2 1 e9ks figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Hannah recites a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1SA 2 1 aq77 0 My heart exults “I have great joy”
1SA 2 1 j5ts 0 in Yahweh “because of who Yahweh is” or “because Yahweh is so great”
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 2 35 bg77 figs-idiom 0 I will build him a sure house Here “house” is an idiom used for “descendants.” Alternate translation: “I will ensure that he always has a descendant who serves as high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 2 36 tmh4 0 him the faithful priest whom God will raise up
1SA 2 36 y912 figs-synecdoche 0 so I can eat a piece of bread Here “piece of bread” is used for “food. “Alternate translation: “so I can have something to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1SA 3 intro riy2 0 # 1 Samuel 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God speaks to Samuel
God spoke at night to Samuel when he was a small boy, telling him that he would punish Eli’s family. As Samuel grew up, God gave him many messages. People came from all over Israel to find out what God had to say.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
In order to show respect when talking to God, Samuel calls himself “your servant” when referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
### Idioms
One characteristic of prophecy is the use of figures of speech. In this passage there are two idioms: “ears will shake,” meaning “will shock everyone who hears” and “carry out,” meaning “do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
In order to be sure Samuel would tell him the whole truth, Eli used the standard formula for a curse: “may God do to you, and even more, if,” meaning “God will punish severely if the person does what the curse says he will do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+1SA 3 intro riy2 0 # 1 Samuel 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God speaks to Samuel
God spoke at night to Samuel when he was a small boy, telling him that he would punish Eli’s family. As Samuel grew up, God gave him many messages. People came from all over Israel to find out what God had to say.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
In order to show respect when talking to God, Samuel calls himself “your servant” when referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
### Idioms
One characteristic of prophecy is the use of figures of speech. In this passage there are two idioms: “ears will shake,” meaning “will shock everyone who hears” and “carry out,” meaning “do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
In order to be sure Samuel would tell him the whole truth, Eli used the standard formula for a curse: “may God do to you, and even more, if,” meaning “God will punish severely if the person does what the curse says he will do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
1SA 3 1 w5tu 0 Yahweh’s word was rare “Yahweh did not often speak to people”
1SA 3 3 vl1e 0 The lamp of God This is the seven-candle lampstand in the holy place of the tabernacle that burned every day and through the night until it was empty.
1SA 3 3 vv3t 0 the temple of Yahweh The “temple” was actually a tent, but it was where the people worshiped, so it is best to translate the word as “temple” here. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:9](../01/09.md).
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 3 20 km4x 0 All Israel “All the people in Israel”
1SA 3 20 q8cs figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This is a merism for “in every part of the land.” Alternate translation: “from one end of the land to the other” or “from Dan in the very north to Beersheba in the very south” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1SA 3 20 v6xm figs-activepassive 0 Samuel was appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1SA 4 intro a7dh 0 # 1 Samuel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The Ark of the Covenant in Philistine country
This chapter begins a new section on the Ark and the Philistines. It recounts two battles between Israel and the Philistines. In both battles, Israel was badly defeated and, in the second, the Ark was captured.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Ark is captured
The Philistine army invaded Israel, and Israel’s army went to fight them but was defeated. Israel decided that if they took the Ark into the next battle, God would cause them to win. When Eli’s sons took the Ark into the next battle and the Philistines won the battle, they killed Eli’s two sons and captured the Ark. When Eli heard the Ark was captured, he fell over, broke his neck, and died. Hearing this news, his daughter-in-law named her baby “the glory has departed.”
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Question
The Philistines expressed their fear using a rhetorical question: “Who will protect us from the strength of this mighty God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 4 intro a7dh 0 # 1 Samuel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The Ark of the Covenant in Philistine country
This chapter begins a new section on the Ark and the Philistines. It recounts two battles between Israel and the Philistines. In both battles, Israel was badly defeated and, in the second, the Ark was captured.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Ark is captured
The Philistine army invaded Israel, and Israel’s army went to fight them but was defeated. Israel decided that if they took the Ark into the next battle, God would cause them to win. When Eli’s sons took the Ark into the next battle and the Philistines won the battle, they killed Eli’s two sons and captured the Ark. When Eli heard the Ark was captured, he fell over, broke his neck, and died. Hearing this news, his daughter-in-law named her baby “the glory has departed.”
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Question
The Philistines expressed their fear using a rhetorical question: “Who will protect us from the strength of this mighty God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 4 1 ahq8 translate-names 0 Ebenezer…Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 4 2 in3q figs-activepassive 0 Israel was defeated by the Philistines, who killed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Philistines defeated the Israelites and killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1SA 4 2 c78l translate-numbers 0 about four thousand men Here the number four thousand is a round number. There may have been a few more than that or a few less than that. The word “about” shows that it is not an exact number. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 4 21 eja5 translate-names 0 Ichabod The name is actually a phrase that means “no glory.” The name of a person sometimes reveals information about the person, place, or thing it refers to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 4 21 b2am figs-activepassive 0 for the ark of God had been captured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Philistines had captured the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1SA 4 22 pea3 figs-activepassive 0 the ark of God has been captured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Philistines have captured the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1SA 5 intro qnq6 0 # 1 Samuel 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of the Ark of the Covenant in Philistia continues.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Ark in the Philistine Cities
The Philistines took the Ark of God to Ashdod and put it in their idol temple, but their idol fell down in front of the Ark and the people got sick with bubonic plague. They took it to Gath next, and the people of Gath began dying of the plague. When they took the Ark to Ekron, the people of Ekron were afraid of it too and did not want it there. Finally they decided to send it back to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
There are two slightly different idioms used in the same way: the “hand was heavy” and the “hand was hard.” Both idioms mean “was severely punished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1SA 5 intro qnq6 0 # 1 Samuel 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of the Ark of the Covenant in Philistia continues.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Ark in the Philistine Cities
The Philistines took the Ark of God to Ashdod and put it in their idol temple, but their idol fell down in front of the Ark and the people got sick with bubonic plague. They took it to Gath next, and the people of Gath began dying of the plague. When they took the Ark to Ekron, the people of Ekron were afraid of it too and did not want it there. Finally they decided to send it back to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
There are two slightly different idioms used in the same way: the “hand was heavy” and the “hand was hard.” Both idioms mean “was severely punished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 5 1 r22j 0 Now This word marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a word or phrase that does the same, you could use it here.
1SA 5 1 j9ri 0 ark of God See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 3:3](../03/03.md). This is the a same as the “ark of the covenant of Yahweh” in [1 Samuel 4:3](../04/03.md).
1SA 5 2 ibj1 0 house of Dagon This refers to the temple of Dagon, the god of the Philistines.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 5 12 djg2 figs-explicit 0 The men who did not die This implies that many men actually died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 5 12 u8uu 0 tumors Possible meanings are (1) painful swelling under the skin or (2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
1SA 5 12 vm1y figs-metonymy 0 the cry of the city went up to the heavens The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. Possible meanings are (1) the words “went up to the heavens” is an idiom for “was very great.” Alternate translation: “the people of the city cried out very loudly” or (2) the words “the heavens” is a metonym for the people’s gods. Alternate translation: “the people of the city cried out to their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1SA 6 intro z9kg 0 # 1 Samuel 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the story of the Ark of the Covenant among the Philistines.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Philistines send the Ark back to Israel
The Philistine leaders asked their priests what they should do with the Ark. The priests said to send it off with an offering. The Philistines put the Ark on a cart drawn by cows and let them go wherever they wanted to go. The cows went straight toward Israel. When some people peeked into the Ark, God killed them. Because of this, the people sent the Ark to Kiriath Jearim.
+1SA 6 intro z9kg 0 # 1 Samuel 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the story of the Ark of the Covenant among the Philistines.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Philistines send the Ark back to Israel
The Philistine leaders asked their priests what they should do with the Ark. The priests said to send it off with an offering. The Philistines put the Ark on a cart drawn by cows and let them go wherever they wanted to go. The cows went straight toward Israel. When some people peeked into the Ark, God killed them. Because of this, the people sent the Ark to Kiriath Jearim.
1SA 6 2 rk4s 0 the priests and the diviners These were pagan priests and diviners who worshiped Dagon.
1SA 6 2 nd2k 0 Tell us how we should send it The Philistines wanted to know how to get rid of the ark without angering Yahweh any further.
1SA 6 3 gg7q 0 the God of Israel Possible meanings are (1) they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel or (2) they believed that Israel worshiped one of many gods, “the god of Israel.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:7](../05/07.md).
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 6 20 zwk1 figs-rquestion 0 Who is able to stand before Yahweh, this holy God? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses the people’s fear of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “There is no one who can resist Yahweh because he is so holy!” or (2) this is a question asking for information. The phrase “stand before Yahweh” may refer to priests who serve Yahweh. It is implied that the people were looking for a priest whom Yahweh would permit to handle the ark. Alternate translation: “Is there a priest among us who serves this holy God, Yahweh, and is able to handle this ark?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 6 20 bc1z figs-explicit 0 To whom will the ark go up from us? This is a question asking for information. It is implied that the people want Yahweh and the ark to go somewhere else so he will not punish them again. Alternate translation: “Where can we send this ark so that Yahweh will not punish us again?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 6 21 n5gr translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim This was a town in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1SA 7 intro hd2a 0 # 1 Samuel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter completes the section on Samuel leading Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel begins to worship Yahweh again
Samuel told the people to get rid of all their idols and worship Yahweh alone. The people were obedient. When the Philistines heard the Israelites were all gathered together, the Philistines attacked, but God defeated them. There was a time of peace during which Samuel settled disputes between the people as the judges had done before.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
Whenever Samuel spoke to a group of people, he used many idioms: “to turn to” means “to worship”; “with your whole heart” means “completely”; and “rescue from the hand” means “rescued from the power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1SA 7 intro hd2a 0 # 1 Samuel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter completes the section on Samuel leading Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel begins to worship Yahweh again
Samuel told the people to get rid of all their idols and worship Yahweh alone. The people were obedient. When the Philistines heard the Israelites were all gathered together, the Philistines attacked, but God defeated them. There was a time of peace during which Samuel settled disputes between the people as the judges had done before.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
Whenever Samuel spoke to a group of people, he used many idioms: “to turn to” means “to worship”; “with your whole heart” means “completely”; and “rescue from the hand” means “rescued from the power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 7 1 vxi4 translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 7 1 uf4m translate-names 0 Abinadab…Eleazar These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 7 2 kwf8 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 7 14 li9a figs-activepassive 0 The towns…from Israel were restored to Israel This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) Here “Israel” refers to the “land” of Israel. “Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns…from Israel” or (2) “Israel” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns…from Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 7 16 p2sh 0 went on a circuit traveled from place to place in a rough circle
1SA 7 16 qa19 0 He decided disputes Disputes are arguments or disagreements between two or more people.
-1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel
The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people want a king
When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel
The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people want a king
When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1SA 8 3 d1qv figs-metaphor 0 chased after dishonest gain The writer speaks of money that people would give Samuel’s sons as if it were a person or animal running away from Samuel’s sons, and he speaks of Samuel’s sons as if they were physically chasing that person or animal. Alternate translation: “they worked hard to gain money by being dishonest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1SA 8 3 pt6z 0 perverted justice “judged in favor of those who did evil”
1SA 8 5 rx69 figs-idiom 0 do not walk in your ways The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “do not do the things you do” or “do not do what is just the way you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 8 22 d8pw figs-metonymy 0 Obey their voice Here the metonym “their voice” refers to the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Obey the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 8 22 s4b6 0 cause someone to be king for them “make someone king over them.” Use the common term in your language for making someone king.
1SA 8 22 vjc2 0 go to his own city “go home”
-1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king
When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king
When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 9 1 y487 writing-background 0 General Information: If your language has a way of telling the reader that the writer is giving background information in these verses, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1SA 9 1 k9kq 0 a man of influence Possible meanings are (1) he was a wealthy man or (2) he was a nobleman or (3) he was a mighty and brave man.
1SA 9 1 sxy3 translate-names 0 Kish…Abiel…Zeror…Bekorath…Aphiah These are names of the men of Saul’s family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 9 26 r8sh figs-explicit 0 Samuel called to Saul on the rooftop and said What Saul was doing on the rooftop can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “while Saul was sleeping on the rooftop, Samuel called to him and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 9 27 yp6k 0 ahead of us”—and he went ahead—”but you must stay It is possible that Samuel speaks all of these words. Alternate translation: “ahead of us, and when he has gone ahead, you must stay”
1SA 9 27 e7zg 0 that I may announce the message of God to you “so that I can tell you God’s message for you”
-1SA 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Samuel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the first chapter about King Saul.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul as the New King
Samuel told Saul that God had chosen him to be king, and on the way home he would meet some prophets. Saul would then begin prophesying and God would give him the Holy Spirit to help him to know what to do. Samuel told everyone to come to Mizpah where he announced that God had chosen Saul to be their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
This chapter uses rhetorical questions to express different ideas: to state a fact (“Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?”), to express surprise (“And who is their father?”), to say he is someone very special (“Do you see the man that Yahweh has chosen?”), and to express contempt (“How can this man save us?”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Idioms
Samuel frequently uses idioms when prophesying: “going to God” means “going to worship God”; “take it from their hands” means “accept their gift”; “rush upon you” means “control you”; “hand finds to do” means “what you think you should do”; “God is with you” means “God is directing you”; “another heart” means “a different way of thinking”; “came to pass” means “happened”; “before Yahweh” means “to do work for Yahweh”; and “hearts God had touched” means “God had made them want to help Saul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1SA 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Samuel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the first chapter about King Saul.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul as the New King
Samuel told Saul that God had chosen him to be king, and on the way home he would meet some prophets. Saul would then begin prophesying and God would give him the Holy Spirit to help him to know what to do. Samuel told everyone to come to Mizpah where he announced that God had chosen Saul to be their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
This chapter uses rhetorical questions to express different ideas: to state a fact (“Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?”), to express surprise (“And who is their father?”), to say he is someone very special (“Do you see the man that Yahweh has chosen?”), and to express contempt (“How can this man save us?”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Idioms
Samuel frequently uses idioms when prophesying: “going to God” means “going to worship God”; “take it from their hands” means “accept their gift”; “rush upon you” means “control you”; “hand finds to do” means “what you think you should do”; “God is with you” means “God is directing you”; “another heart” means “a different way of thinking”; “came to pass” means “happened”; “before Yahweh” means “to do work for Yahweh”; and “hearts God had touched” means “God had made them want to help Saul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 10 1 y1dk 0 took a flask of oil, poured it on Saul’s head In Israelite culture, when a prophet poured oil on someone’s head, that person received a blessing from Yahweh.
1SA 10 1 df9v 0 flask a small container made from baked clay
1SA 10 1 m8gx figs-rquestion 0 Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance? Samuel knows the answer to his question. He is reminding Saul that Yahweh has chosen him to be king of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has certainly anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 10 26 re4y figs-idiom 0 whose hearts God had touched God touching a person’s heart is an idiom that means God put something in their mind or moved them to do something. Alternate translation: “who wanted to go with Saul because God had changed their thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 10 27 u77f figs-rquestion 0 How can this man save us? This is a rhetorical question that is used to express sarcasm. Alternate translation: “This man has no power to save us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 10 27 qwt6 0 despised strongly disliked or hated
-1SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead
Nahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
The idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror…fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead
Nahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
The idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror…fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 11 1 q5a1 translate-names 0 Nahash This is a man from Ammon, a descendent of Lot, Abraham’s nephew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 11 1 y34w translate-names 0 Jabesh Gilead This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 11 2 ztl3 0 I gouge out “I cut out” or “I pluck out”
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 11 11 d6lh 0 the morning watch This was before dawn when most people in the camp were still asleep.
1SA 11 15 anj5 0 made Saul king before Yahweh “made Saul king while Yahweh watched”
1SA 11 15 y7hb 0 There they sacrificed peace offerings before Yahweh Part of Samuel’s service to Yahweh is to offer sacrifices even though he is not from the line of Aaron or Levi.
-1SA 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Samuel 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel’s farewell address
This chapter serves as a type of farewell address. This is a way for leaders to give instructions to their followers before they leave or die. Samuel first established his holiness before calling on the people to repent of their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
It is common in Scripture to use Israel’s history to show how faithful God has been. This gives the readers evidence to trust in Yahweh in their current situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+1SA 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Samuel 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel’s farewell address
This chapter serves as a type of farewell address. This is a way for leaders to give instructions to their followers before they leave or die. Samuel first established his holiness before calling on the people to repent of their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
It is common in Scripture to use Israel’s history to show how faithful God has been. This gives the readers evidence to trust in Yahweh in their current situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1SA 12 2 jw1v figs-idiom 0 the king walking before you…I have walked before you These expressions mean that people can actually see the kind of lives Saul and Samuel are living. Alternate translation: “the king’s life was seen…My life was seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 12 3 y8su figs-explicit 0 Here I am; testify against me before Yahweh and before his anointed one By this statement, Samuel is challenging the people to speak up if he has done anything wrong to anyone. Alternate translation: “I stand in front of you now. I ask you to speak in front of Yahweh and his anointed king if I have done you any wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 12 3 zf3n figs-rquestion 0 Whose ox have I taken? Whose donkey have I taken? Samuel uses rhetorical questions to remind the people that he has never stolen their animals. Alternate translation: “I have never stolen a prized animal from anyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 12 21 ek55 0 turn away after empty things “pursue worship of false gods”
1SA 12 22 shb6 figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of his great name Here “name” refers to the reputation of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “So that people will continue to honor and respect Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 12 23 jh36 figs-explicit 0 far be it from me that I should sin against Yahweh by ceasing to pray for you The people are filled with fear because of the rain and thunder that Yahweh sent when Samuel prayed. Some people may believe Samuel would use his prayers to harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Samuel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of a story about Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Preparation for the battle
Saul sent most of his army home before Jonathan attacked and defeated a Philistine garrison. This attack made the Philistines very angry, and they brought a huge army into Israel and camped at the top of a hill. Most of Saul’s army ran away in fear and hid from the Philistines. There are many aspects of this story that give the reader the impression that Israel was unprepared for battle.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
Wanting to express the vast number of enemy soldiers, the author uses a hyperbole: “as numerous as the sand on the seashore,” meaning “too many to count.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+1SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Samuel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of a story about Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Preparation for the battle
Saul sent most of his army home before Jonathan attacked and defeated a Philistine garrison. This attack made the Philistines very angry, and they brought a huge army into Israel and camped at the top of a hill. Most of Saul’s army ran away in fear and hid from the Philistines. There are many aspects of this story that give the reader the impression that Israel was unprepared for battle.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
Wanting to express the vast number of enemy soldiers, the author uses a hyperbole: “as numerous as the sand on the seashore,” meaning “too many to count.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1SA 13 1 xn4d 0 General Information: Samuel has renewed Saul’s kingdom at Gilgal and Samuel has reminded the people to follow the Lord.
1SA 13 1 cyx8 0 Saul was thirty years old…over Israel The text of this verse in ancient copies seems to have been mutilated, so modern versions have many different translations. They are all attempts to represent the most probable meaning of the original text.
1SA 13 2 gep7 translate-numbers 0 chose three thousand men “chose 3,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 13 21 e1et 0 straightening the goads “taking out the bend and making the ox goad straight again so it could be used”
1SA 13 22 mpy2 0 General Information: The narrative continues.
1SA 13 22 lcm6 0 there were no swords or spears This explains in part why Saul’s army was afraid. They did not have any weapons to fight.
-1SA 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Samuel 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter completes the story of Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The battle against the Philistines
Jonathan took his armor bearer to where the Philistines were on the top of the hill. He said God could use a few people just as easily as he could use many people to win his battles. He and his armor bearer started killing the Philistines, and suddenly the Philistines began fighting each other or running away. The rest of Israel, who had hidden, came and chased the Philistines. Even though Israel had a king, God was still in control of the nation of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Special reference
The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to mean the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
+1SA 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Samuel 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter completes the story of Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The battle against the Philistines
Jonathan took his armor bearer to where the Philistines were on the top of the hill. He said God could use a few people just as easily as he could use many people to win his battles. He and his armor bearer started killing the Philistines, and suddenly the Philistines began fighting each other or running away. The rest of Israel, who had hidden, came and chased the Philistines. Even though Israel had a king, God was still in control of the nation of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Special reference
The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to mean the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
1SA 14 1 m1uz 0 General Information: Jonathan begins his second raid on the Philistines’ army.
1SA 14 1 kea8 0 his young armor bearer a teenage boy who is responsible for caring for his master’s weapons of war
1SA 14 1 s7kb 0 Philistines’ garrison This is an outpost staffed by the Philistine army.
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 14 51 eci8 translate-names 0 Kish…Ner…Abner…Abiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 14 52 e8ef 0 all the days of Saul “all of Saul’s life”
1SA 14 52 ezp3 0 he attached him to himself “he forced him to join his army”
-1SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Samuel 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the section on Saul and Samuel (8-15).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God wants total obedience
Samuel told Saul that God wanted him to completely destroy the Amalekite people and animals. Saul fought the Amalekites and killed all the people except the king. He destroyed the animals that were not very good but saved the best animals. Saul told Samuel he had obeyed God’s command. Samuel asked him about the animals Saul had. Saul said he had saved them for a sacrifice to God. God said that obedience was better than sacrifice. Because Saul had disobeyed him, God had chosen someone else to become king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
“He has turned back from following me” is an idiom meaning “he has stopped obeying me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
### Rhetorical questions
When Saul insisted that he had obeyed God, Samuel rebuked him with these rhetorical questions: “What then is this bleating of sheep in my ears, and the lowing of the oxen that I hear?”; “Though you are little in your own sight, were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?”; “Why then did you not obey the voice of Yahweh, but instead you seized the booty and did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh?”; and “Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Samuel 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the section on Saul and Samuel (8-15).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God wants total obedience
Samuel told Saul that God wanted him to completely destroy the Amalekite people and animals. Saul fought the Amalekites and killed all the people except the king. He destroyed the animals that were not very good but saved the best animals. Saul told Samuel he had obeyed God’s command. Samuel asked him about the animals Saul had. Saul said he had saved them for a sacrifice to God. God said that obedience was better than sacrifice. Because Saul had disobeyed him, God had chosen someone else to become king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
“He has turned back from following me” is an idiom meaning “he has stopped obeying me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
### Rhetorical questions
When Saul insisted that he had obeyed God, Samuel rebuked him with these rhetorical questions: “What then is this bleating of sheep in my ears, and the lowing of the oxen that I hear?”; “Though you are little in your own sight, were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?”; “Why then did you not obey the voice of Yahweh, but instead you seized the booty and did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh?”; and “Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 15 1 t4nn 0 the words of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh”
1SA 15 3 q1vz figs-parallelism 0 completely destroy all that they have…kill both man and woman, child and infant, ox and sheep, camel and donkey These two phrases mean the same thing. The second phrase gives specific details about what they are to destroy completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1SA 15 3 ik1k figs-litotes 0 Do not spare them This negative statement emphasizes the completeness of the destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 15 34 p6j7 translate-names 0 Ramah…Gibeah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 15 34 wed2 0 went up to his house at Gibeah Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking.
1SA 15 35 hha6 0 Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived”
-1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
==Rhetorical Question ==
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
==Rhetorical Question ==
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 1 ib7t figs-rquestion 0 How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel? This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 1 aav1 0 Fill your horn with oil The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king.
1SA 16 2 msu1 figs-rquestion 0 How can I go? Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 16 23 c6ip 0 harmful spirit Here “harmful spirit” may refer to either a “spirit that causes trouble” or an “evil spirit.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 16:14](../16/14.md).
1SA 16 23 hnb5 0 was upon Saul “troubled Saul”
1SA 16 23 pxe5 figs-activepassive 0 Saul would be refreshed and well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the music would refresh Saul and make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1SA 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Samuel 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter introduced David as a soldier, a skill that will be important for the rest of his life.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David kills Goliath
Trust in God is more powerful than physical might or military training and equipment. David, trusting in the Lord and armed only with a sling, defeats Goliath who is well-armed and physically strong but who did not believe in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Uncircumcised
The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to describe the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
David uses rhetorical questions to state his desire to fight the giant: “What will be done for the man who kills this Philistine and takes away the disgrace from Israel? Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
His brother uses rhetorical questions to show his disdain for his younger brother, whom he thinks is pretending to be bigger than he really is: “Why did you come down here? With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?” David defends himself with some questions: “What have I done now? Was it not just a question?”
Goliath also uses a rhetorical question to show his contempt for young David: “Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?”
+1SA 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Samuel 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter introduced David as a soldier, a skill that will be important for the rest of his life.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David kills Goliath
Trust in God is more powerful than physical might or military training and equipment. David, trusting in the Lord and armed only with a sling, defeats Goliath who is well-armed and physically strong but who did not believe in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Uncircumcised
The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to describe the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
David uses rhetorical questions to state his desire to fight the giant: “What will be done for the man who kills this Philistine and takes away the disgrace from Israel? Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
His brother uses rhetorical questions to show his disdain for his younger brother, whom he thinks is pretending to be bigger than he really is: “Why did you come down here? With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?” David defends himself with some questions: “What have I done now? Was it not just a question?”
Goliath also uses a rhetorical question to show his contempt for young David: “Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?”
1SA 17 2 z3hp translate-names 0 the Valley of Elah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 17 4 q4bx translate-bdistance 0 six cubits and a span A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. A span is a unit of measurement equal to about 23 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1SA 17 5 n5rl figs-activepassive 0 he was armed with a coat of chainmail A “coat of chainmail” is a flexible piece of body armor covered with protective scales or small plates. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he protected himself by wearing a coat of chainmail” or “he wore a coat of chainmail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 17 58 k63k 0 Whose son are you “Who is your father”
1SA 17 58 k634 0 I am the son of your servant Jesse the Bethlehemite “My father is your servant Jesse, the Bethlehemite”
1SA 17 58 g6vb 0 your servant Jesse David referred to his father as “your servant” to show that his father was faithful to King Saul.
-1SA 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Samuel 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the first chapter of a section explaining why Saul wants to kill David.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 18:7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul is jealous of David’s popularity
Saul’s son, Jonathan, loves David. David is successful in battling the Philistines, and Saul is happy until the women give David more attention than they give him. He fears that David will replace him as king. This is potentially confusing because the author has already established that David will be the next king. It is probably that Saul feared David would kill him in order to be the next king sooner, or that he did not really believe David would be the next king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
### Jonathan’s love of David
Some scholars believe Jonathan loved David as a man loves his wife. There is no reason to translate this as if Jonathan were a homosexual. Instead, treat this as a brotherly type of love.
+1SA 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Samuel 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the first chapter of a section explaining why Saul wants to kill David.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 18:7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul is jealous of David’s popularity
Saul’s son, Jonathan, loves David. David is successful in battling the Philistines, and Saul is happy until the women give David more attention than they give him. He fears that David will replace him as king. This is potentially confusing because the author has already established that David will be the next king. It is probably that Saul feared David would kill him in order to be the next king sooner, or that he did not really believe David would be the next king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
### Jonathan’s love of David
Some scholars believe Jonathan loved David as a man loves his wife. There is no reason to translate this as if Jonathan were a homosexual. Instead, treat this as a brotherly type of love.
1SA 18 1 w8c4 figs-metaphor 0 the soul of Jonathan was bound to the soul of David Very close friendship is spoken of as if it were binding together the souls of two people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jonathan felt a strong affection towards David” or “Jonathan committed himself to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1SA 18 1 k383 figs-synecdoche 0 Jonathan loved him as his own soul Here “loved” refers to the love between friends, not romantic love. The word “soul” represents the person or the person’s life. Alternate translation: “Jonathan loved David as much as he loved himself” or “Jonathan loved David as he loved his own life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1SA 18 3 l8pd figs-synecdoche 0 Jonathan loved him as his own soul Here “loved” refers to the love between friends, not romantic love. The word “soul” represents the person or the person’s life. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jonathan loved David as much as he loved himself” or “Jonathan loved David as he loved his own life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 18 28 rjc2 figs-doublet 0 Saul saw, and he knew Here the words “saw” and “knew” share similar meanings and emphasize that Saul knew with certainty. Alternate translation: “Saul recognized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1SA 18 28 ct4a 0 Michal, Saul’s daughter, loved him Here “loved” means she had romantic feelings for David.
1SA 18 30 z7de figs-metonymy 0 so that his name was highly regarded Here “name” is a metonym for David. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people greatly respected David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Samuel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God protects David
Jonathan persuades Saul not to kill David, but Saul again becomes jealous and orders his servants to bring David to him to be killed. God uses Michal to save David. David flees to Samuel and they begin prophesying. When Saul sends servants to capture David, they begin prophesying. This causes Saul to go himself and he begins to prophesy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+1SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Samuel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God protects David
Jonathan persuades Saul not to kill David, but Saul again becomes jealous and orders his servants to bring David to him to be killed. God uses Michal to save David. David flees to Samuel and they begin prophesying. When Saul sends servants to capture David, they begin prophesying. This causes Saul to go himself and he begins to prophesy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
1SA 19 1 zd9j 0 to all his servants Here “his” refers to Saul.
1SA 19 1 u5h5 0 took great pleasure in David Jonathan greatly enjoyed being with David.
1SA 19 4 rf2u figs-pronouns 0 Do not let the king sin against his servant Jonathan speaks as if Saul is another person to show Saul that Jonathan respects Saul. Alternate translation: “Do not sin against your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 19 22 l3p8 translate-names 0 Ramah…Seku…Naioth These are place names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 19 24 tj4i writing-proverbs 0 This is why they ask, “Is Saul also among the prophets?” This became a proverb among the Israelites. Apparently people said this to express surprise when a person unexpectedly did something that he had not done before. The implied meaning of the question can be stated explicitly. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “That is the reason that when people see someone doing something that is very unexpected, they say, ‘Is Saul also a prophet?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 19 24 knd8 0 they ask Here “they” refers to people in general. The question became a proverb among the people.
-1SA 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Samuel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jonathan warns David
David tells Jonathan that Saul is still trying to kill him. Jonathan promises to find out if this is true. When David misses dinner two consecutive days, Saul asks about him. Jonathan says that David went home for an annual sacrifice. Saul gets angry at Jonathan, telling him he will never be king unless they kill David. Saul throws his spear at Jonathan. Jonathan warns David to run away, but first they both promise to always be friends. It was usually a king’s son who became king after his death in the ancient Near East. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
David uses a powerful metaphor and an oath to impress Jonathan with the danger he is in: “But as truly as Yahweh lives, and as you live, there is but a step between me and death.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1SA 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Samuel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jonathan warns David
David tells Jonathan that Saul is still trying to kill him. Jonathan promises to find out if this is true. When David misses dinner two consecutive days, Saul asks about him. Jonathan says that David went home for an annual sacrifice. Saul gets angry at Jonathan, telling him he will never be king unless they kill David. Saul throws his spear at Jonathan. Jonathan warns David to run away, but first they both promise to always be friends. It was usually a king’s son who became king after his death in the ancient Near East. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
David uses a powerful metaphor and an oath to impress Jonathan with the danger he is in: “But as truly as Yahweh lives, and as you live, there is but a step between me and death.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1SA 20 1 tia6 figs-parallelism 0 What have I done? What is my iniquity? What is my sin before your father, that he seeks to take my life? These three questions mean basically the same thing. David uses them to emphasize that he has done nothing wrong to Saul. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have done nothing wrong. I have not committed any iniquity. I have not sinned against your father. He has no reason to take my life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 20 1 g2ib figs-idiom 0 that he seeks to take my life? Here “take my life” is an idiom for “kill me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1SA 20 2 e1je figs-idiom 0 Far from it Here “far from it” is an idiom that refers to that it is not true. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 20 41 b73c 0 the mound It seems that David had hidden behind a pile of earth or stones.
1SA 20 41 pg9k 0 lay facedown on the ground, and bowed himself three times. David bowed before Jonathan, who was still the King’s son, worthy of such respect. Also, this was the last time David met with Jonathan.
1SA 20 42 t28c 0 May Yahweh be between you and me Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is a witness between you and me” or “Yahweh will be watching how we treat each other” or (2) “May Yahweh be a witness between you and me” or “May Yahweh watch how we treat each other.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 20:23](../20/23.md).
-1SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Samuel 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 21:11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David and the chief priest
David visits the chief priest and lies to him about being on a special mission for the king. He asks for food, weapons, and prayer. The chief priest gives him some sacred bread and Goliath’s sword and prays for him.
### David and the king of Gath
David flees to Gath. The advisers to the king tell him that David is almost the king of Israel. David becomes afraid of the king and pretends to be insane.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The king of Gath’s advisers use two rhetorical questions to warn him about how dangerous David could be: “Is not this David the king of the land? Did they not sing to one another about him in dances, ‘Saul has killed his thousands, and David his ten thousands?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Samuel 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 21:11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David and the chief priest
David visits the chief priest and lies to him about being on a special mission for the king. He asks for food, weapons, and prayer. The chief priest gives him some sacred bread and Goliath’s sword and prays for him.
### David and the king of Gath
David flees to Gath. The advisers to the king tell him that David is almost the king of Israel. David becomes afraid of the king and pretends to be insane.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The king of Gath’s advisers use two rhetorical questions to warn him about how dangerous David could be: “Is not this David the king of the land? Did they not sing to one another about him in dances, ‘Saul has killed his thousands, and David his ten thousands?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 21 1 sxr5 translate-names 0 Nob This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 21 1 lxn7 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 21 1 xz59 0 trembling shaking in fear
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 21 14 w6kd figs-rquestion 0 Why have you brought him to me? Possible meanings are (1) Achish demands that his servants explain why they have brought David to him or (2) Achish is scolding them with a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should have known not to bring him to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 21 15 kl34 figs-rquestion 0 Do I lack madmen, so that you have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “There are enough madmen here who waste my time. You should not have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1SA 21 15 k152 figs-rquestion 0 Will this fellow really come into my house? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not allow this fellow to enter my house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Samuel 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two stories in this chapter: David gathering a group of followers and Saul having all the priests and their families killed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David assembles a force of unhappy people
David hides in the wilderness, and people in trouble come to him. Soon he has a force of 500 men. The prophet then tells him to leave the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Saul and the chief priest’s family
Doeg tells Saul that Ahimelech the priest gave David food and a sword and prayed for him. Saul accuses the priests of encouraging David to rebel. This is a serious accusation because the priests are God’s representatives and are rebelling against God’s king if the accusation is true. Saul has the priests and all their families killed except those who escape to David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
+1SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Samuel 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two stories in this chapter: David gathering a group of followers and Saul having all the priests and their families killed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David assembles a force of unhappy people
David hides in the wilderness, and people in trouble come to him. Soon he has a force of 500 men. The prophet then tells him to leave the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Saul and the chief priest’s family
Doeg tells Saul that Ahimelech the priest gave David food and a sword and prayed for him. Saul accuses the priests of encouraging David to rebel. This is a serious accusation because the priests are God’s representatives and are rebelling against God’s king if the accusation is true. Saul has the priests and all their families killed except those who escape to David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
1SA 22 1 wbc2 0 cave a hollow space under the ground, generally opening into the side of a hill, large enough for people to enter
1SA 22 1 h42f translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a town near the city of Gath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 22 1 mjh9 0 heard it heard that David had gone to hide in the cave
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 22 19 eh6l 0 put to the sword “killed with the sword”
1SA 22 19 ru75 translate-names 0 Nob Nob is the name of a city. Here the name “Nob” represents the people of that city. Alternate translation: “the people in the city of Nob” or “the people of Nob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 22 20 g9ps translate-names 0 Abiathar This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Samuel 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul chases David
Saul wants to kill David, but David trusts in God who keeps rescuing him. David rescues the town of Keilah from the Philistines who are stealing their harvest. Saul goes to Keilah to capture David, but David flees to the wilderness near Ziph. When David goes deeper into the wilderness, Saul follows but he has to leave to fight the Philistines who have invaded the land. Saul’s pursuit of David shows that Saul cares more about killing his enemies than pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Synecdoche
Jonathan strengthens David with a synecdoche: “For the hand of Saul my father will not find you.” This helps to strengthen David’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+1SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Samuel 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul chases David
Saul wants to kill David, but David trusts in God who keeps rescuing him. David rescues the town of Keilah from the Philistines who are stealing their harvest. Saul goes to Keilah to capture David, but David flees to the wilderness near Ziph. When David goes deeper into the wilderness, Saul follows but he has to leave to fight the Philistines who have invaded the land. Saul’s pursuit of David shows that Saul cares more about killing his enemies than pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Synecdoche
Jonathan strengthens David with a synecdoche: “For the hand of Saul my father will not find you.” This helps to strengthen David’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
1SA 23 1 by75 translate-names 0 fighting against Keilah “Keilah” is the name of a town. Here “Keilah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “fighting against the people of Keilah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 23 1 g4uk 0 threshing separating the grain or seeds, generally from a cereal plant or wheat by some mechanical means
1SA 23 3 e1kx figs-rquestion 0 How much more then if we go to Keilah against the armies of the Philistines? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We will be even more fearful if we go to Keilah to fight the armies of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 23 27 j8yv figs-hendiadys 0 Hurry and come The words “hurry” and “come” can be combined into one idea. Alternate translation: “Come quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1SA 23 28 fy6k 0 pursuing David “chasing David, trying to catch him”
1SA 23 28 qaa2 0 Rock of Escape a memorial or marker of David’s escape from Saul
-1SA 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Samuel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
Even though Saul tries again and again to kill David, David does not avenge himself on Saul because God had chosen Saul as king. This is meant to contrast with Saul’s treatment of David, the future king. Saul represents the king the people wanted, a selfish man. David is the king God wanted, a godly man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
+1SA 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Samuel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
Even though Saul tries again and again to kill David, David does not avenge himself on Saul because God had chosen Saul as king. This is meant to contrast with Saul’s treatment of David, the future king. Saul represents the king the people wanted, a selfish man. David is the king God wanted, a godly man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
1SA 24 1 li61 figs-activepassive 0 he was told This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1SA 24 1 b363 0 wilderness of Engedi Engedi is a place in Israel west of the Dead Sea where there is water with dry land all around it.
1SA 24 2 fgt3 translate-numbers 0 three thousand 3,000 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 24 21 lj2i 0 you will not cut off my descendants after me “you will not kill my sons and their families.” It was common for a new king who was not from the previous family line to kill off all the children of the former king to prevent any of them from challenging him for the throne.
1SA 24 21 hr5u figs-metonymy 0 you will not destroy my name out of my father’s house It is important for each family in Israel to have descendants from generation to generation carrying on the family name and land inheritance. Alternate translation: “you will not destroy my family and descendants” or “you will allow my family to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 24 22 yhv6 0 David and his men “David and his army”
-1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
+1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
1SA 25 1 nvn1 figs-hyperbole 0 All Israel gathered together and mourned for him This is likely a generalization. A large number of the people of Israel were probably there, but some were probably unable to attend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1SA 25 1 xdb3 0 gathered together “met together”
1SA 25 1 n1il 0 buried him in his house at Ramah Possible meanings are that they buried Samuel (1) in his home town of Ramah or (2) on his family’s land in Ramah but not physically in the house or (3) in his house in Ramah.
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 25 44 eld8 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 25 44 rm51 translate-names 0 Paltiel…Laish These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 25 44 qbi9 translate-names 0 Gallim This is a town north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1SA 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vengeance
David has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
David put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vengeance
David has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
David put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 26 1 xrk7 figs-rquestion 0 Is not David hiding…Jeshimon? This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding…Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 26 1 u73j 0 before Jeshimon “from which we can see Jeshimon”
1SA 26 1 x3kj translate-names 0 Jeshimon This is the name of a desert area near the Dead Sea. It can also be translated as “the Judean Wilderness” or “the wasteland.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 23:19](../23/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 27 10 qt6s translate-names 0 Kenites a people group who lived in the land of Midian (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 27 11 x7vm translate-names 0 Gath one of five Philistine city-states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 27 12 g4e6 figs-pronouns 0 Achish the king of Gath (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
-1SA 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Talking to the dead
Talking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Samuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Talking to the dead
Talking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Samuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 28 1 u8jp 0 host large assembly of armies
1SA 28 2 au3y grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 So you will know…So I will The word “so” shows that the speaker agrees with what the other person has just said. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will go with you so that you will know…Very well, I will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1SA 28 2 a7g3 0 you will know what your servant can do David probably wanted Achish to think that David would kill many Israelites, but “what your servant can do” could also mean that David was planning to kill Philistines instead. Try to translate so that the reader can see both of these possible meanings.
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 28 23 htn7 0 compelled him “forced him”
1SA 28 24 x7b9 0 fatted calf a calf that has been grown and fed to be available for a special feast
1SA 28 24 zn9w 0 she…kneaded it She mixed flour and oil, working and rolling the mixture thoroughly with her hands to produce dough for baking.
-1SA 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Samuel 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 29:5.
## Other possible translation difficulties
It is unclear whether David wanted to go into battle with the Philistines. He would have been fighting against Saul, but he also would have been fighting against Israel’s soldiers. It is probably best to see that David is conflicted over this issue, but some scholars believe that David planned on turning against the Philistines in the battle.
+1SA 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Samuel 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 29:5.
## Other possible translation difficulties
It is unclear whether David wanted to go into battle with the Philistines. He would have been fighting against Saul, but he also would have been fighting against Israel’s soldiers. It is probably best to see that David is conflicted over this issue, but some scholars believe that David planned on turning against the Philistines in the battle.
1SA 29 1 w2gw 0 spring a small stream of water flowing naturally from the Earth
1SA 29 2 tq6l 0 passed on by hundreds and by thousands “divided their men into groups; some groups had one hundred soldiers and some groups had one thousand soldiers”
1SA 29 2 j1vs translate-numbers 0 hundreds…thousands 100s…1,000s (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 30 30 re7a 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues the list that began in [1 Samuel 30:27](../30/27.md) of towns whose elders received gifts from David.
1SA 30 30 n9nu translate-names 0 Hormah…Bor Ashan…Athak These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 30 31 k11c 0 Connecting Statement: The writer finishes the list that began in [1 Samuel 30:27](../30/27.md) of towns whose elders received gifts from David.
-1SA 31 intro abcv 0 # 1 Samuel 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the section on Saul, but the book continues in 2 Samuel 1.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul’s punishment
Saul receives his punishment from God: death for his disobedience and resisting the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
+1SA 31 intro abcv 0 # 1 Samuel 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the section on Saul, but the book continues in 2 Samuel 1.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul’s punishment
Saul receives his punishment from God: death for his disobedience and resisting the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1SA 31 1 k1fi 0 Now the Philistines fought against Israel This battle was the result of the conflict between David and the Philistines in [1 Samuel 29:11](../29/11.md). The writer has finished telling the story of David that began in [1 Samuel 30:1](../30/01.md), and now he tells about the battle between the Israelites and the Philistines.
1SA 31 1 mg5w figs-metonymy 0 against Israel “Israel” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “against the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1SA 31 1 u5ii translate-names 0 Mount Gilboa This is the name of a mountain (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
index edaeb09ae2..553b16e075 100644
--- a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2SA front intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 2 Samuel
1. The first years of David’s reign (1:1–7:29)
- Saul is killed; David is kind to Ishbosheth (1:1–4:12)
- David defeats the Philistines (5:1–25)
- Victories, the ark, the house of God (6:1–7:29)
1. David extends his rule to all the Promised Land (8:1–10:19)
1. David’s sin with Bathsheba (11:1–12:31)
1. Amnon and Tamar; Absalom kills Amnon (13:1–14:33)
1. The later years of David’s reign (15:1–24:25)
- Absalom rebels and is killed (15:1–18:33)
- David’s kingdom restored (19:1–20:26)
- Famine and warfare (21:1–14)
- David’s song of praise (22:1–23:7)
- David’s mighty men (23:8–39)
- Yahweh judges David’s sin of numbering the people; the plague stopped (24:1–25)
### What is the Book of 2 Samuel about?
This book is about David ruling as king over Israel. He first ruled over the tribe of Judah for seven years. Then the other eleven tribes agreed to have him become their king. He ruled over all Israel for thirty-three years.
Throughout this time, David led his army to fight foreign enemies who attacked Israel. However, he struggled the most against someone in his own family. Absalom, his son, rebelled and fought against him ([2 Samuel 13-19](../13/01.md)).
The Book of 2 Samuel also tells about when David sinned greatly. He slept with Bathsheba, the wife of Uriah the Hittite. When she became pregnant, David arranged for Uriah to be killed in battle. David and all Israel suffered much because of David’s sin. However, the writer also tells of Yahweh repeatedly showing David grace and love after David repented of his sin.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “2 Samuel,” or “Second Samuel.” Or translators may consider a clearer title such as “The Second Book about Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### What was the purpose of the Book of 2 Samuel?
The Book of 2 Samuel begins where 1 Samuel ended. The writer continues to show how the tribes of Israel unite under the first kings of Israel. The Book of 2 Samuel centers around David as the king Yahweh chose to lead Israel.
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Samuel?
It is uncertain who wrote 2 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 2 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What covenant had its beginning in the Book of 2 Samuel?
In 2 Samuel 7, Yahweh made a covenant with David. God promised to make a descendant of David rule forever over Israel. Christians believe that Jesus Christ fulfills this covenant. Jesus was a descendant of David. Jesus is the true “anointed one,” the person God chose to be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does the book refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
David frequently refers to himself as “your servant” when he speaks to King Saul. He also calls Saul “my master.” Indirectly addressing a person in this way can be difficult to translate. It is intended to show that the speaker submits to the one being addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” or “ma’am” in this way.
### Can I translate this book before 1 Samuel?
The Book of 1 Samuel should be translated before 2 Samuel, since 2 Samuel continues from where 1 Samuel ends.
### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
2 Samuel speaks of both the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel as “Israel.” However, these references appear in the narrative long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah indicate that the author wrote 2 Samuel at a time after the kingdoms split. (See: [2 Samuel 2:10](../02/10.md); [2 Samuel 3:10](../03/10.md); [2 Samuel 5:5](../05/05.md); [2 Samuel 11:11](../11/11.md); [2 Samuel 12:8](../12/08.md); [2 Samuel 19:42-43](../19/42.md); [2 Samuel 21:2](../21/02.md); [2 Samuel 24:1](../24/01.md)).
-2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.
This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+2SA front intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 2 Samuel
1. The first years of David’s reign (1:1–7:29)
- Saul is killed; David is kind to Ishbosheth (1:1–4:12)
- David defeats the Philistines (5:1–25)
- Victories, the ark, the house of God (6:1–7:29)
1. David extends his rule to all the Promised Land (8:1–10:19)
1. David’s sin with Bathsheba (11:1–12:31)
1. Amnon and Tamar; Absalom kills Amnon (13:1–14:33)
1. The later years of David’s reign (15:1–24:25)
- Absalom rebels and is killed (15:1–18:33)
- David’s kingdom restored (19:1–20:26)
- Famine and warfare (21:1–14)
- David’s song of praise (22:1–23:7)
- David’s mighty men (23:8–39)
- Yahweh judges David’s sin of numbering the people; the plague stopped (24:1–25)
### What is the Book of 2 Samuel about?
This book is about David ruling as king over Israel. He first ruled over the tribe of Judah for seven years. Then the other eleven tribes agreed to have him become their king. He ruled over all Israel for thirty-three years.
Throughout this time, David led his army to fight foreign enemies who attacked Israel. However, he struggled the most against someone in his own family. Absalom, his son, rebelled and fought against him ([2 Samuel 13-19](../13/01.md)).
The Book of 2 Samuel also tells about when David sinned greatly. He slept with Bathsheba, the wife of Uriah the Hittite. When she became pregnant, David arranged for Uriah to be killed in battle. David and all Israel suffered much because of David’s sin. However, the writer also tells of Yahweh repeatedly showing David grace and love after David repented of his sin.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “2 Samuel,” or “Second Samuel.” Or translators may consider a clearer title such as “The Second Book about Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### What was the purpose of the Book of 2 Samuel?
The Book of 2 Samuel begins where 1 Samuel ended. The writer continues to show how the tribes of Israel unite under the first kings of Israel. The Book of 2 Samuel centers around David as the king Yahweh chose to lead Israel.
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Samuel?
It is uncertain who wrote 2 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 2 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What covenant had its beginning in the Book of 2 Samuel?
In 2 Samuel 7, Yahweh made a covenant with David. God promised to make a descendant of David rule forever over Israel. Christians believe that Jesus Christ fulfills this covenant. Jesus was a descendant of David. Jesus is the true “anointed one,” the person God chose to be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does the book refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
David frequently refers to himself as “your servant” when he speaks to King Saul. He also calls Saul “my master.” Indirectly addressing a person in this way can be difficult to translate. It is intended to show that the speaker submits to the one being addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” or “ma’am” in this way.
### Can I translate this book before 1 Samuel?
The Book of 1 Samuel should be translated before 2 Samuel, since 2 Samuel continues from where 1 Samuel ends.
### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
2 Samuel speaks of both the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel as “Israel.” However, these references appear in the narrative long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah indicate that the author wrote 2 Samuel at a time after the kingdoms split. (See: [2 Samuel 2:10](../02/10.md); [2 Samuel 3:10](../03/10.md); [2 Samuel 5:5](../05/05.md); [2 Samuel 11:11](../11/11.md); [2 Samuel 12:8](../12/08.md); [2 Samuel 19:42-43](../19/42.md); [2 Samuel 21:2](../21/02.md); [2 Samuel 24:1](../24/01.md)).
+2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.
This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 1 1 q125 translate-names 0 Ziklag This is the name of a city in the southern part of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 1 2 vci9 translate-ordinal 0 On the third day “After three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2SA 1 2 v6vv translate-symaction 0 with his clothes torn and with dirt on his head In this culture, tearing one’s own clothes and putting dirt on one’s head was an act of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 1 25 i3z2 figs-apostrophe 0 on your high places David continues to address this part of the song to the mountains of Gilboa as he started in [2 Samuel 1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2SA 1 26 eg6m 0 my brother Jonathan Here “brother” is used in the sense of a very close friend.
2SA 1 26 l4ln 0 Your love to me was wonderful, exceeding the love of women Here “love” is used in the sense of friendship and loyalty. Jonathan’s loyalty to David was even greater than the loyalty a woman has for her husband and children.
-2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2SA 2 1 lt47 0 After this “After David mourned the deaths of Saul and Jonathan in battle”
2SA 2 1 ncw1 0 go up to one of the cities of Judah At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. David used the phrase “go up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Judah. Alternate translation: “travel to one of the cities of Judah”
2SA 2 2 x7ln 0 David went up with his two wives At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. The narrator uses the phrase “went up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Hebron. Alternate translation: “David traveled to Hebron with his two wives”
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 2 31 d81h figs-metonymy 0 of Benjamin This phrase means “from the tribe of Benjamin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 2 32 e5xq 0 took up Asahel “carried Asahel’s body with them”
2SA 2 32 pzw9 0 the day dawned on them at Hebron “they arrived at Hebron by dawn the next morning”
-2SA 3 intro ka39 0 # 2 Samuel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the first attempt to end the civil war.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:33-34.
## Special concepts in this chapter
David never wanted to hurt Saul’s family. Isbosheth criticized Abner and Abner became angry. He decided to help David become king of all of Israel. Abner came and made a treaty with David. As he left, Joab arrived and told him he wanted to talk to him and he murdered Abner. David was very unhappy that Abner had been killed.
+2SA 3 intro ka39 0 # 2 Samuel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the first attempt to end the civil war.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:33-34.
## Special concepts in this chapter
David never wanted to hurt Saul’s family. Isbosheth criticized Abner and Abner became angry. He decided to help David become king of all of Israel. Abner came and made a treaty with David. As he left, Joab arrived and told him he wanted to talk to him and he murdered Abner. David was very unhappy that Abner had been killed.
2SA 3 1 sq7q writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Samuel gives information about the war between David and the supporters of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2SA 3 1 u6f1 0 house Here “house” is used to mean “supporters.”
2SA 3 1 lag1 figs-metaphor 0 grew stronger and stronger This metaphor means the number of people supporting David increased. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 3 38 wxn9 figs-hendiadys 0 a prince and a great man These two phrases both refer to Abner. Alternate translation: “a great prince” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2SA 3 39 e6ux translate-names 0 Zeruiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 3 39 bw2y 0 are too brutal “are too much like animals” or “are too violent”
-2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
+2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
2SA 4 1 jmf8 translate-names 0 Ishbosheth This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 4 1 jnb3 figs-synecdoche 0 his hands became weak In this phrase “his hands” represents Ishbosheth himself. Alternate translation: “Ishbosheth became weak” or “Ishbosheth lost all strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 4 2 zhe1 translate-names 0 Baanah…Recab…Rimmon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 4 11 pl52 figs-metonymy 0 require his blood from your hand The phrase “his blood” represents the life of Ishbosheth. Here “from your hand” represents Rechab and Baanah, the sons of Rimmon the Beerothite, introduced in [2 Samuel 4:5](./05.md). Alternate translation: “hold you responsible for the death of Ishbosheth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 4 12 b1ep translate-symaction 0 cut off their hands and feet and hung them up These were symbolic actions to show contempt for the men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2SA 4 12 a16g translate-symaction 0 they took the head of Ishbosheth and buried it in the grave This was a symbolic act to honor Ishbosheth. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they honored Ishbosheth by burying his head in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.
### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again.
+2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.
### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again.
2SA 5 1 qs6r figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This phrase means “a relative.” Alternate translation: “we are related to you” or “we are of the same family” - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2SA 5 2 h5dx writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2SA 5 2 fr5e figs-parallelism 0 You will shepherd my people Israel, and you will become ruler over Israel These two clauses mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh had chosen David to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 5 24 vp29 figs-123person 0 When you hear…Yahweh will have gone out before you to attack the army of the Philistines This is the continuation of Yahweh’s instruction to David that began in [2 Samuel 5:23](../05/23.md). Yahweh here speaks of himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2SA 5 24 ccz2 figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2SA 5 25 z8t1 translate-names 0 Geba…Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2SA 6 1 prk3 0 Now This word marks a new part of the story.
2SA 6 1 dz26 figs-metonymy 0 all the chosen men of Israel This metonym represents the army of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 6 1 f7cl translate-numbers 0 thirty thousand “30,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 6 22 y1pu figs-metonymy 0 I will be humiliated in my own eyes Here “in my own eyes” represents what a person considers or thinks about something. Alternate translation: “I will consider myself humiliated” or “I will consider myself a fool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 6 22 ifj3 figs-activepassive 0 But by these slave girls you have spoken about, I will be honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But the slave girls of whom you have spoken will honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2SA 6 23 cjq6 0 had no children to the day of her death “was never able to bear any children”
-2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
+2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
2SA 7 1 cu7z writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2SA 7 1 r5ag figs-abstractnouns 0 given him rest from all his surrounding enemies “given him safety from all his surrounding enemies.” Here “rest” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “caused the enemy people groups to stop attacking Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2SA 7 2 chf8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 7 28 pvq1 0 your words are trustworthy “I trust what you say”
2SA 7 29 n6ik figs-activepassive 0 with your blessing your servant’s house will be blessed forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless my family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2SA 7 29 k3a5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house Here David refers to himself as “your servant.” Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build.
+2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build.
2SA 8 1 drj7 figs-synecdoche 0 David attacked Here David represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 8 2 xbr2 figs-synecdoche 0 Then he defeated Here “he” refers to David who represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then they defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 8 2 tcx6 0 measured their men with a line…He measured off two lines to put to death, and one full line to keep alive Here the “line” is a “rope.” David had the soldiers lie down on the ground to be measured and sorted into three groups. The men in two groups were killed, and in the third, they were allowed to live.
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 8 17 k3p5 translate-names 0 Ahitub…Ahimelech…Seraiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 8 18 gm1f translate-names 0 Benaiah…Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 8 18 xxs8 translate-names 0 Kerethites…Pelethites These are names of people-groups. These people were David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2SA 9 1 t1g1 0 for Jonathan’s sake “because of my love for Jonathan”
2SA 9 1 cy22 0 Jonathan’s sake Jonathan was Saul’s son and David’s best friend.
2SA 9 2 id7a translate-names 0 Ziba This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 9 12 u3qr figs-metonymy 0 All who lived in the house of Ziba Here “house” represents Ziba’s family. Alternate translation: “All of Ziba’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 9 13 caj8 figs-metonymy 0 he always ate at the king’s table Here “table” represents being together with David or in his presence. Eating with the king at his table was a great honor. Alternate translation: “he always ate with the king at his table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 9 13 du2g figs-metonymy 0 though he was lame in both his feet “thouge both of his feet were damaged.” Here “feet” represents the ability to walk. Alternate translation: “though he was unable to walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2SA 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Shame
It was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2SA 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Shame
It was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2SA 10 1 g3zs translate-names 0 Hanun This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 10 2 k9r2 translate-names 0 Hanun…Nahash These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 10 3 r4at figs-rquestion 0 Do you really think that…you? The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to think that…you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 10 18 s2lg 0 Shobak See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md).
2SA 10 19 s2mk 0 Hadarezer See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md).
2SA 10 19 dzd4 figs-activepassive 0 saw that they were defeated by Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “realized that the Israelites had defeated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Samuel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a new section of David’s life. God punished David by allowing his family to have many problems.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s adultery and the murder of Uriah
The army of Israel defeated the army of Ammon and then they besieged Ammon’s capital while David stayed in Jerusalem. One day, David saw a beautiful woman, named Bathsheba, bathing. He committed adultery with her. When she became pregnant, David tried to cover up his sin. When this did not work, he had her husband killed in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Samuel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a new section of David’s life. God punished David by allowing his family to have many problems.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s adultery and the murder of Uriah
The army of Israel defeated the army of Ammon and then they besieged Ammon’s capital while David stayed in Jerusalem. One day, David saw a beautiful woman, named Bathsheba, bathing. He committed adultery with her. When she became pregnant, David tried to cover up his sin. When this did not work, he had her husband killed in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2SA 11 1 eqn9 writing-newevent 0 It came about in the springtime “It happened in the springtime.” This introduces a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2SA 11 1 jf4r 0 at the time “at the time of year”
2SA 11 1 a4ds figs-explicit 0 David sent out Joab, his servants, and all the army of Israel David sent them out to war. This can be stated clearly. Also, the word “his” refers to David. Alternate translation: “David sent Joab, his servants, and all the army of Israel to war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 12 31 ya1w 0 saws, iron picks, and axes These are tools to cut wood or break up the ground.
2SA 12 31 tl3i 0 brick kilns ovens where bricks are dried and hardened
2SA 12 31 ew58 figs-metonymy 0 all the cities of the people of Ammon This refers to the people in the cities. Alternate translation: “all the people of the cites of Ammon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Samuel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story about the difficulties and killings in David’s family. David’s sin caused these problems in his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Amnon raped Absalom’s sister
Amnon raped Absalom’s sister, who was his own half-sister. David did nothing to punish him and David’s lack of action caused significant problems in his family and in Israel. This eventually caused Solomon to become king, even though he was not the oldest son.
+2SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Samuel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story about the difficulties and killings in David’s family. David’s sin caused these problems in his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Amnon raped Absalom’s sister
Amnon raped Absalom’s sister, who was his own half-sister. David did nothing to punish him and David’s lack of action caused significant problems in his family and in Israel. This eventually caused Solomon to become king, even though he was not the oldest son.
2SA 13 1 e2ti writing-newevent 0 It came about after this “It happened after this.” This phrase is used to introduce a new event to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2SA 13 1 tup1 0 half-sister Amnon and Tamar shared the same father but not the same mother.
2SA 13 1 fj5k 0 full sister Absalom and Tamar shared the same father and mother.
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 13 38 pbz9 0 where he was for three years “where he stayed for three years”
2SA 13 39 ky6u figs-synecdoche 0 The mind of King David longed Here David is referred to by his mind to emphasize his thoughts. Alternate translation: “King David longed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 13 39 t9kb 0 for he was comforted concerning Amnon and his death “because he was no longer grieving about Amnon being dead.” This refers to three years after Absalom fled to Geshur.
-2SA 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Samuel 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reconciliation
David missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
## Important figures of speech used in this chapter
### Parable
The wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2SA 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Samuel 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reconciliation
David missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
## Important figures of speech used in this chapter
### Parable
The wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2SA 14 1 c5gz 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells about a new person in the story.
2SA 14 1 zlp2 0 Zeruiah See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 2:13](../02/13.md).
2SA 14 1 nt9e 0 perceived This means Joab discerned or understood what David was thinking.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 14 32 ehw7 figs-synecdoche 0 the king’s face Here “king’s face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 14 33 xix9 translate-symaction 0 bowed low to the ground before the king Absalom is showing respect to the king. Alternate translation: “bowed low to the ground to honor the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2SA 14 33 lr12 figs-explicit 0 the king kissed Absalom This implies that the king forgave and restored Absalom. The full meaning of this can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-2SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Samuel 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Absalom’s conspiracy
For four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Samuel 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Absalom’s conspiracy
For four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2SA 15 1 m44b writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2SA 15 1 a4qh translate-symaction 0 with fifty men to run before him These men would run in front of the chariot to honor Absalom. Alternate translation: “with fifty men to run before him to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2SA 15 2 f1j6 0 Your servant When a man would respond to Absalom’s question he would refer to himself as “your servant” to honor Absalom.
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 15 35 rkm7 figs-hyperbole 0 whatever you hear This is a generalization. It means all of the important and insightful things that he hears, not every single word he hears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2SA 15 36 yg9d translate-names 0 Ahimaaz…Jonathan These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 15 36 z36k figs-synecdoche 0 by their hand The phrase “their hand” refers to the sons and means that they were to serve as messengers. Alternate translation: “their sons to tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers
David’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
To show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.”
+2SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers
David’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
To show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.”
2SA 16 1 uv2h translate-names 0 Ziba This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 16 1 rzt4 0 Mephibosheth See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 4:4](../04/04.md).
2SA 16 1 eex7 translate-numbers 0 two hundred loaves…one hundred clusters…one hundred bunches “200 loaves…100 clusters…100 bunches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 16 23 qt97 figs-synecdoche 0 as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself Here God’s mouth represents himself and emphasizes his speech. Alternate translation: “as if God had said it with his own mouth” or “as if a man heard it spoken by God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
2SA 16 23 jqr6 0 all of Ahithophel’s advice was viewed by both David and Absalom This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “both David and Absalom viewed all of Ahithophel’s advice”
2SA 16 23 p2g1 0 was viewed “was thought of”
-2SA 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Confusion
Ahithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king.
+2SA 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Confusion
Ahithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king.
2SA 17 1 jz1q translate-names 0 Ahithophel See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 17 1 y3kl translate-numbers 0 twelve thousand men “12,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2SA 17 1 xpm7 0 arise and “begin to”
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 17 28 s9d6 0 lentils a kind of seed that is cooked and eaten
2SA 17 29 vx1d 0 curds milk that has soured and become solid
2SA 17 29 hpg5 0 thirsty in need of water or some other drink
-2SA 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Samuel 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter tells of the defeat and death of Absalom, ending this section on Absalom’s rebellion.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s mercy
David reorganized his army and sent them out to battle, but told them to be merciful to Absalom. When David’s army defeated Absalom’s army, Absalom fled on a mule, but his hair caught in a tree limb and the mule ran on, leaving him hanging. One of David’s soldiers saw him and told Joab. Joab went and killed him. When David heard about this he mourned for his son, Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
+2SA 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Samuel 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter tells of the defeat and death of Absalom, ending this section on Absalom’s rebellion.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s mercy
David reorganized his army and sent them out to battle, but told them to be merciful to Absalom. When David’s army defeated Absalom’s army, Absalom fled on a mule, but his hair caught in a tree limb and the mule ran on, leaving him hanging. One of David’s soldiers saw him and told Joab. Joab went and killed him. When David heard about this he mourned for his son, Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
2SA 18 1 y2u4 figs-metonymy 0 David counted the soldiers who were with him and appointed David did not count all of the people himself, rather other men counted them. Alternate translation: “David commanded for the soldiers who were with him to be counted and he appointed” or “David arranged the soldiers who were with him and appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 18 1 qt9x translate-numbers 0 captains of thousands and captains of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these captains led. Alternate translation: “captains of 1,000 soldiers and captains of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “captains of large military divisions and captains of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2SA 18 1 pa96 0 captains A captain is a person who is in authority over a group of soldiers.
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 18 31 e1tf figs-idiom 0 rose up against This means to oppose. Alternate translation: “opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2SA 18 32 s9h4 figs-simile 0 The enemies of my master the king,…should be as that young man is The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies…to die the way that young man died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2SA 18 33 la2k 0 was deeply unnerved “was very unhappy” or “was trembling with grief”
-2SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David told to stop mourning Absalom
Joab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.
### David made king again
This chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.
### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David
The ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+2SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David told to stop mourning Absalom
Joab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.
### David made king again
This chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.
### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David
The ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2SA 19 1 wl3f figs-activepassive 0 Joab was told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2SA 19 1 ggg6 0 Look, the king is weeping The word “Look” is used here to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen, the king is weeping”
2SA 19 2 jq6i figs-explicit 0 So the victory that day was turned into mourning for all the army This means that the whole army mourned instead of celebrating. AT “So instead of celebrating victory that day, the whole army mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 19 43 vc2s figs-rquestion 0 Why then did you despise us? The men of Israel ask this rhetorical question to express their anger. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have despised us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2SA 19 43 vlb7 figs-rquestion 0 Was not our proposal to bring back our king the first to be heard? The men of Israel ask this question to remind and rebuke the people of Judah. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We were the first to suggest that we bring back the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2SA 19 43 el5k 0 the words of the men of Judah were even more harsh than the words of the men of Israel “the men of Judah spoke even more harshly than the men of Israel did”
-2SA 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Samuel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sheba’s revolt
A man named Sheba told the people of the ten tribes that David was Judah’s king, but not their king. David worked hard to preserve unity in Israel after this time of division.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Joab used an idiom “has lifted up his hand against the king, against David” meaning “revolted against David,” to explain why his army was attacking the city of Able. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2SA 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Samuel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sheba’s revolt
A man named Sheba told the people of the ten tribes that David was Judah’s king, but not their king. David worked hard to preserve unity in Israel after this time of division.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Joab used an idiom “has lifted up his hand against the king, against David” meaning “revolted against David,” to explain why his army was attacking the city of Able. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2SA 20 1 fz8c 0 to be at the same place This refers to the town of Gilgal.
2SA 20 1 a6ci translate-names 0 Sheba…Bikri These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 20 1 l45i figs-parallelism 0 We have no part in David, neither have we any inheritance in the son of Jesse Both of these statements mean the same thing. Sheba is emphasizing that he and the tribes of Israel have no relationship with David. Alternate translation: “The inheritance of David and his father’s family does not belong to us” or “We are not a part of David and his father’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 20 25 pjz3 translate-names 0 Sheva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 20 26 w67i translate-names 0 Ira This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 20 26 qk9a translate-names 0 Jairite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Samuel 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Famine caused by a broken oath
When Israel first conquered the land, they promised not to kill the people of Gibeon. When Saul tried to kill them all, God caused a famine in Israel. David made amends with the people of Gideon and the famine ended. David also kept his vow to Jonathan’s sons. This helps to show the wisdom of king David. Although these people were not Israelites, they believed in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Wisdom, grace and justice
David is seen to have many great qualities in this chapter. These were qualities important for a king of Israel: wisdom, grace and justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+2SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Samuel 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Famine caused by a broken oath
When Israel first conquered the land, they promised not to kill the people of Gibeon. When Saul tried to kill them all, God caused a famine in Israel. David made amends with the people of Gideon and the famine ended. David also kept his vow to Jonathan’s sons. This helps to show the wisdom of king David. Although these people were not Israelites, they believed in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Wisdom, grace and justice
David is seen to have many great qualities in this chapter. These were qualities important for a king of Israel: wisdom, grace and justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
2SA 21 1 yc9z figs-synecdoche 0 sought the face of Yahweh Here “face” is a synecdoche for Yahweh’s presence. This means David prayed to Yahweh for an answer about the famine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2SA 21 1 f1fs 0 because of Saul and his murderous family Saul had killed many Gibeonites, and Saul’s descendants are guilty because of this sin.
2SA 21 2 j82w writing-background 0 Now Here “Now” marks a break in the main story line. This gives background information about the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 21 20 cka4 translate-names 0 Rephaim This people group was known for its giant warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 21 21 j56u translate-names 0 Jonathan son of Shimeah These are names of men. Shimeah was David’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 21 22 mqg8 figs-idiom 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers Here “by the hand of” means “through” or “by.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Samuel 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 22:2-51.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God rescued David
God rescued David when he thought he would die. He protected David, fought against his enemies, and enabled him to defeat his enemies.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
David uses many metaphors to express his trust in God’s protection: “my rock, my fortress, my shield, the horn of my salvation, my stronghold and my refuge.” He used other metaphors to express his hopelessness: “the waves of death surrounded me,” “the rushing waters of worthlessness overwhelmed me,” “the cords of sheol surrounded me;” “the snares of death trapped me,” and “the surging water.” He also used metaphors for the victory God gave him: “I can run over a barricade” and “by my God I can leap over a wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Samuel 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 22:2-51.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God rescued David
God rescued David when he thought he would die. He protected David, fought against his enemies, and enabled him to defeat his enemies.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
David uses many metaphors to express his trust in God’s protection: “my rock, my fortress, my shield, the horn of my salvation, my stronghold and my refuge.” He used other metaphors to express his hopelessness: “the waves of death surrounded me,” “the rushing waters of worthlessness overwhelmed me,” “the cords of sheol surrounded me;” “the snares of death trapped me,” and “the surging water.” He also used metaphors for the victory God gave him: “I can run over a barricade” and “by my God I can leap over a wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2SA 22 1 vx4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: David’s song to Yahweh starts. He uses parallelism to emphasize what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2SA 22 1 sh9l 0 out of the hand of all his enemies, and out of the hand of Saul This is a progression from enemies in general to one specific enemy of David, King Saul.
2SA 22 1 gzu9 figs-metonymy 0 out of the hand of This metonym means “out of the power of.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 22 50 r7zu 0 General Information: David concludes his song to Yahweh.
2SA 22 50 qk4d figs-metonymy 0 to your name Here the metonym “name” refers to Yahweh’s reputation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2SA 22 51 fz6y 0 he shows his covenant loyalty to his anointed one Here David may be referring to the promises Yahweh made in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md)
-2SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Samuel 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:2-7.
2 Samuel 23:8-39 is a list of the famous people in David’s army along with some of the special deeds some of them did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Everlasting covenant
This is a reference to the covenant God previously made with David. (See: [2 Samuel 7](../07/01.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]).
+2SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Samuel 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:2-7.
2 Samuel 23:8-39 is a list of the famous people in David’s army along with some of the special deeds some of them did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Everlasting covenant
This is a reference to the covenant God previously made with David. (See: [2 Samuel 7](../07/01.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]).
2SA 23 1 jk1i 0 Now This marks the beginning of a new section of the book.
2SA 23 1 lw9i 0 these are the last words This refers to what David will say in 2 Samuel 23:2-7.
2SA 23 1 hvt1 figs-activepassive 0 the man who was highly honored, the one anointed by the God of Jacob This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom the God of Jacob highly honored and anointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2SA 23 33 en3j translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of David’s greatest soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 23 37 ud59 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of David’s greatest soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2SA 23 39 t6d8 translate-numbers 0 thirty-seven in all “there were 37 total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-2SA 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Samuel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Counting soldiers
David ordered the leaders of his army to count how many men of fighting age there were. He was not supposed to do this because it showed he did not trust God. God was displeased and offered David three punishments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2SA 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Samuel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Counting soldiers
David ordered the leaders of his army to count how many men of fighting age there were. He was not supposed to do this because it showed he did not trust God. God was displeased and offered David three punishments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2SA 24 1 c86d figs-metaphor 0 the anger of Yahweh was ignited against Israel The word “ignite” means start a fire. Here Yahweh’s anger is compared to that of a fire. Alternate translation: “the anger of Yahweh started to burn like a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2SA 24 1 dq6l 0 he moved David against them “he caused David to oppose them”
2SA 24 1 x6eq figs-explicit 0 Go, count Israel and Judah In the law of Moses, God prohibited the kings of Israel from taking a census of fighting men. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
index 0a2b8183bd..7f9239223d 100644
--- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Kings
1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?
These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.
In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.
The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?
These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.
### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?
The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?
The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
-1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.
This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.
## Special concepts in this chapter
== The next king ==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Kings
1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?
These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.
In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.
The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?
These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.
### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?
The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?
The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
+1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.
This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.
## Special concepts in this chapter
== The next king ==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched “So the king’s servants searched”
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him The abstract noun “wickedness” can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Parallelism
David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Parallelism
David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.
### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
+1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.
### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups…all of which were made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here “sockets” may refer to either (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days…seven days…fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
+1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships “a large group of ships”
1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Queen of Sheba ==
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Queen of Sheba ==
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” Possible meanings are (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants Possible meanings are (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Civil war
This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel splits
God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])
### Jeroboam introduces calf worship
Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Civil war
This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel splits
God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])
### Jeroboam introduces calf worship
Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam…Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind “in the month that he had determined”
-1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obeying God
People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
+1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obeying God
People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah “came from Judah”
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 13 34 u16a 0 This matter This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests.
1KI 13 34 ab53 figs-activepassive 0 caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 34 p7vm figs-doublet 0 to be destroyed and to be exterminated These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The death of Jeroboam’s son
God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Rehoboam’s reign
When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The death of Jeroboam’s son
God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Rehoboam’s reign
When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 14 2 qek9 0 disguise yourself “change how you appear to others”
1KI 14 2 dqs3 figs-activepassive 0 you will not be recognized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 14 5 gqa2 0 Look, the wife of Jeroboam Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 14 31 pki8 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 14 31 t2h3 0 Abijah his son “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
1KI 14 31 xgz7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “But the shrines were not taken away.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “But the shrines were not taken away.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 15 1 ms3b figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 15 1 njh8 translate-numbers 0 In the eighteenth year “In year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 15 3 hlc3 figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the sins Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that “his” and “he” refer to (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Incorrect worship
The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Incorrect worship
The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh “according to the word of Yahweh”
1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Baal worship
Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Baal worship
Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Baal
God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Humor
Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Baal
God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Humor
Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land “cause rain to fall on the land”
1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 18 45 iv5m 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 18 46 y3cl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 18 46 jqk4 0 tucked his robe in his belt Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
-1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 19 2 s2y6 0 So may the gods do to me, and more also This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
1KI 19 2 sp3r 0 if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
1KI 19 3 hkc1 0 he arose “he stood up”
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Battle
God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Battle
God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
@@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 20 40 q6ds figs-idiom 0 going here and there This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 20 42 f7yg figs-metonymy 0 let go from your hand Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 20 42 m59l 0 your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
-1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1KI 21 1 j692 writing-newevent 0 Now some time later This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1KI 21 1 d4gf translate-names 0 Naboth the Jezreelite This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 21 1 pe6g figs-synecdoche 0 king of Samaria “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 21 28 lq1t figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 21 29 hf8k figs-rquestion 0 Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1KI 21 29 cf9j 0 in his days…in his son’s day “during his lifetime…during his son’s lifetime”
-1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.
## Special concepts in this chapter
When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.
## Special concepts in this chapter
When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 22 1 hhf8 translate-numbers 0 Three years “3 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 22 2 d41e 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 22 3 nn96 figs-rquestion 0 Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
index e1638ad0ac..aa609b25b5 100644
--- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 2 Kings
1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)
- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)
- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)
- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)
- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)
- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)
- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)
- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)
1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)
1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?
These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.
In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.
The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?
These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.
### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?
The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.
### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?
The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
-2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 2 Kings
1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)
- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)
- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)
- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)
- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)
- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)
- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)
- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)
1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)
1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?
These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.
In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.
The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?
These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.
### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?
The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.
### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?
The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
+2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.
The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written…Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written…Israel.” or “someone has written about them in…Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.
## Special concepts in this chapter
Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.
## Special concepts in this chapter
Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
+2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
+2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband “My husband, who was your servant”
2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
+2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army”
2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
+2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour…two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
-2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life “he had caused to become alive again”
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 9 37 kim4 figs-simile 0 the body of Jezebel will be like dung on the surface of the fields…so that no one will be able to say This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields…so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 9 37 xj6d 0 dung manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer
2KI 9 37 ayb5 0 so that no one will be able to say, “This is Jezebel.” “so that no one will be able to recognize her body.” or “so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel.”
-2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
2KI 10 1 w4rf translate-numbers 0 seventy descendants “70 descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 10 1 bud2 figs-metonymy 0 Jehu wrote letters and sent them to Samaria This means that Jehu sent a messenger to deliver the letters. Alternate translation: “Jehu wrote letters and sent a messenger to deliver them in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 10 3 fdt6 figs-metonymy 0 set him on his father’s throne Here, sitting on the king’s throne means to be appointed as king. Alternate translation: “make him king in his father’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 10 35 g2qi translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 10 36 m23h 0 The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years “Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years”
2KI 10 36 e9ns translate-numbers 0 twenty-eight years “28 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Athaliah’s evil actions
The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Athaliah’s evil actions
The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 11 1 q8ru translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 11 1 ed43 0 saw that her son was dead “became aware that her son was dead”
2KI 11 1 vmz8 figs-explicit 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah’s family who might become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful”
2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Temple
Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Temple
Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began “Joash began to reign over Judah”
2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 12 21 a67i translate-names 0 Jozabad…Shimeath…Jehozabad…Shomer…Amaziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 12 21 c8xh 0 with his ancestors “in the place where his ancestors were buried”
2KI 12 21 jic7 0 became king in his place “became the next king of Judah”
-2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the last chapter about Elisha.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elisha’s death
The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the last chapter about Elisha.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elisha’s death
The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 13 1 x3b7 translate-numbers 0 In the twenty-third year of Joash son of Ahaziah king of Judah “After Joash had been ruling Judah for almost 23 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 13 1 k11v 0 reign over Israel in Samaria “rule over the kingdom of Israel located in Samaria”
2KI 13 1 sr5w 0 he reigned seventeen years “Jehoahaz was king for 17 years”
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash…Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured”
-2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
+2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years”
2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah”
2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 14 27 tjk3 figs-metonymy 0 he saved them by the hand of Jeroboam son of Jehoash Here “hand” is a metonym for power. Also, “Jehoash” is a synecdoche representing Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “he enabled King Jeroboam and his army to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 14 28 ka1r figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 14 29 eq5q figs-euphemism 0 Jeroboam slept with his ancestors, with the kings of Israel This is a polite way to say that he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam died, and was buried where the other kings of Israel were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s evil
Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s evil
Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 15 1 e5x2 figs-explicit 0 In the twenty-seventh year of Jeroboam It can be stated clearly that this is the twenty-seventh year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 27 of the reign of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 15 1 kyq4 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name “Uzziah.”
2KI 15 2 ric2 translate-names 0 Jekoliah This is the name of Azariah’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah…Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ahaz
Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ahaz
Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah…Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 16 20 c5rk figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 16 20 wbc9 figs-activepassive 0 was buried with his ancestors This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 16 20 y1p2 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idol worship
Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idol worship
Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2KI 17 1 jz6k 0 Hoshea son of Elah Hoshea became the king of the northern kingdom of Israel.
2KI 17 1 b3fa translate-names 0 Elah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 17 1 y37g translate-names 0 He ruled in Samaria Samaria was the capital city of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
-2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea…Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 18 37 ve84 0 who was over the household “who managed the king’s palace”
2KI 18 37 ew4c 0 the recorder “the history keeper”
2KI 18 37 k5bu 0 chief commander and is the translation of the Hebrew; some see this as a personal name, “Rabshakeh”
-2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 19 1 kae1 0 house of Yahweh This is another way of saying “temple of Yahweh.”
2KI 19 2 aw2h translate-names 0 Eliakim…Shebna…Isaiah…Amoz These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 19 2 vdb3 0 He sent Eliakim “Hezekiah sent Eliakim”
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 20 20 fgv7 0 pool A small area of still water for storage
2KI 20 20 xm9s 0 conduit A tunnel for carrying the water
2KI 20 20 v69i figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s judgment
God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s judgment
God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 21 1 cuc4 translate-names 0 Hephzibah The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 21 2 k3ux figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 21 2 qx6p 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written…Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written…Judah.” or “you can find them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza Possible meanings are (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The law
The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The law
The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ending idolatry
Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
+2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ending idolatry
Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s punishment
God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s punishment
God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah”
2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 24 18 zy1q translate-names 0 Jeremiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 24 18 fxr8 translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 24 19 wr7q figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Zedekiah’s revolt
Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.
+2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Zedekiah’s revolt
Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.
2KI 25 1 pl4l translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 25 1 j1c4 translate-ordinal 0 in the tenth month, and on the tenth day of the month This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of December on Western calendars. This is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
2KI 25 1 ty29 figs-metonymy 0 came with all his army against Jerusalem The name “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “came with his whole army to fight against the people of Jerusalem” or “came with his whole army to conquer Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
index fd82de74c1..2095c3d823 100644
--- a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Chronicles
1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)
- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)
- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)
1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)
- Saul dies (10:1–14)
- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)
- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)
- David prospers (13:1–22:1)
- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?
The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?
The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did God punish the people of Israel?
God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.
### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?
Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.
### What does it mean to “seek God”?
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
-1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
+1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Chronicles
1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)
- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)
- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)
1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)
- Saul dies (10:1–14)
- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)
- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)
- David prospers (13:1–22:1)
- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?
The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?
The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did God punish the people of Israel?
God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.
### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?
Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.
### What does it mean to “seek God”?
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
+1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam…Seth…Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan…Mahalalel…Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch…Methuselah…Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz…Teman…Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel…Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
+1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er…Onan…Shelah…Shua…Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites…Shimeathites…Sucathites…Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath…Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of King David.
+1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of King David.
1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam…Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
+1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel…Ishma…Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
-1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
+1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah…Habor…Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
-1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
+1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon…Kohath…Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath…Amram…Izhar…Hebron…Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram…Nadab…Abihu…Eleazar…Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth…Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon…Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
+1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar…Tola, Puah, Jashub…Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men”
1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
+1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah…Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela…Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
+1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book…Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book…Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 9 42 n1j7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 9 43 r6ya translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 9 44 tv24 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The death of Saul
Saul died because he disobeyed God.
+1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The death of Saul
Saul died because he disobeyed God.
1CH 10 1 ws2j figs-explicit 0 Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 10 1 fcs6 figs-hyperbole 0 Every man of Israel…fell down dead This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel…most of them died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 10 2 yet5 translate-names 0 Abinadab…Malki-Shua See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King David the military leader
David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
+1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King David the military leader
David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”
These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### King David
This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
+1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”
These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### King David
This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David “These soldiers were there with David”
1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ark of the covenant
David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ark of the covenant
David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
+1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood
1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CH 14 16 pwb6 translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 14 17 jy1f figs-personification 0 David’s fame went out into all lands People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 15 1 bu8k figs-metonymy 0 David built houses for himself…He prepared It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him…He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 15 2 n56n figs-activepassive 0 they had been chosen by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 15 3 ew5y figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s psalm
As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
+1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s psalm
As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God “to God”
1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman…Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Building the temple
David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
+1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Building the temple
David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 17 27 qhn5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s victories
David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s victories
David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this “After God’s promise to bless David”
1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 18 16 iz88 0 Ahimelech This spelling represents a correction of the spelling “Abimelech,” which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
1CH 18 17 x55d translate-names 0 Benaiah…Jehoiada These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 18 17 gp59 translate-names 0 Kerethites…Pelethites These are the names of foreign people groups who became David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Insults
The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
+1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Insults
The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
1CH 19 1 i9za 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 19 1 b5fi translate-names 0 Nahash This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 19 2 dn3v translate-names 0 Nahash…Hanun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab…Shimea These are names of men.
1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of “adversary” are (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel…that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon
In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
+1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon
In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where “This threshing floor is where”
1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Organizing the Levites
As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Organizing the Levites
As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of “The Levites were responsible for”
-1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Arranging the priests
David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Arranging the priests
David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli…Eder…Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
-1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Music
The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
+1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Music
The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service “the work done at the tabernacle”
1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman…Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Casting lots
The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
+1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Casting lots
The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability “capable men”
1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list “These are the names”
1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways “in different ways” or “in many ways”
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel…Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 27 34 r3m1 translate-names 0 Ahithophel…Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s instructions
David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
+1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David’s instructions
David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
1CH 28 1 y878 0 assembled called together
1CH 28 1 u8rq 0 scheduled work Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month.
1CH 28 1 k8yf translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
-1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Offering
David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
+1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Offering
David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen “the one whom God has chosen”
1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold…to be made of wood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
index 1987edd9c3..0ec0154be7 100644
--- a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 2 Chronicles
1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)
- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)
- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)
- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)
- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)
1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)
- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)
- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)
### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?
The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?
The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did God punish the people of Israel?
God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.
### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?
Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.
### What does it mean to “seek God?”
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
-2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 2 Chronicles
1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)
- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)
- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)
- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)
- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)
1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)
- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)
- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)
### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?
The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”
### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?
The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did God punish the people of Israel?
God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.
### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?
Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.
### What does it mean to “seek God?”
The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?
The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
+2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver…about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
-2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
+2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand…eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
+2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build…He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build…They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named”
2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
+2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits…ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits…five cubits…thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers…were all made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors…were made of gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors…out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember”
-2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon’s dream
God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon’s dream
God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon’s victories
Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
+2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon’s victories
Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon ends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon’s fame
Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
+2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Solomon ends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Solomon’s fame
Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 9 29 a674 0 Ahijah the Shilonite This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
2CH 9 29 ae38 translate-names 0 Shilonite This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 9 31 bi64 figs-euphemism 0 He slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. Alternate translation: “He died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rehoboam’s taxes
The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rehoboam’s taxes
The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam…Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
-2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Strengthening their defenses
Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
+2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Strengthening their defenses
Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines…twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king “he had thought of making Abijah king”
2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
-2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worshiping Yahweh
The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
+2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worshiping Yahweh
The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 1 z28t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel with him Here the words “all Israel” refer specifically to the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, over which Rehoboam was king. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite people whom he ruled also abandoned the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives…twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him “people buried him”
2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. Possible meanings are (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Promise
The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Promise
The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Asa did not trust Yahweh
When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Asa did not trust Yahweh
When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to “so that no one could”
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place “after his father”
2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces “He places soldiers”
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those “in addition to”
-2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
+2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random Possible meanings are (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Levite judges
Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
+2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Levite judges
Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah…Zebadiah…Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you “is in charge of you”
2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Deliverance and trust
God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Deliverance and trust
God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail “no one was able to sail them”
-2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil
Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil
Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him “no one was sad that he died”
-2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
+2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men…had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons “all Jehoram’s older sons”
2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
-2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Having a king
The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Having a king
The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom “the royal throne”
2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Joash repairs the temple
Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
### Joash becomes evil
When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Joash repairs the temple
Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
### Joash becomes evil
When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign “became king of Judah”
2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists.
-2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worshiping other gods
When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worshiping other gods
When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 25 1 ng3y translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years…twenty-nine years “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 25 1 bg2h translate-names 0 Jehoaddan This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 25 2 sad2 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back “brought back his body”
2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
-2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Uzzah the leper
Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Uzzah the leper
Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
-2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old…sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him “people buried him”
2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Ahaz’s idolatry
Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Ahaz’s idolatry
Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old…sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 28 1 vk31 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 28 2 yfe8 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him “people buried him”
2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cleansing the temple
King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
+2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cleansing the temple
King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old…twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 29 1 r1vb translate-names 0 Abijah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 29 2 jk4r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard…their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there “who were in Jerusalem”
2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came…He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came…They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 32 31 pf9p figs-activepassive 0 the miraculous sign that had been done in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 32 31 gzw6 figs-metonymy 0 to know all that was in his heart Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 32 33 feg7 figs-euphemism 0 Hezekiah slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “Hezekiah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Manasseh
Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Manasseh
Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 33 2 new5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 33 2 jsg3 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
2CH 33 3 ii16 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places…he built altars…he made Asherah poles Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt…he had altars built…he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places…he had them build altars…he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him “planned in secret to kill him”
2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Returning the people to Yahweh
Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Returning the people to Yahweh
Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 34 2 xd2k figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 34 2 mad6 figs-metaphor 0 walked in the ways of David his ancestor Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the story of King Josiah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Passover
Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
+2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the story of King Josiah.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Passover
Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds…are written in the book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds…in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
-2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
+2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his…place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old…three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
diff --git a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
index 370a7166e2..851ced4fa8 100644
--- a/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ezra
1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)
1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)
1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)
1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)
### What is the Book of Ezra about?
The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?
Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?
Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?
The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?
Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
-EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Cyrus
King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Jews
Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
+EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ezra
1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)
1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)
1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)
1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)
### What is the Book of Ezra about?
The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?
Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?
Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?
The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?
Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
+EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King Cyrus
King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Jews
Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year This refers to the beginning of the reign of King Cyrus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִפִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here “mouth” represents speaking. Alternate translation: “Yahweh did what Jeremiah prophesied that Yahweh would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 l953 יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ EZR 1 9 y5g1 אֲגַרְטְלֵי 1 basins objects used to hold water for was
EZR 1 10 yk1k translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַעֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 410 “30…1,000…29…four hundred and ten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי 1 bowls objects used to hold water for washing
EZR 1 11 z55f translate-numbers חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְאַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 “five thousand four hundred…in all.” This is the total number of items returned to Jerusalem from Babylon, which are listed above individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Genealogy
People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Genealogy
People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZR 2 1 ezk9 0 General Information: This begins a list of the names of people who returned from the exile.
EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽעֹלִים֙ 1 went up This is an idiom that refers to traveling toward Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “returned” or “came back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ 1 g
EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bweight מָנִ֖ים 1 minas A mina is a unit of weight. One mina equals 550 grams. Minas are normally linked with measuring silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EZR 2 69 h3zd וְכָתְנֹ֥ת 1 tunics garments worn next to the skin
EZR 2 70 w7fw בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 and all Israel lived in their cities Everyone went back to their home towns in Judea. Not everyone resettled in Jerusalem.
-EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebuilding the temple
They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
+EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebuilding the temple
They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is at the end of the dry season and the beginning of the early rain season. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-simile כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man One man is in only one place and has only one purpose. Alternate translation: “for one purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EZR 3 2 ua8i יֵשׁ֨וּעַ 1 Jeshua This is the name of a man. Translate the same as in [Ezra 2:36](../02/36.md).
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metonymy אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙ 1 first house This refers to the first temple that Solomon built, the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 12 rmy5 figs-synecdoche בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 before their eyes The people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they saw. Alternate translation: “in their sight” or “and they saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 12 d9tw בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 wept with a loud voice This refers to emotional expression of sorrow involving tears and vocal sounds.
-EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Helping to build the temple
The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
+EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Helping to build the temple
The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
EZR 4 1 v368 0 General Information: The non-Jewish people offer to help build the temple.
EZR 4 1 uie3 figs-activepassive בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ 1 the sons of the exiles This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Babylonians had taken into exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Ezra 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנ
EZR 4 23 s349 רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum See how you translated this in [Ezra 2:1](../02/01.md).
EZR 4 23 qu4l וְשִׁמְשַׁ֥י 1 Shimshai See how you translated this in [Ezra 4:7](../04/07.md).
EZR 4 24 kj9i בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔א דִּ֖י בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וַהֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א עַ֚ד שְׁנַ֣ת תַּרְתֵּ֔ין לְמַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius This delay lasted about 16 years.
-EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebuilding the temple
The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebuilding the temple
The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names עִדּוֹא֙ 1 Iddo This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְיֵשׁ֣וּעַ…יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 z38k שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Ezra 3:1](../03/01.md).
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ EZR 5 16 myr8 מִתְבְּנֵ֖א 1 under construction built
EZR 5 17 f4m4 0 General Information: The letter from Tattenai to the king that began in [Ezra 5:7](../05/07.md) continues. Tattenai has finished telling the king what the Judeans told him and now asks the king to see if what the Judeans told him was true.
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would like you to have someone investigate this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 17 vii9 הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus “if there is a record there that King Cyrus issued a law”
-EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Temple taxes
The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Darius
In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
+EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Temple taxes
The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Darius
In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-abstractnouns שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The abstract noun “investigation” can be expressed with the verbs “investigate” or “search.” Alternate translation: “ordered his officials to investigate” or “ordered his officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 6 1 pb3s figs-explicit שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made What they were to investigate can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “ordered his officials to investigate the records” or “ordered his officials to search and find out if there was a record of King Cyrus telling the Jews to build the house of God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 1 dze3 בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This is a building where the king’s officials kept the important government records.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 to see
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metonymy וְֽהֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Turning the king’s heart represents making him think differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “changed the attitude of Assyria’s king” or “made Assyria’s king willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 6 22 x9ls figs-metaphor לְחַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵיהֶ֔ם בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God Strengthening their hands in the work represents helping them to work. The Assyrian king did this by telling them to do the work and providing the money for it. Alternate translation: “to help them do the work of his house” or “to make it possible for them to do the work of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 22 m7l7 בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 the work of the house of God This refers to building the temple.
-EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Ezra begins his religious reforms.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s Law
The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Ezra begins his religious reforms.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s Law
The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
EZR 7 1 h549 0 General Information: Ezra’s genealogy goes back to Aaron, the first high priest.
EZR 7 1 n9di translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה 1 Seraiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Ezra 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh Th
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְעָלַ֣י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “loyal.” Alternate translation: “who has been faithful to me” or “who has been loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metaphor וַאֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי 1 So I was strengthened Being strengthened represents being encouraged. Alternate translation: I am encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-metonymy כְּיַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַי֙ עָלַ֔י 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Here Yahweh’s hand represents what he did to help Ezra. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh has helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people’s return to Judah
Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people’s return to Judah
Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
EZR 8 1 ss8d translate-names 0 General Information: There is an apparent shift in authorship beginning here. Chapters 1-7 were written as if the author were writing about Ezra. Chapter 8 was written as if the author were Ezra. Verses 2-14 are a list of leaders and their ancestors. All of them are men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 2 m2b9 מִבְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom This is the first item in the list. It can be written with the verb “was.” Alternate translation: “The leader of the descendants of Phinehas was Gershom” or “Gershom was the leader of the descendants of Phinehas”
EZR 8 2 i7e9 מִבְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel This is the second item in the list. It can be written with the verb “was.” Alternate translation: “The leader of the descendants of Ithamar was Daniel” or “Daniel was the leader of the descendants of Ithamar”
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ EZR 8 35 gxu7 הַ֠בָּאִים מֵֽהַשְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵ
EZR 8 35 lgl7 translate-numbers שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר…תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֗ה…שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֔ה…שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve “12…96…77…12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EZR 8 36 r5gu וּפַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River These were the Babylonian officials managing the people west of the Euphrates River, which included the people living in Judea.
EZR 8 36 d38g translate-names וּפַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of the province that was west of the Euphrates River. It was across the river from the city of Susa. It included Judea. See how you translated it in [Ezra 4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriage
When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriage
When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
EZR 9 1 kb76 לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ 1 have not separated themselves have married people from other lands and have adopted their religion
EZR 9 3 qhy7 וּכְשָׁמְעִי֙ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֔ה 1 When I heard this matter When Ezra heard that many Israelites had married foreign women and were worshiping their gods
EZR 9 3 ck87 figs-explicit קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖י וּמְעִילִ֑י וָאֶמְרְטָ֞ה מִשְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁי֙ וּזְקָנִ֔י 1 I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard Ezra was showing everyone how unhappy he was that people were doing things that offended God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ EZR 9 14 mn62 figs-rquestion הֲל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־…לְאֵ
EZR 9 15 qhg9 הִנְנ֤וּ 1 Look “Pay attention to what I am about to say”
EZR 9 15 a177 לְפָנֶ֨יךָ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָתֵ֔ינוּ 1 We are before you in our guilt “You can see that we are all guilty”
EZR 9 15 lh5h אֵ֥ין לַעֲמ֛וֹד לְפָנֶ֖יךָ עַל־זֹֽאת 1 no one can stand before you because of this “you do not think that any person is innocent”
-EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriages
The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.
+EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Intermarriages
The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.
EZR 10 1 ufb1 figs-pronouns וּכְהִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּכְ֨הִתְוַדֹּת֔וֹ בֹּכֶה֙ וּמִתְנַפֵּ֔ל 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down Ezra speaks of himself as if he were someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
EZR 10 1 ekt7 וּמִתְנַפֵּ֔ל 1 throwing himself down quickly went from standing to lying facedown
EZR 10 1 vcs1 לִפְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 before the house of God in front of the temple
diff --git a/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv b/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
index f41bee1937..11bd046803 100644
--- a/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Nehemiah
1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)
1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)
1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)
1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)
1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)
1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)
1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)
1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)
1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)
1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)
### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?
A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?
Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?
Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?
The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?
Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
-NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”
This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### I
While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.
### Israel
It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.
+NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Nehemiah
1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)
1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)
1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)
1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)
1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)
1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)
1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)
1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)
1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)
1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)
### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?
A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?
Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?
Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?
The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?
Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
+NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”
This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### I
While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.
### Israel
It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.
NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה…חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah…Hakaliah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְחֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ 1 in the month of Kislev “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 hn28 figs-explicit שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים 1 in the twentieth year Nehemiah is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, King of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽחֲפֵצִים֙ לְיִרְאָ֣ה
NEH 1 11 kr99 וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים לִפְנֵ֖י הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה 1 grant him mercy in the sight of this man Here “him” refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God, and “this man” refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia.
NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִפְנֵ֖י הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה 1 in the sight of this man Nehemiah speaks of the king’s attitude or disposition as if it were how the king viewed something. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַאֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 I served as cupbearer to the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).
### Special concepts in this chapter
### Nehemiah’s character
Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Cultural Customs
In ancient Persia, they thought it was important for their conquered peoples to practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.
### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people, even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).
### Special concepts in this chapter
### Nehemiah’s character
Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Cultural Customs
In ancient Persia, they thought it was important for their conquered peoples to practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.
### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people, even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NEH 2 1 h3hu translate-hebrewmonths בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן 1 In the month of Nisan “Nisan” is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 2 1 l63f translate-ordinal שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king “in the 20th year that Artaxerxes was king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 2 1 k1vf writing-background וְלֹא 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Nehemiah tells background information about his demeanor before the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ NEH 2 19 ww1k figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙
NEH 2 19 u8ri הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the king This refers to Artaxerses, the king of Persia.
NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 20 a4e6 וְלָכֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּצְדָקָ֛ה וְזִכָּר֖וֹן בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem “But you have no share, legal right, or religious claim to Jerusalem”
-NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Priests
The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Cooperation
Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.
+NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Priests
The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Cooperation
Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.
NEH 3 1 ald8 וַיָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַכֹּהֵ֨ן הַגָּד֜וֹל וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Then Eliashib the high priest rose up with his brother priests “Then Eliashib the high priest came forward with his brothers, the priests”
NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 1 r9wn translate-numbers מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙ 1 Tower of the Hundred “Tower of the 100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ NEH 3 31 ye2u וְהָרֹכְלִ֑ים 1 merchants “sellers” or “
NEH 3 31 r6sv עֲלִיַּ֥ת 1 upper living chambers the higher-level rooms where people stayed
NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 merchants repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “merchants repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 32 x1tq לְשַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן 1 Sheep Gate This is the name of an entranceway in the wall.
-NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedication
The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedication
The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 1 rnw3 וַיְהִ֞י כַּאֲשֶׁ֧ר שָׁמַ֣ע סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Now when Sanballat Here Nehemiah uses the word “now” to signal a new part of the story.
NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַיִּ֣חַר ל֔וֹ וַיִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned within him, and he was furiously angry Here “it” refers to Sanballat’s realization that the Jews are rebuilding the walls. This speaks of Sanballat becoming very angry as if his anger were a burning fire. Alternate translation: “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ NEH 4 21 w4uu מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את
NEH 4 21 jl3h figs-metonymy מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר 1 the rising of the dawn It is the point in time that the sun rises that is “dawn.” Here the sun rising is spoken of as if the “dawn” rose. Alternate translation: “the rising of the sun” or “dawn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 22 r87p בְּת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the middle of Jerusalem “within Jerusalem”
NEH 4 23 v2e1 פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑ינוּ 1 changed our clothes “took off our clothes”
-NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Equality
The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
### Governor
Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
+NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Equality
The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
### Governor
Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
NEH 5 1 za4u figs-explicit וַתְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַיְּהוּדִֽים 1 Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 1 czx5 הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם 1 the men and their wives This refers to the men who were working on building the wall.
NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת…גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 raised a great outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ NEH 5 18 fa32 figs-activepassive וַאֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשׂ
NEH 5 18 gqe2 יַ֖יִן לְהַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 wine in abundance “enough wine for everyone”
NEH 5 18 sp6n וְעִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַפֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 yet for all this I did not demand the food allowance of the governor “yet I never asked for the governor’s food allowance”
NEH 5 19 mil3 figs-idiom לְטוֹבָ֑ה 1 for good This idiom is a request for God to reward him with good things because of the good that he has done for the people. Alternate translation: “and reward me” or “cause good to happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.
The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracle
Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
+NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.
The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracle
Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְסַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּלְגֶ֨שֶׁם 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי 1 I had rebuilt the wall…I had not yet Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall and did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “we had rebuilt the wall…we had not yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ NEH 6 18 id1x translate-names אָרַ֑ח וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֣ן 1 Arah
NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם…בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה 1 Meshullam…Berechiah These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 19 mj72 גַּ֣ם טוֹבֹתָ֗יו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְפָנַ֔י וּדְבָרַ֕י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑וֹ 1 They also spoke to me about his good deeds and reported my words back to him “The Jewish nobles told me about Tobiah’s good deeds and then told him about my responses”
NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-activepassive אִגְּר֛וֹת שָׁלַ֥ח טוֹבִיָּ֖ה לְיָֽרְאֵֽנִי 1 Letters were sent to me from Tobiah This can be stated in active form. Tobiah sent messengers to bring the letters to Nehemiah. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent letters to me” or “Tobiah sent messengers to bring letters to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Genealogy
The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.
### Different lists
This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
+NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Genealogy
The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.
### Different lists
This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
NEH 7 1 g3zz figs-activepassive וַיְהִ֗י כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַחוֹמָ֔ה 1 When the wall was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When we had finished the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 1 fk6l figs-synecdoche וָאַעֲמִ֖יד הַדְּלָת֑וֹת 1 I had set up the doors in place This was done with help. Alternate translation: “I and others hung the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 7 1 wkp3 figs-activepassive וַיִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּֽם 1 the gatekeepers and singers and Levites had been appointed This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) Nehemiah appointed them. Alternate translation: “I assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” or (2) Someone else appointed them. Alternate translation: “they assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ NEH 7 73 jaj3 figs-explicit וּמִן־הָעָ֧ם 1 some of the people
NEH 7 73 znc4 וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 all Israel Possible meanings are: (1) all the groups of Israelites that are listed in this verse or (2) the rest of the Israelites who did not work in the temple.
NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month “month 7.” This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 7 73 gdj2 בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 were settled in their cities “lived in their own cities”
-NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reading of the law
During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Festival of Shelters
After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.
+NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reading of the law
During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Festival of Shelters
After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.
NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole וַיֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־הָעָם֙ כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 All the people gathered as one man The word “all” is a generalization that indicates the people as a whole came together. Alternate translation: “The people gathered all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 1 f6t8 שַֽׁעַר־הַמָּ֑יִם 1 Water Gate This was the name of a large opening or doorway in the wall.
NEH 8 1 fdh4 אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 the book of the law of Moses This would have been all or part of the first five books of the Old Testament.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ NEH 8 18 c1cp וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ 1 They kept the festival
NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 on the eighth day “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 8 18 sfx4 עֲצֶ֖רֶת 1 solemn assembly This was a special religious gathering.
NEH 8 18 cey3 figs-explicit כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 in obedience to the decree The implied information is that “the decree” was the command of Yahweh about how the Festival of Shelters was to end. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter and the next one form a single section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prayer to God
The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes
This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Recalling the great power of God
It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter and the next one form a single section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prayer to God
The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes
This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Recalling the great power of God
It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּבְיוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֗ה 1 the twenty-fourth day of the same month “the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month” This is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 9 1 lm7m נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 the people of Israel were assembled “the people of Israel came together”
NEH 9 1 irv4 figs-explicit וּבְשַׂקִּ֔ים וַאֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 they were wearing sackcloth, and they put dust on their heads This was in order to show how sorry they were for the wrong things they and their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ NEH 9 37 x15l מֹשְׁלִ֤ים 1 They rule The kings rule.
NEH 9 38 g7s3 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 38 t4ag וּבְכָל־זֹ֕את 1 Because of all this because the people had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them
NEH 9 38 xee9 וְעַל֙ הֶֽחָת֔וּם 1 On the sealed document are the names The reader should understand that the men wrote their names on the document before it was sealed.
-NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The vow
By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The vow
By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
NEH 10 1 ijh7 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins a list of the people whose names were on the sealed document.
NEH 10 1 jc8x figs-explicit וְעַ֖ל הַחֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַתִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְצִדְקִיָּֽה 1 On the sealed documents were Nehemiah…Zedekiah The names of these people were written on the documents. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On the sealed documents were the names of Nehemiah…Zedekiah” or “On the sealed documents were the names of the following people: Nehemiah…Zedekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 1 j4ny הַחֲתוּמִ֑ים 1 sealed documents The documents were sealed after the names had been signed on the documents.
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ NEH 10 39 qzf8 0 General Information: In these verses, the people finish descr
NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-activepassive אֶל־הַ֠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 the storerooms where the articles of the sanctuary are kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rooms where the priests keep the things that are used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 39 u1sq וְלֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 We will not neglect the house of our God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will care for the temple”
NEH 10 39 b23h figs-exclusive נַעֲזֹ֖ב 1 We will The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and all the people of Israel but does not include the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The places where the Jews lived
Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.
+NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The places where the Jews lived
Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.
NEH 11 1 e2yg הָ֠עָם הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 the people cast lots “the people threw marked stones”
NEH 11 1 beq5 לְהָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָעֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 to bring one of ten “to bring one family out of every ten families”
NEH 11 3 l7mb בַּאֲחֻזָּתוֹ֙ בְּעָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 on his own land, including some Israelites “on his own land: Israelites”
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ NEH 11 33 jwf7 translate-names חָצ֥וֹר׀ רָמָ֖ה גִּתָּֽיִ
NEH 11 34 e1ls translate-names חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט 1 Hadid, Zeboim, Neballat These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 35 qu5n translate-names גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים 1 the valley of craftsmen Possible meanings are (1) this is a description of Ono or (2) it is “Craftsmen’s Valley” or “the Valley of Craftsmen,” another name for Ono, or (3) it is a different place from Ono, “and the Valley of Craftsmen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 36 y212 figs-activepassive וּמִן־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְבִנְיָמִֽין 1 Some of the Levites who lived in Judah were assigned to the people of Benjamin It is not clear who assigned these Levites to live with the people of Benjamin. Alternate translation: “They assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” or “The officials assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedication of the wall
In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedication of the wall
In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
NEH 12 1 ixs5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ 1 who came up “who arrived from Babylonia”
NEH 12 1 b4x7 עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל 1 with Zerubbabel “under the leadership of Zerubbabel”
NEH 12 1 b8ry translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל…שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְיֵשׁ֑וּעַ שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Jeshua…Seraiah…Jeremiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ NEH 12 46 py1c ראש הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 there were directors
NEH 12 47 flz7 בִּימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 In the days of Zerubbabel Zerubbabel was a descendant of King David and one of the governors in the region of Judah.
NEH 12 47 mu9s נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת 1 They set aside the portion “All Israel set aside the portion”
NEH 12 47 e72p לִבְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן 1 the descendants of Aaron the priests in Israel, who descended from Aaron, the brother of Moses
-NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem
Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
+NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem
Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
NEH 13 1 k9za בְּאָזְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם 1 in the hearing of the people “so that the people could hear it”
NEH 13 1 j6si יָב֨וֹא…בִּקְהַ֥ל הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 should come into the assembly of God, forever “should ever come into the assembly of God”
NEH 13 2 tf8z כִּ֣י 1 This was because “They could not come into the assembly because”
diff --git a/en_tn_17-EST.tsv b/en_tn_17-EST.tsv
index dc97e7be94..cc7987af86 100644
--- a/en_tn_17-EST.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_17-EST.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Esther
1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)
1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)
1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)
1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)
1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)
1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)
1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)
1. Conclusion (10:1–3)
### What is the Book of Esther about?
The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.
This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the Persian Empire?
King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.
### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?
In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.
### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?
The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.
The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?
In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
-EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king’s divorce
The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.
+EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Esther
1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)
1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)
1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)
1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)
1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)
1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)
1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)
1. Conclusion (10:1–3)
### What is the Book of Esther about?
The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.
This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the Persian Empire?
King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.
### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?
In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.
### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?
The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.
The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?
In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
+EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king’s divorce
The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.
EST 1 1 zzz2 0 In the days of Ahasuerus “In the time of Ahasuerus” or “When Ahasuerus was ruling as king”
EST 1 1 v5ts writing-background 0 this is Ahasuerus who reigned from India as far as Cush, over 127 provinces This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 k8tn 0 provinces A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ EST 1 21 p5us translate-names 0 Memukan Translate his name as in [Esther 1:14](
EST 1 22 n1pr 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
EST 1 22 jj9n 0 every man should be master of his own household “all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children”
EST 1 22 e481 figs-activepassive 0 This decree was given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Esther becomes queen
Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.
### Mordecai warns the king against a plot
Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
+EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Esther becomes queen
Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.
### Mordecai warns the king against a plot
Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent 0 After these things This introduces a new event that happened a while later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 2 1 e4lp 0 the anger of King Ahasuerus subsided “the king became less angry”
EST 2 1 xpt9 0 the decree This is refers to the decree in [Esther 1:19-20](../01/19.md).
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ EST 2 22 dgp3 figs-idiom 0 in the name of Mordecai This is an idiom. Alternate
EST 2 23 ld4y figs-activepassive 0 The report was investigated and confirmed, and both the men were hanged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The king investigated and confirmed the report, and ordered his servants to hang both men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown 0 a gallows This was a structure used for killing people by tying one end of a rope around the top of the structure and the other end of the rope around their necks and hanging them from it. Alternate translation: “a frame for hanging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive 0 This account was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They recorded this account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Haman plots against the Jews
Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.
+EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Haman plots against the Jews
Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.
EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent 0 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 3 1 ir5v translate-names 0 Haman son of Hammedatha the Agagite This is the name and description of Haman, one of the king’s officials. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 3 1 ptm4 figs-idiom 0 placed his seat of authority above all the officials who were with him Here “seat of authority” represents his position or status in the government. Alternate translation: “promoted him above the other officials” or “gave him more authority than all the other officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ EST 3 15 i12c figs-activepassive 0 The decree was also distributed This can be
EST 3 15 m927 0 the fortress This refers to a castle, stronghold or fortified city. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md).
EST 3 15 nlk8 translate-names 0 Susa See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 3 15 wm4u 0 was in turmoil “was in a state of great confusion”
-EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mordecai warns Esther to act
Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mordecai warns Esther to act
Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 1 nya6 0 learned of all that had been done “found out about those letters”
EST 4 1 vgy8 translate-symaction 0 tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes These acts are signs of severe sadness. Alternate translation: “tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes to show his grief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 3 e73y 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ EST 4 14 dtg7 figs-rquestion 0 Who knows whether you have come to this royal po
EST 4 16 d6cq translate-names 0 Susa See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 4 16 t2wg translate-symaction 0 fast for me…will fast Fasting was a symbolic act that the Jews did when they were praying intensely. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “fast and pray for me…will fast and pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 16 qw8v translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Esther’s respect
Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Esther’s respect
Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 1 uk7p 0 facing the entrance to the house “across the room from the entrance of the house” or “looking toward the entrance to the house”
EST 5 2 pw4x figs-metaphor 0 she received approval in his eyes The word “eyes” refers to his sight and is a metaphor for his evaluation of her. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was pleased with her” or “he approved of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 2 uu8s 0 He held out to her the golden scepter in his hand He did this to show that he was pleased with her.
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ EST 5 14 i2f3 translate-unknown 0 a gallows a structure used for killing a pers
EST 5 14 k8zd translate-numbers 0 fifty cubits high “50 cubits high.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “twenty-three meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 5 14 i8is 0 he had the gallows constructed “he told people to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 bbs9 0 This pleased Haman “Haman liked this idea”
-EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Approaching the king
It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
+EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Approaching the king
It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names 0 Bigthana and Teresh These are the names of two men. See how your translated their names in [Esther 2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 2 u4gi figs-metaphor 0 It was found recorded there Here “found” is an metaphor for learning. Both “found” and “recorded” can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They found that the writers had recorded there” or “They learned that the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-activepassive 0 What was done to give honor This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “What did I do to give honor” or “What did we do to give honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ EST 6 12 uri5 translate-symaction 0 with his head covered People often covered
EST 6 13 pkd2 translate-names 0 Zeresh See how you translated this woman’s name in [Esther 6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor 0 before whom you have begun to fall…you will certainly fall before him They spoke as if Haman and Mordecai were in a battle, and Haman was beginning to lose the battle. Here “to fall” represents being dishonored and defeated. Alternate translation: “who has already humiliated you…he will certainly defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor 0 you will not overcome him “you will not win against him.” They spoke as if Haman and Mordecai were in a battle. Here overcoming a person represents having greater honor than that person. Alternate translation: “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Covering Haman’s face
When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])
+EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Covering Haman’s face
When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])
EST 7 1 n8vb translate-names 0 Haman See how you translated this man’s name in [Esther 3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 2 xt9f 0 On this second day “on this second day of feasting”
EST 7 2 s5ae 0 while they were serving wine “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ EST 7 8 ju8q figs-explicit 0 the servants covered Haman’s face Apparently the
EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names 0 Harbona This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 9 sre1 translate-numbers 0 A gallows fifty cubits tall You may convert “fifty cubits” to a modern measure. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “A gallows twenty-three meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor 0 Then the king’s rage died down The king’s rage is a spoken of as if it were a large fire that became smaller. Alternate translation: “Then the king’s rage lessened” or “Then the king was not so angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s protection
Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the Jews from possible destruction. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
+EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s protection
Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the Jews from possible destruction. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 1 nm3u 0 Haman See how you translated this man’s name in [Esther 3:1](../03/01.md).
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-unknown 0 signet ring This ring had the king’s name or mark on it. When he put a wax seal on important papers, he would press the mark onto the seal. If a paper had this mark on its seal, people would know that what was written on the paper was written with the king’s authority and had to be obeyed. See how you translated this in [Esther 3:10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 2 z5yn 0 gave it to Mordecai By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ EST 8 17 k1eh 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries
EST 8 17 va7t figs-metaphor 0 wherever the king’s decree reached Reaching places represents going to places. Alternate translation: “wherever the king’s men took his decree” or “wherever the king’s decree was read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 17 p89m 0 holiday day on which people celebrate special events
EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor 0 the fear of the Jews had fallen on them Fear falling on people represents people becoming very afraid. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purim
The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Ironic Situation
The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.
+EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purim
The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Ironic Situation
The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.
EST 9 1 t9yc 0 the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, on the thirteenth day See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 3:13](../03/13.md).
EST 9 1 wh56 figs-idiom 0 when the king’s law and decree were about to be carried out “Carry out” here is an idiom meaning to do something that was commanded or planned. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the people were about to obey the king’s law and decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom 0 to gain power over them Gaining power over people is an idiom for defeating them. Alternate translation: “to defeat the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ EST 9 30 u389 translate-numbers 0 127 provinces “one hundred and twenty-seven
EST 9 30 iaf7 figs-abstractnouns 0 wishing the Jews safety and truth The abstract nouns “safety” and “truth” can be expressed with phrases. Alternate translation: “wishing that the Jews would be safe and that people would be faithful to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor 0 The Jews accepted this obligation for themselves and their descendants Accepting an obligation is a metaphor for agreeing with the obligation. The abstract noun “obligation” can be expressed with the verb “obligate.” Alternate translation: “The Jews agreed and said that they and their descendants were obligated to celebrate the days of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-metaphor 0 they accepted times of fasting and lamenting Accepting times of fasting and lamenting is a metaphor for agreeing to fast and lament at certain times. Alternate translation: “they agreed to fast and lament at certain times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mordecai’s new position
Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
+EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mordecai’s new position
Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
EST 10 1 b5ht figs-metonymy 0 imposed a tax on the land and on the coastlands along the sea To impose a tax means to make people pay a tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. Alternate translation: “made the people living in the land and on the coastlands along the sea pay a tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns 0 All the achievements of his power and might The abstract noun “achievements” can be expressed with the verb “achieve” or the phrase “do great things. The abstract nouns “power” and “might” can be translated with adjectives. Alternate translation: “All that he achieved because of how powerful and mighty he was” or “All the great things that he did because of his power and might” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 2 k7tc figs-metaphor 0 the full account of the greatness of Mordecai to which the king had raised him The king honoring Mordecai is spoken of as if the king physically raised him up. Alternate translation: “the full account of how the King had made it known that Mordecai was great” or “the full account of how the king had honored Mordecai for the great things he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
index cb60b4bad1..d07dd9f7ad 100644
--- a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Job
1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)
- Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)
- Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)
1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)
- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar
- Job replies to each
1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)
- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar
- Job replies to each
1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)
- Eliphaz and Bildad
- Job replies to each
1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)
1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)
1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)
1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)
1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)
### What is the Book of Job about?
The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”
### Who wrote the Book of Job?
We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Does sin cause suffering?
When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?
Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.
### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?
We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?
The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.
### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?
The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
-JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Job
1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)
- Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)
- Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)
1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)
- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar
- Job replies to each
1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)
- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar
- Job replies to each
1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)
- Eliphaz and Bildad
- Job replies to each
1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)
1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)
1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)
1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)
1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)
### What is the Book of Job about?
The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”
### Who wrote the Book of Job?
We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Does sin cause suffering?
When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?
Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.
### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?
We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?
The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.
### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?
The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
+JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God “one who honored God”
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JOB 1 20 d1w8 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe, shaved his head These were r
JOB 1 21 wph4 0 I was naked when I came out of my mother’s womb, and I will be naked when I will return there “At my birth, I brought nothing into the world, and at my death I will return to the earth with nothing”
JOB 1 22 l3ef 0 In all this matter “Regarding all this that happened”
JOB 1 22 xns1 0 accuse God of wrongdoing “say that God had done wrong”
-JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 2 1 rz1x 0 General Information: This verse is almost exactly the same as [Job 1:6](../01/06.md) and can probably be translated in the same way.
JOB 2 1 r1zs 0 Then it was the day See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md).
JOB 2 1 hst1 0 the day when This is not a specific day. The gathering happened often. Alternate translation: “at the time when” or “one day when”
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi
JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating “Instead of eating, I m
JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th
JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits.
JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively”
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground
JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age “You will die at a very old age”
JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance “on a scale”
JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent “Please relent.”
JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 eq7p figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer continues to use parallelism in each of these verses, conveying a single idea using two different statements to emphasize that his personal suffering is part of the universal suffering which all people experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak
JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away “remove”
JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist “I will not be here” or “I will be gone”
-JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints.
JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un
JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed”
JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more “will not last” or “will be destroyed”
-JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so “I know that what you say is true”
JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said.
JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? “how can anyone be innocent before God?”
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ JOB 9 34 cc5r figs-metonymy 0 take God’s rod off me Here “God’s rod” is
JOB 9 34 vs1b figs-abstractnouns 0 keep his terror from frightening me The abstract noun “terror” can be translated as the verb “terrify.” Alternate translation: “keep him from terrifying and frightening me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 9 35 fa78 0 Then would I speak up “Then I would speak”
JOB 9 35 ug86 0 as things are now “because this is how things are now”
-JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 10 1 ch7h 0 I am weary of my life “I am tired of living”
JOB 10 1 p5cl figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give free expression to my complaint The abstract nouns “expression” and “complaint” can be translated as the verbs “express” and “complain.” Alternate translation: “I will freely express what I have to complain about” or “I will argue freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 10 1 zk1f figs-metaphor 0 I will speak in the bitterness of my soul How Job feels is compared to a bitter taste. The abstract noun “bitterness” can be translated as the adverb “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “My inner being will speak bitterly” or “I will bitterly speak out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ JOB 10 21 zq3v 0 the shadow of death See how you translated this in [Job 3:5](
JOB 10 22 xkq9 figs-simile 0 as dark as midnight The darkness of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to the darkness of midnight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 10 22 r9u5 figs-litotes 0 without any order This negative phrase can be expressed in positive form. Alternate translation: “full of confusion” or “where all is confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOB 10 22 a8nx figs-simile 0 where the light is like midnight The light of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to midnight. Alternate translation: “where there is no light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 1 mbq7 translate-names 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Zophar from the region of Naamah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 11 2 cq18 figs-rquestion 0 Should not such a multitude of words be answered? Zophar is asking a question in the negative to emphasize that Job’s words must be challenged. Alternate translation: “We must answer all of these words!” or “Someone should respond to all these words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 2 ua2s figs-rquestion 0 Should this man, so full of talk, be believed? Zophar uses this question to emphasize that they should not believe what Job was saying. Alternate translation: “This man is so full of talk, but the people should not believe him!” or “Your many words alone do not mean you are innocent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ JOB 11 18 f1be figs-idiom 0 would take your rest in safety “Take your rest”
JOB 11 19 fm2w figs-parallelism 0 Also you would lie down in rest…your favor. Zophar repeats the same idea for emphasis and describes the possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 11 19 hc18 figs-abstractnouns 0 you would lie down in rest The abstract noun “rest” can be expressed with the verb “rest.” Alternate translation: “you would lie down and rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 11 20 s359 figs-metaphor 0 the eyes of wicked people will fail Their eyes represent their understanding. Alternate translation: “the understanding of the wicked people will fail” or “the wicked people will not be able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 12 2 dpz4 figs-irony 0 No doubt you are the people; wisdom will die with you Job mocks how they are acting and shows how ridiculous they sound. Alternate translation: “Surely you are such important people that wisdom cannot exist without you” or “You all act like you are the only wise people and that when you die, wisdom will disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 12 2 ba96 0 No doubt “Surely”
JOB 12 2 dk3z figs-you 0 you This is plural in verses 2 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ JOB 12 24 n4ta figs-metaphor 0 He takes away understanding from the leaders of
JOB 12 24 w1re figs-metaphor 0 to wander in a wilderness where there is no path Wandering in a wilderness where there is no path represents being in a difficult situation and not knowing what to do. Alternate translation: “to be unsure of what to do like a person wandering in a wasteland with no path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 x7t2 figs-metaphor 0 They grope in the dark without light Being in the dark without light represents lacking knowledge. Alternate translation: “They struggle to make decisions without knowledge as people struggle to walk in the dark without light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 a21u figs-simile 0 he makes them stagger like a drunk man Staggering or wandering like a drunk man represents living without purpose. Alternate translation: “he makes them live without purpose like a drunk person who staggers as he walks” or “they wander aimlessly like a drunk person who staggers back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 13 1 i5ce 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues to speak to his friends.
JOB 13 1 i4pc 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JOB 13 1 d8w1 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has seen all this Job referred to himself as his eye since it is with his eyes that he saw these things. Alternate translation: “I have seen all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ JOB 13 27 x3kd figs-synecdoche 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my f
JOB 13 27 l15n figs-metaphor 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my feet have walked Examining this ground represents examining all that Job has done. Alternate translation: “it is as though you examine the ground where I have walked” or “you examine everything I do like a person examining someone’s footprints on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 13 28 mlj8 figs-simile 0 like a rotten thing that wastes away Job compares his life to something that is decaying. He is slowly dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 28 fq5k figs-simile 0 like a garment that moths have eaten Job compares himself to clothes that are full of holes because the moths have eaten parts of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Resurrection
The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Resurrection
The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 14 1 g34y 0 General Information: This chapter continues Job’s speech, which started in [Job 12:1](../12/01.md). Job is speaking to God.
JOB 14 1 d6in figs-gendernotations 0 Man, who is born of woman This refers to all people, both men and women; all are born into this world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JOB 14 1 u162 figs-hyperbole 0 lives only a few days This is an exaggeration to emphasize that people live only a short time. Alternate translation: “lives only a very short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ JOB 14 20 uah1 figs-euphemism 0 he passes away Passing away represents dying. A
JOB 14 20 p3dh 0 you change his face Possible meanings are (1) the pain just before dying makes his face contract or (2) when a person dies, God makes the person’s face look different.
JOB 14 20 lq7f figs-metaphor 0 send him away to die This represents causing him to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 14 21 m7cw figs-metaphor 0 if they are brought low Being brought low represents being shamed. Alternate translation: “if they are disgraced” or “if people shame them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 1 v5mb translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite This is the name of a man. People from Teman are known as Temanites. See how you translated this in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 15 2 mw8h figs-rquestion 0 Should a wise man answer with useless knowledge and fill himself with the east wind? Eliphaz uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Job. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “A wise man should not answer with useless knowledge nor fill himself with the east wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 2 hd46 figs-metaphor 0 fill himself with the east wind The wind represents emptiness. This phrase speaks of a person speaking empty and meaningless words as if that person were full of the wind. Alternate translation: “fill himself with empty words” or “only have meaningless words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ JOB 15 34 rr5n 0 the company of godless people “the group of godless people
JOB 15 34 v3q1 figs-possession 0 fire will consume their tents of bribery The phrase “tents of bribery” means that the wicked people bought these tents with the money they made by bribery. Alternate translation: “the tents they bought with their bribes will be burned by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JOB 15 35 x22k figs-parallelism 0 They conceive mischief and give birth to iniquity; their womb conceives deceit The same thought is repeated three times to emphasize how much evil these people produce. This speaks of a person planning to do evil things and doing them as if the person were conceiving and giving birth to these things as a woman conceives and gives birth to a child. Alternate translation: “They plan to cause mischief and do evil things; they are always planning to deceive others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 35 u7sb figs-synecdoche 0 their womb conceives Here the “womb” is used to refer to the person to emphasize conception, as it is in the womb that conception takes place. Alternate translation: “they conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s response
Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s response
Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 16 2 t7wj 0 you are all miserable comforters “instead of comforting me, you all make me more miserable”
JOB 16 3 p7ga figs-rquestion 0 Will useless words ever have an end? Job uses this rhetorical question to express that he wishes that they would stop speaking useless words. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “How I wish your useless words would end!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 16 3 g4tp figs-rquestion 0 What is wrong with you that you answer like this? Job uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Eliphaz. Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Eliphaz, who just finished speaking to Job. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, you should stop answering me like this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ JOB 16 20 v43g figs-hyperbole 0 my eye pours out tears Job describes how strong
JOB 16 21 izh8 figs-123person 0 for this man “for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JOB 16 21 kk12 figs-simile 0 as a man does with his neighbor! “as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 16 22 z81v figs-explicit 0 I will go to a place Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s grief
Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])
### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s grief
Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])
### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 17 1 a993 0 General Information: Job continues to speak.
JOB 17 1 c8r6 figs-synecdoche 0 My spirit is consumed Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 1 yjx4 0 my days are over “my time is over” or “I am going to die soon”
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ JOB 17 16 h77p figs-rquestion 0 Will hope go down with me…dust? The implicit
JOB 17 16 yx83 figs-metaphor 0 gates of Sheol Sheol does not really have gates, but it is a metaphor for Job entering Sheol. Alternate translation: “when I go into Sheol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 16 ajw5 0 when we “when I and the things that I hope for” or “when I and my hopes.” The word “we” refers to Job and his hope.
JOB 17 16 z16e figs-idiom 0 descend to the dust This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die and are buried” or “go to the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 18 1 g41k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Bildad the Shuhite is speaking to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 18 1 b2sb 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered and said “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. See how you translated this in [Job 8:1](../08/01.md).
JOB 18 2 b4en figs-rquestion 0 When will you stop your talk? This rhetorical question means that Job has been talking for too long. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop talking!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ JOB 18 20 wn9y figs-merism 0 Those who live in the west…those who live in the
JOB 18 20 r4pt 0 one day “someday”
JOB 18 21 w31s 0 General Information: Bildad continues to describe the wicked person.
JOB 18 21 da3s figs-parallelism 0 the homes of unrighteous people, the places of those who do not know God These two phrases have the same meaning and refer to the same people. Here these people are referred to by the places where they live. Alternate translation: “unrighteous people, those who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.
Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.
Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOB 19 1 rlm3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JOB 19 1 u8kd 0 Connecting Statement: Job speaks to his three friends.
JOB 19 2 xxa9 figs-rquestion 0 How long will you make me suffer and break me into pieces with words? Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “Stop making me suffer and breaking me into pieces with words.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ JOB 19 29 tw35 figs-metonymy 0 then be afraid of the sword Possible meanings ar
JOB 19 29 t8gg figs-abstractnouns 0 because wrath brings the punishment of the sword The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” Possible meanings are that (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 19 29 yy9j 0 brings “causes” or “results in”
JOB 19 29 n1i1 figs-abstractnouns 0 there is a judgment The abstract noun “judgment” can be expressed with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 1 p292 0 General Information: Zophar replies to Job.
JOB 20 1 chh1 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here.
JOB 20 2 eef1 figs-metaphor 0 My thoughts make me answer quickly The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ JOB 20 28 wi73 0 his goods “his possessions”
JOB 20 28 e2e8 figs-metonymy 0 the day of God’s wrath Here “wrath” represents punishment. The abstract noun “wrath” can be expressed with the verb punish. Alternate translation: “the day when God punishes people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 20 29 d9w5 figs-metaphor 0 This is the wicked man’s portion from God Here “portion from God” represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him. Alternate translation: “This is what God has decided should happen to the wicked man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 29 a1s8 figs-metaphor 0 the heritage reserved for him by God This represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “what God has planned to give to him” or “what God has planned should happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ancestor’s sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ancestor’s sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 21 1 l3vp 0 Connecting Statement: Job begins to answer Zophar’s accusations.
JOB 21 3 x7gy 0 Put up with me “Allow me” or “Be patient with me”
JOB 21 3 w3a4 figs-irony 0 mock on “you can continue mocking me.” Job is using sarcasm to imply that his friends would ignore what he would say and continue to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ JOB 21 33 eqt1 figs-synecdoche 0 The clods of the valley will be sweet to him J
JOB 21 33 p9wd figs-hypo 0 all people will follow after him, as there were innumerable people before him Job emphasizes that a large crowd of people will be in the funeral procession of this imaginary wicked man to honor him. Alternate translation: “a huge number of people go to the grave site; some go in front of the procession and some come behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 21 34 aa8a 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Job’s speech to his friends.
JOB 21 34 j6yy figs-rquestion 0 How then do you comfort me with nonsense, since in your answers there is nothing but falsehood? Job uses a question to scold his friends. Alternate translation: “You cannot comfort me with nonsense. All of your answers are false.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 1 cea8 translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 22 2 r9kd figs-parallelism 0 Can a man be useful to God? Can a wise man be useful to him? Both questions mean basically the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that a person’s actions and wisdom do not benefit God. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God. A wise man cannot be useful to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 3 h3pe figs-parallelism 0 Is it any pleasure to the Almighty if you are righteous? Is it gain to him if you make your ways blameless? Both of these statements mean the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that Job’s actions do not help God. Alternate translation: “The Almighty does not receive any pleasure if you are righteous. He does not gain anything if you make your ways blameless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ JOB 22 29 yck5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Eliphaz’s speech to Jo
JOB 22 29 xgw4 figs-idiom 0 the one with lowered eyes Here “lowered eyes” refers to humility. Alternate translation: “the humble person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 22 30 f84n figs-metaphor 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Job being innocent is spoken of as if his hands were physically clean. The phrase “who will be rescued” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will rescue even the person who is not innocent because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 22 30 wrz4 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Some versions of the Bible read, “He rescues the innocent person; so he will rescue you when your hands are clean”
-JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 23 2 fi9s 0 Even today my complaint is bitter Here “Even today” emphasizes that his friends arguments have not changed Job’s situation at all. Alternate translation: “In spite of what you have said, my complaint is still bitter”
JOB 23 2 ke1p figs-idiom 0 my complaint is bitter Job speaks of his unanswered complaint against God as if it was a bitter taste in his mouth. Alternate translation: “my unanswered complaint is as bad as bitter food in my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 2 cm2j figs-metonymy 0 my hand…heavy because of my groaning Possible meanings are (1) “I can barely lift my hand because of my groaning” or (2) “God’s hand continues to make me suffer in spite of my groaning” where “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ JOB 23 16 p6ma figs-parallelism 0 For God has made my heart weak; the Almighty
JOB 23 16 d4fw figs-idiom 0 made my heart weak A person whose heart is weak is a person who is timid or fearful. Alternate translation: “made me afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 17 dng4 figs-explicit 0 I have not been brought to an end by darkness This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “The thick darkness in front of me has not made me silent” or (2) “Darkness has not stopped me” or “God has stopped me, not the darkness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 23 17 qpa8 figs-synecdoche 0 the gloom of my face Here Job refers to himself by his “face.” Alternate translation: “my sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 1 mg7h 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues speaking.
JOB 24 1 thc8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are times for judging wicked people not set by the Almighty? Job uses this question to express his frustration that God has not judged evil. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God does not set a time when he will judge wicked people.” or “The Almighty should set a time when he will judge wicked people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 1 ej3y figs-rquestion 0 Why do not those who are faithful to God see his days of judgment come? Job uses this question to express his frustration that the righteous have not seen God judge evil. Alternate translation: “It seems that those who obey him never get to see him judge the wicked.” or “God should show the day he will judge the wicked to those who know him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ JOB 24 24 ix1v figs-activepassive 0 they will be gathered up like all the other
JOB 24 24 mqt2 figs-simile 0 they will be cut off like the tops of ears of grain These wicked people will be cut off in the same way heads of grain are cut off during harvest. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will cut them off like a farmer cuts off the top of a stalk of grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 25 cfk7 figs-rquestion 0 If it is not so, who can prove me to be a liar; who can make my speech worth nothing? Job uses this question to express the certainty of his argument. The implicit answer is: “no one.” Alternate translation: “This is true, and no one can prove that I am a liar; no one can prove me wrong.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 25 iy58 0 make my speech worth nothing “prove what I say is wrong”
-JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s holiness and man’s sin
Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s holiness and man’s sin
Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 25 1 vb52 0 Bildad the Shuhite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md).
JOB 25 2 cz5c figs-abstractnouns 0 Dominion and fear are with him Here “him” refers to God. The abstract nouns “dominion” and “fear” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “God rules over all and people should fear only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 25 2 t8t1 0 he makes order in his high places of heaven “he makes peace in the high heaven”
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ JOB 25 5 kt4v 0 the stars are not pure in his sight Here “pure” means “p
JOB 25 6 c7kh figs-parallelism 0 How much less man…a son of man, who is a worm These two lines say the same thing and are used together to emphasize that man is not perfect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 25 6 h6x7 figs-metaphor 0 who is a worm Bildad states that human beings are as worthless as worms. Alternate translation: “who is as worthless as a worm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 25 6 l7b7 figs-metonymy 0 a son of man This is another way of referring to a person. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.
This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sarcasm
Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.
This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sarcasm
Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 2 lud4 figs-irony 0 How you have helped one…the arm that has no strength In these statements, Job is accusing Bildad. The word “one” refers to Job. And, the word “arm” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am powerless and have no strength, but you act like you have helped me; but really, you have not helped me at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 26 3 s1r5 figs-irony 0 How you have advised one who has no wisdom and announced to him sound knowledge Job is saying that Bildad has not provided him with good advice and knowledge. Alternate translation: “You act like I have no wisdom and that you have advised me, that you have given me good advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 3 y2kk 0 announced to him sound knowledge “given him good advice”
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ JOB 26 13 c2jc 0 the fleeing serpent “the serpent as it was trying to escape
JOB 26 14 qb3u figs-metaphor 0 See, these are but the fringes of his ways Here “fringes” represents a small part that we can see of something that is much bigger. Alternate translation: “See, these things that God has done show only a small part of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 26 14 k819 figs-exclamations 0 how small a whisper do we hear of him! This is an exclamation that expresses Job’s amazement of all the great things that God does that we do not even know about. Seeing what God does is spoken of as hearing God’s voice. Alternate translation: “it is as if we heard only his quiet whisper!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 26 14 b468 figs-rquestion 0 Who can understand the thunder of his power? The “thunder of his power” represents God’s greatness. Job uses this question to emphasize that God’s power is so great that no one can understand it. Alternate translation: “The thunder displays the greatness of his power which no one can understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 27 2 vm9g 0 As surely as God lives This phrase shows that Job is taking an oath. Job compares the certainty that God is alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I swear by God”
JOB 27 2 zm2r figs-metaphor 0 has taken away my justice Justice is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away or given. Taking it away represents refusing to treat Job with justice. Alternate translation: “has refused to treat me justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 27 2 tp23 figs-metonymy 0 made my life bitter Job’s “life” being bitter represents Job feeling resentful toward God. Alternate translation: “has caused me to become resentful” or “has made me feel angry because of the unfair way he has treated me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ JOB 27 22 xs2l figs-personification 0 It throws itself at him Here the phrase
JOB 27 22 fa8c figs-personification 0 he tries to flee out of its hand Here “hand” represents the power or control that the wind has over the wicked man. Alternate translation: “he tries to flee out of its control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 27 23 kvs2 translate-symaction 0 It claps its hands at him Clapping the hands is a way of mocking someone. Here it represents the wind making loud noises. Alternate translation: “It makes loud noises like someone clapping his hands to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 27 23 r28v translate-symaction 0 hisses him from his place The wind makes a noise as it blows him out of his place, and the noise is like the hissing sound that people make to mock someone. Alternate translation: “it makes a hissing noise as it causes him to leave his home” or “it blows him out of his place and makes a hissing noise like someone who hisses at him to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s wisdom
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
+JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s wisdom
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
JOB 28 1 fb4g 0 mine This is a place where people dig rocks out of the earth. These rocks have metal in them.
JOB 28 1 zr9q 0 refine This is the process of heating a metal to remove all of the impurities that are in it.
JOB 28 2 a9j8 figs-activepassive 0 Iron is taken out of the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People take iron out of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ JOB 28 25 l7lk figs-metaphor 0 parceled out the waters by measure This describe
JOB 28 26 qy1s 0 a path for the thunder “he decided how the thunder can be heard” or “he decided the path of the thunderstorm”
JOB 28 28 l4bu figs-abstractnouns 0 See, the fear of the Lord—that is wisdom The abstract noun “fear” can be expressed with the verbs “fear” or “respect.” The abstract noun “wisdom” can be expressed with the word “wise.” Alternate translation: “Listen, if you fear the Lord, you will be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 28 28 m7dq figs-metaphor 0 to depart from evil is understanding Here “depart from evil” means refusing to do evil things. The abstract noun “understanding” can be expressed with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “if you refuse to do evil, then you will understand many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.
In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters.
+JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.
In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters.
JOB 29 2 h8k3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that I were as I was in the past months Job uses this exclamation to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that I were as I was in past months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
JOB 29 3 n6gg figs-metaphor 0 when his lamp shined on my head God’s lamp shining on Job represents God blessing Job. Alternate translation: “when God’s blessing was like a lamp shining its light on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 29 3 z42n figs-metaphor 0 when I walked through darkness by his light Walking through darkness represents experiencing difficult situations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ JOB 29 25 gh9m figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Here “sat” represents rul
JOB 29 25 azd4 figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Job was their chief. Alternate translation: “led them because I was their chief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 29 25 dv86 figs-simile 0 I lived like a king in his army Job speaks of how he led the people and how they obeyed him as if he were a king and they were his army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 29 25 nmq6 figs-explicit 0 like one who comforts mourners This phrase means that Job actually was one who comforted people. Alternate translation: “I comforted them when they mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.
In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
+JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.
In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
JOB 30 1 ghr9 figs-explicit 0 whose fathers I would have refused to allow to work beside the dogs of my flock This shows how much he despised those fathers. They were not even good enough to be with his dogs. Alternate translation: “whose fathers I despised and would not have allowed to work beside the dogs of my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 1 bw8l figs-explicit 0 the dogs of my flock The dogs’ relationship to the flock can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the dogs that guarded my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 2 dkd7 figs-rquestion 0 Indeed, the strength of their fathers’ hands, how could it have helped me…perished? Job uses this question to mock the weakness of those men. Alternate translation: “The strength of their fathers’ hands could not have helped me…perished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ JOB 30 30 udu9 figs-synecdoche 0 my bones are burned with heat Here “bones”
JOB 30 31 qj9s figs-metonymy 0 my harp is tuned for songs of mourning Here “my harp” represents Job himself, and also represents his desire to sing only songs of mourning. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of mourning on my harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 30 31 v1kr figs-metonymy 0 my flute for the singing of those who wail Here “my flute” represents Job himself, and also his desire to sing only songs of crying. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of wailing on my flute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 30 31 d2w2 0 wail To wail is to cry very loudly because of terrible sadness or pain.
-JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.
In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.
In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 31 1 jz3t 0 General Information: Job continues speaking.
JOB 31 1 ka6e figs-metaphor 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes Job speaks of making a promise about what he would look at as though his eyes were a person and he made a covenant with them. Alternate translation: “I have made a firm promise about what I will look at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 31 1 af9x figs-explicit 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes What job promised can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I made a promise that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” or “I promised that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ JOB 31 38 g2jv figs-hypo 0 General Information: This concludes Job’s descript
JOB 31 38 r91t figs-personification 0 If my land ever cries out against me, and its furrows weep together Job speaks of being guilty as if his land were a person who cries out against Job because of the wrong Job has done to the land. Alternate translation: “If I have done wrong concerning my land” or “If I have stolen my land from someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 31 39 vfe3 figs-metonymy 0 to lose their lives This represents dying. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 31 40 k93z figs-ellipsis 0 weeds instead of barley The words “let” and “grow” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “let weeds grow instead of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
+JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
JOB 32 1 k2f6 figs-metaphor 0 he was righteous in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “he considered himself righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 32 2 cr7d figs-metaphor 0 Then was kindled the anger of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram; it was kindled against Job This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry with Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 32 2 hxc1 translate-names 0 Elihu…Barakel…Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ JOB 32 20 w6zz figs-synecdoche 0 open my lips Here the “lips” represent the
JOB 32 21 mi73 0 neither will I give honorific titles to any man “neither will I praise any man or give him titles of honor”
JOB 32 22 nb65 0 my Maker This is a name referring to God. Alternate translation: “God who made me”
JOB 32 22 i4r2 figs-euphemism 0 take me away This means that he would destroy him. Alternate translation: “destroy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s mercy
While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
+JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s mercy
While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
JOB 33 1 ct2e 0 General Information: Elihu continues speaking.
JOB 33 1 m7lu figs-parallelism 0 hear my speech; listen to all my words These two phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that Job must listen carefully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 33 2 j572 figs-parallelism 0 I have opened my mouth…my tongue has spoken in my mouth These mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that he is now ready to speak. His “tongue” speaking represents himself speaking. Alternate translation: “I have opened my mouth and I have begun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ JOB 33 30 myd4 figs-activepassive 0 he may be enlightened with the light of lif
JOB 33 31 sm1q 0 General Information: Elihu continues speaking to Job.
JOB 33 31 z1l9 figs-doublet 0 Pay attention, Job, and listen to me These phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully to me, Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 33 32 g3l6 figs-idiom 0 that you are in the right This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that you are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 34 1 h9vc 0 Moreover, Elihu “Then, Elihu”
JOB 34 1 yw36 translate-names 0 Elihu See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 32:2](../32/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 34 2 k8a4 0 Listen to my words “Listen to what I say”
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ JOB 34 36 w7eb 0 of his talking like wicked men “of how he has spoken like a
JOB 34 37 jr4v figs-explicit 0 he adds rebellion This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 34 37 fm5k figs-explicit 0 he claps his hands in mockery in our midst In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 34 37 g7nc figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words against God Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ironic situation
Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ironic situation
Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JOB 35 2 s9jw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’? Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 35 2 yh9l 0 Do you think this is just when you say “Do you think it is right for you to say”
JOB 35 2 g7jg figs-you 0 Do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ JOB 35 15 r6hq 0 General Information: Elihu continues speaking.
JOB 35 15 ub2k 0 Now you say that his anger does not punish, and he does not take even a litte notice of transgression Because Job is saying these things about God that are untrue, it is even less likely that God will answer Job’s prayers.
JOB 35 15 kpu8 figs-metonymy 0 his anger does not punish Here “his anger” is a metonym for “him.” Alternate translation: “he never punishes anyone because he is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 35 16 ben3 figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words without knowledge Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words without knowing what he is talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 36 2 h1hx figs-metaphor 0 I will show you some things Elihu speaks of explaining things to Job as if he were going to show those things to Job. Alternate translation: “I will explain some things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 3 c3pd figs-metaphor 0 I will obtain my knowledge from far off Elihu speaks of having knowledge of many different subjects as if it were getting his knowledge from far away places. Alternate translation: “I will show you my great knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 3 u4g9 figs-abstractnouns 0 that righteousness belongs to my Maker Here the word “righteousness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “that my Maker is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ JOB 36 30 e9es figs-metaphor 0 and covers the roots of the sea Elihu speaks of
JOB 36 32 tsi9 figs-metaphor 0 He fills his hands with the lightning Elihu speaks of the lightning that storms cause as if God were holding the lightning in his hand and directing it to strike where he wills. Possible meanings are (1) that God holds the lightning bolts in his hands in order to throw them, or (2) that God hides the lightning bolts in his hands until he is ready to use them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 33 k3qk 0 Its thunder “The thunder caused by the lightning” or “The thunder”
JOB 36 33 se83 0 hear it is coming “hear that the storm is coming”
-JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 37 1 mup1 figs-parallelism 0 my heart trembles…it is moved out of its place These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 37 1 eid2 0 my heart trembles at this The word “this” refers to the storm in [Job 36:33](../36/33.md).
JOB 37 1 nhy8 figs-metaphor 0 it is moved out of its place Elihu speaks of his heart beating violently as if it were to jump out of his chest. Alternate translation: “it moves out of its place” or “it beats violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ JOB 37 20 x2hn figs-metaphor 0 to be swallowed up Elihu speaks of a person bein
JOB 37 22 l64j figs-metaphor 0 over God is fearsome majesty The word “fearsome” means that it causes fear. Elihu speaks of God’s majesty as if it were something that rests upon God. Alternate translation: “God’s majesty causes people to fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 23 c4sd figs-metaphor 0 we cannot find him Possible meanings are (1) “we cannot approach him” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Elihu speaks of a person’s being unable to fully understand God as if he could not find God. Alternate translation: “we cannot comprehend him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 24 n2pv figs-metonymy 0 those who are wise in their own minds Here “minds” represents the person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “those who are wise in their own thinking” or “those who consider themselves to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 1 b53y 0 Then Yahweh called Here, the word “then” marks the beginning of a new part of the book. See if your language has a similar way to introduce a new scene. Alternate translation: “After all that had happened, Yahweh called.
JOB 38 1 zh2u 0 called to Job “answered Job” or “responded to Job”
JOB 38 1 zk13 0 out of a fierce storm “from a powerful storm”
@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ JOB 38 41 hc2b 0 ravens large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dea
JOB 38 41 y9ey figs-explicit 0 cry out to God The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 38 41 nde9 0 stagger about This means to walk around in an unsteady way.
JOB 38 41 i8kr 0 for lack of food “because they have no food” or “because they have nothing to eat”
-JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
JOB 39 1 b1wa figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 39 1 sw6i 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 39 1 m8kw figs-rquestion 0 Do you know at what time…bear their young? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when…bear their young!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ JOB 39 30 e2b5 0 His young “The baby eagles.” It may be helpful to state t
JOB 39 30 s29l 0 drink up blood “drink the blood of the animal that he killed”
JOB 39 30 iv5j 0 where killed people are “where there are dead people.” This phrase refers to dead bodies that are lying out in the open, not to bodies that are buried in the ground.
JOB 39 30 nx3p figs-explicit 0 there he is It can be made explicit that he comes to eat the dead bodies. Alternate translation: “he is there to eat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Irony
Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
+JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Job’s righteousness
In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Irony
Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 40 1 jlf1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 40 2 kpm1 figs-rquestion 0 Should anyone who wishes to criticize try to correct the Almighty? Yahweh is rebuking Job. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one who wants to criticize me should try to argue with me, for I am Almighty God.” or “You, a person, want to criticize me, Almighty God, but you should not try to correct me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 40 2 p78z figs-pronouns 0 He who argues with God, let him answer Yahweh speaks of Job and himself as if they were two other people to remind Job that no person anywhere should argue with God. Alternate translation: “You want to argue with me, so answer me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ JOB 40 22 k86u 0 willows of the brook Willows are large trees that grow in dam
JOB 40 23 vbe3 0 banks sides of the river
JOB 40 23 x8nv 0 though the Jordan should surge up to his mouth “even if the flood of the Jordan should come up to his mouth”
JOB 40 24 uyb7 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone capture him with a hook…snare? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can capture him with a hook or pierce his nose through with a snare.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
+JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 41 1 hgy7 0 General Information: God continues speaking. He is using many rhetorical questions to challenge Job.
JOB 41 1 tg8a figs-rquestion 0 Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook? God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 1 f9dw 0 draw out pull out of the water
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ JOB 41 33 f5nc 0 him Leviathan
JOB 41 34 b5cm 0 He sees everything that is proud “He is very, very proud”
JOB 41 34 c959 figs-personification 0 he is king over all the sons of pride Leviathan is spoken of as if he were a person who is able to become king and be proud. Alternate translation: “Leviathan has more reason to be proud than anyone else on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 41 34 n88z 0 He…he Leviathan
-JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
+JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JOB 42 2 bdu3 figs-ellipsis 0 I know that you can do all things, that no purpose of yours can be stopped You may want to repeat the words “I know.” Alternate translation: “I know that you can do all things. I know that no purpose of yours can be stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOB 42 2 wu37 figs-activepassive 0 no purpose of yours can be stopped This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one can stop any of your plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 42 3 b75d figs-rquestion 0 Who is this The ULT and most modern versions agree that Job is loosely quoting God’s own words from [Job 38:2](../38/02.md). You may decide, as does the UST, to make it clear that God asked this question of Job and that Job is now remembering it. Alternate translation: “You said to me, ‘Who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
diff --git a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv
index c2dfaa76fb..d2da4f15f8 100644
--- a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-PSA front intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Psalms
1. Book One (Psalms 1-41)
1. Book Two (Psalms 42-72)
1. Book Three (Psalms 73-89)
1. Book Four (Psalms 90-106)
1. Book Five (Psalms 107-150)
### What is the Book of Psalms?
The Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
### When was the Book of Psalms written?
The Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.
### What are the Messianic psalms?
Some psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.
### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?
Many psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.
Seventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.
Some superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.
Traditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?
The psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:
* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations
* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers
* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies
* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.
### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?
When people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.
Psalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.
Also, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?
The psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.
This style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
Translators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.
### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?
From ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.
### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?
“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them.
-PSA 1 intro fan4 0 # Psalm 001 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessed
A main theme in this psalm is what it means to be blessed. Here “blessed” refers to anyone who is well off because of a good relationship to God. The contrasting theme is that there are ungodly people, those who refuse to honor God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### People who opposed Yahweh
There are several words in this psalm for those who oppose God: “the wicked” (those who do evil), “sinners” (those who ignore God’s law), and “mockers” (those who mock God and the righteous people). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PSA front intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Psalms
1. Book One (Psalms 1-41)
1. Book Two (Psalms 42-72)
1. Book Three (Psalms 73-89)
1. Book Four (Psalms 90-106)
1. Book Five (Psalms 107-150)
### What is the Book of Psalms?
The Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
### When was the Book of Psalms written?
The Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.
### What are the Messianic psalms?
Some psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.
### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?
Many psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.
Seventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.
Some superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.
Traditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?
The psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:
* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations
* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers
* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies
* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.
### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?
When people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.
Psalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.
Also, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?
The psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.
This style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
Translators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.
### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?
From ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.
### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?
“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them.
+PSA 1 intro fan4 0 # Psalm 001 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessed
A main theme in this psalm is what it means to be blessed. Here “blessed” refers to anyone who is well off because of a good relationship to God. The contrasting theme is that there are ungodly people, those who refuse to honor God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### People who opposed Yahweh
There are several words in this psalm for those who oppose God: “the wicked” (those who do evil), “sinners” (those who ignore God’s law), and “mockers” (those who mock God and the righteous people). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PSA 1 1 w56f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 1 1 gz4n figs-metaphor 0 who does not walk in the advice of the wicked The “advice of the wicked” is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. Alternate translation: “who does not follow the advice of the wicked” or “who does not do what wicked people advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 1 1 uqr7 figs-metaphor 0 stand in the pathway with sinners Here the word “pathway” represents the way people live. The word “stand” is in parallel with “walk.” Alternate translation: “imitate the behavior of sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ PSA 1 5 nr84 figs-metonymy 0 nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous Being
PSA 1 6 wmx7 figs-parallelism 0 For Yahweh approves of the way of the righteous, but the way of the wicked will perish These two clauses contrast what happens to righteous people with what happens to wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 1 6 cxy6 figs-metaphor 0 the way of the righteous How people live is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they are walking on. Alternate translation: “how the righteous live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 1 6 jy56 figs-metaphor 0 the way of the wicked will perish How people live and what they do is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they walk on. Possible meanings are (1) the way perishing represents the wicked perishing because of how they live. Alternate translation: “The wicked will die because of how they live” or (2) the way perishing is a metaphor for no longer being able to live the way they do. Alternate translation: “the wicked will no longer be able to live the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 2 intro z14u 0 # Psalm 002 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PSA 2 intro z14u 0 # Psalm 002 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 2 1 bht4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 2 1 e4gn figs-rquestion 0 Why are the nations in turmoil, and why do the peoples make plots that will fail? These questions are used to show surprise that the people are doing things that are so wrong and foolish. Alternate translation: “The nations are in turmoil and the peoples are making plots that will fail.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PSA 2 1 zq9d 0 are the nations in turmoil This probably means that the nations were making a noisy and angry commotion.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ PSA 2 12 w4m8 translate-symaction 0 Kiss the son People would show their king t
PSA 2 12 v3bs 0 you will die in the way This may refer to dying right there, before the person has a chance to go away. Alternate translation: “you will die immediately”
PSA 2 12 l654 figs-metaphor 0 when his anger burns for just a moment The king’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that could burn. Alternate translation: “when he suddenly becomes very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 2 12 ty9p figs-metaphor 0 seek refuge in him Asking the king for protection is spoken of as seeking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “ask the king to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 3 intro py7j 0 # Psalm 003 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 3 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
Although the psalmist has many enemies and is saying he is without help, God is protecting him and delivering him from danger.
+PSA 3 intro py7j 0 # Psalm 003 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 3 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
Although the psalmist has many enemies and is saying he is without help, God is protecting him and delivering him from danger.
PSA 3 1 ylp1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 3 1 g1yb 0 A psalm of David Possible meanings are (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms.
PSA 3 1 xp7i figs-exclamations 0 Yahweh, how many are my enemies! This exclamation shows that David is afraid of his enemies. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, I have so many enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ PSA 3 7 az5m figs-parallelism 0 hit all my enemies…break the teeth of the wic
PSA 3 7 r6xe translate-symaction 0 For you will hit all my enemies on the jaw This was a way of insulting people. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically hit his enemies. Alternate translation: “For you will insult all my enemies like someone hitting them on the jaw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 3 7 k36i figs-metaphor 0 you will break the teeth of the wicked Animals attack with their teeth. Breaking their teeth takes away their power to attack. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically fight against the wicked. Alternate translation: “you will make the wicked unable to harm me like someone breaking the teeth of a ferocious animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 3 8 x9bn figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation comes from Yahweh The abstract noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh saves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 4 intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 004 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 4 is a psalm of deliverance. It is an evening song, intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during evening worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
God protects all those who truly trust in him for protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 4 intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 004 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 4 is a psalm of deliverance. It is an evening song, intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during evening worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
God protects all those who truly trust in him for protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 4 1 zjj1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 4 1 q28k 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 4 1 k7md 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song”
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ PSA 4 7 b9ht figs-metaphor 0 You have given my heart more gladness than others
PSA 4 7 izx5 figs-metonymy 0 when their grain and new wine abound “New wine” may represent grapes. Alternate translation: “when they reap plentiful harvests of grain and grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 4 8 b57u figs-metaphor 0 It is in peace that I will lie down and sleep Peace is spoken of as if it were a place. This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “peace.” Alternate translation: “I will be peaceful when I lie down and sleep” or “I will not be afraid of danger when I lie down and sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 4 8 p2ce figs-doublet 0 make me safe and secure The words “safe” and “secure” mean basically the same thing and emphasize complete safety. Alternate translation: “make me completely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PSA 5 intro e67h 0 # Psalm 005 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 5 is a psalm of deliverance. Notice how the psalmist both praises God and asks Him for help in defeating the wicked. It was intended to be sung accompanied by flutes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God does not help people who do evil but he blesses those who are good and trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 5 intro e67h 0 # Psalm 005 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 5 is a psalm of deliverance. Notice how the psalmist both praises God and asks Him for help in defeating the wicked. It was intended to be sung accompanied by flutes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God does not help people who do evil but he blesses those who are good and trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 5 1 k92k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 5 1 q7tu 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 5 1 tu54 0 with wind instruments “This song should be accompanied by people who play wind instruments.”
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ PSA 5 11 w32e figs-parallelism 0 those who take refuge in you rejoice…shout f
PSA 5 11 h7eq figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 5 11 jnt7 figs-metonymy 0 those who love your name God’s name represents him. Alternate translation: “those who love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 5 12 t1zz figs-simile 0 you will surround them with favor as with a shield God’s favor is spoken of as if it were a shield. Alternate translation: “you will favor them and protect them as a soldier protects himself with his shield” or “because you are kind to them, you will protect them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-PSA 6 intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 006 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 6 is a deliverance psalm: a call to God for help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trouble
He is in deep trouble and needs God to help him in his difficult situation. But then God hears his prayer and scatters his enemies.
### First Person
This psalm is written using first person making its perspective very personal. There are many uses of the first person in this Psalm.
+PSA 6 intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 006 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 6 is a deliverance psalm: a call to God for help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trouble
He is in deep trouble and needs God to help him in his difficult situation. But then God hears his prayer and scatters his enemies.
### First Person
This psalm is written using first person making its perspective very personal. There are many uses of the first person in this Psalm.
PSA 6 1 qy9s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 6 1 z78f 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 6 1 w19w 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song”
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ PSA 6 7 fup4 figs-metonymy 0 My eyes grow dim The ability to see is spoken of i
PSA 6 7 gny4 figs-metonymy 0 from grief Grief here represents crying. Alternate translation: “from crying” or “because I cry so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 6 9 j23z figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh has heard my appeal for mercy…Yahweh has accepted my prayer These two lines have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 6 9 dq36 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has accepted my prayer Being willing to do what David has prayed for is spoken of as accepting his prayer. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will respond to my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 7 intro zey1 0 # Psalm 007 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
The author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.
### Cush the Benjamite
Note the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul.
+PSA 7 intro zey1 0 # Psalm 007 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
The author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.
### Cush the Benjamite
Note the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul.
PSA 7 1 wzv4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 7 1 v239 0 A musical composition of David “This is a song that David wrote”
PSA 7 1 huv1 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you! Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ PSA 7 11 j5zn figs-explicit 0 a God who is indignant each day Who God is angry
PSA 7 12 y4zk figs-metaphor 0 God will sharpen his sword and will prepare his bow for battle In verses 12 and 13, David speaks of God deciding to punish the wicked as if God were a warrior preparing to fight against them with weapons. Alternate translation: “God will take action against him like a warrior who sharpens his sword and prepares his bow for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 7 14 l54a figs-metaphor 0 one who is pregnant with wickedness…conceives destructive plans…gives birth to harmful lies David speaks of the things that a wicked person does as if the person were pregnant and wickedness was the baby. Alternate translation: “the wicked person. He makes plans to destroy people and produces harmful lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 7 16 p524 figs-metaphor 0 His own destructive plans return to his own head, for his violence comes down on his own head Destruction and violence are spoken of as if they hit a person’s head or fall down on it. Alternate translation: “His own destructive plans destroy him, for his violence attacks him” or “When he plans to destroy others, others destroy him; when he attacks others, others attack him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 8 intro rs24 0 # Psalm 008 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])
### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings
[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
+PSA 8 intro rs24 0 # Psalm 008 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])
### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings
[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
PSA 8 1 lk7t writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 8 1 i9hb 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 8 1 ye1p 0 set to the gittith style This may refer to a style of music.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ PSA 8 6 py2w figs-metaphor 0 you have put all things under his feet Having auth
PSA 8 9 y339 figs-exclamations 0 how magnificent is your name in all the earth With this exclamation, David shows his joy and awe about how great God is. Alternate translation: “your name is wonderfully magnificent in all the earth” or “people in all the earth know how magnificent you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
PSA 8 9 dvi7 figs-metonymy 0 your name God’s “name” represents him or his reputation. Alternate translation: “your reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 8 9 bf2u 0 magnificent excellent, great
-PSA 9 intro zq96 0 # Psalm 009 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 9 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.
### Acrostic Psalm
This psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.
### One Psalm or two
This psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm.
+PSA 9 intro zq96 0 # Psalm 009 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 9 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.
### Acrostic Psalm
This psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.
### One Psalm or two
This psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm.
PSA 9 1 xxu5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 9 1 w9iy 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 9 1 nqw5 0 set to Muth Labben This may refer to a style of music.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ PSA 9 19 dw6d 0 man people
PSA 9 19 f879 figs-metonymy 0 be judged Here judging represents punishing. Alternate translation: “be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 9 19 dca3 figs-metonymy 0 in your sight Here sight represents presence. Alternate translation: “in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 9 19 xin9 figs-activepassive 0 may the nations be judged in your sight This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “judge the nations in your presence” or “take the nations into your presence and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 10 intro h366 0 # Psalm 010 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 10 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
The wicked people are prospering and think that God does not care. They think that he is not involved in these affairs. They destroy the innocent. The godly need God to come to their rescue and to punish the wicked people for the evil that they are doing to the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
### Second half of Psalm 9
As noted in the intro to the last psalm, this one is part of an acrostic poem. This psalm covers the last half on the Hebrew alphabet. It also does not have a superscription to introduce it. However, the psalms do separate well on the subjects they address. One addresses thanksgiving and praise whereas Psalm 10 is a lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
+PSA 10 intro h366 0 # Psalm 010 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 10 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
The wicked people are prospering and think that God does not care. They think that he is not involved in these affairs. They destroy the innocent. The godly need God to come to their rescue and to punish the wicked people for the evil that they are doing to the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
### Second half of Psalm 9
As noted in the intro to the last psalm, this one is part of an acrostic poem. This psalm covers the last half on the Hebrew alphabet. It also does not have a superscription to introduce it. However, the psalms do separate well on the subjects they address. One addresses thanksgiving and praise whereas Psalm 10 is a lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
PSA 10 1 he97 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 10 1 l729 figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, do you stand far off? Why do you hide yourself in times of trouble? The speaker uses these questions to express his distress that God has not helped him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, it seems as though you are far away from me and you hide from me whenever I am in trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 10 2 ml6r 0 schemes evil plans
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ PSA 10 16 zc2f figs-activepassive 0 the nations are driven out of his land This
PSA 10 17 d6nx figs-explicit 0 you have heard the needs of the oppressed It is implied that the oppressed people cried out to God. Alternate translation: “when oppressed people cried out to you, you listened to them tell you what they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PSA 10 17 yqz9 figs-metonymy 0 you strengthen their heart A strong heart represents courage, and making people’s hearts strong represents encouraging them. Alternate translation: “you encourage them” or “you make them confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 10 18 w3s1 0 no man…will cause terror again “no one…will cause people to be afraid again”
-PSA 11 intro zn9r 0 # Psalm 011 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 11 is a worship psalm. It tells how great God is and that God delivers the good people from the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
The wicked people try to destroy the good people but God knows everything that is being done and he saves the good people and destroys the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 11 intro zn9r 0 # Psalm 011 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 11 is a worship psalm. It tells how great God is and that God delivers the good people from the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
The wicked people try to destroy the good people but God knows everything that is being done and he saves the good people and destroys the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 11 1 t2nr writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 11 1 ca3b 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 11 1 i5j2 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in Yahweh Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to Yahweh for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ PSA 11 5 qa59 0 do violence “hurt others”
PSA 11 6 t8lu figs-metaphor 0 He rains burning coals and brimstone upon the wicked; a scorching wind will be their portion from his cup! God’s punishment is described as if it were burning coals and brimstone from a volcano. Alternate translation: “He punishes the wicked; there will be no relief for them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 11 6 i1h8 0 brimstone sulphur
PSA 11 7 ai4r 0 see his face “be in his presence”
-PSA 12 intro c38b 0 # Psalm 012 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 12 is a judgment psalm, where the author asks God to judge and punish the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
There are so many wicked people now and they are proud of their evil. But God will save the poor who call out to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
### Words
This relatively short psalm focuses on the words people use.
+PSA 12 intro c38b 0 # Psalm 012 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 12 is a judgment psalm, where the author asks God to judge and punish the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
There are so many wicked people now and they are proud of their evil. But God will save the poor who call out to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
### Words
This relatively short psalm focuses on the words people use.
PSA 12 1 lrn6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 12 1 l7ap 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 12 1 d3jh 0 set to the Sheminith This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 6:1](../006/001.md).
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ PSA 12 7 txp6 0 You keep them “You keep the righteous people safe”
PSA 12 8 q4v9 0 walk on every side “surround us”
PSA 12 8 y7uy figs-activepassive 0 when evil is exalted among the children of mankind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when people everywhere are praising evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 12 8 lrt6 0 children of mankind “human beings” or “people”
-PSA 13 intro nza7 0 # Psalm 013 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 13 is a psalm of deliverance because the psalmist is calling on God to deliver him from death and his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
The author needs God to help him because his enemies will rejoice if they are able to defeat him. The string of rhetorical questions is very effective at heightening the fear David is feeling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
+PSA 13 intro nza7 0 # Psalm 013 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 13 is a psalm of deliverance because the psalmist is calling on God to deliver him from death and his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
The author needs God to help him because his enemies will rejoice if they are able to defeat him. The string of rhetorical questions is very effective at heightening the fear David is feeling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
PSA 13 1 vsr8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 13 1 hwf6 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 13 1 xg9c figs-rquestion 0 How long, Yahweh, will you keep forgetting about me? This question is asked to get the reader’s attention and to add emphasis. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, it seems that you have forgotten about me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ PSA 13 4 ucm3 0 Do not let my enemy say…so that my enemy may not say “Do n
PSA 13 4 x5p1 0 when I am brought down “when I fall” or “when they defeat me”
PSA 13 5 l1in figs-abstractnouns 0 I have trusted in your covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I have trusted that you are faithful to your covenant” or “I have trusted you because you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 13 5 s3s4 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart rejoices in your salvation Here “my heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will rejoice because you have rescued me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 14 intro a269 0 # Psalm 014 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 14 is a deliverance psalm because he is trusting God to deliver the poor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Wicked people do not even consider God when they make their plans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 14 intro a269 0 # Psalm 014 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 14 is a deliverance psalm because he is trusting God to deliver the poor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Wicked people do not even consider God when they make their plans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 14 1 ghg8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 14 1 l8jh 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 14 1 bwz9 figs-idiom 0 A fool says in his heart This is an idiom that means to say to oneself or to think to oneself. Alternate translation: “A foolish person says to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ PSA 14 6 ysx7 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh is his refuge This speaks of the protectio
PSA 14 7 uji3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion! This is an exclamation. The writer is saying what he wishes or longs for God to do. Alternate translation: “I wish so much that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
PSA 14 7 xxx6 figs-metonymy 0 Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion! Here “the salvation of Israel” is a metonym for Yahweh, the one who saves Israel. Alternate translation: “Oh, that Yahweh would come from Zion and save Israel!” or “I wish that Yahweh would come from Zion and rescue his people Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 14 7 h25q figs-parallelism 0 then Jacob will rejoice and Israel will be glad These two phrases mean the same thing. Here both “Jacob” and “Israel” represent the people of Israel. The two phrases can be combined in the translation. Alternate translation: “then all the people of Israel will rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 15 intro j6s2 0 # Psalm 015 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Godliness
This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Moral Conditions for Worship
Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+PSA 15 intro j6s2 0 # Psalm 015 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Godliness
This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Moral Conditions for Worship
Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
PSA 15 1 u6j8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 15 1 sql5 figs-metonymy 0 Who may live on your holy hill? God’s “holy hill” represents God’s temple, which was on Mount Zion. Alternate translation: “Who may live in your holy place?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 15 2 jg77 0 speaks truth from his heart “speaks honestly”
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ PSA 15 3 ih3s 0 harm hurt
PSA 15 4 y2jl 0 The worthless person is despised in his eyes, but he honors those who fear Yahweh “Righteous people hate those who have rejected God, but they honor those who respect God”
PSA 15 4 y1aw 0 The worthless person “The wicked person” or “The person who has rejected Yahweh”
PSA 15 5 qq63 figs-metaphor 0 will never be shaken Here “to be shaken” represents not living safely any longer. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will live in safety” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 16 intro hm6c 0 # Psalm 016 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 16 is a psalm of praise, thanking God for all his mercies. The New Testament considers this psalm to be a messianic psalm: a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
God has been so good to the psalmist, who will worship no other god. The New Testament considers the tenth verse to be about Christ’s resurrection when it says that he is God’s anointed one, and that God will not leave his body in the grave to decay. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
### Superscription
The term “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this term, but in the end no one is certain what it means. So it is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you are welcome to translate it as “psalm.”
+PSA 16 intro hm6c 0 # Psalm 016 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 16 is a psalm of praise, thanking God for all his mercies. The New Testament considers this psalm to be a messianic psalm: a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
God has been so good to the psalmist, who will worship no other god. The New Testament considers the tenth verse to be about Christ’s resurrection when it says that he is God’s anointed one, and that God will not leave his body in the grave to decay. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
### Superscription
The term “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this term, but in the end no one is certain what it means. So it is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you are welcome to translate it as “psalm.”
PSA 16 1 m94a writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 16 1 u6cp figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 16 3 b6f8 figs-explicit 0 the holy people who are on the earth Here “holy people” refers to God’s own people who trust him. Alternate translation: “your people who live in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ PSA 16 9 e6e1 0 my glory is rejoicing Possible meanings are (1) the word “gl
PSA 16 11 b54u 0 abundant joy “great joy” or “a large amount of joy”
PSA 16 11 hxq5 figs-personification 0 joy resides in your presence The writer speaks of “joy” as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 16 11 v4yr figs-idiom 0 in your right hand The words “right hand” indicate being in God’s special presence. Alternate translation: “when I am near you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 17 intro thd2 0 # Psalm 017 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 17 is a prayer for deliverance from all his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Innocence
The psalmist is innocent and needs God to rescue him from these enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]])
+PSA 17 intro thd2 0 # Psalm 017 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 17 is a prayer for deliverance from all his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Innocence
The psalmist is innocent and needs God to rescue him from these enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]])
PSA 17 1 y32y writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 17 1 z6y3 figs-metaphor 0 Give ear to my prayer from lips without deceit The phrase “give ear” is a metaphor for listening, and “lips without deceit” is synecdoche for a person who does not lie. Alternate translation: “Listen to my prayer for I speak without deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 17 2 k4su figs-metaphor 0 Let my vindication come from your presence Vindication coming from God represents God judging someone and declaring him innocent. God’s “presence” is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “Let my vindication come from you” or “Declare that I am innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ PSA 17 14 xg3n figs-metaphor 0 You will fill the bellies of your treasured ones
PSA 17 14 knu1 figs-metaphor 0 You will fill the bellies…with riches Here “fill the bellies…with riches” is a metaphor for giving them many valuable things. Possible meanings are (1) “You will give many riches to the people you love” or (2) “you will give the men of this world many riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 17 15 ck39 figs-synecdoche 0 I will see your face in righteousness Here “face” represents Yahweh in all of his being. David is confident he will see Yahweh. Alternate translation: “because I act in the right way, I will be with you one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 17 15 bpx8 figs-explicit 0 I will be satisfied, when I awake, with a sight of you David believes that after he dies, he will be with Yahweh. This can be made clear in the translation. Alternate translation: “After I die, I will be happy to wake up in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PSA 18 intro enj7 0 # Psalm 018 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 18 is a psalm of praise to God for his strengthening David for war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God has tremendous power and he enabled David to prosper in war. This psalm, and its superscription, also appears in 1 Samuel 22 with some minor differences.
+PSA 18 intro enj7 0 # Psalm 018 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 18 is a psalm of praise to God for his strengthening David for war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God has tremendous power and he enabled David to prosper in war. This psalm, and its superscription, also appears in 1 Samuel 22 with some minor differences.
PSA 18 1 xfk3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 18 1 ig1a 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 18 1 vm1x 0 A psalm of David Possible meanings are (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ PSA 18 49 f8x9 figs-explicit 0 among the nations Here the writer means that he
PSA 18 49 qvh1 figs-metonymy 0 to your name Here “name” represents God himself. Alternate translation: “in honor of your name” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 18 50 ggt6 figs-123person 0 victory to his king By using the words “his king,” David is referring to himself as king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
PSA 18 50 sw5u 0 he shows his covenant loyalty to his anointed one…to his descendants forever “he faithfully loves me as he promised in his covenant, and he will love my descendants forever”
-PSA 19 intro sn29 0 # Psalm 019 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 19 is a praise psalm, praising God for his creation and for his law.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s law
God’s law keeps people from sinning. There are two distinct themes in this psalm. Verses 1-6 are God’s glory in the heavens and the second is praising God for his law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+PSA 19 intro sn29 0 # Psalm 019 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 19 is a praise psalm, praising God for his creation and for his law.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s law
God’s law keeps people from sinning. There are two distinct themes in this psalm. Verses 1-6 are God’s glory in the heavens and the second is praising God for his law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
PSA 19 1 s9h1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 19 1 j4zh 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 19 1 mn6q 0 The heavens declare The heavens are described as if they were a person. Alternate translation: “The heavens show” or “The heavens look like they declare”
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ PSA 19 14 l16r figs-metonymy 0 the words of my mouth and the thoughts of my hea
PSA 19 14 t28d 0 be acceptable in your sight “receive approval in your sight” or “be pleasing to you”
PSA 19 14 bu1w figs-metaphor 0 in your sight Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 19 14 vn8k figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh, my rock The writer speaks of God as if he were a rock that one could climb and be protected from his enemies. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you are like my rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 20 intro h99t 0 # Psalm 020 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 20 is a royal psalm. It is probably a prayer for the king, perhaps when he first became king.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting God is much better than trusting in military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 20 intro h99t 0 # Psalm 020 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 20 is a royal psalm. It is probably a prayer for the king, perhaps when he first became king.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting God is much better than trusting in military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 20 1 v6pl writing-poetry 0 General Information: This Psalm begins with a group of people speaking to the king of Israel. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 20 1 h9gw 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 20 1 vrb5 0 help you The word “you” in this Psalm is singular and refers to the king.
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ PSA 21 12 ti25 figs-idiom 0 you will turn them back This is a way of saying tha
PSA 21 12 ge87 figs-explicit 0 you will draw your bow before them This implies that he actually shoots his arrows at his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PSA 21 13 aul7 0 Be exalted, Yahweh, in your strength Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh, show us that you are very strong” or (2) “Yahweh, because you are strong we will exalt you”
PSA 21 13 w52b figs-doublet 0 we will sing and praise your power The words “sing” and “praise” share similar meanings. Here the word “power” represents God and his power. Alternate translation: “with singing we will praise you because you are powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 22 intro y7hl 0 # Psalm 022 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 22 is a messianic psalm. It contains references to events during the crucifixion of Christ. It is also a psalm of individual lament and praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/crucify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
Christ was despised and taunted by his enemies; but finally people all over the earth will bow down to him.
### New Testament usage
This psalm is quoted in different places in the New Testament. Verse 1a is cited in Matthew 27:46 and Mark 15:34 as the words of Christ on the cross. Many of the events in the narratives of the crucifixion are mentioned in this psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
+PSA 22 intro y7hl 0 # Psalm 022 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 22 is a messianic psalm. It contains references to events during the crucifixion of Christ. It is also a psalm of individual lament and praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/crucify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
Christ was despised and taunted by his enemies; but finally people all over the earth will bow down to him.
### New Testament usage
This psalm is quoted in different places in the New Testament. Verse 1a is cited in Matthew 27:46 and Mark 15:34 as the words of Christ on the cross. Many of the events in the narratives of the crucifixion are mentioned in this psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]])
PSA 22 1 lw3l writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 22 1 k951 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 22 1 ux16 0 The rhythm of the deer This may refer to a style of music.
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ PSA 22 30 tak2 figs-metonymy 0 A generation to come Here “A generation” rep
PSA 22 30 l73k figs-metonymy 0 the next generation Here “generation” represents the people of that generation. Alternate translation: “the people of the next generation” or “their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 22 30 j95t 0 of the Lord “about the Lord” or “about what the Lord has done”
PSA 22 31 lt28 figs-abstractnouns 0 tell of his righteousness The abstract noun “righteousness” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “tell of the righteous things he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 23 intro r1f6 0 # Psalm 023 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 23 is a psalm of praise to God for his continued care and protection. The psalmist praises God for always being with him and for caring for him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Psalm 23 is an extended metaphor speaking of God as if he were a shepherd, and of the psalmist as if he were a sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PSA 23 intro r1f6 0 # Psalm 023 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 23 is a psalm of praise to God for his continued care and protection. The psalmist praises God for always being with him and for caring for him.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Psalm 23 is an extended metaphor speaking of God as if he were a shepherd, and of the psalmist as if he were a sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 23 1 h1x8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: In much of this psalm, David writes as if he were a sheep and the Lord were his shepherd. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
PSA 23 1 t39n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh is my shepherd The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd. This emphasizes how God cares for people as a shepherd cares for his sheep. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a shepherd to me” or “Yahweh cares for me as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 23 1 gb7q figs-litotes 0 I will lack nothing This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I have everything that I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ PSA 23 6 y8zc figs-metaphor 0 Surely goodness and covenant faithfulness will pu
PSA 23 6 ep2g figs-abstractnouns 0 all the days of my life The abstract noun “life” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 23 6 u2bl 0 the house of Yahweh Possible meanings are that (1) this refers to Yahweh’s eternal home, or (2) this refers to Yahweh’s temple in Jerusalem. If possible, translate it so that both meanings could be understood.
PSA 23 6 u53m figs-idiom 0 for the length of my days This idiom refers to the duration of his life. Alternate translation: “as long as I live” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 24 intro cw5j 0 # Psalm 024 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 24 is a psalm of praise to God as the almighty God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/almighty]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Righteous people
Only the righteous come to worship God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The psalmists uses several rhetorical questions. Each question forms a unit with a response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+PSA 24 intro cw5j 0 # Psalm 024 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 24 is a psalm of praise to God as the almighty God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/almighty]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Righteous people
Only the righteous come to worship God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The psalmists uses several rhetorical questions. Each question forms a unit with a response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PSA 24 1 nne9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 24 1 hma5 figs-abstractnouns 0 its fullness The abstract noun “fullness” can be stated with the verb “fills.” Alternate translation: “everything that fills it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 24 2 v6lt figs-parallelism 0 For he has founded it upon the seas and established it on the rivers Here “founded it upon the seas” and “established it on the rivers” mean basically the same thing. The Hebrews of that time believed their land was supported by the oceans and deep underground rivers. Alternate translation: For he formed its foundation on the seas and built it on the deep waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ PSA 24 7 z61a figs-synecdoche 0 Lift up your heads It is uncertain what specifi
PSA 24 8 bp2e figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh, strong and mighty; Yahweh, mighty in battle The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a mighty warrior who fights in battles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 24 9 hl69 figs-parallelism 0 Lift up your heads, you gates; be lifted up, everlasting doors The two phases are very similar in meaning. The words “gates” and “doors” refer to the gates of the temple. The writer is speaking to the gates as if they were a person. A gatekeeper would be the one to open the gates. See how you translated this in [Psalms 24:7](../024/007.md). Alternate translation: “Open up, you ancient gates” or “Open these ancient gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 24 9 fk49 figs-synecdoche 0 Lift up your heads It is uncertain what specific part of the gate is the “head.” But, it stands for the gate as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 25 intro utp4 0 # Psalm 025 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 25 is a prayer for God’s help.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The humble
God is very good to humble people who seek to obey him.
+PSA 25 intro utp4 0 # Psalm 025 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 25 is a prayer for God’s help.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The humble
God is very good to humble people who seek to obey him.
PSA 25 1 sq2m writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 25 1 z3ls figs-metaphor 0 I lift up my life The phrase “lift up my life” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) the writer is giving himself to Yahweh, which means he is completely depending on Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I give myself to you” or (2) he is offering prayer and adoration to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I worship and adore you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 25 2 m2b6 figs-activepassive 0 Do not let me be humiliated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let my enemies humiliate me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ PSA 25 21 b36j figs-personification 0 May integrity and uprightness preserve me
PSA 25 21 d4fj 0 preserve me “keep me safe”
PSA 25 22 vj9z 0 Rescue Israel “Save Israel” or “Redeem Israel”
PSA 25 22 msf4 figs-metonymy 0 Israel…his troubles Here “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel…our troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 26 intro q9dz 0 # Psalm 026 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 26 is a teaching psalm; showing people how they should live by the example of the psalmsist.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist delights in praising God and doing good deeds. It is striking how this psalm uses the first person pronoun. This is an individual psalm of petition. Each of the four petitions are accompanied with various claims. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
+PSA 26 intro q9dz 0 # Psalm 026 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 26 is a teaching psalm; showing people how they should live by the example of the psalmsist.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist delights in praising God and doing good deeds. It is striking how this psalm uses the first person pronoun. This is an individual psalm of petition. Each of the four petitions are accompanied with various claims. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
PSA 26 1 h9z4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 26 1 b9cq figs-metaphor 0 I have walked The word “walked” is a metaphor for behavior. Alternate translation: “I have behaved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 26 1 am7u figs-123person 0 in Yahweh The third person use of “Yahweh” can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ PSA 26 11 vu5m figs-metaphor 0 I will walk in integrity “Walk” here is a me
PSA 26 12 xe4n figs-synecdoche 0 My foot stands Here “foot” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 26 12 apj3 figs-metaphor 0 level ground Possible meanings are that “level ground” represents (1) a safe place or (2) right behavior (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 26 12 p8c6 0 in the assemblies will I bless Yahweh “when I gather with the people of Israel I will praise you”
-PSA 27 intro ru1e 0 # Psalm 027 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 27 is a psalm of praise to God because God keeps the psalmist safe from all his enemies.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
Because of God’s help, he has nothing to fear, no matter what happens. The psalmist shows his confidence in God; he also asks God for help.
+PSA 27 intro ru1e 0 # Psalm 027 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 27 is a psalm of praise to God because God keeps the psalmist safe from all his enemies.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
Because of God’s help, he has nothing to fear, no matter what happens. The psalmist shows his confidence in God; he also asks God for help.
PSA 27 1 cx3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 27 1 pgd5 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh is my light Here “light” represents life. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the source of my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 27 1 f2iu figs-rquestion 0 whom should I fear? This question emphasizes that there is no one that David should fear. Alternate translation: “I will not be afraid of anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ PSA 27 13 wld8 figs-idiom 0 in the land of the living This refers to being aliv
PSA 27 14 g4pq 0 Wait for Yahweh…Wait for Yahweh! This verse may be (1) the writer speaking to himself or (2) the writer speaking to others or (3) someone speaking to the writer.
PSA 27 14 m8gs figs-synecdoche 0 let your heart be courageous Here “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 27 14 yng1 0 Wait for Yahweh! This line is repeated at the end of the psalm as a way of ending the psalm.
-PSA 28 intro a18t 0 # Psalm 028 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 28 is a psalm of prayer to God that he is not be punished along with the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
The psalmist trusted God completely and God rescued him. This is similar to psalm 7 and 17 because it is an individual lament psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
+PSA 28 intro a18t 0 # Psalm 028 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 28 is a psalm of prayer to God that he is not be punished along with the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
The psalmist trusted God completely and God rescued him. This is similar to psalm 7 and 17 because it is an individual lament psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
PSA 28 1 p6ea writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 28 1 t7sd 0 I cry out “I call out loudly”
PSA 28 1 vx2c figs-metaphor 0 my rock This is a metaphor for strength. Alternate translation: “my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ PSA 28 8 vd99 figs-metaphor 0 he is the saving refuge of his anointed one Yahwe
PSA 28 8 yh2k figs-metonymy 0 his anointed one The represents the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 28 9 at1a figs-metaphor 0 your inheritance This speaks about the people of God as if they were something God inherited. Alternate translation: “your possession” or “those who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 28 9 e7e7 figs-metaphor 0 Be their shepherd and carry them forever The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd and the people are his sheep. A shepherd would carry a sheep if it needed help or protection. Alternate translation: “Be like their shepherd and protect them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 29 intro b4tt 0 # Psalm 029 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 29 is a worship psalm. It tells how Yahweh rules all nature.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful. All he has to do is to speak in order to control nature.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
The voice of the Yahweh stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+PSA 29 intro b4tt 0 # Psalm 029 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 29 is a worship psalm. It tells how Yahweh rules all nature.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful. All he has to do is to speak in order to control nature.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
The voice of the Yahweh stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 29 1 kq7e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 29 1 bc7z figs-idiom 0 you sons of God The phrase “sons of” is a way of saying “having the characteristics of.” Alternate translation: “you mighty men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 29 1 i354 figs-abstractnouns 0 ascribe to Yahweh glory and strength The abstract nouns “glory” and “strength” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh because he is glorious and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ PSA 29 9 f33q figs-metaphor 0 strips the forests bare Removing the leaves of th
PSA 29 10 mk7u figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sits as king This means that Yahweh rules. Alternate translation: “Yahweh rules” or “Yahweh is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 29 10 b6k6 0 over the flood Here “flood” refers to waters that cover the earth.
PSA 29 11 vm7e figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blesses his people with peace The word “peace” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blesses his people by causing them to prosper and to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 30 intro eee3 0 # Psalm 030 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 30 is a psalm of praise and thanksgiving to God. The psalmist was near death but God rescued him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The psalmist’s death
If he had died, it would not have been a help to God. But since God rescued him he can praise God.
+PSA 30 intro eee3 0 # Psalm 030 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 30 is a psalm of praise and thanksgiving to God. The psalmist was near death but God rescued him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The psalmist’s death
If he had died, it would not have been a help to God. But since God rescued him he can praise God.
PSA 30 1 iaj9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 30 1 e8py 0 a song at the dedication of the temple “This song was sung when the temple was dedicated”
PSA 30 1 ig1t figs-metaphor 0 you have raised me up The writer speaks of God rescuing him and keeping him from dying as if God had drawn him up from a deep well. Alternate translation: “you rescued me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ PSA 30 11 fh4q figs-abstractnouns 0 You have turned my mourning into dancing It
PSA 30 11 y5wj figs-metonymy 0 you have removed my sackcloth Sackcloth was associated with mourning and sorrow. Alternate translation: “You have caused me to no longer be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 30 11 l9jm figs-metaphor 0 clothed me with gladness The writer speaks of gladness as if it were a garment that he could put on. Alternate translation: “caused me to be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 30 12 b717 figs-synecdoche 0 my glory will sing praise to you Here “my glory” refers to the writer’s soul or heart or inner being. This represents the entire person of the writer, who worships God because God has made him glad. Alternate translation: “I will sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 31 intro j2an 0 # Psalm 031 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 31 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist’s enemies thought they had defeated him, but God protected him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abandonment
Even though everyone deserted and despised the psalmist, God did not abandon him.
+PSA 31 intro j2an 0 # Psalm 031 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 31 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist’s enemies thought they had defeated him, but God protected him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abandonment
Even though everyone deserted and despised the psalmist, God did not abandon him.
PSA 31 1 ggk4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 31 1 yu4y 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 31 1 fs4i figs-metaphor 0 In you, Yahweh, I take refuge Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “I go to you, Yahweh, for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ PSA 31 22 aku2 figs-synecdoche 0 your eyes Here Yahweh is represented by his
PSA 31 22 pa4l figs-abstractnouns 0 you heard my plea for help Here “plea” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “you heard me plead for help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 31 23 a8kd figs-nominaladj 0 the faithful This refers to the faithful people. Alternate translation: “the people who are faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 31 23 el6y figs-idiom 0 he pays back the arrogant in full Here “pay back” is an idiom that refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “he gives the proud people all of the punishment that they deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 32 intro le2f 0 # Psalm 032 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 32 is a psalm of confession of sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Confession of sin
This psalm tells of the sorrow of unconfessed sin; it also tells of the blessing of confession and of receiving God’s forgiveness. It is such a blessing when God forgives sin. Trouble comes when sin is hidden and not confessed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])
+PSA 32 intro le2f 0 # Psalm 032 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 32 is a psalm of confession of sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Confession of sin
This psalm tells of the sorrow of unconfessed sin; it also tells of the blessing of confession and of receiving God’s forgiveness. It is such a blessing when God forgives sin. Trouble comes when sin is hidden and not confessed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])
PSA 32 1 w4yz writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 32 1 tgw8 0 A psalm of David Possible meanings are (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms.
PSA 32 1 pzp9 figs-parallelism 0 whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered These phrases have similar meanings. They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who God forgives his transgression and covers his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ PSA 32 11 zxp2 figs-idiom 0 Be glad in Yahweh Here “in Yahweh” refers to wh
PSA 32 11 n71r figs-nominaladj 0 you righteous This refers to people. Alternate translation: “you righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 32 11 gs62 0 shout for joy “shout joyfully” or “shout because of joy”
PSA 32 11 ame7 figs-synecdoche 0 who are upright in heart Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “people who are upright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 33 intro m4ih 0 # Psalm 033 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 33 is a worship song. It tells how great God is.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
God is the creator and also the God of his people, Israel. Whatever he plans works out. He alone provides safety in battle.
+PSA 33 intro m4ih 0 # Psalm 033 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 33 is a worship song. It tells how great God is.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
God is the creator and also the God of his people, Israel. Whatever he plans works out. He alone provides safety in battle.
PSA 33 1 b979 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 33 1 x3gc figs-idiom 0 Rejoice in Yahweh Here “in Yahweh” refers to what Yahweh has done for them. “Rejoice because of what Yahweh has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 33 1 jn1l 0 praise is appropriate for the upright “to praise Yahweh is appropriate for upright people”
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ PSA 33 21 ujv3 figs-synecdoche 0 Our hearts rejoice Here “hearts” refer to
PSA 33 21 eu9i figs-metonymy 0 in his holy name Here “holy name” refers to Yahweh’s holy character. Alternate translation: “in his holy character” or “in him because he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 33 22 nn9g figs-metaphor 0 Let your covenant faithfulness, Yahweh, be with us Yahweh acting faithfully towards the people is spoken of as if Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness were with them. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May you always act faithfully towards us because of your covenant, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 33 22 jye8 0 as we put our hope in you “as we hope for your help”
-PSA 34 intro az5s 0 # Psalm 034 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 34 is a teaching psalm and includes thanksgiving. It teaches that living right leads to a good life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
The psalm does not relate directly to the superscription given about Abimelech.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
Good people can have problems, but God brings them through these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
+PSA 34 intro az5s 0 # Psalm 034 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 34 is a teaching psalm and includes thanksgiving. It teaches that living right leads to a good life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
The psalm does not relate directly to the superscription given about Abimelech.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
Good people can have problems, but God brings them through these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
PSA 34 1 p9iv writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 34 1 w9ay 0 A psalm of David Possible meanings are (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms.
PSA 34 1 j36y 0 pretended to be insane “acted like a crazy person”
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ PSA 34 21 v5tb figs-activepassive 0 Those who hate the righteous will be condem
PSA 34 21 a6li figs-nominaladj 0 the righteous This refers to righteous people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 34 22 pl7j figs-activepassive 0 None of those who take refuge in him will be condemned This can be stated in active form. It can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive everyone who takes refuge in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
PSA 34 22 wb23 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in him Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to him for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 35 intro d3ln 0 # Psalm 035 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 35 is a prayer for deliverance. His enemies are coming against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
When his enemies were sick, he tried to comfort them, but when he was in trouble his enemies use this as a time to attack him.
+PSA 35 intro d3ln 0 # Psalm 035 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 35 is a prayer for deliverance. His enemies are coming against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
When his enemies were sick, he tried to comfort them, but when he was in trouble his enemies use this as a time to attack him.
PSA 35 1 u6dy writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 35 2 uj8w figs-metaphor 0 Grab your small shield and large shield The writer describes God as a warrior who is preparing himself for battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 35 2 f9eb 0 small shield and large shield these are defensive weapons
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ PSA 35 27 zr5u figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh be praised This can be stated in act
PSA 35 27 l9kp 0 who delights in “who is happy with” or “who is glad for”
PSA 35 27 ra7f 0 welfare well-being, happiness
PSA 35 28 b4q3 figs-abstractnouns 0 tell of your justice The abstract noun “justice” can be stated as “right.” Alternate translation: “proclaim that you act in the right way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 36 intro a634 0 # Psalm 036 General Notes
## Formatting in this chapter
Psalm 36 is a psalm of praise. It speaks of how good God is to those who love him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God and man
Evil people do not think about God; but he is such a pleasure to all who honor him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 36 intro a634 0 # Psalm 036 General Notes
## Formatting in this chapter
Psalm 36 is a psalm of praise. It speaks of how good God is to those who love him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God and man
Evil people do not think about God; but he is such a pleasure to all who honor him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 36 1 d19d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 36 1 hw62 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 36 1 eg5r figs-genericnoun 0 An evil man This does not refer to a specific man, but to evil people in general. Alternate translation: “Evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ PSA 36 11 a5wg 0 drive me away “send me away” or “make me leave my place
PSA 36 12 mm9r figs-metaphor 0 evildoers have fallen; they are knocked down and are not able to get up All three phrases describe the evildoers as defeated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 36 12 q7yf figs-activepassive 0 they are knocked down This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have knocked them down” or “you have destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 36 12 bmn7 0 are not able to get up “cannot get up”
-PSA 37 intro tv7e 0 # Psalm 037 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 37 is a teaching psalm. It provides guidance about how to live a moral and God-fearing life. It teaches that evil people do not prosper in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Envy
Do not envy evil people. Although it appears as though they prosper, soon they will be destroyed and the good people will continue on living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
+PSA 37 intro tv7e 0 # Psalm 037 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 37 is a teaching psalm. It provides guidance about how to live a moral and God-fearing life. It teaches that evil people do not prosper in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Envy
Do not envy evil people. Although it appears as though they prosper, soon they will be destroyed and the good people will continue on living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
PSA 37 1 bd2s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 37 1 a1ye 0 Do not be irritated because of evildoers “Do not let wicked people upset you” or “Do not be bothered by what wicked people do”
PSA 37 2 y2vk figs-simile 0 dry up as the grass…wither as the green plants Evildoers are spoken of as if they are grass and plants that dry up and die in the hot weather. These two similes both mean they will die. Alternate translation: “die” or “come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ PSA 37 39 m69g figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation of the righteous comes from Yahwe
PSA 37 39 rjp3 figs-nominaladj 0 the righteous This refers to the righteous people. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 37 40 jus5 figs-parallelism 0 helps…rescues…saves This same idea is repeated in several different ways to emphasize that Yahweh is dependable and able to give aid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 37 40 qwg7 figs-metaphor 0 they have taken refuge in him Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “they have gone to him for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 38 intro ysy3 0 # Psalm 038 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 38 is a confession of sin and a prayer for deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Author’s sickness
The author was very sick and his enemies were seeking ways to destroy him.
+PSA 38 intro ysy3 0 # Psalm 038 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 38 is a confession of sin and a prayer for deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Author’s sickness
The author was very sick and his enemies were seeking ways to destroy him.
PSA 38 1 nsf9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 38 1 n1x9 0 A psalm of David Possible meanings are (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms.
PSA 38 1 nd38 figs-parallelism 0 do not rebuke me in your anger…do not punish me in your wrath These phrases mean basically the same thing and the idea is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ PSA 38 21 czy3 figs-parallelism 0 Do not abandon me…do not stay far away from
PSA 38 21 nrs8 figs-metaphor 0 do not stay far away from me Because Yahweh has not yet answered the writer’s request, he speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh were standing far away from the writer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 38 22 zv2x figs-metaphor 0 Come quickly to help me God is spoken of as if he is running to the writer to help him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 38 22 a3xa figs-abstractnouns 0 my salvation The abstract noun “salvation” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “you are the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 39 intro z1zc 0 # Psalm 039 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 39 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life
Life on earth is short. The psalmist wanted God’s healing so he can enjoy the rest of his life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
This psalm shares some characteristics of another wisdom book called Ecclesiastes or Koheleth but is more positive.
+PSA 39 intro z1zc 0 # Psalm 039 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 39 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life
Life on earth is short. The psalmist wanted God’s healing so he can enjoy the rest of his life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
This psalm shares some characteristics of another wisdom book called Ecclesiastes or Koheleth but is more positive.
PSA 39 1 lx3e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 39 1 rc8d 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship,”
PSA 39 1 br39 translate-names 0 Jeduthun One of David’s chief musicians had this same name. This may refer to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ PSA 39 12 ae4r figs-metaphor 0 Do not be deaf to me The writer speaks of Yahweh
PSA 39 12 nnj1 figs-simile 0 I am like a foreigner with you, a refugee The writer speaks of Yahweh’s lack of response as if Yahweh considered him to be a total stranger to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a complete stranger to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 39 13 k2nr figs-metonymy 0 Turn your gaze from me Here “your gaze” represents Yahweh’s punishment. Alternate translation: “Please stop punishing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 39 13 kfn1 figs-metonymy 0 so that I may smile again Here “smile” is associated with being happy. Alternate translation: “so that I can be happy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 40 intro ik39 0 # Psalm 040 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 40 is a psalm of praise. Many also see it as a messianic psalm, a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifices
God is not interested in sacrifices but wants people to obey him and fulfill his plans for them.
+PSA 40 intro ik39 0 # Psalm 040 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 40 is a psalm of praise. Many also see it as a messianic psalm, a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifices
God is not interested in sacrifices but wants people to obey him and fulfill his plans for them.
PSA 40 1 k46g writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 40 1 q9w4 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 40 1 yu4m 0 I waited patiently for Yahweh This means the writer was waiting for Yahweh to help him.
@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ PSA 40 17 a8vb figs-parallelism 0 You are my help…you come to my rescue These
PSA 40 17 g2mh 0 You are my help “You are the one who helps me”
PSA 40 17 zf6l 0 you come to my rescue “you come to save me”
PSA 40 17 c1t7 figs-litotes 0 do not delay This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “respond quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-PSA 41 intro q9l9 0 # Psalm 041 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 41 is a psalm of deliverance. The author’s friends had become his enemies who wanted to see him die but he trusted God to rescue him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
The author’s best friend had become an enemy. His enemies were happy because they were sure his sickness would result in death.
+PSA 41 intro q9l9 0 # Psalm 041 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 41 is a psalm of deliverance. The author’s friends had become his enemies who wanted to see him die but he trusted God to rescue him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
The author’s best friend had become an enemy. His enemies were happy because they were sure his sickness would result in death.
PSA 41 1 y6js writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 41 1 ay4z 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 41 1 bd73 0 he who is concerned for the weak…rescue him The words “he” and “him” refer to anyone who is concerned for the weak.
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ PSA 41 12 jj35 figs-metaphor 0 will keep me before your face The writer speaks
PSA 41 13 s4va 0 General Information: This verse is more than the end of this psalm. It is the closing statement for all of Book 1 of the Psalms, which starts at Psalm 1 and ends with Psalm 41.
PSA 41 13 xi7f figs-merism 0 from everlasting to everlasting This refers to two extremes and means for all time. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PSA 41 13 d4ws figs-doublet 0 Amen and Amen The word “Amen” is repeated to emphasize approval of what has been said. Alternate translation: “May it certainly be so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PSA 42 intro mu68 0 # Psalm 042 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 42 is a psalm of praise for all that God has done and a prayer for deliverance from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s deliverance
The psalmist praises God as he remembers what God has done for him in the past, and he puts his trust in him. He needs rescuing from his enemies. Scholars believe that this psalm is about a man in exile longing for Jerusalem.
### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm.
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of the sons of Korah.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 42 intro mu68 0 # Psalm 042 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 42 is a psalm of praise for all that God has done and a prayer for deliverance from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s deliverance
The psalmist praises God as he remembers what God has done for him in the past, and he puts his trust in him. He needs rescuing from his enemies. Scholars believe that this psalm is about a man in exile longing for Jerusalem.
### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm.
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of the sons of Korah.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 42 1 t39i writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 42 1 rt7c 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 42 1 c3mx 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md).
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ PSA 42 10 ae82 figs-rquestion 0 Where is your God? The writer’s enemies use t
PSA 42 11 evd8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are you bowed down, my soul? Why are you upset within me? The author refers to his inner self as his “soul,” which represents himself. He asks these questions to rebuke himself. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “I should not be bowed down, I should not be worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 42 11 wp6h figs-metaphor 0 bowed down The writer speaks of depression or discouragement as if it were his soul being bent over. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 42 11 ghd7 figs-imperative 0 Hope in God The writer continues to speak to his own soul and commands it to trust God. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-PSA 43 intro x44y 0 # Psalm 043 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 43 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a plea for rescue from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Encouragement
The author should not be discouraged because he trusts in God to deliver him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm.
+PSA 43 intro x44y 0 # Psalm 043 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 43 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a plea for rescue from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Encouragement
The author should not be discouraged because he trusts in God to deliver him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm.
PSA 43 1 il4d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 43 2 quk8 0 the God of my strength Possible meanings are (1) “the God who protects me” or (2) “the God who gives me strength.”
PSA 43 2 a96e figs-rquestion 0 Why have you rejected me? Why do I go about in mourning because of the oppression of the enemy? The writer asks these questions in order to complain to God and express his emotions, not to receive an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ PSA 43 5 qb88 figs-rquestion 0 Why are you bowed down, my soul? Why are you ups
PSA 43 5 wn18 figs-metaphor 0 bowed down The writer speaks of depression or discouragement as if it were his soul being bent over. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 43 5 z1zd figs-imperative 0 Hope in God The writer continues to speak to his own soul and commands it to trust God. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
PSA 43 5 dgl5 figs-doublet 0 my salvation and my God The phrase “my salvation” refers to God. If necessary the two phrases can be combined. Alternate translation: “my God who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PSA 44 intro cu7e 0 # Psalm 044 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 44 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for God’s help against enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
When Israel entered the Promised Land, God fought for them and drove out their enemies. Since their enemies have now defeated them, they are in need of God’s help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 44 intro cu7e 0 # Psalm 044 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 44 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for God’s help against enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
When Israel entered the Promised Land, God fought for them and drove out their enemies. Since their enemies have now defeated them, they are in need of God’s help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 44 1 gi44 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 44 1 n2t8 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 44 1 vwd3 0 A psalm of the sons of Korah “This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote.”
@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ PSA 44 25 f1gv figs-metaphor 0 For we have sunk down into the dust The writer s
PSA 44 25 q4te figs-metaphor 0 our bodies cling to the earth The writer speaks of their humiliation as if their bodies were stuck to the ground and they could not raise themselves up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 44 26 gbh3 figs-idiom 0 Rise up This is a command to stand. This phrase refers to beginning to act on something. Alternate translation: “Take action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 44 26 uu4n figs-abstractnouns 0 for the sake of your covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to show that you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 45 intro hk23 0 # Psalm 045 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 45 is a royal psalm written for the king’s wedding day.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The king has a beautiful palace, and his bride is also beautiful.
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 45 intro hk23 0 # Psalm 045 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 45 is a royal psalm written for the king’s wedding day.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The king has a beautiful palace, and his bride is also beautiful.
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 45 1 v3sl writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 45 1 p8j6 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 45 1 f1a1 0 set to Shoshannim This may refer to a style or the tune of the music. Sometimes it is translated as “set to the tune of ‘Lilies.’”
@@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ PSA 45 16 x1cw 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues to address the kin
PSA 45 16 jy9e 0 In the place of your fathers will be your children This means that the king’s sons will replace him as king, just as he replaced his ancestors as king.
PSA 45 16 wu3k figs-hyperbole 0 you will make princes in all the earth The phrase “in all the earth” is an exaggeration to emphasize that they will rule over many nations. Alternate translation: “you will make rulers over many nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
PSA 45 17 n62l figs-metonymy 0 I will make your name to be remembered in all generations Here the word “I” refers to the writer. The word “name” refers to the king’s character and reputation. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will cause people in every generation to know about your greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 46 intro w4ye 0 # Psalm 046 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 46 is a psalm of praise to God.
## Special concepts in this chapter
God is all-powerful, controls nature, and protects his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+PSA 46 intro w4ye 0 # Psalm 046 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 46 is a psalm of praise to God.
## Special concepts in this chapter
God is all-powerful, controls nature, and protects his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
PSA 46 1 pye4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 46 1 b2mp 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 46 1 t2j8 0 A psalm of the sons of Korah “This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote”
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ PSA 46 10 ua4x figs-explicit 0 Be quiet In this context, these words are likely
PSA 46 10 u2j9 0 know that I am God Here the word “know” means to understand and to confess that Yahweh is the true God.
PSA 46 10 ssq3 figs-parallelism 0 I will be exalted among the nations; I will be exalted on the earth These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people of every nation in the world will exalt God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will exalt me; people all over the earth will exalt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 46 11 gl4e figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh of hosts is with us; the God of Jacob is our refuge The writer speaks of God as if he were a place where people can go for safety. See how you translated these lines in [Psalms 46:7](../046/007.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 47 intro j9a7 0 # Psalm 047 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 47 is a psalm of praise to God.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful over all the nations in the world.
+PSA 47 intro j9a7 0 # Psalm 047 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 47 is a psalm of praise to God.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful over all the nations in the world.
PSA 47 1 l66j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 47 1 xf2n 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 47 1 uqb5 figs-explicit 0 Clap your hands Clapping your hands is associated with celebration. Alternate translation: “Clap your hands in celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ PSA 48 12 r196 figs-parallelism 0 Walk around Mount Zion, go round about her Th
PSA 48 13 d5xm 0 notice well “notice in detail”
PSA 48 14 wub8 figs-abstractnouns 0 he will be our guide The word “guide” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “he will guide us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 48 14 rmz8 0 to death Possible meanings are (1) “until we die” or (2) “forever.”
-PSA 49 intro r9r3 0 # Psalm 049 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 49 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Riches
Riches do not last forever. They cannot save a person from death, and they cannot be taken from a person at death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 49 intro r9r3 0 # Psalm 049 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 49 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Riches
Riches do not last forever. They cannot save a person from death, and they cannot be taken from a person at death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 49 1 wm6j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 49 1 f4gj 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 49 1 a8dr figs-parallelism 0 Hear this, all you peoples; give ear, all you inhabitants These two phrases are parallel. Together they strengthen the command for all people to listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ PSA 49 17 cz54 figs-euphemism 0 his glory will not go down after him The phrase
PSA 49 18 eq9c figs-synecdoche 0 He blessed his soul Here the word “soul” refers to the whole person. This phrase means that he considered himself to be happy and successful because of his riches. Alternate translation: “He congratulated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 49 19 hq9g figs-euphemism 0 he will go to the generation of his fathers “he will go to where his fathers’ generation is.” This is a euphemism that means that the rich man will die and join his ancestors in the grave. Alternate translation: “he will join his ancestors in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
PSA 49 19 dvh8 figs-metaphor 0 they will never see the light again The word “they” refers to the rich man and his ancestors. The word “light” may refer to the sun or be a metaphor for life. Alternate translation: “they will never see the sun again” or “they will never live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 50 intro cbd7 0 # Psalm 050 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 50 is a wisdom psalm. It tells what pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifices
God does not need animal sacrifices; he does not eat meat or drink blood. The world and everything in it belong to God. He wants people to be thankful and to depend on him. God rejects evil people who reject his covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 50 intro cbd7 0 # Psalm 050 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 50 is a wisdom psalm. It tells what pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sacrifices
God does not need animal sacrifices; he does not eat meat or drink blood. The world and everything in it belong to God. He wants people to be thankful and to depend on him. God rejects evil people who reject his covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 50 1 v4hj writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song that teaches people. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 50 1 wpn8 0 The Mighty One, God, Yahweh The author uses three different names to speak of God.
PSA 50 1 s58x figs-metonymy 0 called the earth Here the word “earth” refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “called all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ PSA 51 17 e3fd figs-metaphor 0 a broken spirit A broken spirit represents a hum
PSA 51 17 r49l figs-metonymy 0 a broken and a contrite heart Being humble and sorry for one’s sin is spoken of as having a broken and contrite heart. The heart represents the emotions and will. Alternate translation: “sorrow and humility” or “a person who is sorry for his sin and humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 51 18 sl4i figs-metaphor 0 rebuild the walls of Jerusalem The walls of a city protect the city and the people in it. Possible meanings are (1) “enable us to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem” or (2) “protect Jerusalem and make it strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 51 19 qe3h 0 our people will offer bulls on your altar A bull is an adult male cow. Bulls were often used as sacrificial animals, according to God’s instruction.
-PSA 52 intro gx5r 0 # Psalm 052 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 52 is a wisdom psalm. It teaches that God will destroy evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Although the evil people feel secure with their wealth and evil deeds, God will destroy them. But people who do good are secure because God protects them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 52 intro gx5r 0 # Psalm 052 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 52 is a wisdom psalm. It teaches that God will destroy evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Although the evil people feel secure with their wealth and evil deeds, God will destroy them. But people who do good are secure because God protects them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 52 1 xe8m writing-poetry 0 General Information: In this psalm the word “you” refers to Doeg. When Saul wanted to kill David, Doeg told Saul where David was so that Saul could find him. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 52 1 eve8 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 52 1 px5f 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md).
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ PSA 52 8 e2xz figs-simile 0 I am like a green olive tree in God’s house Being
PSA 52 8 ydi4 0 in God’s house This refers to God’s temple.
PSA 52 8 bgx6 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will trust in the covenant faithfulness of God forever and ever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will trust in God forever and ever because he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 52 9 cj6z figs-metonymy 0 I will wait for your name, because it is good God’s name represents God himself. Waiting for God represents waiting for God to help him. Alternate translation: “I will wait for you, because you are good” or “I will wait for you to help me, because you are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 53 intro u3hp 0 # Psalm 053 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 53 is a wisdom psalm. It warns people who do evil that God will judge them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s watching mankind
God looks down from heaven and sees that all humans are evil and corrupt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 53 intro u3hp 0 # Psalm 053 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 53 is a wisdom psalm. It warns people who do evil that God will judge them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s watching mankind
God looks down from heaven and sees that all humans are evil and corrupt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 53 1 btc5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 53 1 kkk8 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 53 1 a9tq translate-transliterate 0 set to Mahalath This may refer to a style of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
@@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ PSA 53 6 awk5 figs-metonymy 0 the salvation of Israel would come from Zion The
PSA 53 6 hj3c 0 When God brings back his people from the captivity “When God saves his captive people”
PSA 53 6 fw2j figs-parallelism 0 Jacob will rejoice and Israel will be glad! These two phrases have the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 53 6 xbm3 figs-metonymy 0 Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob, the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 54 intro vvf3 0 # Psalm 054 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 54 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rescue
Evil people want to kill David; but God has rescued him in the past and he trusts God to rescue him again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 54 intro vvf3 0 # Psalm 054 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 54 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rescue
Evil people want to kill David; but God has rescued him in the past and he trusts God to rescue him again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 54 1 fa4h writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 54 1 s1kh 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 54 1 nwg2 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song”
@@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ PSA 54 5 y135 0 in your faithfulness, destroy them Here David changes from tal
PSA 54 6 kq3s figs-synecdoche 0 I will give thanks to your name, Yahweh, for it is good Yahweh’s name represents him. Alternate translation: “I will give thanks to you, Yahweh, for you are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 54 7 q8mm figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has looked The eye represents the person. Alternate translation: “I have looked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 54 7 z3ih figs-metonymy 0 my eye has looked in triumph on my enemies Possible meanings are (1) seeing that his enemies have been defeated. Alternate translation: “I have seen that my enemies have been defeated” or (2) defeating his enemies. Alternate translation: “I have defeated my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 55 intro fx5e 0 # Psalm 055 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 55 is a deliverance psalm. The psalmist is praying that God will deliver him from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Betrayal
The author wishes he could get far away from his enemies after his best friend betrayed him. He asks God to completely destroy his enemies. He is trusting God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 55 intro fx5e 0 # Psalm 055 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 55 is a deliverance psalm. The psalmist is praying that God will deliver him from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Betrayal
The author wishes he could get far away from his enemies after his best friend betrayed him. He asks God to completely destroy his enemies. He is trusting God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 55 1 gsm2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 55 1 v48i 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 55 1 y5nc 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song”
@@ -1978,7 +1978,7 @@ PSA 55 23 b5vk 0 the pit of destruction This probably refers to the grave or h
PSA 55 23 u8sz figs-metonymy 0 will bring the wicked down into the pit of destruction This represents causing people to die. Alternate translation: “will cause the wicked to die” or “will cause wicked people to die and go to the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 55 23 kab2 0 bloodthirsty and deceitful men “people who lie and who want to kill others” or “deceitful murderers”
PSA 55 23 pe8d 0 even half as long as others “even half as long as other people live”
-PSA 56 intro h1w3 0 # Psalm 056 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 56 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
Although the psalmist’s enemies are trying to harm him, he is not afraid because God is protecting him.
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
+PSA 56 intro h1w3 0 # Psalm 056 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 56 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
Although the psalmist’s enemies are trying to harm him, he is not afraid because God is protecting him.
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
PSA 56 1 xsm1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 56 1 by4v 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship;”
PSA 56 1 azv1 0 set to Jonath elem rehokim This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing this psalm. Alternate translation: “Sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Jonath elem rehokim’” or “Sing this using the Jonath elem rehokim style”
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ PSA 56 12 mw9n figs-metaphor 0 The duty to fulfill my vows to you is on me Bein
PSA 56 13 y3b3 figs-synecdoche 0 you have kept my feet from falling The feet here represent the person. Falling here probably represents being killed by his enemies. Alternate translation: “you have kept me from falling” or “you have kept me from being killed by my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 56 13 y78t figs-metaphor 0 so that I may walk before God Living and being seen by God is spoken of as walking before God. Alternate translation: “so that I may live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 56 13 npe7 figs-metonymy 0 in the light of the living Here “the light of the living” probably represents God’s enabling people to live. Alternate translation: “with the life that you give” or “because you enable me to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 57 intro hv64 0 # Psalm 057 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 57 is a psalm of deliverance. It praises God for the many times he has delivered David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
Since God is protecting the psalmist, he has nothing to fear from his enemies.
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
+PSA 57 intro hv64 0 # Psalm 057 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 57 is a psalm of deliverance. It praises God for the many times he has delivered David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
Since God is protecting the psalmist, he has nothing to fear from his enemies.
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
PSA 57 1 i8s5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 57 1 ga1f 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 57 1 s96j 0 set to Al Tashheth This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing the psalm. Alternate translation: “sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Al Tashheth’” or “sing this using the Al Tashheth style”
@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ PSA 57 10 tna7 figs-metaphor 0 For great is your unfailing love, reaching to th
PSA 57 10 ywg7 figs-ellipsis 0 your faithfulness to the clouds The words “great is your” and “reaching” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “great is your faithfulness, reaching to the clouds” or “your faithfulness is as great as the distance from the earth to the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 57 11 yyx8 figs-metaphor 0 Be exalted, God, above the heavens The psalmist is asking God to show that he is exalted. Being exalted above the heavens represents being great. Alternate translation: “God, show that you are exalted above the heavens” or “God, show that you are great in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 57 11 n64e 0 may your glory be exalted over all the earth The psalmist is asking God to show his glory. Alternate translation: “show your glory over all the earth”
-PSA 58 intro dhx6 0 # Psalm 058 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 58 is a deliverance psalm. It asks God for deliverance from the unjust rulers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Deliverance
Although the leaders are very evil and unfair, God can deliver his people from their oppression. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
+PSA 58 intro dhx6 0 # Psalm 058 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 58 is a deliverance psalm. It asks God for deliverance from the unjust rulers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Deliverance
Although the leaders are very evil and unfair, God can deliver his people from their oppression. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
PSA 58 1 qfv5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song about wicked people. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 58 1 d8qb 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 58 1 zc3z 0 set to Al Tashheth This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing the psalm. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md).
@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ PSA 58 9 ka8t 0 the thorn’s burning heat…the green thorns and the burning
PSA 58 10 wz3e figs-genericnoun 0 The righteous will rejoice when he sees The phrase “the righteous” refers to righteous people in general. Alternate translation: “Righteous people will rejoice when they see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
PSA 58 10 gi2k figs-metaphor 0 he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked Getting one’s feet wet by walking on blood is spoken of as washing the feet in blood. Alternate translation: “the righteous will make their feet wet in the blood of the wicked” or “the righteous will march on the blood of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 58 10 ll57 figs-metaphor 0 he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked This exaggeration expresses that a great number of wicked people will die. Alternate translation: “so many wicked people will die that when the righteous march on their blood, it will seem as if they could wash their feet in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-PSA 59 intro zf27 0 # Psalm 059 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 59 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Protection
The author prays for God to defeat his enemies. God is his protector. Therefore, he will praise God.
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
+PSA 59 intro zf27 0 # Psalm 059 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 59 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Protection
The author prays for God to defeat his enemies. God is his protector. Therefore, he will praise God.
### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.”
PSA 59 1 w4sd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 59 1 p57e 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 59 1 me33 0 set to Al Tashheth This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing the psalm. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md).
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ PSA 59 17 q7yw figs-sentences 0 To you, my strength, I will sing praises “To
PSA 59 17 g4db figs-metonymy 0 my strength God’s being the psalmist’s strength represents God protecting him. Alternate translation: “my protector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 59 17 m2u5 figs-metaphor 0 for God is my high tower High towers are places that people can go to for shelter from their enemies. The psalmist speaks of God protecting him as if God were a strong, safe shelter. Alternate translation: “you have protected me like a high tower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 59 17 shn4 figs-abstractnouns 0 the God of covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. This can be expressed in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He is the God who is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 60 intro wza8 0 # Psalm 060 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 60 is a psalm of war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Protection
God has preserved the land of Israel, and now he will give them victory over the countries of Moab and Edom.
+PSA 60 intro wza8 0 # Psalm 060 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 60 is a psalm of war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Protection
God has preserved the land of Israel, and now he will give them victory over the countries of Moab and Edom.
PSA 60 1 ev3m writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 60 1 usc3 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 60 1 vsl6 0 set to Shushan Eduth This probably tells what tune or musical style to use when singing the psalm. Alternate translation: “sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Shushan Eduth’” or “sing this using the Shushan Eduth style”
@@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ PSA 60 10 v89k figs-metaphor 0 You do not go into battle with our army The psal
PSA 60 11 sm5b 0 is futile “is worthless”
PSA 60 12 x5wt 0 will triumph “will defeat our enemies”
PSA 60 12 i34s figs-metaphor 0 he will trample down our enemies The psalmist speaks of God helping their army defeat their enemies as if God were to trample down the enemies. Alternate translation: “he will enable us to trample down our enemies” or “he will make us able to defeat our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 61 intro is6k 0 # Psalm 061 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 61 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vow
The author has vowed to praise God every day of his life because God has blessed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 61 intro is6k 0 # Psalm 061 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 61 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vow
The author has vowed to praise God every day of his life because God has blessed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 61 1 u44c writing-poetry 0 General Information: This is a song about God’s faithfulness. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 61 1 y257 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 61 1 w7m6 0 on a stringed instrument “people should play a stringed instrument with this song”
@@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ PSA 61 6 dq7t figs-metonymy 0 his years will be like many generations Here “y
PSA 61 7 j14f figs-explicit 0 He will remain before God forever Here “to remain before God” means to be in God’s presence or to be with God. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “God will be with him forever” or “God will be with the king forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PSA 61 8 ut6s figs-metonymy 0 I will sing praise to your name forever Here “name” stands for God himself. Alternate translation: “I will always sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 61 8 yd7n 0 my vows These refer to the promise to offer sacrifices to God every day.
-PSA 62 intro dc2q 0 # Psalm 062 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 62 is a psalm of deliverance. It expresses trust that God will save the psalmist from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Although the psalmist’s enemies have attacked him when he was feeling weak, he trusts in God to deliver him. God is powerful and kind.
+PSA 62 intro dc2q 0 # Psalm 062 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 62 is a psalm of deliverance. It expresses trust that God will save the psalmist from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Although the psalmist’s enemies have attacked him when he was feeling weak, he trusts in God to deliver him. God is powerful and kind.
PSA 62 1 fc8k writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song about God’s faithfulness. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 62 1 a4ay 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 62 1 zun4 translate-names 0 Jeduthun One of David’s chief musicians had this same name. This may refer to him. See how you translated this in [Psalms 39:1](../039/001.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ PSA 62 11 x8ts 0 God has spoken once, twice have I heard this This means that
PSA 62 11 kc1v figs-metaphor 0 power belongs to God God being characterized by power is spoken of as if power belonged to him. The abstract noun “power” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 62 12 n56f figs-metaphor 0 Also to you, Lord, belongs covenant faithfulness God being characterized by covenant faithfulness is spoken of as if covenant faithfulness belonged to him. The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, are also faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 62 12 gl1p figs-metaphor 0 for you pay back every person for what he has done The writer speaks of God’s rewards as if he were paying a wage for work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 63 intro py5b 0 # Psalm 063 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 63 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The author praises God for who he is and for having protected him.
+PSA 63 intro py5b 0 # Psalm 063 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 63 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The author praises God for who he is and for having protected him.
PSA 63 1 rct4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 63 1 jrr4 0 A psalm of David Possible meanings are (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms.
PSA 63 1 d7d1 0 earnestly sincerely
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ PSA 63 10 ru7l 0 the jackals “jackals” here are a kind of long-legged wild
PSA 63 11 q4st figs-explicit 0 the king will David is speaking about himself. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “I, the king of Israel, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PSA 63 11 lcq4 0 swears by him…proud of him The word “him” refers to “God.”
PSA 63 11 a434 figs-synecdoche 0 but the mouth of those who speak lies will be stopped up Here “the mouth” represents the whole person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but God will silence the liars” or “but God will silence those who lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 64 intro t6rs 0 # Psalm 064 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 64 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Plotting of enemies
The author’s enemies have plotted against him but God has saved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 64 intro t6rs 0 # Psalm 064 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 64 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Plotting of enemies
The author’s enemies have plotted against him but God has saved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 64 1 b1fk writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 64 1 j144 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 64 1 y5d6 0 preserve save
@@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ PSA 64 8 f4zp figs-metonymy 0 since their own tongues are against them Here “
PSA 64 9 gv21 0 what he has done “what God has done”
PSA 64 10 v64d figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in him Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to him for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 64 10 pzy4 figs-idiom 0 all the upright in heart will take pride in him Here “upright in heart” is an idiom that means godly or righteous. Alternate translation: “all the people who are godly will praise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 65 intro zl1t 0 # Psalm 065 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 65 is a psalm of praise to God.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
God answered prayers and gave the people justice and hope. God created nature and controls it, sending rain so the grain and pastures grow well.
+PSA 65 intro zl1t 0 # Psalm 065 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 65 is a psalm of praise to God.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
God answered prayers and gave the people justice and hope. God created nature and controls it, sending rain so the grain and pastures grow well.
PSA 65 1 g299 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song of praise. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 65 1 qt1y 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 65 1 ce6n figs-personification 0 For you, God in Zion, our praise waits This speaks of praise as if it were a person who could act on its own. Alternate translation: “To you alone, God in Zion, we will offer our praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ PSA 65 13 le4m 0 pastures a large field where animals feed on the grass
PSA 65 13 h9k9 0 flocks group of animals, such as sheep and goats
PSA 65 13 kh7i figs-personification 0 they shout for joy, and they sing The pastures, hills and valleys are so bountiful, that they seem to shout and sing for joy. Alternate translation: “they are like joyful singing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 65 13 e1qd 0 they shout The word “they” refers to the pastures and valleys.
-PSA 66 intro xwm8 0 # Psalm 066 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 66 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
Just as God brought Israel through the wilderness, he took the author through hard times but saved him. The author will worship God by sacrificing animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 66 intro xwm8 0 # Psalm 066 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 66 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
Just as God brought Israel through the wilderness, he took the author through hard times but saved him. The author will worship God by sacrificing animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 66 1 wxl5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song of praise. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 66 1 kzn5 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 66 1 cmh2 figs-metonymy 0 Make a joyful noise to God, all the earth A “joyful noise to God” represents singing and shouting praises to God. Alternate translation: “Let all the earth sing and shout joyfully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2317,7 +2317,7 @@ PSA 66 19 n9pa figs-parallelism 0 But God has truly heard; he has paid attentio
PSA 66 19 itl3 figs-personification 0 the voice of my prayer Here the author’s prayer is given the personal quality of having a voice. Alternate translation: “my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 66 20 sj37 0 who has not turned away my prayer Here “turned away’ represents ignoring his prayer. Alternate translation: “who has not ignored my prayer”
PSA 66 20 p1vb figs-explicit 0 or his covenant faithfulness from me The phrase “has not turned away” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated here. The idea of “his covenant faithfulness” can be translated with the phrase “being faithful to his covenant.” Alternate translation: “and has not turned away his covenant faithfulness from me” or “and has not stopped being faithful to his covenant with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 67 intro g3hz 0 # Psalm 067 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 67 is a worship psalm.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
People all over the world should be praising God.
+PSA 67 intro g3hz 0 # Psalm 067 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 67 is a worship psalm.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
People all over the world should be praising God.
PSA 67 1 w6h8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 67 1 v59b 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 67 1 d6gg 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song”
@@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ PSA 68 34 a3cn 0 Ascribe strength to God “Ascribe” means to give credit to
PSA 68 34 ul58 figs-abstractnouns 0 his strength is in the skies The abstract noun “strength” can be stated as “powerful.” Alternate translation: “in the skies he also shows that he is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 68 35 m2ya figs-apostrophe 0 God, you are fearsome in your holy place Here the author speaks directly to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
PSA 68 35 sy6i figs-doublet 0 strength and power These two words mean basically these same thing. They emphasize how much strength God provides to his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PSA 69 intro im3w 0 # Psalm 069 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 69 is a psalm of deliverance. The author prays to be saved from his enemies and for them to be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Deliverance
The author prays for God to rescue him from his enemies. They show him no mercy, and he asks God to show them no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
+PSA 69 intro im3w 0 # Psalm 069 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 69 is a psalm of deliverance. The author prays to be saved from his enemies and for them to be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Deliverance
The author prays for God to rescue him from his enemies. They show him no mercy, and he asks God to show them no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
PSA 69 1 emd2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 69 1 x1w1 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 69 1 jj9x 0 set to Shoshannim This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 45:1](../045/001.md).
@@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@ PSA 70 5 k146 figs-doublet 0 poor and needy Here the words “poor” and “ne
PSA 70 5 s6qa figs-metaphor 0 hurry to me The writer speaks of God as if he were running to the writer in order to help him. Alternate translation: “come quickly to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 70 5 r77i figs-parallelism 0 you are my help and you rescue me Here the phrase “you rescue me” explains how God is his “help.” Alternate translation: “you help me by rescuing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 70 5 ww8h figs-litotes 0 do not delay This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “please come quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-PSA 71 intro r8sf 0 # Psalm 071 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 71 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God has helped the psalmist all his life. Now that he is old, his enemy thinks that God has abandoned him; but the psalmist trusts in God and will praise Yahweh with songs of praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 71 intro r8sf 0 # Psalm 071 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 71 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God has helped the psalmist all his life. Now that he is old, his enemy thinks that God has abandoned him; but the psalmist trusts in God and will praise Yahweh with songs of praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 71 1 b9md writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 71 1 lb3w figs-metaphor 0 In you, Yahweh, I take refuge Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you, Yahweh, for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 71 1 ew7k figs-activepassive 0 let me never be put to shame This can be stated in active form. See how “do not let me be humiliated” is translated in [Psalms 25:2](../025/002.md). Alternate translation: “never let my enemies put me to shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ PSA 71 24 wy5p figs-synecdoche 0 My tongue will also talk Here “tongue” ref
PSA 71 24 mf6u 0 they have been put to shame and are confused, those who sought my hurt “those who sought my hurt have been put to shame and are confused”
PSA 71 24 h4mq figs-activepassive 0 for they have been put to shame and are confused This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God has put to shame and confused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 71 24 kz4y 0 those who sought my hurt This refers to the enemies of the writer. ([Psalms 71:10](../071/010.md)). See how “those who seek my hurt” is translated in [Psalms 71:13](./013.md).
-PSA 72 intro h1hi 0 # Psalm 072 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 72 is a psalm for the king when he begins to be the king. David wrote it as a blessing on his son, Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessings for the king
May the king be honored throughout the world. May he help the poor. May there be prosperity while he is king.
### Close of Book Two
The whole collection of Psalms has been divided into several “books.” This is the last psalm of the second book. It is attributed to Solomon, the son of David.
+PSA 72 intro h1hi 0 # Psalm 072 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 72 is a psalm for the king when he begins to be the king. David wrote it as a blessing on his son, Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessings for the king
May the king be honored throughout the world. May he help the poor. May there be prosperity while he is king.
### Close of Book Two
The whole collection of Psalms has been divided into several “books.” This is the last psalm of the second book. It is attributed to Solomon, the son of David.
PSA 72 1 u47g writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. Possible meanings for the header “a psalm of Solomon” are (1) David wrote this psalm about Solomon (“the king’s son”) or (2) Solomon (who, as David’s son, was “the king’s son”) wrote this psalm as a prayer about himself or (3) another king wrote it about his son in the style of Solomon. People in those days would often speak of themselves as if they were someone else. However, it would be best to translate this as though the psalmist is speaking of someone else, not of himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
PSA 72 1 sep9 figs-123person 0 Give the king your righteous decrees, God, your righteousness to the king’s son Possible meanings are (1) “Give me, the king, your righteous decrees, God, your righteousness to my son” or (2) “Give me, the king, your righteous decrees, God, your righteousness to me, the king’s son.” People in those days would often speak of themselves as if they were someone else. However, it would be best to translate this as though the psalmist is speaking of someone else, not of himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
PSA 72 1 vw1m 0 Give the king your righteous decrees “Enable the king to judge rightly”
@@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ PSA 72 19 s32j 0 his glorious name be blessed “he, who is glorious, be bless
PSA 72 19 qe7e figs-activepassive 0 may the whole earth be filled with his glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may his glory fill the whole earth” or “may he fill the whole earth with his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 72 19 q3wa 0 Amen and Amen The word “Amen” is repeated to emphasize approval of what has been said. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). Alternate translation: “May it certainly be so”
PSA 72 20 ktc5 figs-activepassive 0 The prayers of David son of Jesse are finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “David, the son of Jesse has finished his prayers” or “This is the last prayer of the David the son of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 73 intro t2n1 0 # Psalm 073 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 73 is a wisdom psalm. It explains the problem of wicked people who seem to prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Sometimes it seems that wicked people have no problems and everything works for them. Despite this, they will be destroyed. In contrast, the righteous always have God to help them through problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Psalms by Asaph
There are twelve psalms attributed to Asaph; the first one is Psalm 50, which is in Book Two, and the other eleven (Psalm 73–83) are at the beginning of Book Three.
+PSA 73 intro t2n1 0 # Psalm 073 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 73 is a wisdom psalm. It explains the problem of wicked people who seem to prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Sometimes it seems that wicked people have no problems and everything works for them. Despite this, they will be destroyed. In contrast, the righteous always have God to help them through problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Psalms by Asaph
There are twelve psalms attributed to Asaph; the first one is Psalm 50, which is in Book Two, and the other eleven (Psalm 73–83) are at the beginning of Book Three.
PSA 73 1 p92k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 73 2 bq59 figs-metaphor 0 my feet almost slipped; my feet almost slipped out from under me The psalmist speaks of being unable to trust God and wanting to sin as if he had almost fallen while walking on a slippery path. Alternate translation: “I almost stopped trusting in God; I was almost guilty of committing a great sin against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 73 3 eb9z 0 I was envious of the arrogant “I envied the arrogant” or “I did not want arrogant people to have the good things that they had”
@@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ PSA 73 26 u7tm figs-doublet 0 My flesh and my heart These two phrases share sim
PSA 73 27 zd6j 0 General Information: Asaph continues to talk about God.
PSA 73 27 i4nr figs-metaphor 0 Those who are far from you Here the idea of staying far from God is compared to being unwilling to obey him. Alternate translation: “Those who do not want to obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 73 28 s5pl figs-metaphor 0 my refuge The writer speaks of Yahweh as if he were a place to which a person could flee for safety. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 74 intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 74 intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 74 1 vy9v writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 74 1 k7ui 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md).
PSA 74 1 c2uv figs-rquestion 0 God, why have you rejected us forever? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “God, we have done nothing wrong, but you have rejected us forever!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2744,7 +2744,7 @@ PSA 74 22 a6kn 0 call to mind “Pay attention to.” God has not forgotten ho
PSA 74 23 c7dc figs-metonymy 0 the voice of your adversaries The word “voice” is a metonym for the words people use when they speak. Alternate translation: “what your adversaries are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 74 23 n9n5 figs-ellipsis 0 or the uproar of those who continually defy you The psalmist speaks of the words of those who defy God as if they were the loud sound of animals or non-living objects like water or the wind. Alternate translation: “and pay attention to the loud and meaningless words of those who continually defy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 74 23 cyg8 0 defy boldly oppose
-PSA 75 intro rtb1 0 # Psalm 075 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 75 is a wisdom psalm; teaching what will happen to evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
God has warned the evil people that they will be punished. He will strengthen the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
+PSA 75 intro rtb1 0 # Psalm 075 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 75 is a wisdom psalm; teaching what will happen to evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
God has warned the evil people that they will be punished. He will strengthen the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
PSA 75 1 nc37 writing-poetry 0 General Information: The people of God are speaking in 75:1, and God speaks in 75:2-3. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 75 1 isd5 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 75 1 wue5 0 set to Al Tashheth This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md).
@@ -2769,7 +2769,7 @@ PSA 75 8 x1zf 0 drink it to the last drop “drink every drop of it”
PSA 75 10 vl5i 0 He says God says
PSA 75 10 eip6 figs-metaphor 0 cut off all the horns of The horns of an animal are a metaphor for the power of a person. Alternate translation: “take away all power from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 75 10 qr6b figs-metaphor 0 the horns of the righteous will be raised up The horns of an animal are a metaphor for the power of a person. This can be translated as a statement in active form. Alternate translation: “I will raise up the horns of the righteous” or “I will make the righteous powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 76 intro ml6q 0 # Psalm 076 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 76 is a worship psalm.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
God is great. He has conquered all the nations surrounding Israel. Everyone should bring him gifts.
+PSA 76 intro ml6q 0 # Psalm 076 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 76 is a worship psalm.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
God is great. He has conquered all the nations surrounding Israel. Everyone should bring him gifts.
PSA 76 1 qjr7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 76 1 ps6c 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 76 1 ec3c 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song.”
@@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ PSA 76 10 f4xe figs-metaphor 0 you gird yourself with what is left of your ange
PSA 76 11 kw7a 0 him who is to be feared “Yahweh, whom they should fear”
PSA 76 12 vwa6 figs-idiom 0 He cuts off the spirit of the princes The phrase “He cuts off the spirit” is an idiom that means He breaks the spirit or He humbles. Alternate translation: “He humbles the princes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 76 12 qgb5 figs-activepassive 0 he is feared by the kings of the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth fear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 77 intro ks6q 0 # Psalm 077 General Notes
## Type of psalm
The author felt abandoned by God. This is a psalm of lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lament
God used to be close to the psalmist, but now it seems that God has completely abandoned him. Long ago, God took care of Israel and brought the people safely through the sea.
+PSA 77 intro ks6q 0 # Psalm 077 General Notes
## Type of psalm
The author felt abandoned by God. This is a psalm of lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lament
God used to be close to the psalmist, but now it seems that God has completely abandoned him. Long ago, God took care of Israel and brought the people safely through the sea.
PSA 77 1 r8dd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 77 1 t66u 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
PSA 77 1 cek3 translate-names 0 Jeduthun One of David’s chief musicians had this same name. This may refer to him. See how you translated this in [Psalms 39:1](../039/001.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2843,7 +2843,7 @@ PSA 77 19 k4y3 figs-activepassive 0 your footprints were not seen This can be s
PSA 77 20 iq66 figs-simile 0 You led your people like a flock This simile compares God’s people to a flock of animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 77 20 w73a 0 by the hand of The phrase “by the hand of” here means “by the action of” or “through the action of.”
PSA 77 20 m5wn figs-synecdoche 0 hand Here “hand” is synechdoche for the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 78 intro grf1 0 # Psalm 078 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 78 is a wisdom psalm using Israel’s history. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s complaining
Although God did one miracle after the other, the people of Israel still complained and failed to believe Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA 78 intro grf1 0 # Psalm 078 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 78 is a wisdom psalm using Israel’s history. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s complaining
Although God did one miracle after the other, the people of Israel still complained and failed to believe Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
PSA 78 1 w9rf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 78 1 n8s4 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md).
PSA 78 1 d6i3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Hear my teaching The noun “teaching” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Hear what I teach” or “Hear me as I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ PSA 78 70 c6y9 0 sheepfolds spaces with walls around them where sheep are kept
PSA 78 71 x189 figs-metaphor 0 to be shepherd of Jacob, his people, and of Israel, his heritage The word “shepherd” is a metaphor for one who leads and protects other people. Alternate translation: “to lead and protect the descendants of Jacob, his people, and of Israel, his heritage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 78 71 f6sh 0 his heritage “the ones he had chosen to be his forever” See how this is translated in [Psalms 78:62](../078/062.md).
PSA 78 72 q2pe figs-metaphor 0 David shepherded them The word “shepherded” is a metaphor for leading and protecting. Alternate translation: “David led them and protected them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 79 intro k1lh 0 # Psalm 079 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 79 is a deliverance psalm and a prayer for revenge against their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Destruction
Jerusalem has been destroyed and its people killed. God should destroy these enemy nations who do not pray to him.
+PSA 79 intro k1lh 0 # Psalm 079 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 79 is a deliverance psalm and a prayer for revenge against their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Destruction
Jerusalem has been destroyed and its people killed. God should destroy these enemy nations who do not pray to him.
PSA 79 1 q2wf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 79 1 yd8b 0 your inheritance “the land that was to be yours forever” See how this is translated in [Psalms 68:9](../068/009.md).
PSA 79 3 da6v figs-metonymy 0 They have shed their blood like water The word “blood” is a metonym for innocent life. To shed blood is to kill innocent people. Most people saw water every day, so for blood to be as common as water, many innocent people would have to die. Alternate translation: “They have killed so many innocent people that the blood is everywhere, like water after it rains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -3009,7 +3009,7 @@ PSA 79 12 v85q figs-metaphor 0 into the laps onto their knees and thighs as the
PSA 79 13 uf6h figs-metaphor 0 we your people and sheep of your pasture will give you thanks The word “sheep” is a metaphor for helpless people whom a shepherd protects and leads. Alternate translation: “we who are your people, whom you protect and lead, will thank you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 79 13 qt1i 0 tell your praises to all generations “make sure that all generations to come know all the good things you have done”
PSA 79 13 y9ux figs-metonymy 0 your praises This represents the things that people will praise them the Lord for. Alternate translation: “continue to praise you for the things that you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 80 intro lis5 0 # Psalm 080 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 80 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
Israel’s enemies threaten them. The psalmist asks Yahweh to look down with joy on them, then they will be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The author uses an extended metaphor of Israel as a vine planted by God which is being uprooted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PSA 80 intro lis5 0 # Psalm 080 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 80 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
Israel’s enemies threaten them. The psalmist asks Yahweh to look down with joy on them, then they will be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The author uses an extended metaphor of Israel as a vine planted by God which is being uprooted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 80 1 ijk8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 80 1 lsl8 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” See how this is translated in [Psalms 4:1](../004/001.md).
PSA 80 1 gk4a 0 set to the Shoshannim This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 45:1](../045/001.md).
@@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@ PSA 80 17 pxv7 figs-idiom 0 right hand When a man in Israel wanted to honor ano
PSA 80 18 hml7 figs-metaphor 0 we will not turn away from you Here “turn away” is a metaphor for rejecting someone. This can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we will not stop worshiping and obeying you” or “we will always worship and obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 80 19 sz4h figs-metaphor 0 shine on us The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably towards them as if Yahweh’s face shone a light on them. See how you translated this in [Psalms 80:3](../080/003.md). Alternate translation: “act favorably towards us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 80 19 q2fl figs-activepassive 0 we will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 81 intro dvt7 0 # Psalm 081 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 81 is a wisdom psalm. It is meant to be sung at “new moon” and “full moon” ceremonies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obedience
If Israel would obey and worship God, he would destroy their enemies.
+PSA 81 intro dvt7 0 # Psalm 081 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 81 is a wisdom psalm. It is meant to be sung at “new moon” and “full moon” ceremonies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obedience
If Israel would obey and worship God, he would destroy their enemies.
PSA 81 1 m6jf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 81 1 v66t 0 A psalm of Asaph A psalm that Asaph wrote.
PSA 81 1 f39e 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship;”
@@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ PSA 81 15 pck7 figs-activepassive 0 May they be humiliated forever This can be
PSA 81 16 q9k3 figs-metaphor 0 I would feed Israel with the finest wheat God causing the best wheat to grow in Israel is spoken of as if he would literally feed the wheat to the people. Alternate translation: “I would allow the Israelites to eat the finest wheat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 81 16 ix1f 0 feed Israel…satisfy you Both “Israel” and “you” refer to the Israelites.
PSA 81 16 vv42 figs-explicit 0 honey out of the rock This refers to wild honey. Bees would build hives in the holes in rocks and make the honey there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PSA 82 intro a4le 0 # Psalm 082 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 82 is a psalm of judgment against the leaders of the other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Favoritism
The leaders of the nations need to protect the poor and needy and not to favor the evil rich people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
The leaders of the nations are represented by their gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+PSA 82 intro a4le 0 # Psalm 082 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 82 is a psalm of judgment against the leaders of the other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Favoritism
The leaders of the nations need to protect the poor and needy and not to favor the evil rich people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
The leaders of the nations are represented by their gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
PSA 82 1 why9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 82 1 c9rs 0 the divine assembly “the heavenly council” or “the meeting in heaven”
PSA 82 1 xb2b figs-abstractnouns 0 he renders judgment “he gives judgment.” The abstract noun “judgment” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ PSA 82 8 rpl1 0 General Information: The writer is speaking again.
PSA 82 8 acl5 figs-metonymy 0 judge the earth Here “earth” represents the people. Alternate translation: “judge the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 82 8 lz8v figs-metaphor 0 for you have an inheritance in all the nations “for all the nations are your inheritance.” Yahweh taking all the people as his own and ruling over them is spoken of as if the nations were a possession that he inherited. Alternate translation: “for you rule over all the people of every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 82 8 j3wm figs-metonymy 0 all the nations Here “nations” represents the people of the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 83 intro kij7 0 # Psalm 083 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 83 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for deliverance from the many nations allied against Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Destruction
God should destroy these enemy nations like he destroyed Israel’s enemies during the time of the Judges.
+PSA 83 intro kij7 0 # Psalm 083 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 83 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for deliverance from the many nations allied against Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Destruction
God should destroy these enemy nations like he destroyed Israel’s enemies during the time of the Judges.
PSA 83 1 iiq7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 83 1 c7u9 0 remain unmoved “do nothing to help us”
PSA 83 2 rq2g 0 Look, your enemies are making a commotion Here “making a commotion” means they are rioting and rebelling. Alternate translation: “Look, your enemies are rebelling against you”
@@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@ PSA 85 11 y3gv figs-metaphor 0 Trustworthiness springs up from the ground The p
PSA 85 11 uw31 figs-abstractnouns 0 righteousness looks down from the sky The word “righteousness” is an abstract noun, and it is spoken of as a person looking down as God does. Alternate translation: “God will look on us from heaven and will act justly towards us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 85 13 bxa8 figs-personification 0 Righteousness will go before him and make a way for his footsteps God doing what is right everywhere he goes is spoken of as if righteousness were a person who goes ahead of God and prepares a path for God to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 85 13 b458 figs-metonymy 0 his footsteps Here “footsteps” represents where God walks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 86 intro yms3 0 # Psalm 086 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 86 is a deliverance psalm. He is praying for deliverance from his many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God has blessed the psalmist and is so loving to him. He has been one of God’s servants. Now he needs God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 86 intro yms3 0 # Psalm 086 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 86 is a deliverance psalm. He is praying for deliverance from his many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God has blessed the psalmist and is so loving to him. He has been one of God’s servants. Now he needs God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 86 1 ss24 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 86 1 j7gt 0 poor and needy “weak and needy”
PSA 86 2 b1gx figs-123person 0 save your servant David refers to himself as “your servant,” that is, God’s servant. Alternate translation: “save me, your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ PSA 86 16 rlz9 figs-metaphor 0 Turn toward me Asking God to consider him is spo
PSA 86 16 ha4f figs-abstractnouns 0 give your strength to your servant The abstract noun “strength” can be stated as a verb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “strengthen your servant” or “make your servant strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 86 16 r4fq figs-123person 0 your servant…the son of your servant woman The writer is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
PSA 86 17 ja63 figs-activepassive 0 be put to shame This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PSA 87 intro l8z3 0 # Psalm 087 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 87 is a psalm about Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
People will be proud to have been born in Jerusalem.
### Psalms about Jerusalem
Psalm 46, 48, and 76 are part of a group of psalms that celebrate Jerusalem.
+PSA 87 intro l8z3 0 # Psalm 087 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 87 is a psalm about Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
People will be proud to have been born in Jerusalem.
### Psalms about Jerusalem
Psalm 46, 48, and 76 are part of a group of psalms that celebrate Jerusalem.
PSA 87 1 pr6p writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 87 2 mz5w figs-synecdoche 0 gates of Zion Here “gates of Zion” represents the entire city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 87 2 tah3 figs-metonymy 0 all the tents of Jacob The people lived in tents while they wandered in the desert. Here the writer uses “tents of Jacob” to represent where the Israelites live now. Alternate translation: “any of the other dwelling places of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ PSA 87 5 mx5t 0 will establish her “will make Jerusalem strong”
PSA 87 6 p3jr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh writes in the census book of the nations Yahweh acknowledging that the people from other nations belong to him is spoken of as if he were a king writing down the names of the people who live in his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 87 6 wgv4 figs-metaphor 0 This one was born there “This one” refers to the people from the nations that the writer mentions. Although they were not physically born in Zion, those who follow God are natives of Jerusalem spiritually. See how you translated this in [Psalms 87:4](../087/004.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 87 7 q7a8 figs-metaphor 0 All my fountains are in you Jerusalem being a place where people receive all their blessings is spoken of as if Jerusalem were a spring that provided water to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 88 intro w2mk 0 # Psalm 088 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 88 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abandon
Ever since he was a child, the psalmist has been sick, and now all his friends have abandoned him. If he dies he cannot testify about God’s healing.
+PSA 88 intro w2mk 0 # Psalm 088 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 88 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abandon
Ever since he was a child, the psalmist has been sick, and now all his friends have abandoned him. If he dies he cannot testify about God’s healing.
PSA 88 1 vi6i writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 88 1 d8eg 0 A song, a psalm of the sons of Korah “This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote”
PSA 88 1 qm8l 0 for the chief musician “this is for the director of music to use in worship”
@@ -3410,7 +3410,7 @@ PSA 89 51 vq6j figs-metonymy 0 they mock the footsteps of your anointed one Her
PSA 89 52 hvn5 0 General Information: This verse is more than the end of this psalm. It is the closing statement for all of Book 3 of the Psalms, which starts at Psalm 73 and ends with Psalm 89.
PSA 89 52 fig1 figs-activepassive 0 Blessed be Yahweh forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 89 52 h8fn 0 Amen and Amen The word “Amen” is repeated to emphasize approval of what has been said. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md).
-PSA 90 intro gmu6 0 # Psalm 090 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm is a wisdom psalm. God is eternal but a human’s life is short. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life’s shortness
Because life is so short, people need to spend it as God wants them to spend it.
+PSA 90 intro gmu6 0 # Psalm 090 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm is a wisdom psalm. God is eternal but a human’s life is short. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life’s shortness
Because life is so short, people need to spend it as God wants them to spend it.
PSA 90 1 jue7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 90 1 n3vq figs-metaphor 0 Lord, you have been our refuge God protecting his people is spoken of as if God were a refuge or shelter. Alternate translation: “Lord, you have been like a shelter for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 90 1 ykl6 0 throughout all generations “always”
@@ -3450,7 +3450,7 @@ PSA 90 16 g2qt 0 let our children Here “children” means children and desce
PSA 90 16 sjz5 figs-abstractnouns 0 see your majesty The abstract noun “majesty” can be stated as “great things.” Alternate translation: “see the great things you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 90 17 at2j figs-abstractnouns 0 May the favor of the Lord our God be ours The abstract noun “favor” can be stated as “be kind.” Alternate translation: “May the Lord our God be kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 90 17 ye67 figs-synecdoche 0 prosper the work of our hands Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “cause us to be successful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA 91 intro ye5h 0 # Psalm 091 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 91 is a wisdom psalm. Those who depend on God are protected by him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
No matter what dangers befall a person, they do not need to fear. God is protecting them from all harm.
+PSA 91 intro ye5h 0 # Psalm 091 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 91 is a wisdom psalm. Those who depend on God are protected by him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fear
No matter what dangers befall a person, they do not need to fear. God is protecting them from all harm.
PSA 91 1 xv6f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 91 1 g3bv figs-metaphor 0 He who lives…will stay…of the Almighty Because “live” and “stay” mean almost the same thing, as do “shelter” and “shadow,” which are both metaphors for protection, you may need to combine the two lines into one. Alternate translation: “The Most High, the Almighty, will care for all those who live where he can protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
PSA 91 1 lc6j figs-metaphor 0 who lives in the shelter of the Most High The word “shelter” is a metaphor for protection. Alternate translation: “who lives where the Most High protects him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3491,7 +3491,7 @@ PSA 91 15 cwn1 figs-explicit 0 I will be with him in trouble This can be made e
PSA 91 15 am3h figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give him victory The abstract noun “victory” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will cause him to be victorious” or “I will enable him to defeat his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 91 16 jc9f figs-idiom 0 will satisfy him with the length of his days The idiom “the length of his days” here refers to the duration of his life. It may imply a long life. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy him by giving him a long life” or “I will make him happy by letting him live a very long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 91 16 xnz9 figs-metaphor 0 and show him my salvation “and I will show him my salvation.” The psalmist speaks of the work God does to save people as if it were a physical object. Alternate translation: “I will save him so that he knows I am the one who saved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 92 intro cs72 0 # Psalm 092 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 92 is a psalm of praise for God’s kindness and faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
God causes evil people to be destroyed and good people to be happy and useful, even after they grow old. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 92 intro cs72 0 # Psalm 092 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 92 is a psalm of praise for God’s kindness and faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
God causes evil people to be destroyed and good people to be happy and useful, even after they grow old. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 92 1 bx9h writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 92 1 fur9 figs-metonymy 0 to sing praises to your name The words “your name” are a metonym for “you.” Alternate translation: “to sing praises to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 92 2 b75i figs-abstractnouns 0 proclaim your covenant faithfulness in the morning The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with the adjective “faithful.” Alternate translation: “proclaim in the morning that you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3523,7 +3523,7 @@ PSA 92 14 pf43 figs-metaphor 0 They bear fruit The psalmist speaks of righteous
PSA 92 14 m2x1 figs-metaphor 0 they stay fresh and green The psalmist speaks of righteous people as if they were trees. Alternate translation: “they remain strong and healthy” or “they always do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 92 15 sev8 0 to proclaim that These words continue the thought begun by the words “they stay fresh and green” in ([Psalms 92:14](../092/014.md)). Possible meanings are (1) “they stay fresh and green, so that they can proclaim” or (2) “they stay fresh and green. This shows that.”
PSA 92 15 fh1p figs-metaphor 0 He is my rock “Yahweh is the one who protects me.” The psalmist speaks of Yahweh as if he were a rock that would protect him. See how this is translated in [Psalms 18:2](../018/002.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 93 intro r2fh 0 # Psalm 093 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 93 is a worship psalm about the power of Yahweh.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
Yahweh is all powerful; He even controls the ocean.
+PSA 93 intro r2fh 0 # Psalm 093 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 93 is a worship psalm about the power of Yahweh.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
Yahweh is all powerful; He even controls the ocean.
PSA 93 1 gs1h writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 93 1 cif2 figs-metaphor 0 he is robed in majesty; Yahweh has clothed and girded himself with strength The psalmist speaks of Yahweh’s strength and majesty as if they were things Yahweh wears. Alternate translation: “he shows everyone that he is a powerful king” or “his majesty is there for all to see, like the robe a king wears; everything about Yahweh shows that he is strong and he is ready to do great work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 93 1 g76j 0 majesty the power of a king and the way a king acts
@@ -3544,7 +3544,7 @@ PSA 93 5 f31y figs-metaphor 0 holiness adorns your house The psalmist speaks of
PSA 93 5 a9yi 0 adorns makes beautiful
PSA 93 5 xku4 0 your house This refers to the temple in Jerusalem.
PSA 93 5 lsy7 figs-idiom 0 for the length of your days This idiom refers to the duration of God’s life. Since God lives forever, it can also be translated as forever. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 94 intro afb5 0 # Psalm 094 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 94 is a prayer requesting that evil people be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Evil people expect God to ignore their injustices. But God knows what they are doing and will punish them for their evil deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
+PSA 94 intro afb5 0 # Psalm 094 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 94 is a prayer requesting that evil people be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Evil people expect God to ignore their injustices. But God knows what they are doing and will punish them for their evil deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
PSA 94 1 ns8u writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 94 1 h3e7 figs-metaphor 0 shine over us Here “shine” is a metaphor for God revealing himself. Alternate translation: “show yourself” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 94 2 i9f5 0 Rise up, judge of the earth, give to the proud what they deserve “Come, judge of the earth, and punish the proud”
@@ -3616,7 +3616,7 @@ PSA 95 10 mu82 0 that generation “all of those people” or “that entire g
PSA 95 10 ejg1 figs-metaphor 0 wander astray God speaks of the people as if they were sheep, which will go wherever they want to and not stay near their shepherd. Alternate translation: “move away from me” or “go their own way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 95 10 b41a figs-metaphor 0 they have not known my ways Yahweh’s commands are spoken of as if they were paths on which the people should walk. The people not obeying Yahweh’s commands is spoken of as if they did not know these paths. Alternate translation: “they have not obeyed my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 95 11 l98t 0 my resting place “the place where I would have allowed them to rest”
-PSA 96 intro hdp3 0 # Psalm 096 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 96 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh, the king
Yahweh is king over all the earth and is worthy of all praise.
+PSA 96 intro hdp3 0 # Psalm 096 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 96 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh, the king
Yahweh is king over all the earth and is worthy of all praise.
PSA 96 1 i5dj writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 96 1 sm6u 0 a new song a song no one has ever sung before
PSA 96 1 mlu3 figs-metonymy 0 all the earth This refers to the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “all you people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3647,7 +3647,7 @@ PSA 96 13 jp59 0 to judge…will judge Another possible meaning is “to rule
PSA 96 13 yk8h figs-metonymy 0 He will judge the world with righteousness Here “the world” is a metonym for all the people in the world. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 9:8](../009/008.md). Alternate translation: “He will judge all the people of the world righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 96 13 yn8l figs-ellipsis 0 the peoples with his faithfulness The words “he will judge” are understood. Alternate translation: “he will judge the peoples with his faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 96 13 z7r2 figs-abstractnouns 0 with his faithfulness The can be restated to remove the abstract noun “faithfulness.” Possible meanings are (1) Alternate translation: “fairly, according to what he knows is true” or (2) Alternate translation: “using the same standard for all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 97 intro ydx4 0 # Psalm 097 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 97 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s authority
All people who worship idols are disgraced because Yahweh rules over all the world.
+PSA 97 intro ydx4 0 # Psalm 097 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 97 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s authority
All people who worship idols are disgraced because Yahweh rules over all the world.
PSA 97 1 myd1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 97 1 aa9a figs-personification 0 let the earth rejoice; let the many coastlands be glad The earth and the coastlands are said to have emotions like people. Alternate translation: “Rejoice and be glad every person on the earth and near the seas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 97 1 n5lw 0 coastlands Possible meanings are (1) “lands near the seas” or (2) “islands.”
@@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ PSA 97 11 tqu7 figs-synecdoche 0 those with honest hearts The heart is a synecd
PSA 97 12 bkn2 0 General Information: This verse has a command followed by the reason for the command. If your language requires the reason to precede the command: “Because of what Yahweh has done for you, you righteous people, be glad and give thanks when you remember his holiness.”
PSA 97 12 h6wc figs-idiom 0 Be glad in Yahweh This idiom means to be glad because of what Yahweh has done. Alternate translation: “Be glad because of what Yahweh has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 97 12 df6i figs-metonymy 0 when you remember his holiness Possible meanings are (1) “when you remember how holy he is” or (2) “to his holy name,” a metonym for “to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 98 intro rt9w 0 # Psalm 098 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 98 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
Everyone and every thing should sing praises to Yahweh because he is worthy of all praise.
+PSA 98 intro rt9w 0 # Psalm 098 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 98 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
Everyone and every thing should sing praises to Yahweh because he is worthy of all praise.
PSA 98 1 p45q writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 98 1 p2zl 0 a new song a song no one has ever sung before. See how this is translated in [Psalms 96:1](../096/001.md).
PSA 98 1 diq2 figs-metonymy 0 his right hand and his holy arm have The words “right hand” and “holy arm” refer to Yahweh’s strength. Together they emphasize how great his strength is. Alternate translation: “his very great power has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ PSA 98 8 t1an figs-personification 0 Let the rivers clap their hands, and let t
PSA 98 9 r45f figs-ellipsis 0 the nations with fairness The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “he will judge the nations with fairness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 98 9 qd66 figs-metonymy 0 the nations This is a metonym for “the people who live in the nations.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 98 9 lp38 0 with fairness “honestly” or “using the same standard for everyone”
-PSA 99 intro wma5 0 # Psalm 099 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 99 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
God is just and fair. Moses, Aaron and Samuel each prayed to him and obeyed him and he answered their prayers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+PSA 99 intro wma5 0 # Psalm 099 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 99 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s justice
God is just and fair. Moses, Aaron and Samuel each prayed to him and obeyed him and he answered their prayers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
PSA 99 1 k3aw writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 99 1 gp6t figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people of all nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 99 1 mf5d 0 tremble shake with fear
@@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@ PSA 99 5 j6yj figs-explicit 0 worship at his footstool Here the word “footsto
PSA 99 7 cv85 0 solemn important, given seriously
PSA 99 8 v1qa 0 You answered them “You answered your people”
PSA 99 9 lw8c 0 his holy hill “Mount Zion”
-PSA 100 intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 100 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s care for his creation
God made mankind and takes good care of people.
+PSA 100 intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 100 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s care for his creation
God made mankind and takes good care of people.
PSA 100 1 m9ga writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 100 1 xue7 0 Shout joyfully to Yahweh “Raise a shout to Yahweh.” See how “shout” is translated in [Psalms 47:1](../047/001.md).
PSA 100 1 szl7 figs-metonymy 0 all the earth This refers to all the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ PSA 100 4 zt85 figs-metonymy 0 bless his name The word “name” is a metonym
PSA 100 5 qn11 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he is faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 100 5 e52y figs-ellipsis 0 his truthfulness through all generations The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. The abstract noun “truthfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his truthfulness endures through all generations” or “he is truthful through all generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 100 5 nly8 0 through all generations “generation after generation.” See how this is translated in [Psalms 89:4](../089/004.md).
-PSA 101 intro vhm3 0 # Psalm 101 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 101 is a psalm asking God’s help in living as a person should.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Encouragement
The psalmist wanted to encourage all the good people in the land restrain all the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 101 intro vhm3 0 # Psalm 101 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 101 is a psalm asking God’s help in living as a person should.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Encouragement
The psalmist wanted to encourage all the good people in the land restrain all the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 101 1 icq7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 101 1 lx29 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will sing of covenant faithfulness and justice The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “justice” can be translated with adjectives. Alternate translation: “I will sing that you are faithful to your covenant and that you are just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 101 2 v15m figs-metaphor 0 I will walk in the way of integrity Here David speaks about “living” as if it were “walking.” Alternate translation: “I will live in a way that is honest and right” or “I will live a life full of integrity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@ PSA 101 7 hk5x figs-synecdoche 0 before my eyes Here “my eyes” refers to Da
PSA 101 8 xql1 0 Morning by morning “Every day”
PSA 101 8 e3n4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “the wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 101 8 nwb7 figs-explicit 0 from the city of Yahweh David is referring to the city that he is in as “the city of Yahweh.” This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “from this city, which is Yahweh’s city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PSA 102 intro ew2b 0 # Psalm 102 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 102 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Salvation
The author does not want to die young. He also wants to see Jerusalem saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 102 intro ew2b 0 # Psalm 102 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 102 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Salvation
The author does not want to die young. He also wants to see Jerusalem saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 102 1 p5kd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 102 1 g5ux figs-nominaladj 0 the afflicted This refers to a man who is afflicted. Alternate translation: “the afflicted man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 102 3 z22d figs-simile 0 my days pass away like smoke Here “my days” refers to the author’s life and the idea of “smoke” is something that quickly disappears. Alternate translation: “my life passes away quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -3786,7 +3786,7 @@ PSA 102 26 r72f 0 they will all grow old The word “they” refers to “the
PSA 102 27 fd7u figs-metaphor 0 your years will have no end Here David describes the length of time that God is alive as his “years.” This can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
PSA 102 28 va7h 0 will live on “will continue to live”
PSA 102 28 nf8i figs-metaphor 0 live in your presence Here David describes the descendants being protected by Yahweh as being in his presence. Alternate translation: “be protected as they live in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 103 intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 103 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s grace
God is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+PSA 103 intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 103 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s grace
God is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
PSA 103 1 j269 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 103 1 dn28 figs-parallelism 0 I give praise to Yahweh with all my life, and with all that is within me, I give praise to his holy name These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how much he will praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all that I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 103 1 tv2n figs-metonymy 0 give praise to his holy name This refers to praising Yahweh’s name as Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ PSA 103 19 q47p figs-metonymy 0 his kingdom rules Here Yahweh is referred to by
PSA 103 21 hie6 figs-idiom 0 carry out his will This is an idiom meaning to “do his will.” Alternate translation: “do his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 103 22 kgz3 0 in all the places where he reigns “praise him in all the places where he reigns”
PSA 103 22 te1g figs-metonymy 0 with all my life This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 104 intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 104 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea.
+PSA 104 intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 104 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea.
PSA 104 1 n2h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. This psalm is a song of praise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 104 1 h3du figs-metonymy 0 with all my life This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 104 1 pn87 figs-doublet 0 you are clothed with splendor and majesty The words “splendor” and “majesty” have similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s glory. They are described as clothing Yahweh like a garment. Alternate translation: “you have splendor and majesty all around you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@ PSA 104 30 bvs4 0 you renew the countryside “you cause the land to be full o
PSA 104 34 wqg4 figs-metaphor 0 my thoughts be sweet He is comparing his thoughts to something that tastes sweet. Alternate translation: “my thoughts be pleasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 104 35 j2if 0 vanish disappear
PSA 104 35 d8e7 figs-nominaladj 0 let the wicked be no more The phrase “the wicked” refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “may wicked people disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-PSA 105 intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 105 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+PSA 105 intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 105 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
PSA 105 1 zzf7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 105 1 vd4n figs-metonymy 0 call on his name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “call on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 105 1 x3bs figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3947,7 +3947,7 @@ PSA 105 43 s27l figs-parallelism 0 He led his people out…his chosen with shou
PSA 105 43 is64 figs-nominaladj 0 his chosen Here “chosen” refers to Yahweh’s chosen people. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 105 43 vc3k 0 shouts of triumph the sound that people make when they are shouting with joy because they have defeated their enemies
PSA 105 45 x32z figs-parallelism 0 keep his statutes and obey his laws These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. “To keep” his statutes means to obey them. Alternate translation: “obey his laws and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-PSA 106 intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 106 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s sin
Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+PSA 106 intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 106 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s sin
Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
PSA 106 1 m751 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 106 1 n4rk figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “for he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 106 2 mp3f figs-rquestion 0 Who can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh…deeds? The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh…deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4017,7 +4017,7 @@ PSA 106 47 p7rh 0 General Information: Here 106:48 is more than the end of thi
PSA 106 47 n47s figs-metonymy 0 to your holy name Here Yahweh is referred to by his “holy name.” Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 106 48 qmx9 figs-activepassive 0 May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 106 48 qzy4 figs-merism 0 from everlasting to everlasting This refers to two extremes and means for all time. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-PSA 107 intro j88n 0 # Psalm 107 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
+PSA 107 intro j88n 0 # Psalm 107 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
PSA 107 1 h2en writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 107 1 he6p figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 107 2 p5ij figs-nominaladj 0 the redeemed of Yahweh “The redeemed” refers to the people whom Yahweh has saved. Alternate translation: “those whom Yahweh has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -4094,7 +4094,7 @@ PSA 107 42 pa98 figs-metonymy 0 all wickedness Here wicked people are referred
PSA 107 42 s6wb figs-idiom 0 shuts its mouth This means to not say anything in response. Alternate translation: “has nothing to say against Yahweh in reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 107 43 fk8h figs-idiom 0 take note of these things This means to think about these things. Alternate translation: “think about these things” or “remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 107 43 u9kq figs-abstractnouns 0 meditate on Yahweh’s acts of covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “meditate on the things that Yahweh has done that show that he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 108 intro vpj5 0 # Psalm 108 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 108 is a psalm of war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Victory
God promised success to the psalmist, but Yahweh failed to help him conquer the country of Edom. He needed God to give him victory over Edom.
+PSA 108 intro vpj5 0 # Psalm 108 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 108 is a psalm of war.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Victory
God promised success to the psalmist, but Yahweh failed to help him conquer the country of Edom. He needed God to give him victory over Edom.
PSA 108 1 lxd7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 108 1 c1mr figs-synecdoche 0 My heart is fixed, God Here David is referring to himself by his heart. Also, the word “fixed” means to trust completely. Alternate translation: “My heart is fixed on you, God” or “I am trusting completely in you, God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 108 1 tuz7 figs-synecdoche 0 I will sing praises also with my honored heart Here David is represented by his “heart.” David refers to himself as having the honor of praising God. Alternate translation: “You honor me by allowing me to sing praises to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -4127,7 +4127,7 @@ PSA 108 12 va87 0 is futile “is worthless”
PSA 108 13 vs71 0 General Information: This verse is the same as [Psalms 60:12](../060/012.md).
PSA 108 13 wk3a 0 will triumph “will defeat our enemies”
PSA 108 13 a18r figs-metaphor 0 he will trample down our enemies The psalmist speaks of God helping their army defeat their enemies as if God were to trample down the enemies. Alternate translation: “he will enable us to trample down our enemies” or “he will make us able to defeat our enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 109 intro r1w7 0 # Psalm 109 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 109 is a psalm of vengeance against an enemy who has lied about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies destroyed
This enemy lied about the psalmist. So he asked God to completely destroy his enemy and his enemy’s family.
+PSA 109 intro r1w7 0 # Psalm 109 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 109 is a psalm of vengeance against an enemy who has lied about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies destroyed
This enemy lied about the psalmist. So he asked God to completely destroy his enemy and his enemy’s family.
PSA 109 1 w5rb writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 109 1 ka6w 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 109 2 tj2t figs-nominaladj 0 For the wicked and deceitful The words “wicked” and “deceitful” refer to people. They have similar meanings and emphasize how bad these people are. Alternate translation: “For wicked and deceitful men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ PSA 109 29 qa66 figs-metaphor 0 be clothed with shame Here David speaks of them
PSA 109 29 xhb9 figs-simile 0 may they wear their shame like a robe David speaks of them being ashamed as if it were a robe that they wore. Alternate translation: “may their shame cover them just like their robe is wrapped around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 109 30 d8ig figs-idiom 0 With my mouth I give This means that he will speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak and give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 109 31 pa49 figs-idiom 0 will stand at the right hand of the one who is needy This means that he will help and defend the poor person. Alternate translation: “will defend the one who is needy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 110 intro h1ti 0 # Psalm 110 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 110 is a psalm honoring the king as he becomes king and also a prophecy about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King
The king will be able to conquer his enemies. Christ is seen as both high priest and king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
+PSA 110 intro h1ti 0 # Psalm 110 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 110 is a psalm honoring the king as he becomes king and also a prophecy about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King
The king will be able to conquer his enemies. Christ is seen as both high priest and king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
PSA 110 1 u94e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 110 1 xte6 figs-idiom 0 Sit at my right hand The phrase “my right hand” refers to the place of honor. Alternate translation: “Sit at the place of honor which I have for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PSA 110 1 ke66 figs-metaphor 0 make your enemies your footstool Here David describes Yahweh placing his master’s enemies under his power and control as putting them under his feet like a footstool. Alternate translation: “put your enemies under your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -4212,7 +4212,7 @@ PSA 110 7 mb7t figs-synecdoche 0 of the brook This means the he will drink wate
PSA 110 7 hi2c 0 and then “and so” or “therefore”
PSA 110 7 qf91 0 he will lift his head Possible meanings are (1) the king lifts up his own head or (2) Yahweh lifts up the head of the king.
PSA 110 7 c1xr figs-idiom 0 he will lift his head up high after victory People raised their heads when they are victorious, confident, and joyful. Alternate translation: “he will confidently lift his head after victory” or “he will be victorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-PSA 111 intro mk5d 0 # Psalm 111 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 111 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles and care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s character
God is great. He has given his people food and a land always keeps his promises to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+PSA 111 intro mk5d 0 # Psalm 111 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 111 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles and care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s character
God is great. He has given his people food and a land always keeps his promises to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
PSA 111 1 gj78 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 111 1 ydq8 figs-metonymy 0 with my whole heart Here the word “heart” represents the person’s entire inner being and emotions. Alternate translation: “with all that I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 111 1 wk3i figs-doublet 0 in the assembly of the upright, in their gathering These two phrases mean that same thing and may be combined if necessary. Alternate translation: “in the gathering of upright people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ PSA 111 9 e4zm figs-metonymy 0 holy and awesome is his name Here the word “na
PSA 111 10 x95h figs-abstractnouns 0 the beginning of wisdom The word “wisdom” can be translated as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the first step to becoming wise” or “the most important thing to become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 111 10 rv8i 0 those who carry out his instructions “those who obey his instructions”
PSA 111 10 vh6q figs-abstractnouns 0 His praise endures forever The word “praise” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “People will praise him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 112 intro s165 0 # Psalm 112 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 112 is a wisdom psalm teaching the value of a righteous life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Righteous people
The righteous people will be well-known for their generosity and they will not have to worry about bad news because God is taking care of them.
+PSA 112 intro s165 0 # Psalm 112 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 112 is a wisdom psalm teaching the value of a righteous life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Righteous people
The righteous people will be well-known for their generosity and they will not have to worry about bad news because God is taking care of them.
PSA 112 1 m17p writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 112 1 s1nc 0 greatly delights “takes great pleasure”
PSA 112 2 yd3e figs-activepassive 0 the descendants of the godly man will be blessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless the descendants of the godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -4248,7 +4248,7 @@ PSA 112 10 rn5k 0 will see this “will see that things go well for the godly
PSA 112 10 c3ev translate-symaction 0 he will grind his teeth in rage The grinding of teeth is an expression of extreme anger. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Psalms 35:16](../035/016.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
PSA 112 10 xx9c figs-metaphor 0 melt away The writer speaks of the wicked person’s eventual death as if that person were something, such as ice, that can melt. Alternate translation: “eventually die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 112 10 ig26 figs-metonymy 0 the desire of the wicked people will perish Possible meanings of “desire” are (1) the emotional desire that wicked people have. Alternate translation: “the things that wicked people want to do will never happen” or (2) it is a metonym for the things that wicked people have desired. Alternate translation: “wicked people will lose the things that they desired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 113 intro p4uj 0 # Psalm 113 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 113 is a psalm of praise to God for his goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God helps the poor and gives children to the wife who cannot conceive children.
+PSA 113 intro p4uj 0 # Psalm 113 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 113 is a psalm of praise to God for his goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
God helps the poor and gives children to the wife who cannot conceive children.
PSA 113 1 qx3m writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 113 1 pvw9 figs-metonymy 0 the name of Yahweh Here the word “name” represents Yahweh, himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 113 3 fc3w figs-merism 0 From the rising of the sun to its setting This phrase refers to the directions east, where the sun rises, and west, where the sun sets. The writer uses these two extremes to represent everywhere on earth. See how you translated this in [Psalms 50:1](../050/001.md). Alternate translation: “Everywhere on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -4261,7 +4261,7 @@ PSA 113 7 d8bp figs-parallelism 0 He raises up the poor…from the ash heap The
PSA 113 7 rib6 translate-symaction 0 out of the dirt…from the ash heap Sitting in dirt and ashes represents either poverty or despair. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
PSA 113 8 ztn3 figs-parallelism 0 so that he may seat him with princes, with the princes of his people Here the second phrase clarifies that the first phrase refers to the princes of Yahweh’s people. These two statements can be combined. Alternate translation: “so that Yahweh may seat him next to rulers of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 113 9 c3e3 figs-metonymy 0 He gives a home to the barren woman of the house Here “home” refers to the children that live in a home. Alternate translation: “He gives children to the woman who had none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 114 intro vu9f 0 # Psalm 114 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 114 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles in bringing the people of Israel to the promised land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praised God for opening up the Red Sea for the people to cross, for providing the earthquake that stopped the Jordan River so the people could cross and providing water from a rock for the people to drink.
+PSA 114 intro vu9f 0 # Psalm 114 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 114 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles in bringing the people of Israel to the promised land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praised God for opening up the Red Sea for the people to cross, for providing the earthquake that stopped the Jordan River so the people could cross and providing water from a rock for the people to drink.
PSA 114 1 eph8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 114 1 d4dj figs-parallelism 0 When Israel left Egypt, the house of Jacob from a people who spoke a foreign language These two lines are parallel, with “Israel” and “the house of Jacob” meaning the same thing and “Egypt” and “that foreign people” referring to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 114 1 trv6 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jacob from a people who spoke a foreign language The word “house” here represents the family or descendents. The verb may be supplied to this phrase. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob left people who spoke a language that the descendants of Jacob did not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -4275,7 +4275,7 @@ PSA 114 7 xi33 figs-parallelism 0 Tremble, earth, before the Lord, at the prese
PSA 114 7 k6tn figs-personification 0 Tremble, earth Possible meanings are (1) the writer is speaking to the earth as if it were a person and commands it to tremble with fear before God or (2) the word “earth” is a metonym for those who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “Tremble, everyone one earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 114 8 u6n5 figs-parallelism 0 He turned the rock into a pool of water, the hard rock into a spring of water These two phrases are parallel. The writer describes Yahweh causing water to flow from the rock as if he turned the rock into water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 114 8 ca4j figs-ellipsis 0 the hard rock into a spring of water The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “He turned the hard rock into a spring of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-PSA 115 intro it4i 0 # Psalm 115 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 115 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God is in heaven and is able to do whatever he wants. Idols can not do anything. Therefore, people and priests should trust God for their protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 115 intro it4i 0 # Psalm 115 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 115 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
God is in heaven and is able to do whatever he wants. Idols can not do anything. Therefore, people and priests should trust God for their protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 115 1 i2ig writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 115 1 l7ze figs-doublet 0 Not to us, Yahweh, not to us The writer repeats the phrase “Not to us” in order to emphasize that they are not worthy to receive the honor that is due only to Yahweh. If necessary, a verbal phrase may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “Do not bring honor to us, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 115 1 a1ln 0 to us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel.
@@ -4303,7 +4303,7 @@ PSA 115 17 n4er figs-nominaladj 0 The dead The adjective “dead” may be tran
PSA 115 17 m2zu figs-ellipsis 0 nor do any who go down into silence This parallel phrase has a similar meaning to phrase before it. The verb may be supplied from that previous phrase to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “nor do any who go down into silence praise Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 115 17 hd34 figs-metaphor 0 nor do any who go down into silence The writer speaks of the grave or the place of the dead as a place of silence where no one can speak. This is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “nor do any who go to the place of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
PSA 115 18 m43y 0 But we The word “we” refers to the people of Israel who are still alive.
-PSA 116 intro r7gl 0 # Psalm 116 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 116 is a psalm of praise for saving the psalmist’s life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Healing
The author was very sick and expected to die but God healed him. So he will pay his vow and sacrifice an offering of thanks. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
+PSA 116 intro r7gl 0 # Psalm 116 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 116 is a psalm of praise for saving the psalmist’s life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Healing
The author was very sick and expected to die but God healed him. So he will pay his vow and sacrifice an offering of thanks. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
PSA 116 1 y25k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 116 1 w8ar figs-synecdoche 0 he hears my voice and my pleas for mercy Here the word “voice” represents the person who is speaking. The abstract nouns “pleas” and “mercy” can be stated as “plead” and “merciful.” Alternate translation: “he hears me when I plead for him to be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 116 3 vib3 0 General Information: The person who composed this psalm continues to speak.
@@ -4338,12 +4338,12 @@ PSA 116 18 tj19 0 General Information: The person who made this song continues
PSA 116 18 ttr5 0 I will fulfill…all his people See how you translated [Psalms 116:14](../116/014.md).
PSA 116 19 u16b figs-metonymy 0 in the courts of Yahweh’s house The word “house” refers to Yahweh’s temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyards of Yahweh’s temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 116 19 hv6v figs-personification 0 in your midst, Jerusalem The writer speaks to Jerusalem as though it were a person. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-PSA 117 intro kfu1 0 # Psalm 117 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 117 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
Everyone should praise God for his love and unending faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+PSA 117 intro kfu1 0 # Psalm 117 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 117 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
Everyone should praise God for his love and unending faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
PSA 117 1 wmd2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 117 2 ce43 0 For his “Because his”
PSA 117 2 t4z5 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness is great toward us The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he does great things for us because he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 117 2 uht9 figs-abstractnouns 0 the trustworthiness of Yahweh endures forever The abstract noun “trustworthiness” can be translated with an adjective or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “Yahweh remains trustworthy forever” or “Yahweh will forever be worthy of people trusting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 118 intro z9au 0 # Psalm 118 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 118 is a psalm of war and is about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rejected stone
The author praised Yahweh for his rescuing him. God enabled him to overpower his enemies. The new Testament, and even Jesus himself, saw the rejected stone as a reference to the Messiah’s rejection by the Jewish leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+PSA 118 intro z9au 0 # Psalm 118 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 118 is a psalm of war and is about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rejected stone
The author praised Yahweh for his rescuing him. God enabled him to overpower his enemies. The new Testament, and even Jesus himself, saw the rejected stone as a reference to the Messiah’s rejection by the Jewish leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
PSA 118 1 g414 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 118 1 af6g 0 Give thanks to Yahweh, for he is good “Thank Yahweh because of the good things he does”
PSA 118 1 qcw2 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -4387,7 +4387,7 @@ PSA 118 28 rb4j 0 You are my God Here the writer begins to speak again and add
PSA 118 29 b2wp figs-exclamations 0 Oh This is an exclamation that should be translated with whatever exclamation of emphasis you have in your language to make it sound natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
PSA 118 29 vx5j 0 give thanks to Yahweh; for he is good “thank Yahweh because of the good things he does.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1](../118/001.md).
PSA 118 29 k1qj figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1-2](./001.md). Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 119 intro yf89 0 # Psalm 119 General Notes
## Formatting in this chapter
This is an alphabetic psalm with twenty-two groups of eight verses each all beginning with the same letter of the alphabet in the alphabetical order of the Hebrew alphabet.
## Type of psalm
Psalm 119 is a wisdom psalm about the Law of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Law
The author loved the law of God and was blessed by obeying it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 119 intro yf89 0 # Psalm 119 General Notes
## Formatting in this chapter
This is an alphabetic psalm with twenty-two groups of eight verses each all beginning with the same letter of the alphabet in the alphabetical order of the Hebrew alphabet.
## Type of psalm
Psalm 119 is a wisdom psalm about the Law of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Law
The author loved the law of God and was blessed by obeying it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 119 1 ipj6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 119 1 r86i 0 Blessed are those “How good it is for those”
PSA 119 1 a56q figs-metaphor 0 those whose ways are blameless How a person behaves is spoken of as “ways” or “paths.” Alternate translation: “those whose behavior is blameless” or “those whom no one can blame for doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -4638,7 +4638,7 @@ PSA 119 174 wa6g figs-abstractnouns 0 your law is my delight The abstract noun
PSA 119 175 z1ep figs-metaphor 0 may your righteous decrees help me The psalmist speaks of Yahweh’s decrees as if they were a person who could help him. Alternate translation: “may I listen to your righteous decrees and so become wise and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 119 176 xw7j figs-simile 0 I have wandered off like a lost sheep The psalmist compares his disobedience to Yahweh to a sheep that has wandered away from the flock. Alternate translation: “I have left your way like a sheep that has left its flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 119 176 ap6x 0 seek your servant “because I am your servant, come and search for me”
-PSA 120 intro x4aj 0 # Psalm 120 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 120 is a psalm of deliverance from liars. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fighting
The author did not want to fight, but the people he lived with wanted to fight him.
+PSA 120 intro x4aj 0 # Psalm 120 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 120 is a psalm of deliverance from liars. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fighting
The author did not want to fight, but the people he lived with wanted to fight him.
PSA 120 1 xq2k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 120 1 d8u6 0 In my distress “In my trouble” or “When I was in trouble”
PSA 120 2 a439 figs-metonymy 0 Rescue my life Here the word “life” represents the person. Alternate translation: “Rescue me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4651,7 +4651,7 @@ PSA 120 5 mg3z figs-metaphor 0 I temporarily live in Meshech; I lived previousl
PSA 120 5 qx4h figs-metonymy 0 the tents of Kedar This phrase represents the people of Kedar who live in those tents. Alternate translation: “the people who live in Kedar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 120 7 sf92 0 I am for peace “I want peace”
PSA 120 7 lr78 0 they are for war “they want war”
-PSA 121 intro n97g 0 # Psalm 121 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 121 is a worship psalm.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God always watches over those who believe in him and protects them from harm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
+PSA 121 intro n97g 0 # Psalm 121 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 121 is a worship psalm.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God always watches over those who believe in him and protects them from harm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
PSA 121 1 xgy7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 121 1 cb45 figs-metonymy 0 lift up my eyes This expression means “look at” or “focus my attention on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 121 1 yb6k figs-rquestion 0 From where will my help come? The writer uses this question to focus attention on the source of his help. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you from where my help comes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4668,7 +4668,7 @@ PSA 121 5 hq1i 0 at your right hand Here this expression means to be beside or
PSA 121 6 p2y6 figs-merism 0 The sun will not harm you by day, nor the moon by night The contrasting terms “day” and “night” refer to those extremes and everything in between. Alternate translation: “God protects you from the elements at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PSA 121 6 wzt9 figs-ellipsis 0 nor the moon by night It is implies that “will not harm you” is implied here. The full meaning of this statement may be made clear. Alternate translation: “nor will the moon harm you by night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 121 7 au24 figs-metonymy 0 your life This refers to the writer. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 122 intro x7wj 0 # Psalm 122 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 122 is a psalm about Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jerusalem
Jerusalem is an important city, the center of government and religious activities; so the author prays for peace for the city.
+PSA 122 intro x7wj 0 # Psalm 122 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 122 is a psalm about Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jerusalem
Jerusalem is an important city, the center of government and religious activities; so the author prays for peace for the city.
PSA 122 1 lck5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 122 1 x5k5 0 A song of ascents Possible meanings are (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md)
PSA 122 2 d2gp figs-apostrophe 0 Jerusalem, our feet are standing within your gates! The writer briefly stops speaking to his audience and speaks directly to the city of Jerusalem. Jerusalem is spoken to as if it was a person who could hear the writer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -4684,7 +4684,7 @@ PSA 122 8 hz78 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: In this section, the writ
PSA 122 8 i3zr 0 For the sake “For the well-being”
PSA 122 8 b3mx 0 May there be peace within you “May the people in you live in peace”
PSA 122 9 nt39 0 I will seek good for you The abstract noun “good” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “I will pray that people treat you well”
-PSA 123 intro vet5 0 # Psalm 123 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 123 is a psalm asking for deliverance from the contempt of proud people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Just as a servant trusts his master to protect him, so the author is trusting God to stop proud people from insulting him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 123 intro vet5 0 # Psalm 123 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 123 is a psalm asking for deliverance from the contempt of proud people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Just as a servant trusts his master to protect him, so the author is trusting God to stop proud people from insulting him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 123 1 iym8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 123 1 ja7b figs-metonymy 0 I lift up my eyes Here the author refers to his eyes because that is the part of the body used for seeing. Alternate translation: “I look to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 123 1 kx53 0 enthroned sitting on a throne and ruling as king
@@ -4700,7 +4700,7 @@ PSA 123 4 fq81 figs-parallelism 0 of the scoffing…and with the contempt There
PSA 123 4 xq36 0 scoffing “mocking” or “insults”
PSA 123 4 gp8j figs-nominaladj 0 the insolent This refers to the insolent people. Alternate translation: “rude and arrogant people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PSA 123 4 ugx5 figs-nominaladj 0 the proud This refers to the proud people. Alternate translation: “the people who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-PSA 124 intro khc4 0 # Psalm 124 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 124 is a psalm of praise for God’s delivering the Israelites from their enemy’s attack. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
God saved the Israelites from their enemy who wanted to completely destroy them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 124 intro khc4 0 # Psalm 124 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 124 is a psalm of praise for God’s delivering the Israelites from their enemy’s attack. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
God saved the Israelites from their enemy who wanted to completely destroy them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 124 1 fes4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 124 1 uf2u 0 song of ascents Possible meanings are (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md)
PSA 124 1 zqy6 figs-hypo 0 “If Yahweh had not been on our side This is the beginning of a hypothetical statement about something that did not actually happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -4718,7 +4718,7 @@ PSA 124 6 thg5 figs-metaphor 0 torn by their teeth The enemies are spoken of as
PSA 124 7 fr8c figs-metaphor 0 escaped like a bird out of the snare of the fowlers The writer describes his escape from the enemies as if he was a bird that had escaped from the snare of the hunters. Alternate translation: “escaped from our enemies as a bird escapes from the trap that hunters have set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 124 7 r8zv 0 snare a small trap of string or wire made for catching small animals or birds
PSA 124 7 a4a8 figs-metaphor 0 the snare has been broken The plot of the enemies to catch the writer failed as if it was a snare that had broken. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 125 intro bc6u 0 # Psalm 125 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 125 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God protects good people. He will not allow the evil people to rule over the good people because they might make them do evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 125 intro bc6u 0 # Psalm 125 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 125 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
God protects good people. He will not allow the evil people to rule over the good people because they might make them do evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 125 1 d4h2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 125 1 spt5 figs-simile 0 Those who trust in Yahweh are like Mount Zion, unshakable, forever enduring People who trust in Yahweh are spoken of as if they were Mount Zion. Mountains are unable to be moved. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 125 2 t72p figs-simile 0 As the mountains surround Jerusalem, so Yahweh surrounds his people Yahweh’s protection is spoken of as if he was the mountains surrounding Jerusalem. Jerusalem was surrounded by several mountains, which protected it from attack. Alternate translation: “As the hills that surround Jerusalem protect it, so Yahweh protects his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -4729,7 +4729,7 @@ PSA 125 4 y93a figs-metonymy 0 are upright in their hearts Here, “hearts” r
PSA 125 5 t4ae figs-metaphor 0 turn aside Refusing to obey Yahweh is spoken of as turning away from a good path. Alternate translation: “leave good and go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 125 5 daf6 figs-metaphor 0 their crooked ways Here wicked ways are spoken of as if they were a path that is not straight. Alternate translation: “their wicked ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 125 5 ru69 figs-explicit 0 lead them away People are lead away in order to punish them. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “lead them away to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PSA 126 intro q9ig 0 # Psalm 126 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 126 is a psalm of praise for Yahweh bringing captives home.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sorrow and joy
People may have sorrow now; but later it will turn into joy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])
+PSA 126 intro q9ig 0 # Psalm 126 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 126 is a psalm of praise for Yahweh bringing captives home.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sorrow and joy
People may have sorrow now; but later it will turn into joy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])
PSA 126 1 h3wt writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 126 1 y7ss 0 restored the fortunes of Zion “made Zion prosperous again”
PSA 126 2 wxr3 figs-metaphor 0 our mouths were filled with laughter Laughing is spoken of as if their mouths were a container and their laughter was in it. It can be made clear that this laughter was a response to their joy. Alternate translation: “we laughed for joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4737,7 +4737,7 @@ PSA 126 2 g1bj figs-ellipsis 0 our tongues with singing The verbs “were fille
PSA 126 2 xir4 0 they said among the nations “the people of the nations said among themselves.” The pronoun is used before introducing what it references. This is very unusual.
PSA 126 3 js5q 0 Yahweh did great things for us; how glad we were! “How glad we were, because Yahweh did these great things for us!”
PSA 126 5 i43v 0 Those who sow in tears “Those who weep as they sow”
-PSA 127 intro ipx7 0 # Psalm 127 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 127 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessings
God wants his people to have rest. It is a blessing to have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 127 intro ipx7 0 # Psalm 127 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 127 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blessings
God wants his people to have rest. It is a blessing to have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 127 1 nt9a writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 127 1 m7vn 0 song of ascents Possible meanings are (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md)
PSA 127 2 qvi2 0 to rise up early, to come home late A person who works hard often has to wake up earlier in the morning and return home late at night.
@@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ PSA 127 2 vc2y figs-idiom 0 eat the bread of hard work This is an idiom. Bread
PSA 127 3 qz98 figs-metaphor 0 heritage property that a person can inherit from his ancestors. Children normally receive an inheritance from their parents. Inheritance goes from parents to children. This passage uses parents inheriting children from Yahweh as a metaphor for Yahweh being the only one who can give children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 127 4 iyl8 figs-simile 0 Like arrows in the hand of a warrior, so are the children of one’s youth Arrows are very important to a warrior because they protect him in battle. Children are spoken of as if they are a warrior’s arrow. Alternate translation: “Having many children will help to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 127 5 vf7l figs-metaphor 0 his quiver full of them A quiver is a container for arrows. Having many children is spoken of as if the children were arrows in a quiver. Alternate translation: “a home full of children” or “many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 128 intro f8w6 0 # Psalm 128 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 128 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Respect
Those people who respect God will live well and have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
+PSA 128 intro f8w6 0 # Psalm 128 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 128 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Respect
Those people who respect God will live well and have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])
PSA 128 1 xub9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 128 1 h11n figs-activepassive 0 Blessed is everyone who honors Yahweh This phrase occurs in the passive voice to avoid implying that Yahweh is obligated to bless those who honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless everyone who honors him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 128 2 xw8w figs-synecdoche 0 What your hands provide A man can be referred to by his hands because that is the part of the body he works with. Alternate translation: “What you provide” or “What you work for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -4756,7 +4756,7 @@ PSA 128 3 vlk1 0 around your table This refers to the place where a family gat
PSA 128 4 v5em figs-activepassive 0 the man will be blessed who honors Yahweh This can be stated as an active verb. “Yahweh will bless the man who honors him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 128 5 iz4u 0 all the days of your life “throughout your lifetime”
PSA 128 6 cd66 0 May peace be on Israel “May Israel have peace”
-PSA 129 intro p9dv 0 # Psalm 129 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 129 is a psalm of deliverance from Israel’s many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
Israel’s enemies have always persecuted them but God has saved them from their enemies. He prays that this enemy will be destroyed with no one to wish them well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 129 intro p9dv 0 # Psalm 129 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 129 is a psalm of deliverance from Israel’s many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh saves
Israel’s enemies have always persecuted them but God has saved them from their enemies. He prays that this enemy will be destroyed with no one to wish them well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 129 1 ut36 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 129 3 wpl7 figs-metaphor 0 The plowers plowed on my back The cuts from a whipping are spoken of as the plow of a plowman. A farmer plowed deep lines into a field. Alternate translation: “My enemies have cut me deeply on my back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 129 3 nq4f figs-metaphor 0 they made their furrows long This is a continuation of the plowing metaphor. The “furrow” is the line the farmer plowed. Alternate translation: “they made their cuts long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -4765,7 +4765,7 @@ PSA 129 5 z781 figs-activepassive 0 May they all be put to shame and turned bac
PSA 129 6 s2gl figs-simile 0 May they be like the grass on the housetops that withers before it grows up The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. Alternate translation: “May they die and may there be few of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 129 7 s57h figs-simile 0 that cannot fill…together These words finish the simile that begins in ([Psalms 129:6](../129/006.md)). The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. “May they be like the grass, which cannot fill…together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 129 8 pu7b 0 the blessing of Yahweh be on you “Yahweh bless you”
-PSA 130 intro c2ly 0 # Psalm 130 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 130 is a psalm of praise that God forgives sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgive
God forgives sin and helps the sinner. So Israel should trust in God for his forgiveness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+PSA 130 intro c2ly 0 # Psalm 130 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 130 is a psalm of praise that God forgives sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgive
God forgives sin and helps the sinner. So Israel should trust in God for his forgiveness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
PSA 130 1 f4r9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 130 1 h3vi figs-metaphor 0 Out of the depths I The author’s sadness is spoken of as if it were a container. His sadness comes from the bottom of the container. Sadness is often spoken of as being a container that fills from the top to the bottom. Alternate translation: “Because I am very sad, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 130 2 i2dr figs-synecdoche 0 let your ears be attentive The ears represent Yahweh, but because the author knows that Yahweh hears everything, he is really asking for Yahweh to respond. Alternate translation: “please listen” or “please respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -4778,7 +4778,7 @@ PSA 130 6 ge7s figs-simile 0 My soul waits…more than watchmen wait for the mo
PSA 130 6 cx47 0 watchmen These are men who guard towns or fields against enemies or robbers. Here it refers to men who have to stay awake at night doing this.
PSA 130 7 ua2z figs-metaphor 0 Israel, hope in Yahweh The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a man. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel, hope in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 130 8 i64f figs-metaphor 0 who will redeem Israel from all his sins The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a man. Alternate translation: “who will redeem the people of Israel from all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 131 intro ej7h 0 # Psalm 131 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 131 is a wisdom psalm teaching trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
This psalm focuses on the concept of trust. A quiet trust in Yahweh is best.
+PSA 131 intro ej7h 0 # Psalm 131 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 131 is a wisdom psalm teaching trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
This psalm focuses on the concept of trust. A quiet trust in Yahweh is best.
PSA 131 1 ct5z writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 131 1 px11 0 song of ascents Possible meanings are (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md)
PSA 131 1 kgc5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is not proud or my eyes haughty The heart and the eyes represent the person. Alternate translation: “I am not proud or haughty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -4787,7 +4787,7 @@ PSA 131 1 xfb4 figs-metaphor 0 things that are beyond me Things that are too ha
PSA 131 2 r92s figs-synecdoche 0 I have stilled and quieted my soul The soul represents the person or his emotions. Being calm and peaceful is spoken of has having making one’s soul still and quiet. Alternate translation: “I am calm and peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 131 2 sep5 figs-metonymy 0 my soul within me The soul represents the person or his emotions. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 131 2 sim5 figs-metaphor 0 a weaned child with his mother The psalmist speaks of himself being content and resting as if he were a young child that no longer demands breast milk from his mother. Alternate translation: “content like a young child that no longer cries for breast milk but rests in his mother’s arms” or “content and resting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 132 intro fp7w 0 # Psalm 132 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 132 is a royal psalm praising David. It might have been sung when David brought the ark to Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ark
The Ark had been moved from one place to another several times. David wanted to make a permanent home for it. God had promised David that his son would be king after him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+PSA 132 intro fp7w 0 # Psalm 132 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 132 is a royal psalm praising David. It might have been sung when David brought the ark to Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ark
The Ark had been moved from one place to another several times. David wanted to make a permanent home for it. God had promised David that his son would be king after him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
PSA 132 1 sq3d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 132 1 lvf4 0 for David’s sake “because of what happened to David”
PSA 132 1 rsq8 0 call to mind “remember” or “think about”
@@ -4823,7 +4823,7 @@ PSA 132 17 yc3b figs-metaphor 0 set up a lamp for my anointed one God speaks of
PSA 132 17 dms8 0 my anointed one “my chosen king” or “the king I have chosen”
PSA 132 18 gp1f figs-metaphor 0 I will clothe his enemies with shame Shame is spoken of as if it was clothing. This shame would result from losing in war. Alternate translation: “I will cause his enemies to be ashamed” or “I will cause his enemies to be defeated and ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 132 18 hdu2 figs-metonymy 0 his crown will shine The crown represents his rule, and greatness is spoken of as shining. Alternate translation: “he will be a great king” or “his greatness will shine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 133 intro lg1c 0 # Psalm 133 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 133 is a wisdom psalm about harmony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Harmony
Harmony between relatives is refreshing and brings a blessings from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 133 intro lg1c 0 # Psalm 133 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 133 is a wisdom psalm about harmony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Harmony
Harmony between relatives is refreshing and brings a blessings from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 133 1 s9bf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 133 1 xwd2 0 song of ascents Possible meanings are (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md)
PSA 133 1 d9ck 0 Behold This word is used to stress the importance of the statement that follows.
@@ -4831,13 +4831,13 @@ PSA 133 1 s8hv figs-metaphor 0 for brothers to live together The relationships
PSA 133 2 qj4c figs-simile 0 It is like fine oil on the head The goodness of unity among God’s people is spoken of as if it were like the fine oil that was poured on Aaron’s head. Alternate translation: “This unity is precious like the oil that was poured on Aaron’s head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 133 3 r3pl figs-simile 0 like the dew of Hermon The goodness of unity among God’s people is spoken of as it if it were refreshing like dew. Alternate translation: “refreshing like the dew of Hermon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 133 3 q5fz 0 Hermon This is a mountain in Israel that has snow on its peak year-round.
-PSA 134 intro az9r 0 # Psalm 134 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 134 is a temple psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Watchmen
The watchmen who work at night should praise God. Then he will bless them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 134 intro az9r 0 # Psalm 134 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 134 is a temple psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Watchmen
The watchmen who work at night should praise God. Then he will bless them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 134 1 x2de writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 134 1 y7mi 0 all you servants of Yahweh “all you who serve Yahweh”
PSA 134 2 fx9g translate-symaction 0 Lift up your hands This is how people prayed or praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
PSA 134 2 x39j 0 to the holy place Possible meanings are (1) “to the temple” or (2) “to the holy place in the temple.”
PSA 134 3 d5zb figs-merism 0 heaven and earth The phrase “heaven and earth” here represents all things. Alternate translation: “everything in heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-PSA 135 intro qzj7 0 # Psalm 135 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 135 is a worship psalm focusing on worshiping God because his greatness.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The people, priests and their helpers should praise God because he is so great. He defeated the Egyptians and led his people to the promise land. Idols have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+PSA 135 intro qzj7 0 # Psalm 135 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 135 is a worship psalm focusing on worshiping God because his greatness.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The people, priests and their helpers should praise God because he is so great. He defeated the Egyptians and led his people to the promise land. Idols have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
PSA 135 1 s987 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 135 1 q37i figs-metonymy 0 Praise the name of Yahweh Yahweh’s name represents him. “Praise Yahweh” or “Praise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 135 2 hmn4 figs-metonymy 0 stand in Yahweh’s house This represents serving Yahweh in his temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4856,7 +4856,7 @@ PSA 135 13 z179 figs-metonymy 0 Your name His name here represents his fame or
PSA 135 18 wi2e figs-simile 0 Those who make them are like them Being ignorant and powerless is spoken of as being like idols, which cannot speak, see, hear, or breathe. Alternate translation: “Those who make them are stupid and powerless like their idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PSA 135 18 z43m 0 as is everyone who trusts in them “and so are those who trust in the idols”
PSA 135 21 l26a figs-metonymy 0 he who lives in Jerusalem God is spoken of as if he lived in Jerusalem because the temple where the Israelites worshiped him was there. Alternate translation: “he whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 136 intro wah2 0 # Psalm 136 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 136 is a worship psalm. It was written to be sung by two parts of the choir. One part would sing the first part of each of the lines and then the other part of the choir would sing the repeated refrain.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel blessed
God has blessed Israel throughout its history and taken care of the needy people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 136 intro wah2 0 # Psalm 136 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 136 is a worship psalm. It was written to be sung by two parts of the choir. One part would sing the first part of each of the lines and then the other part of the choir would sing the repeated refrain.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel blessed
God has blessed Israel throughout its history and taken care of the needy people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 136 1 my49 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 136 1 ra72 figs-exclamations 0 Oh This is an exclamation that should be translated with whatever exclamation of emphasis you have in your language to make it sound natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
PSA 136 1 f89e figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “because he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -4878,7 +4878,7 @@ PSA 136 23 q5t2 0 called us to mind “thought about us”
PSA 136 23 g78u figs-metaphor 0 helped us in our humiliation The condition of feeling shame is spoken of as if it were a place that the Israelites had been in. This is a reference to the many times when the Israelites’ enemies had defeated them in battle and shamed them. Alternate translation: “cared when we were shamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 136 24 zn74 figs-metaphor 0 has given us victory over our enemies Causing people to be victorious and defeat their enemies is spoken of as giving them victory, as if victory were an object that can be given. Alternate translation: “has made us victorious over our enemies” or “has made us able to defeat our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 136 26 vqb3 0 the God of heaven “the God who lives in heaven” or “the God whom the heavenly beings worship”
-PSA 137 intro syg4 0 # Psalm 137 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 137 is a psalm of mourning and vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Songs of Zion
The captives are told to sing songs of Zion there in Babylon but they felt too unhappy to want to sing. The army from Babylon was cruel when it destroyed Jerusalem and the people of Edom encouraged them to destroy Jerusalem. They prayed that God will be cruel to the people of Edom and Babylon.
+PSA 137 intro syg4 0 # Psalm 137 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 137 is a psalm of mourning and vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Songs of Zion
The captives are told to sing songs of Zion there in Babylon but they felt too unhappy to want to sing. The army from Babylon was cruel when it destroyed Jerusalem and the people of Edom encouraged them to destroy Jerusalem. They prayed that God will be cruel to the people of Edom and Babylon.
PSA 137 1 g7si writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 137 1 kt8v 0 By the rivers of Babylon “Next to one of the rivers near Babylon”
PSA 137 1 rih5 figs-exclusive 0 we sat…wept…we thought The writer does not include the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -4897,7 +4897,7 @@ PSA 137 8 c3dh figs-metonymy 0 Daughter of Babylon This represents the city of
PSA 137 8 w6kc figs-activepassive 0 may the person be blessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may God bless the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PSA 137 8 v1xl figs-metaphor 0 pays you back for what you have done to us The writer speaks of someone doing to others what they have done as if were payment. Alternate translation: “does to you what you did to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 137 9 v5tp 0 dashes your little ones against a rock “smashes your babies’ heads against rocks”
-PSA 138 intro lv6z 0 # Psalm 138 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Answered prayers
God answers prayers and he protects the psalmist from his enemies.
+PSA 138 intro lv6z 0 # Psalm 138 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Answered prayers
God answers prayers and he protects the psalmist from his enemies.
PSA 138 1 uq65 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 138 1 hm3q figs-metonymy 0 I will give you thanks with my whole heart The heart here represents the emotions. Doing something sincerely or completely is spoken of as doing it with all one’s heart. Alternate translation: “I will sincerely thank you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 138 1 eq6r 0 before the gods Possible meanings are (1) “in spite of the false idols that exist” or (2) “before the heavenly assembly,” which means “in the knowledge of the angels in heaven.”
@@ -4916,7 +4916,7 @@ PSA 138 7 uh62 figs-abstractnouns 0 anger of my enemies The abstract noun “an
PSA 138 8 uma6 figs-abstractnouns 0 your covenant faithfulness, Yahweh, endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh, remain faithful to your covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 138 8 hc8j 0 the ones whom your hands have made This expression probably refers to the nation of Israel.
PSA 138 8 m81b figs-metaphor 0 your hands have made God is spoken of as if he had physically used hands to create. Alternate translation: “you have created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 139 intro spl6 0 # Psalm 139 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 139 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s care
God created the psalmist in his mother’s womb and has taken care of him all of his life. No matter where he goes, God is always with him.
+PSA 139 intro spl6 0 # Psalm 139 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 139 is a psalm of praise.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s care
God created the psalmist in his mother’s womb and has taken care of him all of his life. No matter where he goes, God is always with him.
PSA 139 1 f2ij writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 139 1 m5if 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 139 1 z372 0 have examined “have tested”
@@ -4952,7 +4952,7 @@ PSA 139 23 e3ka figs-explicit 0 Examine me This is a request for God to tell th
PSA 139 23 s3gp figs-parallelism 0 Examine me, God, and know my heart; test me and know my thoughts These two sentences have similar meanings. The second one strengthens the thought in the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 139 24 r9qy figs-metaphor 0 any wicked way Here “way” stands for behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 139 24 h9f8 figs-metaphor 0 the everlasting way Here “way” refers to trust and obedience in God. Anyone who “walks” this way will have everlasting life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 140 intro qi17 0 # Psalm 140 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 140 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
He prayed that God would save him from his enemies who are lying about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+PSA 140 intro qi17 0 # Psalm 140 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 140 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s protection
He prayed that God would save him from his enemies who are lying about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
PSA 140 1 g538 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 140 1 gc5w 0 For the chief musician This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
PSA 140 2 luc4 0 they cause battles Here “battles” probably refers to conflict of any kind, including quarrels.
@@ -4975,7 +4975,7 @@ PSA 140 11 i174 0 secure on the earth “safe in this life”
PSA 140 11 k1fm figs-personification 0 may evil hunt down the violent man Here evil is spoken of as if it were someone taking revenge on another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PSA 140 12 em3r figs-abstractnouns 0 he will give justice to the needy The abstract noun “justice” can be stated as “just.” Alternate translation: “He will act in a just manner to help the needy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 140 13 wfl7 figs-metonymy 0 to your name This represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 141 intro j6r9 0 # Psalm 141 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 141 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies and from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s correction
The author prayed that God would keep him from sinning. He is glad to be corrected by good people. He asked God to show that he is right by destroying the evil leaders of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA 141 intro j6r9 0 # Psalm 141 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 141 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies and from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s correction
The author prayed that God would keep him from sinning. He is glad to be corrected by good people. He asked God to show that he is right by destroying the evil leaders of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
PSA 141 1 f34t writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 141 1 gns6 0 crying out “asking you for help”
PSA 141 1 uq2e figs-personification 0 come quickly to me The psalmist speaks as if Yahweh were a person who needed to come from another place to help him. What the psalmist wanted Yahweh to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “come quickly to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -5004,7 +5004,7 @@ PSA 141 9 q9db figs-metaphor 0 the snares that they have laid for me The psalmi
PSA 141 9 y879 0 snares…traps Bible experts disagree on the exact meanings of these words. It would be best either to translate one of them with the word for a net or cage that contains the prey and the other as a rope or vine that catches the prey by the leg or neck or to translate both with the general word for “traps.” See how these words are translated in [Psalms 140:5](../140/005.md).
PSA 141 9 g9xn figs-ellipsis 0 from the traps of evildoers The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and protect me from the traps that those who do evil have set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 141 10 zb2q 0 Let the wicked fall into their own nets The psalmist speaks of evil people deceiving good people as if hunters were trapping animals. Alternate translation: “Let the wicked fall into the net traps they have made to trap other people” or “Let the bad things the wicked planned for the righteous happen to the wicked instead”
-PSA 142 intro psy6 0 # Psalm 142 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 142 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
The psalmist is alone, and has many enemies surrounding him. Despite this, Yahweh will help him. Then, good people will join the author. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
+PSA 142 intro psy6 0 # Psalm 142 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 142 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
The psalmist is alone, and has many enemies surrounding him. Despite this, Yahweh will help him. Then, good people will join the author. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])
PSA 142 1 j93h writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 142 1 p2w2 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md).
PSA 142 1 bue5 0 cave open place under the earth large enough for people to walk around in
@@ -5024,7 +5024,7 @@ PSA 142 6 t4vr figs-metonymy 0 Listen to my call This is a call for help. See h
PSA 142 6 y2xf 0 I have been brought very low Possible meanings are (1) “I am very needy” and (2) “I am very weak.” See how “we are very low” is translated in [Psalms 78:8](../078/008.md).
PSA 142 7 va7w figs-synecdoche 0 Bring my soul out of prison This is a request. The “soul” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “bring me out of prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 142 7 w9yx figs-metonymy 0 give thanks to your name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. See how you translated this in [Psalms 5:11](../005/011.md). Alternate translation: “give thanks to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 143 intro tm9v 0 # Psalm 143 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 143 is a deliverance psalm. The author prays for deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
The author prayed for help from Yahweh against his enemies because he is God’s servant.
+PSA 143 intro tm9v 0 # Psalm 143 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 143 is a deliverance psalm. The author prays for deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s help
The author prayed for help from Yahweh against his enemies because he is God’s servant.
PSA 143 1 jk8k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 143 1 c8pp figs-metonymy 0 Hear my prayer The words “my prayer” are a metonym for the person who is praying. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 39:12](../039/012.md). Alternate translation: “Listen to me as I pray to you” or “Be willing to do what I ask you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 143 2 h1x7 figs-idiom 0 Do not enter into judgment To “enter into judgment” is an idiom that means to pronounce judgment. Alternate translation: “Please do not judge” or “I beg you not to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -5058,7 +5058,7 @@ PSA 143 11 drk5 figs-metonymy 0 for your name’s sake Yahweh’s name represen
PSA 143 12 d1cl 0 the enemies of my life “the enemies who want to take my life”
PSA 143 12 wp4f figs-abstractnouns 0 In your covenant faithfulness cut off my enemies “Show your covenant faithfulness by cutting off my enemies.” The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Because you are faithful to your covenant, cut off my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PSA 143 12 wl46 figs-metonymy 0 the enemies of my life “the enemies of my soul.” My “life” may be understood as representing the speaker. Alternate translation: “my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 144 intro j9c6 0 # Psalm 144 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 144 is a worship psalm. It is the first worship psalm in a series consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Safety
Psalm 144 is a prayer for safety and prosperity for the nation of Israel.
+PSA 144 intro j9c6 0 # Psalm 144 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 144 is a worship psalm. It is the first worship psalm in a series consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Safety
Psalm 144 is a prayer for safety and prosperity for the nation of Israel.
PSA 144 1 kh8j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 144 1 lg69 figs-metaphor 0 my rock Possible meanings are (1) “the one who keeps me safe” or (2) “the one who gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 144 1 r6cj figs-synecdoche 0 who trains my hands for war and my fingers for battle The words “hands” and “fingers” are synecdoches for “me.” If “war” and “battle” are the same word in your language, you can translate this as one line. Alternate translation: “who trains me for war and trains me for battle” or “who trains me for war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -5095,7 +5095,7 @@ PSA 144 12 ah7c 0 pillars, shapely like those of a palace “pillars that are
PSA 144 13 m4xe translate-numbers 0 thousands and ten thousands in our fields “thousands—even tens of thousands!—and fill up our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
PSA 144 14 zjd7 0 No one will break through our walls “No one will be able to invade our city”
PSA 144 14 r26v figs-metonymy 0 no outcry Here the outcry is associated with a severe problem that causes the person to cry out. Alternate translation: “no one crying in pain” or “no one crying for help” or “no one calling out for justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 145 intro nm65 0 # Psalm 145 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 145 is a worship psalm. This is the second in a series of worship psalms consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
God is worthy of all praise. This is in part because he does such wonderful things for all who worship him.
+PSA 145 intro nm65 0 # Psalm 145 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 145 is a worship psalm. This is the second in a series of worship psalms consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
God is worthy of all praise. This is in part because he does such wonderful things for all who worship him.
PSA 145 1 rw8s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 145 1 dl46 0 extol you “tell people how wonderful you are”
PSA 145 1 p5ni figs-metonymy 0 bless your name The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “bless you” or “do what makes you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -5117,7 +5117,7 @@ PSA 145 18 v98h figs-abstractnouns 0 to all who call to him in trustworthiness
PSA 145 21 asw2 figs-synecdoche 0 My mouth will speak Here the words “My mouth” represent the one speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PSA 145 21 t2tr 0 will speak out the praise of Yahweh “tell everyone how good Yahweh is”
PSA 145 21 nc4f figs-metonymy 0 let all mankind bless his holy name The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “let all people bless him” or “let all people do what makes him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA 146 intro s9dj 0 # Psalm 146 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA 146 intro s9dj 0 # Psalm 146 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
PSA 146 1 xb8v writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 146 1 jq1j figs-metonymy 0 Praise Yahweh, my soul Here “soul” represents the writer’s inner being. The writer is commanding his inner being to praise Yahweh. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all my soul” or “I give praise to Yahweh with all my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PSA 146 2 isg7 0 with all my life “until I die” or “while I live”
@@ -5138,7 +5138,7 @@ PSA 146 8 ml15 translate-symaction 0 who are bowed down This action is a sign o
PSA 146 9 l8p2 figs-metaphor 0 he lifts up God helping someone is spoken of as if he were physically lifting them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PSA 146 10 kr81 figs-metonymy 0 your God, Zion Here “Zion” represents all the people of Israel. The writer is speaking to the people of Israel as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “your God, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
PSA 146 10 il4h figs-ellipsis 0 for all generations The words “will reign” are understood. Alternate translation: “will reign for all generations” or “will reign forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-PSA 147 intro z5be 0 # Psalm 147 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 147 is a worship psalm. It is the fourth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh has created everything and controls all of nature. He provides for the animals and people.
+PSA 147 intro z5be 0 # Psalm 147 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 147 is a worship psalm. It is the fourth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh has created everything and controls all of nature. He provides for the animals and people.
PSA 147 1 u7wi writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 147 1 g689 figs-ellipsis 0 it is pleasant The object may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “it is pleasant to sing praises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 147 1 i9pm 0 praise is suitable “praise is fitting” or “praise is appropriate”
@@ -5167,7 +5167,7 @@ PSA 147 19 h3ti figs-parallelism 0 He proclaimed his word to Jacob, his statute
PSA 147 19 m4av figs-ellipsis 0 his statutes and his righteous decrees to Israel The verbal phrase can be supplied from the previous line. Alternate translation: “He proclaimed his statutes and his righteous decrees to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PSA 147 19 c558 figs-doublet 0 his statutes and his righteous decrees The words “statutes” and “righteous decrees,” along with “word” in the previous line, all refer to the law of Moses. If your language does not have different words for these terms, you may combine the two lines into one, using either “Jacob” or “Israel” for the people who received them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
PSA 147 20 s9ly 0 they do not know them The other nations do not know Yahweh’s decrees.
-PSA 148 intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
All creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness.
+PSA 148 intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
All creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness.
PSA 148 1 hy45 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 148 1 y3gp figs-parallelism 0 Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens…you in the heights “Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens…you in the sky.” These two lines are parallel, with phrase “the heights” meaning the same thing as “the heavens” in the previous line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 148 3 ri28 figs-personification 0 Praise him, sun and moon The writer speaks to the sun and moon as if they were people and commands them to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, sun and moon, as people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -5192,7 +5192,7 @@ PSA 148 13 lr9t figs-metaphor 0 his glory extends over the earth and the heaven
PSA 148 14 qn5e figs-metaphor 0 He has lifted up the horn of his people The writer speaks of strength as if it were the horn of an animal. Lifting up an animal horn was a symbolic action that represented military victory. Alternate translation: “He has made his people strong” or “He has given his people victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
PSA 148 14 wv8t 0 for praise from all his faithful ones “so that all his faithful ones praise him”
PSA 148 14 n4ru figs-metaphor 0 the people near to him The writer speaks of Yahweh loving his people as if his people were physically close to him. Alternate translation: “the people he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA 149 intro au8i 0 # Psalm 149 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 149 is a worship psalm. It is the sixth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The people of Israel should praise God and conquer the other nations.
+PSA 149 intro au8i 0 # Psalm 149 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 149 is a worship psalm. It is the sixth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The people of Israel should praise God and conquer the other nations.
PSA 149 1 p2dk figs-pronouns 0 General Information: The psalmist is speaking to all of God’s people, so you should use the plural command form if your language has one. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 149 1 e71a 0 a new song Possible meanings are (1) “a song you have never sung before” or (2) a song no one has ever sung before.
PSA 149 1 vlr1 0 sing his praise “praise him with songs”
@@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ PSA 149 7 c66f figs-metonymy 0 the nations The phrase “the nations” is a me
PSA 149 8 ka3y 0 chains These are made of heavy metal and restrict the movement of prisoners.
PSA 149 8 ety5 0 shackles a pair of chains or bands with a chain between that limits the movement of both a person’s hands or feet.
PSA 149 9 jie7 figs-abstractnouns 0 They will execute the judgment that is written The abstract noun “judgment” can be stated as “judge.” Alternate translation: “They will judge and punish the people of those nations as God wrote should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PSA 150 intro r7f5 0 # Psalm 150 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 150 is a worship psalm. It is last in a series of worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Instruments
People should praise Yahweh with every type of musical instrument.
+PSA 150 intro r7f5 0 # Psalm 150 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 150 is a worship psalm. It is last in a series of worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Instruments
People should praise Yahweh with every type of musical instrument.
PSA 150 1 jx5k writing-poetry 0 General Information: This focuses on praise or worship that is most commonly held in the temple. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PSA 150 1 djp3 0 Praise God in his holy place God’s temple was often referred to as his holy place. This was the most common place to go to worship God.
PSA 150 2 e6ff 0 his mighty acts “the great things he has done.” God’s “mighty acts” can possibly mean (1) natural such as thunderstorms and earthquakes or (2) miraculous such as healings and great victories in battle.
diff --git a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
index e935078966..26061a236b 100644
--- a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Proverbs
1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)
1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)
1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)
1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)
1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)
1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)
1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)
1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)
1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)
### What is the book of Proverbs about?
A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.
The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.
### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?
Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?
“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What form do the individual proverbs have?
Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
### How should personification be represented in translation?
In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Parallelism
Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Proverbs
1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)
1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)
1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)
1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)
1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)
1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)
1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)
1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)
1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)
### What is the book of Proverbs about?
A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.
The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.
### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?
Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?
“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What form do the individual proverbs have?
Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
### How should personification be represented in translation?
In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Parallelism
Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight “to help you understand wise teachings”
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature
PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them The abstract noun “indifference” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
-PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
+PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way…follow the paths A per
PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked…the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked…those who are faithless” or “wicked people…faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
### Wisdom is feminine
You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
+PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
### Wisdom is feminine
You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path “a smooth path” or “an even path”
PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
### Adulteress
This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
+PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
### Adulteress
This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ PRO 5 22 u9ya figs-personification 0 A wicked person will be seized by his own
PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness “because he is very foolish”
-PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
### Adulteress
The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
### Numbers
Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Animals used as types
The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
+PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
### Adulteress
The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
### Numbers
Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Animals used as types
The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan Possible meanings are (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ PRO 7 26 xx9k figs-metonymy 0 She has caused many people to fall down pierced B
PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol…they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol…down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom calls out
The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
+PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom calls out
The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ PRO 8 35 z6lm figs-personification 0 finds me This is still wisdom talking abou
PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom calls out
The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
+PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom calls out
The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ PRO 9 16 lfx9 0 those who have no sense “those who do not have wisdom” or
PRO 9 17 jsi6 figs-metaphor 0 Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 9 18 kg4h 0 that the dead are there “that the men who have gone to her are now dead”
PRO 9 18 k1fh 0 in the depths of Sheol “Sheol” refers to the world of the dead.
-PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 10 1 i2yb figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 10 1 tab7 0 The proverbs of Solomon After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom.
PRO 10 2 ffz8 0 accumulated acquired over time
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ PRO 10 31 f7hy figs-metonymy 0 Out of the mouth of the righteous person “Mout
PRO 10 31 amx2 figs-metonymy 0 the perverse tongue will be cut out “Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 10 32 y79y figs-metonymy 0 lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable “Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 10 32 ay8q figs-metonymy 0 mouth of the wicked “Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 11 1 hzq7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 11 1 g3jt figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate “Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 11 1 pe2q 0 but he delights in a precise weight “Precise weight” represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest”
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ PRO 11 29 p1pb figs-metaphor 0 inherit the wind The “wind” is a metaphor fo
PRO 11 30 q7ul figs-simile 0 The righteous person will be like a tree of life A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 11 30 hlz7 0 tree of life See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md).
PRO 11 31 s8p9 0 how much more “even more so”
-PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 12 1 ktr2 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness.
PRO 12 1 r7h6 0 Whoever “Any person who”
PRO 12 1 tz7m 0 the one who hates correction “the person who does not want to be told what to do”
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ PRO 12 25 n82f figs-metaphor 0 weighs him down “Weighing down” represents t
PRO 12 25 z6n9 figs-abstractnouns 0 but a good word makes him glad The abstract noun “word” can be stated as the verb “speak.” Alternate translation: “but when others speak kindly to him, he is cheerful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 12 27 gdt7 0 would not roast their own game “Game” means animals caught and killed while hunting. And “roast” is a way of cooking food.
PRO 12 27 vz9v 0 precious wealth “valuable treasure”
-PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 13 1 ugs5 figs-metonymy 0 A wise son hears Here “hears” represents listening in order to do it. Alternate translation: “A wise son obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 13 1 sy9c figs-metonymy 0 will not listen to rebuke Here “listen” represents paying attention in order to do it. Alternate translation: “will not learn from rebuke” or “will not obey, despite rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 13 2 zu98 figs-metonymy 0 From the fruit of his mouth Here “fruit” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “From the words of his mouth” or “From what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ PRO 13 23 h46l figs-metaphor 0 but it is swept away by injustice “Swept away
PRO 13 24 jp8a 0 is careful to instruct him “makes sure to instruct him”
PRO 13 25 a593 0 he satisfies his appetite “he has satisfied himself” or “he fulfills his desires”
PRO 13 25 azl9 figs-metonymy 0 the stomach of the wicked is always hungry Here “stomach” represents the desires of a person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is always hungry for more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 14 1 r3rp 0 builds her house “builds up her house” or “makes her house better”
PRO 14 1 tv3l 0 house Possible meanings are (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family.
PRO 14 1 l2y8 figs-synecdoche 0 with her own hands The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ PRO 14 33 xi3x figs-personification 0 she The word “she” refers to wisdom.
PRO 14 34 dl6h 0 is a disgrace “brings shame upon to any people” or “should cause any people to be ashamed”
PRO 14 35 qjf7 0 who acts prudently “who acts wisely” or “who makes sure bad things do not happen”
PRO 14 35 vi56 0 the one who “the servant who”
-PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 15 1 x2lh figs-metaphor 0 A gentle answer turns away wrath Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 15 1 hu6m figs-metaphor 0 but a harsh word stirs up anger Causing a person to become more angry is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening anger. Alternate translation: “but speaking harshly causes that person to become more angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 15 2 w6ic figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ PRO 15 32 l9cd figs-abstractnouns 0 listens to correction The word “correctio
PRO 15 33 nhk9 figs-abstractnouns 0 The fear of Yahweh teaches wisdom The words “fear” and “wisdom” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “When one fears Yahweh, he will learn to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 15 33 t56g 0 The fear of Yahweh See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 1:7](../01/07.md).
PRO 15 33 w2h2 0 humility comes before honor This means that a person must first learn humility before Yahweh will honor him.
-PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King and royalty
Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King and royalty
Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 16 1 bqu9 figs-metonymy 0 The plans of the heart belong to a person Here the word “heart” represents the person’s mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “A person makes plans in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 16 1 hf8a figs-metaphor 0 from Yahweh comes the answer from his tongue Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh speaks his answer to a person’s plans, which is a metaphor meaning that Yahweh determines the outcome of that person’s plans or (2) Yahweh enables a person to speak words about the plans that he has made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 1 j1hu figs-synecdoche 0 the answer from his tongue The person is represented by his “tongue” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “the answer that he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ PRO 16 31 y1am figs-activepassive 0 it is gained This can be stated in active f
PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
-PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ PRO 17 27 je2b figs-explicit 0 uses few words This refers to the way he speaks.
PRO 17 28 b5ay figs-activepassive 0 Even a fool is thought to be wise This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People even think a fool is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 17 28 i81a figs-idiom 0 keeps his mouth shut This means that he does not speak. Alternate translation: “does not speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 17 28 q1jm figs-activepassive 0 he is considered to be intelligent This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “people consider him to be intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 18 1 n34r 0 isolates himself “keeps away from other people”
PRO 18 1 vun3 figs-personification 0 quarrels with all sound judgment This speaks of a person disagreeing with sound judgment as if “sound judgment” were a person he fought with. Alternate translation: “he disagrees with all sound judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 18 1 r3yq 0 sound judgment “good judgment” or “wise choices”
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ PRO 18 21 n65f figs-metonymy 0 by the tongue…love the tongue Here the “tong
PRO 18 21 l141 figs-metaphor 0 will eat its fruit This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 18 24 wg3n figs-activepassive 0 many friends is brought to ruin by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 18 24 zc7f 0 comes closer than “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than”
-PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 19 1 ev8n 0 Better is a poor person “It is better to be a poor person”
PRO 19 1 bpi4 figs-idiom 0 who walks in his integrity This is an idiom. Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “who lives in his integrity” or “who lives an honest life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 19 1 wj4i figs-abstractnouns 0 is perverse in speech The word “speech” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “speaks perversely” or “speaks in an evil way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ PRO 19 28 g9y4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alter
PRO 19 29 d4f3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Condemnation is ready for mockers and flogging for The words “condemnation” and “flogging” may be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is ready to condemn mockers and to flog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 19 29 ray2 figs-ellipsis 0 flogging for the backs of fools The words “is ready” are understood from the previous phrase and may be repeated. Alternate translation: “flogging is ready for the backs of fools” or “he is ready to flog the backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 19 29 r21d 0 flogging beating with a whip or stick
-PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 20 1 p893 figs-parallelism 0 Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 20 1 v7zx figs-metonymy 0 Wine is a mocker Here “wine” refers to the person who is drunk with wine. Alternate translation: “A person who is drunk with wine mocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 20 1 qa7m figs-metonymy 0 strong drink is a brawler Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ PRO 20 28 f9he figs-activepassive 0 Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness p
PRO 20 28 dyd6 0 preserve the king keep the king safe from harm
PRO 20 28 dym8 figs-metonymy 0 his throne is made secure by love Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. The abstract noun “love” can be stated as a verb. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 20 30 g7u1 figs-parallelism 0 Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 21 1 w5md figs-metaphor 0 The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 21 1 t1m8 figs-metonymy 0 The king’s heart The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 21 2 yz3c figs-metaphor 0 Every person’s way is right in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ PRO 22 28 djq5 0 boundary stone a large stone that shows where one person’s
PRO 22 28 j4id 0 fathers ancestors
PRO 22 29 y4ub figs-rquestion 0 Do you see a man skilled at his work? This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 29 e6ii figs-metonymy 0 stand before This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 23 1 z181 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 23 2 lu62 figs-hyperbole 0 put a knife to your throat Possible meanings of this exaggeration are (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 23 3 zfk9 0 Do not crave “Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ PRO 23 34 q7lv figs-idiom 0 lies on the top of a mast The place on the mast whe
PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
-PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.
The second half of this chapter finishes the section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lazy man story
Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.
The second half of this chapter finishes the section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lazy man story
Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ PRO 24 32 u9za 0 received instruction “learned a lesson”
PRO 24 34 d7gx figs-ellipsis 0 and poverty comes This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 24 34 v85w figs-personification 0 poverty comes marching upon you Some translations read, “poverty comes upon you like a robber.” Poverty is spoken of as if it were a person or animal that can attack a lazy person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 24 34 zx1y figs-simile 0 your needs like an armed soldier Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 25 2 x2ec 0 to conceal a matter “to keep some things secret”
PRO 25 2 cj4p figs-ellipsis 0 but the glory The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 25 2 dg6e 0 search it out “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed”
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ PRO 25 27 x6in figs-litotes 0 It is not good This can be stated positively. Alt
PRO 25 27 ea11 0 that is like searching for honor after honor “that is like always thinking about how others should honor you.” The meaning of the original language is uncertain. Some versions of the Bible translate this as “that is like speaking too many compliments to people.”
PRO 25 28 gl3p figs-simile 0 A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls. Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 25 28 jh45 0 breached and without walls “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed”
-PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 26 1 w8yc figs-simile 0 Like snow in summer or rain in harvest Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 26 2 kdg7 figs-simile 0 so an undeserved curse does not alight A curse that does not harm a person is spoken of as if it were a bird that does not land. Alternate translation: “so an undeserved curse does not land on its mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 26 2 mf19 figs-activepassive 0 an undeserved curse This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ PRO 26 27 nj1w figs-explicit 0 the stone will roll back on the one who pushed i
PRO 26 28 wvw9 figs-synecdoche 0 A lying tongue hates the people it crushes The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 26 28 dfi2 figs-synecdoche 0 a flattering mouth brings about ruin The phrase “a flattering mouth” represents a person who flatters people. Possible meanings are (1) a person who flatters others causes trouble or (2) a person who flatters others ruins them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 26 28 qp8a 0 flattering praising someone in a manner that is not sincere, or praising someone about things that are not true
-PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 27 1 f85w figs-explicit 0 Do not boast about tomorrow This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 1 t368 figs-metaphor 0 what a day may bring Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 27 2 cyj6 figs-ellipsis 0 and not your own mouth…and not your own lips The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you…and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself…and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ PRO 27 26 dar8 figs-explicit 0 Those lambs will provide your clothing The impli
PRO 27 26 j2vp figs-explicit 0 the goats will provide the price of the field The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 27 q28m figs-explicit 0 nourishment for your servant girls The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 27 xjw4 0 nourishment “food”
-PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 28 2 b4c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Because of the transgression of a land The abstract noun “transgression” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 28 2 qks4 figs-metonymy 0 the transgression of a land This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 28 2 ivf7 figs-explicit 0 with a man of understanding and knowledge The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ PRO 28 28 ku38 figs-idiom 0 When the wicked arise This is an idiom that means w
PRO 28 28 xc51 figs-hyperbole 0 people hide themselves This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
PRO 28 28 vjp8 0 perish Possible meanings are (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.”
PRO 28 28 pd87 0 increase Possible meanings are (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.”
-PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 29 1 rl7a figs-metaphor 0 who stiffens his neck A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 29 1 nb5z figs-activepassive 0 will be broken in a moment This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 29 1 y5ft figs-metaphor 0 beyond healing “and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ PRO 29 25 t3gk figs-activepassive 0 the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protec
PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. The abstract noun “justice” can be stated as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
-PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Agur
His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.
### Three things and four
From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Agur
His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.
### Three things and four
From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur…Jakeh…Ithiel…Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance “the message”
@@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ PRO 30 29 dc44 0 stately majestic or dignified, like a king
PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
-PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### King Lemuel
This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### An acrostic poem
Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### King Lemuel
This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### An acrostic poem
Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.
### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? Possible meanings of the rhetorical question “What” are (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son…son of my womb…son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.
diff --git a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
index 11ac754652..515c86efe7 100644
--- a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-ECC front intro d82s 0 # Introduction to Ecclesiastes
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Ecclesiastes
1. The author questions the nature of life and the limits of human wisdom (1:1–6:12)
1. The author teaches about making wise choices in how one lives (7:1–12:7)
1. The conclusion and ending (12:8–14)
### What is the Book of Ecclesiastes about?
Ecclesiastes is a group of short teachings that try to answer questions such as “What do people gain from all their labor?” Ecclesiastes is a series of thoughts about a variety of subjects, all of them about the purpose and worth of various actions and events. The author concludes that all the work we perform and all the knowledge and skill we gain is like a vapor that disappears, and that we must fear Yahweh and keep his commandments.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title for this book is “Ecclesiastes.” Its meaning is similar to “religious assembly.” Translators might decide on a title that better describes the content of the book, such as “Words of a Teacher” or “Teachings of a Wise Man.”
### Who wrote the Book of Ecclesiastes?
The author appears to be Solomon, “the Teacher, the descendant of David and king in Jerusalem.” This is consistent with what Solomon was known for:
* his wisdom ([Ecclesiastes 1:16](../../ecc/01/16.md) and twenty-six other references to wisdom);
* his vast wealth ([Ecclesiastes 2:8](../../ecc/02/08.md)), and the pain that comes from wealth ([Ecclesiastes 5:13-14](../05/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); and [Ecclesiastes 9:11](../../ecc/09/11.md));
* his large number of servants ([Ecclesiastes 2:7](../../ecc/02/07.md) and [Ecclesiastes 10:7](../../ecc/10/07.md));
* his limitless opportunities for worldly pleasures ([Ecclesiastes 2:1-2](../02/01.md), [Ecclesiastes 10](../02/09.md); [Ecclesiastes 3:13](../../ecc/03/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); [Ecclesiastes 5:4](../../ecc/05/04.md); and [Ecclesiastes 12:1](../../ecc/12/01.md)); and
* the wide range of his many building projects ([Ecclesiastes 2:4-6](../02/04.md)).
Solomon appears to have written the Book of Ecclesiastes near the end of his life, as he reflected on what he gained from all that he did.
### Why are there so many apparent contradictions in the Book of Ecclesiastes?
Some scholars think the author was a faithful man. Other scholars think that the author made bad decisions and was sorrowful when he wrote this book. Apparent contradictions in the book may indicate that Solomon’s faith was sometimes weak. Or, it is also possible that the teachings in the book differ from each other in order to relate to different things happening in the lives of readers.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What does this book teach about how God repays people?
In the ancient Near East, people were concerned with why they were being punished or blessed. They often connected these things to their gods. The writer of Ecclesiastes explains that Yahweh will bless and reward people for the right things they do and punish people for the evil things they do. But this might not happen in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### What value did the Israelites place on the Book of Ecclesiastes?
The Israelites have often questioned the value of this book. This is due in large part to its unusual wording and teachings. At times, it appears to disagree with the rest of Scripture. While many have questioned its authority, it has been affirmed to be Scripture. It gives valuable lessons concerning the uselessness of pursuing any goal other than to give Yahweh glory.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of “under the sun?”
“Under the sun” here is another way of saying “on the earth.” When the author says that there is “nothing new under the sun,” this means that every kind of thing has already happened before on the earth. While a particular event may not have specifically occurred before, something similar has already occurred.
### How do I translate harsh or shocking passages?
Parts of the Book of Ecclesiastes can be shocking or surprising to read in Scripture. For example, “If a man fathers a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but if his heart is not satisfied with good and he is not buried with honor, then I say that a baby that is born dead is better off than he is” (6:3). The translator should allow these difficulties to remain and not try to make them less surprising.
### How is life described in the Book of Ecclesiastes?
The author of Ecclesiastes concludes that everything in this life quickly passes away, like a vapor that disappears. A person’s circumstances or character and even all of the things of this world have little or no significance apart from God. That is because God gives meaning to everything.
At the end of their life, people often say that the years of their life seemed short. The author of Ecclesiastes used the metaphor of vapor or breath to describe how life ends while it seems to be just beginning.
-ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ECC front intro d82s 0 # Introduction to Ecclesiastes
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Ecclesiastes
1. The author questions the nature of life and the limits of human wisdom (1:1–6:12)
1. The author teaches about making wise choices in how one lives (7:1–12:7)
1. The conclusion and ending (12:8–14)
### What is the Book of Ecclesiastes about?
Ecclesiastes is a group of short teachings that try to answer questions such as “What do people gain from all their labor?” Ecclesiastes is a series of thoughts about a variety of subjects, all of them about the purpose and worth of various actions and events. The author concludes that all the work we perform and all the knowledge and skill we gain is like a vapor that disappears, and that we must fear Yahweh and keep his commandments.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title for this book is “Ecclesiastes.” Its meaning is similar to “religious assembly.” Translators might decide on a title that better describes the content of the book, such as “Words of a Teacher” or “Teachings of a Wise Man.”
### Who wrote the Book of Ecclesiastes?
The author appears to be Solomon, “the Teacher, the descendant of David and king in Jerusalem.” This is consistent with what Solomon was known for:
* his wisdom ([Ecclesiastes 1:16](../../ecc/01/16.md) and twenty-six other references to wisdom);
* his vast wealth ([Ecclesiastes 2:8](../../ecc/02/08.md)), and the pain that comes from wealth ([Ecclesiastes 5:13-14](../05/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); and [Ecclesiastes 9:11](../../ecc/09/11.md));
* his large number of servants ([Ecclesiastes 2:7](../../ecc/02/07.md) and [Ecclesiastes 10:7](../../ecc/10/07.md));
* his limitless opportunities for worldly pleasures ([Ecclesiastes 2:1-2](../02/01.md), [Ecclesiastes 10](../02/09.md); [Ecclesiastes 3:13](../../ecc/03/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); [Ecclesiastes 5:4](../../ecc/05/04.md); and [Ecclesiastes 12:1](../../ecc/12/01.md)); and
* the wide range of his many building projects ([Ecclesiastes 2:4-6](../02/04.md)).
Solomon appears to have written the Book of Ecclesiastes near the end of his life, as he reflected on what he gained from all that he did.
### Why are there so many apparent contradictions in the Book of Ecclesiastes?
Some scholars think the author was a faithful man. Other scholars think that the author made bad decisions and was sorrowful when he wrote this book. Apparent contradictions in the book may indicate that Solomon’s faith was sometimes weak. Or, it is also possible that the teachings in the book differ from each other in order to relate to different things happening in the lives of readers.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What does this book teach about how God repays people?
In the ancient Near East, people were concerned with why they were being punished or blessed. They often connected these things to their gods. The writer of Ecclesiastes explains that Yahweh will bless and reward people for the right things they do and punish people for the evil things they do. But this might not happen in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### What value did the Israelites place on the Book of Ecclesiastes?
The Israelites have often questioned the value of this book. This is due in large part to its unusual wording and teachings. At times, it appears to disagree with the rest of Scripture. While many have questioned its authority, it has been affirmed to be Scripture. It gives valuable lessons concerning the uselessness of pursuing any goal other than to give Yahweh glory.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of “under the sun?”
“Under the sun” here is another way of saying “on the earth.” When the author says that there is “nothing new under the sun,” this means that every kind of thing has already happened before on the earth. While a particular event may not have specifically occurred before, something similar has already occurred.
### How do I translate harsh or shocking passages?
Parts of the Book of Ecclesiastes can be shocking or surprising to read in Scripture. For example, “If a man fathers a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but if his heart is not satisfied with good and he is not buried with honor, then I say that a baby that is born dead is better off than he is” (6:3). The translator should allow these difficulties to remain and not try to make them less surprising.
### How is life described in the Book of Ecclesiastes?
The author of Ecclesiastes concludes that everything in this life quickly passes away, like a vapor that disappears. A person’s circumstances or character and even all of the things of this world have little or no significance apart from God. That is because God gives meaning to everything.
At the end of their life, people often say that the years of their life seemed short. The author of Ecclesiastes used the metaphor of vapor or breath to describe how life ends while it seems to be just beginning.
+ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ECC 1 2 x2dt figs-simile 0 Like a vapor of mist, like a breeze in the wind, everything vanishes This speaks of how everything in life vanishes and has no lasting value as if everything were like a disappearing vapor or breeze. Alternate translation: “Like a vapor of mist vanishes and like a breeze in the wind disappears, everything vanishes and has no lasting value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ECC 1 3 bsv3 figs-rquestion 0 What profit does mankind gain…under the sun? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that man’s work is pointless and has no lasting benefit. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Mankind gains no profit…under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ECC 1 3 r9j3 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ECC 1 16 mnf4 0 My mind has seen Here the author refers to himself by his “m
ECC 1 17 ewq3 figs-synecdoche 0 I applied my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I determined” or “I applied myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ECC 1 17 bp2y figs-doublet 0 madness and folly The words “madness” and “folly” share similar meanings and refer to foolish thinking and behavior, respectively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ECC 1 17 msw2 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author says learning wisdom and madness and folly is as useless as trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ECC 2 1 dd5v figs-synecdoche 0 I said in my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I said to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ECC 2 1 shl4 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will test you with happiness Here the word “you” refers to himself. The word “happiness” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will test myself with things that make me happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ECC 2 1 c2cn figs-abstractnouns 0 So enjoy pleasure The word “pleasure” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “So I will enjoy things that please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ECC 2 26 s16q 0 so that he may give it away to someone who pleases God Possibl
ECC 2 26 fs9n figs-parallelism 0 vapor…an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ECC 2 26 v8zn figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of useless and meaningless things as if they were “vapor.” See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ECC 2 26 e7hm figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose.
+ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose.
ECC 3 1 q8gz figs-merism 0 General Information: The writer uses merisms to describe various aspects of life from one extreme to the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ECC 3 1 hn82 figs-parallelism 0 For everything there is an appointed time, and a season for every purpose These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ECC 3 1 s8am figs-idiom 0 under heaven This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ ECC 3 20 d4km 0 dust soil
ECC 3 21 h8x9 figs-rquestion 0 Who knows whether the spirit…into the earth? The author asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one truly knows what happens after people and animals die. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one knows whether the spirit…into the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ECC 3 22 h5jm 0 there is nothing better for anyone than to See how you translated this phrase in [Ecclesiastes 3:12](../03/12.md).
ECC 3 22 lqg2 figs-rquestion 0 Who can bring him back to see what happens after him? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one will see what happens after he dies. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one of us knows what happens to us after we die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
ECC 4 1 cuy2 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 4 1 ys32 0 behold, the tears “I looked and I saw”
ECC 4 1 zp3i figs-metonymy 0 the tears of oppressed people Here “tears” represent weeping. Alternate translation: “the oppressed people were weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ ECC 4 16 rru3 figs-hyperbole 0 There is no end to all the people This is an exa
ECC 4 16 xk33 figs-parallelism 0 vapor…an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ECC 4 16 xp58 figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were vapor. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ECC 4 16 l1y1 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things.
+ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things.
ECC 5 1 h4uf figs-metonymy 0 Guard your steps Here “steps” are a metonym for a person’s conduct. Alternate translation: “Be careful how you conduct yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ECC 5 2 k5is figs-parallelism 0 Do not be too quick…do not let your heart be too quick These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that you should think first before you speak to God about a matter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ECC 5 2 s9ue 0 to speak with your mouth Here the phrase “with your mouth” emphasizes and describes a person speaking. Alternate translation: “to speak”
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ ECC 5 19 b3ld 0 to receive his share “to accept what he is given”
ECC 5 20 iz9m figs-idiom 0 he does not call to mind Here the word “he” refers to the person to whom God has given a gift. The phrase “call to mind” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he does not remember” or “he does not think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 5 20 qr1s figs-idiom 0 the days of his life This refers to the things that happened during his lifetime. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the things that have happened during his lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 5 20 n32s 0 keep busy “stay busy”
-ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ECC 6 1 fyq4 figs-metaphor 0 it weighs heavy on men Here evil is spoken of as something that is a heavy load to carry. Alternate translation: “it causes hardship for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ECC 6 2 jzl7 figs-doublet 0 riches, wealth These two words mean basically the same thing. They refer to money and the things that a person can buy with money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ECC 6 2 n75e figs-doublenegatives 0 he lacks nothing This is a double negative. Alternate translation: “he has everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ ECC 6 12 jj23 figs-simile 0 in his life during his futile, numbered days throug
ECC 6 12 ka2l figs-rquestion 0 Who can tell a man…after he passes? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one knows what will happen after a person dies. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can tell a man…after he passes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ECC 6 12 pjl3 figs-idiom 0 what will come under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated “under the sun” in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “what will happen on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 6 12 k2ab figs-euphemism 0 after he passes This is a polite expression for death. Alternate translation: “after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
+ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
ECC 7 1 fq9e figs-metonymy 0 A good name Here a person’s “name” is used to represent their reputation. Alternate translation: “A good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ECC 7 2 y1yx figs-idiom 0 must take this to heart This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “must think seriously about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 7 3 g9c7 figs-idiom 0 sadness of face This refers to being sad. Alternate translation: “an experience that makes a person sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ ECC 7 28 twu8 translate-numbers 0 one righteous man among a thousand “1 right
ECC 7 28 xkw3 0 a woman among all those There were no righteous women found in a group of 1,000 people.
ECC 7 29 dra3 0 they have gone away looking for many difficulties Possible meanings are (1) “they have made many sinful plans” or (2) “they have made their own lives difficult.”
ECC 7 29 e78n figs-metaphor 0 they have gone away Here the word “they” refers to “humanity.” This speaks of humanity changing from being upright to not being upright as if they were going from one place to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
+ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
ECC 8 1 sfc8 0 Who is a wise man? Who knows what the events in life mean? The writer asks these as leading questions to provide the answer in what he says next.
ECC 8 1 v1sf figs-idiom 0 causes his face to shine This means that the person’s face will show that he has wisdom. Alternate translation: “shows on his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 8 1 e5zq figs-idiom 0 the hardness of his face This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “his harsh appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ ECC 8 16 d9sa figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done on the earth This can
ECC 8 16 ct32 figs-synecdoche 0 without sleep for the eyes Here a person is represented by his “eyes.” Alternate translation: “without sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ECC 8 17 vk1q figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done under the sun Possible meanings are (1) “the work that God does under the sun” or (2) “the work that God allows people to do under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ECC 8 17 gl2w figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
+ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
ECC 9 1 hpl4 0 I thought about all this in my mind “I thought very deeply about all this”
ECC 9 1 dt8e 0 They are all in God’s hands Here the word “they” refers to “the righteous and wise people” as well as “their deeds.”
ECC 9 1 l7sr figs-metonymy 0 in God’s hands Here the word “hands” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “under God’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ ECC 9 15 bx8x figs-activepassive 0 in the city was found a poor, wise man This
ECC 9 16 k3fl figs-activepassive 0 the poor man’s wisdom is despised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people despise the poor man’s wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ECC 9 16 i9hl figs-activepassive 0 his words are not heard this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they do not listen to what he says” or “they do not take his advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ECC 9 17 h8wq figs-activepassive 0 The words of wise people spoken quietly are heard better Here “heard” represents understanding. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is easier to understands the words that wise people speak quietly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ECC 10 intro awi8 0 # Ecclesiastes 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
+ECC 10 intro awi8 0 # Ecclesiastes 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
ECC 10 1 m6u5 figs-simile 0 As dead flies…so a little folly Just as flies can ruin perfume, so folly can ruin a person’s reputation for wisdom and honor. This speaks of how a little folly can ruin a person’s reputation in the same way that a few dead flies ruin perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ECC 10 1 u5bv figs-personification 0 a little folly can overpower wisdom and honor This speaks of how a person acting foolishly can ruin his reputation as if his “folly” and “wisdom and honor” were people and that his folly overpowered his wisdom and honor. Alternate translation: “committing a little folly can ruin a person’s wisdom and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ECC 10 2 rs5s figs-metonymy 0 The heart of a wise person…the heart of a fool Here the word “heart” refers to the mind or will. Alternate translation: “The way a wise person thinks…the way a fool thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ ECC 10 19 fsx4 0 money fills the need for everything Possible meanings are (1)
ECC 10 20 yf3x figs-metonymy 0 not even in your mind A person’s thoughts are represented by the person’s “mind.” Alternate translation: “not even in your thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ECC 10 20 qbv8 0 rich people in your bedroom “rich people when you are in your bedroom.” This means that you should not curse rich people even when you are in a private place where no one else will hear.
ECC 10 20 ba7r figs-parallelism 0 For a bird of the sky…can spread the matter These two lines mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. This speaks of people finding out what you have said as if a small bird would hear what you say and tell other people. Alternate translation: “For a bird may hear what you say and tell the matter to other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ECC 11 intro byx8 0 # Ecclesiastes 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
+ECC 11 intro byx8 0 # Ecclesiastes 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
ECC 11 1 iuj7 figs-metaphor 0 Send out your bread on the waters, for you will find it again after many days Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor that means a person should be generous with his possessions and will then receive generously from others , or (2) that a person should invest his resources overseas and will make a profit from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ECC 11 2 gt4a 0 Share it with seven, even eight people Possible meanings are (1) to share your possessions with many people, or (2) to invest your resources in multiple places.
ECC 11 2 qri5 translate-numbers 0 seven, even eight people “7, even 8 people.” This is an idiom that means “numerous” people. Alternate translation: “numerous people” or “multiple people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ ECC 11 9 si2a figs-synecdoche 0 whatever is within the sight of your eyes Here
ECC 11 9 u7ek figs-abstractnouns 0 God will bring you into judgment for all these things The abstract noun “judgment” can be stated as “judge” or “make you account” Alternate translation: “God will judge you for all these things” or “God will make you account for all of your actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ECC 11 10 tu41 figs-metaphor 0 Drive anger away from your heart Refusing to be angry is spoken of as if anger were something that can be forced away. Also, “heart” represents a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “Refuse to be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ECC 11 10 y37w figs-metaphor 0 because youth and its strength are vapor The authors speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were “vapor” Just as vapor disappears and does not last, the author speaks of things having no lasting value. See how you translated “vapor” in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “because youth and its strength will not last forever” or “because you will not be young and strong forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ECC 12 intro qx5w 0 # Ecclesiastes 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-7 and 12:13-14.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
### Yahweh
At the end of a very impressive life, Solomon looks back and sees that the only real lasting thing in this world is Yahweh. The purpose of his life was to honor Yahweh, something he should have done far more throughout his life. Therefore, he felt that his life was wasted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ECC 12 intro qx5w 0 # Ecclesiastes 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-7 and 12:13-14.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”
### Yahweh
At the end of a very impressive life, Solomon looks back and sees that the only real lasting thing in this world is Yahweh. The purpose of his life was to honor Yahweh, something he should have done far more throughout his life. Therefore, he felt that his life was wasted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ECC 12 1 jq6t figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ECC 12 1 r69h figs-metaphor 0 before the days of difficulty come Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming” Alternate translation: “before you experience difficult times” or “before bad things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ECC 12 1 f747 figs-metaphor 0 before the years arrive when you say, “I have no pleasure in them,” Future time is spoken of as if “years arrive” Alternate translation: “before you become old when you say, ‘I no longer enjoy being alive,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
index ecc321350f..75535b24d0 100644
--- a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Song of Songs
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)
1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)
1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)
1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)
1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)
### What is the Song of Songs about?
The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.
### Who wrote the Song of Songs?
The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?
The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?
The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.
Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.
### What are the lines about people speaking?
The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.
Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.
### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?
Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?
There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
+SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Song of Songs
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)
1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)
1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)
1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)
1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)
### What is the Song of Songs about?
The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.
### Who wrote the Song of Songs?
The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?
The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?
The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.
Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.
### What are the lines about people speaking?
The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.
Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.
### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?
Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?
There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan
SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams…rafters Possible meanings are (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars…firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in
SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
-SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him…could not find him “I had a strong desire to be with him…loves, but he was not there”
SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city “walk through the city”
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion “you young women who live in Zion”
SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown “wearing the crown”
SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
+SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance “may send out their good smells
SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved…choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit “wonderful fruit”
-SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
+SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely “every part of him is lovely” or
SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone “Which way did your beloved go”
SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t
SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman…armies Possible interpretations are (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies “as if she were dancing between two armies”
-SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte
SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you “saved so I can give to you”
SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
-SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
+SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside “you in public”
diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
index e3c441eb50..876f30542b 100644
--- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-ISA front intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Isaiah
1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)
1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)
1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)
1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)
1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)
1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)
1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)
1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)
1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)
1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)
1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)
1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)
### What is the Book of Isaiah about?
The first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.
The second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### When was the Book of Isaiah written?
Isaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?
Jews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.
### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?
Isaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?
Most of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.
Sometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.
Isaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
-ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ISA front intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Isaiah
1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)
1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)
1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)
1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)
1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)
1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)
1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)
1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)
1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)
1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)
1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)
1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)
### What is the Book of Isaiah about?
The first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.
The second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### When was the Book of Isaiah written?
Isaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?
Jews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.
### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?
Isaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?
Most of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.
Sometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.
Isaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 1 1 qur5 0 The vision of Isaiah…that he saw “This is the vision of Isaiah…that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah”
ISA 1 1 zfq5 translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 1 1 i66y figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Israel. “Jerusalem” was its most important city. The names of the places represent the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” or “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ ISA 1 31 sh9k figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks Yahweh’s
ISA 1 31 mly5 0 The strong man “The strong person” or “Whoever is powerful.” This may refer to people who are important and who influence other people.
ISA 1 31 lq77 0 tinder dry material that burns easily
ISA 1 31 a5w2 figs-simile 0 his work like a spark This compares the person’s deeds or evil works to a spark that falls on tinder and sets it on fire. Alternate translation: “his work will be like a spark that starts a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
ISA 2 1 tt88 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 2 1 p86l figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 2 2 dw9n 0 in the last days “in the future”
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ ISA 2 21 nz4j 0 when he rises to terrify the earth “when Yahweh takes action
ISA 2 22 c4s2 figs-explicit 0 whose life-breath is in his nostrils This describes how man is human and weak by emphasizing that he needs to breath to live. Alternate translation: “who is weak and will die” or “who needs the breath in his nose to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 2 22 thr5 0 nostrils the holes in the nose through which people breathe
ISA 2 22 hw38 figs-rquestion 0 for what does he amount to? Isaiah uses a question to remind the people of something they should already know. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “for man amounts to nothing!” or “for man is not worth anything!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.
### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.
### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ISA 3 1 li2r 0 See The word “see” here adds emphasis to what follows. It can also be translated as “Listen” or “Indeed.”
ISA 3 1 b6ce figs-metaphor 0 support and staff Both of these words refer to a walking stick, on which someone leans for support. This idea here stands for the things that people need the most in order to live: food and water. Alternate translation: “everything that supports you” or “everything that you depend on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 3 2 c9rl figs-genericnoun 0 the mighty man…the warrior…the judge…the prophet…the one who practices divination…the elder This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the mighty men…the warriors…the judges…the prophets…the ones who practices divination…the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ ISA 3 24 c3sv 0 well-arranged hair, baldness “pretty hair, their heads will
ISA 3 25 ng43 figs-metonymy 0 Your men will fall by the sword, and your strong men will fall in war Falling represents being killed, and the sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “Your men will be killed in battle, and your strong men will be killed in war” or “Enemies will kill your soldiers in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 3 26 kz3l figs-metonymy 0 Jerusalem’s gates will lament and mourn Here the city gates represent the people who sit at the public places near the city gates. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem will sit at the city gates and cry and mourn” (See:- [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 3 26 qeu2 figs-personification 0 she will be alone and sit upon the ground Isaiah speaks of the people of Jerusalem, whom no one will save from their enemies, as if they were the city itself and as if they were a woman who sits on the ground because all her friends have deserted her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
ISA 4 1 ke3e figs-idiom 0 let us take your name This phrase means “let us marry you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 4 2 ki64 figs-synecdoche 0 the branch of Yahweh will be beautiful Possible meanings are (1) “branch” is a synecdoche that represents the crops Yahweh will cause to grow in the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause the crops in Israel to be beautiful” or (2) “branch” is a metaphor that refers to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 4 2 egm3 0 will be beautiful and glorious “will be full of beauty and glory”
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh will punish
ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory Possible meanings are (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it.
ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton.
-ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
+ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved “my dear friend”
ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill “on a hill where very good crops could grow”
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ ISA 5 29 kw8f 0 prey animals that another animal wants to catch and kill
ISA 5 29 ixb3 0 with none to rescue “and no one will be able to save them”
ISA 5 30 x52f 0 will roar…sea roars The word “roar” here is translated “growl” in verse 29. Use your language’s word for the sound of waves in a storm or heavy rain or some other frightening natural sound.
ISA 5 30 rw65 figs-metaphor 0 even the light will be made dark by the clouds Here darkness represents suffering and disaster. This metaphor can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the dark clouds will completely block the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
ISA 6 1 fpg5 figs-doublet 0 he was high and elevated The words “high” and “elevated” emphasize that the throne was very high and above everything around it. The height of the throne represents how great and powerful the Lord is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ISA 6 1 s9gi 0 filled the temple “filled the palace.” The word used for temple here is often used to refer to the palace of kings.
ISA 6 2 rmg2 0 Above him were the seraphim The word “seraphim” is the plural of seraph. This means the Lord was seated on the throne and the seraphim were standing or flying near the Lord ready to serve him.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ ISA 6 13 r74f figs-simile 0 as a terebinth or an oak is cut down and whose trun
ISA 6 13 h3vb translate-unknown 0 terebinth a kind of oak tree (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ISA 6 13 tbt2 0 trunk…stump A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down.
ISA 6 13 p9id figs-metaphor 0 the holy seed The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe.
+ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe.
ISA 7 1 u9lp figs-idiom 0 During the days of Ahaz…king of Judah “When Ahaz…was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 7 1 e4tt translate-names 0 Rezin…Pekah…Remaliah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 7 1 vuv8 figs-synecdoche 0 Rezin…and Pekah…went up The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin…and Pekah…led their armies up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ISA 7 23 y1fr translate-numbers 0 a thousand silver shekels “1000 silver shek
ISA 7 23 hu8n figs-doublet 0 briers and thorns The words “briers” and “thorns” both refer to useless, thorny plants. It is not necessary to translate both words. Alternate translation: “thorn bushes” or “brier bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ISA 7 24 sr7t figs-explicit 0 because all the land will be briers and thorns Why the hunters come to these lands can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because there will be nothing in these lands but briers, thorns, and wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 7 25 azm2 figs-activepassive 0 They will stay away from all the hills that were cultivated with the hoe This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will stay away from the hills where they once prepared the soil to plant crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
ISA 8 1 kzi2 0 Yahweh said to me Here the word “me” refers to Isaiah.
ISA 8 2 x1fq 0 I will summon faithful witnesses to attest for me Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh is speaking: “I will call honest men to be witnesses” or (2) Isaiah is speaking: “I called honest men to be witnesses” or (3) Yahweh is commanding Isaiah: “Call honest men to be witnesses.”
ISA 8 3 j2ld figs-euphemism 0 I went to the prophetess It can be stated explicitly that Isaiah is married to the prophetess. Alternate translation: “I slept with my wife, the prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ ISA 8 20 i61u 0 If they do not say such things “If they do not speak of the
ISA 8 20 vr4u figs-metaphor 0 it is because they have no light of dawn Isaiah speaks of people who do not know God as if they were people walking in darkness without any light. Alternate translation: “it is because they are like a person lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 8 22 d61f 0 oppressive gloom “terrible sadness”
ISA 8 22 c4e1 figs-activepassive 0 They will be driven into a land of darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will drive them out into complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment.
+ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment.
ISA 9 1 c7zh figs-metaphor 0 The gloom will be dispelled from her who was in anguish Isaiah speaks of people who are spiritually lost as if they were walking around in total darkness. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the darkness from her who was in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 9 1 c8yr 0 The gloom This word means “partial or total darkness.” Translate as you translated “gloom” in [Isaiah 8:22](../08/22.md).
ISA 9 1 q9g1 figs-metaphor 0 her who was in anguish “her who was suffering great pain and sadness.” This is probably a metaphor for the people of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ ISA 9 20 e6kn figs-metonymy 0 They will grab food on the right hand…on the le
ISA 9 20 sl21 figs-metaphor 0 Each will even eat the flesh of his own arm Possible meanings are (1) people will be so hungry that they will want to eat or will actually eat their own arms or (2) the word “arm” is a metaphor for the person’s neighbor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 9 21 y7rj 0 In all these things, his anger does not subside; instead, his hand “Even though all these things have happened, he is still angry, and his hand.” See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md).
ISA 9 21 gxv7 figs-metaphor 0 his hand is still stretched out Isaiah speaks as if Yahweh were a person about to hit another person with his fist. This is a metaphor for Yahweh punishing Israel. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). Alternate translation: “he will still be ready to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 10 intro dc9a 0 # Isaiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy beginning in 8:21. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:1-11, 13-14, 15-19, 27-34.
(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s sovereignty
Yahweh has so much power and authority that he controls all of the nations. He even controls the nations who do not worship him. He uses Assyria to punish the kingdom of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to make statements about Israel’s sin. The Assyrians use rhetorical questions in order to boast in their pride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+ISA 10 intro dc9a 0 # Isaiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy beginning in 8:21. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:1-11, 13-14, 15-19, 27-34.
(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s sovereignty
Yahweh has so much power and authority that he controls all of the nations. He even controls the nations who do not worship him. He uses Assyria to punish the kingdom of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to make statements about Israel’s sin. The Assyrians use rhetorical questions in order to boast in their pride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
ISA 10 1 gwe8 figs-parallelism 0 to those who enact unjust laws and write unfair decrees These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “to those who make laws and decrees that are not fair to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 10 2 qr4b figs-parallelism 0 They deprive the needy of justice, rob the poor of my people of their rights These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “They are unjust to the poor and needy among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 10 2 rlv2 0 the needy “poor people”
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ ISA 10 33 bra5 0 lofty proud
ISA 10 34 f4p6 figs-metaphor 0 He will chop down the thickets…and Lebanon in his majesty will fall Isaiah speaks of the army of Assyria as if it were the tall trees in Lebanon. God will destroy the army like people cutting down the mighty trees of Lebanon. This emphasizes that though the army is strong, God has the power to destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 10 34 xu8i figs-metaphor 0 the thickets of the forest “the dense shrubs in the forest.” This is possibly a metaphor for those people who are not well known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 10 34 g78z figs-metaphor 0 Lebanon in his majesty will fall “the forests of Lebanon will no longer be so grand.” This is possibly a metaphor for the Assyrian army. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will defeat the army of Assyria, as mighty as it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 11 intro v1l2 0 # Isaiah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
The prophecies of this chapter focus on the coming Messiah. Some of these prophecies concern the first coming of Jesus, while some reference a future day of restoration. The author transitions between these time periods without telling his reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ambiguity
It is uncertain what period of time these prophecies refer to or who will fulfill them. The translator should allow this uncertainty and ambiguity to remain. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 11 intro v1l2 0 # Isaiah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
The prophecies of this chapter focus on the coming Messiah. Some of these prophecies concern the first coming of Jesus, while some reference a future day of restoration. The author transitions between these time periods without telling his reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ambiguity
It is uncertain what period of time these prophecies refer to or who will fulfill them. The translator should allow this uncertainty and ambiguity to remain. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 11 1 fxf2 figs-parallelism 0 A shoot will sprout from the stump of Jesse…a branch out of his roots will bear fruit Isaiah speaks of Jesse and his descendants as if they were a tree that had been cut down. Both of these phrases tell about a descendant of Jesse who would be king. Alternate translation: “As a shoot sprouts out of a tree stump, so a descendant of Jesse will become king over what remains of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 11 1 b412 figs-metaphor 0 the stump of Jesse A stump is what remains of a tree after it is chopped down. The “stump of Jesse” represents what was left of the kingdom that Jesse’s son David was once king of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 11 2 ptc5 figs-metaphor 0 The Spirit of Yahweh will rest upon him Resting upon him represents being with him and helping him. The word “him” refers to the one who would become king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ ISA 11 15 k4y5 0 his scorching wind This is a strong or hot wind that causes s
ISA 11 15 hj6s 0 so it can be crossed over in sandals “so that people can cross over it even while wearing their sandals”
ISA 11 16 e52k 0 There will be a highway A highway is a large road that many people can travel on. “Yahweh will make a road”
ISA 11 16 b1xk 0 in their coming up from the land of Egypt “when they came up from the land of Egypt”
-ISA 12 intro x9cy 0 # Isaiah 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “That day”
The time of this day is unclear. It may be a time in the near future for Isaiah, or a time in the distant future for him. In the latter case, it would reference the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Tense
Extra care must be taken in translating the tense of this chapter. The author talks about the future, but frequently changes to speak in the present tense. Some languages will have difficulty speaking in this way.
+ISA 12 intro x9cy 0 # Isaiah 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “That day”
The time of this day is unclear. It may be a time in the near future for Isaiah, or a time in the distant future for him. In the latter case, it would reference the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Tense
Extra care must be taken in translating the tense of this chapter. The author talks about the future, but frequently changes to speak in the present tense. Some languages will have difficulty speaking in this way.
ISA 12 1 yv6k 0 General Information: Here Isaiah continues to describe what it will be like when the king that God has chosen rules ([Isaiah 11:1-2](../11/01.md)).
ISA 12 1 b681 figs-explicit 0 On that day It can be stated clearly what time is being referred to. Alternate translation: “At that time” or “When the king rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 12 1 cgh8 figs-personification 0 your wrath has turned away God’s wrath is spoken of as if it were a person that could turn away and leave. It means that God has stopped being angry. Alternate translation: “You are no longer angry with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ ISA 12 4 jq63 figs-abstractnouns 0 declare his deeds among the peoples The noun
ISA 12 4 wi1x figs-metonymy 0 proclaim that his name is exalted Here “his name” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “proclaim that he is exalted” or “proclaim that he is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 12 5 b7hk 0 General Information: Isaiah continues to tell what the people will say when the king rules.
ISA 12 6 b2j7 0 for great in your midst is the Holy One of Israel “because the Holy One of Israel, who lives among you, is mighty” or “because the Holy One of Israel is mighty and he lives among you”
-ISA 13 intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecies
It is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+ISA 13 intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecies
It is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ISA 13 1 ifl8 figs-metonymy 0 about Babylon The name of the city stands for the people of Babylon. Alternate translation: “about the people of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 13 1 t34a translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 13 2 she6 0 cry aloud to them The word “them” refers to soldiers from another country.
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ ISA 13 22 r81d translate-unknown 0 Hyenas Hyenas are large wild animals that lo
ISA 13 22 inv9 figs-ellipsis 0 jackals in the beautiful palaces The words “will cry” are understood. Alternate translation: “jackals will cry in the beautiful palaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ISA 13 22 ly2k translate-unknown 0 jackals wild dogs (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ISA 13 22 wym1 figs-parallelism 0 Her time is near, and her days will not be delayed These two phrases mean basically the same thing. “Her time” and “her days” both refer to the time that God has chosen for Babylon to be destroyed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The time that all of this will happen to the people of Babylon is near, and nothing will stop it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 14 intro k7wp 0 # Isaiah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:4-27, 29-32.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Satan
It is believed that this chapter references Satan. It describes Satan as a star fallen from heaven. There are five important statements beginning with the words “I will” which appear to show the essence of Satan’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Babylon
This is the name of the kingdom that conquered Judah, but it is also the name representing Satan’s kingdom in prophecies. They were not yet a world power when these words were spoken. It should be translated as “Babylon,” but translators should be aware of its dual meaning.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The use of Israel in this chapter is in reference to the nation or people group of Israel. It is this Israel who will be restored and not the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
+ISA 14 intro k7wp 0 # Isaiah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:4-27, 29-32.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Satan
It is believed that this chapter references Satan. It describes Satan as a star fallen from heaven. There are five important statements beginning with the words “I will” which appear to show the essence of Satan’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Babylon
This is the name of the kingdom that conquered Judah, but it is also the name representing Satan’s kingdom in prophecies. They were not yet a world power when these words were spoken. It should be translated as “Babylon,” but translators should be aware of its dual meaning.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The use of Israel in this chapter is in reference to the nation or people group of Israel. It is this Israel who will be restored and not the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
ISA 14 1 i59z figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh will have compassion on Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will have mercy on the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 14 1 i2au figs-metonymy 0 attach themselves to the house of Jacob The house of Jacob refers to the descendants of Jacob, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “unite with the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 14 2 s7ge 0 The nations will bring them to their own place “The nations will bring the descendants of Jacob back to the land of Israel”
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ ISA 14 32 ld7h figs-rquestion 0 How will they respond to the messengers of that
ISA 14 32 geq9 0 Yahweh has founded Zion “Yahweh started Zion”
ISA 14 32 q7h8 0 in her “in Jerusalem” or “there”
ISA 14 32 k8ir 0 the afflicted of his people “those of his people who have been afflicted”
-ISA 15 intro u6k8 0 # Isaiah 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter shifts from discussing Judah to the nation of Moab. Moab is punished by Yahweh, even though he is not a god they worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/god]])
+ISA 15 intro u6k8 0 # Isaiah 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter shifts from discussing Judah to the nation of Moab. Moab is punished by Yahweh, even though he is not a god they worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/god]])
ISA 15 1 ss3j figs-pastforfuture 0 General Information: Often in prophecy events that will happen in future are described as happening now or in the past. This emphasizes that the event will certainly happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ISA 15 1 y2ws 0 A declaration “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is a message from Yahweh”
ISA 15 1 y4g4 translate-names 0 Ar…Kir These are names of cities and towns in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ ISA 15 8 teq6 0 the wailing as far as Eglaim and Beer Elim The words “has go
ISA 15 8 sc3g translate-names 0 Eglaim…Beer Elim These are names of cities and towns. Dimon was the principal city of the country of Moab. Several modern versions have “Dibon” instead of “Dimon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 15 9 fd7d translate-names 0 Dimon This is the name of a city or town. Dimon was the principal city of the country of Moab. Several modern versions have “Dibon” instead of “Dimon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 15 9 i5we figs-metonymy 0 but I will bring even more upon Dimon Here “I” refers to Yahweh. Also, “Dimon” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “but I will cause even more trouble for the people of Dimon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ISA 16 intro ww5p 0 # Isaiah 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter and is a prophecy against the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:1-12.
+ISA 16 intro ww5p 0 # Isaiah 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter and is a prophecy against the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:1-12.
ISA 16 1 cc7x 0 General Information: This continues the prophecy about the people of Moab. God describes events that will happen in the future as if it is happening in the present. This verse is probably what God says the rulers of Moab will say to each other ([Isaiah 15:1-2](../15/01.md)).
ISA 16 1 tn1s translate-symaction 0 Send rams to the ruler of the land The Moabites will send rams to the king of Judah so that he might protect them from the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ISA 16 1 yi43 translate-names 0 Selah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ ISA 16 12 i9ei 0 his prayers will accomplish nothing “his prayers will not b
ISA 16 13 q3qj 0 This is the word “This is the message.” This refers to all he said in 15:1-16:12.
ISA 16 13 t123 figs-metonymy 0 concerning Moab The word “Moab” refers to the people of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 16 14 ubw7 0 the glory of Moab will disappear “The country of Moab will no longer be glorious”
-ISA 17 intro uhu9 0 # Isaiah 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
The ULT sets the lines in 17:1-6, 9-14 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Damascus
This chapter prophesies destruction against the people of Damascus. Damascus was the capital of Aram. The people of Damascus worship gods other than Yahweh and have fought Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ephraim
This chapter prophesied destruction against the kingdom of Israel. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter. Both the northern kingdom of Israel and Aram were conquered at about the same time in history.
+ISA 17 intro uhu9 0 # Isaiah 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
The ULT sets the lines in 17:1-6, 9-14 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Damascus
This chapter prophesies destruction against the people of Damascus. Damascus was the capital of Aram. The people of Damascus worship gods other than Yahweh and have fought Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Ephraim
This chapter prophesied destruction against the kingdom of Israel. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter. Both the northern kingdom of Israel and Aram were conquered at about the same time in history.
ISA 17 1 c1yu translate-names 0 about Damascus Damascus is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 17 2 ez1z figs-activepassive 0 The cities of Aroer will be abandoned This can be stated in active form. “All the people will abandon the cities of Aroer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 17 2 h23p 0 no one will frighten them The word “them” refers to the sheep.
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ ISA 17 12 u4ze figs-synecdoche 0 the rushing of nations The word “nations”
ISA 17 13 ls6k figs-parallelism 0 before the wind like chaff on the mountains…like weeds whirling before a storm These two phrases mean the same thing. The enemy armies seem powerful but God will easily stop them and send them away. Alternate translation: “like chaff on the mountains that the wind blows away…like weeds that whirl and blow away as a storm approaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ISA 17 14 jpf9 figs-metaphor 0 This is the portion of those What happens to them is spoken of as if it is a portion that they inherit. Alternate translation: “This is what happens to those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 17 14 i9ms 0 loot us…rob us The word “us” refers to Isaiah and the people of Judah.
-ISA 18 intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cush
This chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
This chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ISA 18 intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cush
This chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
This chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 18 1 w55y figs-metaphor 0 Woe to the land of the rustling of wings, which is along the rivers of Cush Possible meanings of “the rustling of wings” are (1) the boats that have sails are spoken of as having wings. Alternate translation: “Woe to those who live in the land beyond the rivers of Cush, whose many ships look like insects on the water” or (2) the rustling of wings refers to the noise of insects that have wings, perhaps locusts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 18 2 fa3r figs-metaphor 0 by the sea The Nile River was very wide, and people in Egypt and Cush referred to it as “the sea.” Alternate translation: “on the great river” or “along the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 18 2 na6w translate-unknown 0 vessels of papyrus Papyrus is a tall plant that grows along the side of the Nile River. People bound together papyrus bundles to make boats. Alternate translation: “papyrus boats” or “boats made of reeds” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ ISA 18 7 ggw4 0 a people tall and smooth “a people who are tall and have smo
ISA 18 7 gc7i figs-merism 0 a people feared far and near The words “far” and “near” are used together to mean “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “a people who are feared everywhere” or “a people that everyone in the earth fears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ISA 18 7 n6h8 figs-metonymy 0 a nation strong and trampling down Trampling down represents conquering other nations. Alternate translation: “a nation that is strong and conquers other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 18 7 wrg1 figs-metonymy 0 to the place of the name of Yahweh of hosts, to Mount Zion The word “name” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to Mount Zion, where Yahweh of hosts dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ISA 19 intro y3c4 0 # Isaiah 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:1-18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Egypt
This chapter prophesied destruction against the nation of Egypt. Their destruction will come from internal division instead of being conquered by another nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Imagery
Some of the imagery used in this chapter may be connected to the worship of specific false gods. One important god the people of Canaan worshiped was Baal, the god of rain or storms. One of the important gods the Egyptians worshiped was Ra, the god of the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “In that day”
This changes the reference from the time when Assyria comes to dominate the world and looks to a more distant future day.
+ISA 19 intro y3c4 0 # Isaiah 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:1-18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Egypt
This chapter prophesied destruction against the nation of Egypt. Their destruction will come from internal division instead of being conquered by another nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Imagery
Some of the imagery used in this chapter may be connected to the worship of specific false gods. One important god the people of Canaan worshiped was Baal, the god of rain or storms. One of the important gods the Egyptians worshiped was Ra, the god of the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “In that day”
This changes the reference from the time when Assyria comes to dominate the world and looks to a more distant future day.
ISA 19 1 iz8p 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
ISA 19 1 pi3g figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh rides on a swift cloud Yahweh seems to be pictured here as riding on a cloud as if he was riding in a chariot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 19 1 st7u figs-personification 0 the idols of Egypt quake before him The idols are described as having feelings of fear as Yahweh approaches. Alternate translation: “the idols of Egypt tremble in fear before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ ISA 19 24 x4sx figs-metonymy 0 Israel will be the third with Egypt and Assyria
ISA 19 24 d63v translate-ordinal 0 be the third with Possible meanings are (1) “join together with” or (2) “be the third blessing with” or (3) “be equal to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ISA 19 25 ial4 figs-metonymy 0 Blessed be Egypt, my people; Assyria, the work of my hands; and Israel, my inheritance The names of the three nations refer to the people of those nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have blessed you, people of Egypt, because you are my people; and I have blessed you, people of Assyria, because I created you; and I have blessed you, people of Israel, because I securely possess you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 19 25 hd4u figs-metonymy 0 the work of my hands Here “hands” refers to God’s power and action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ISA 20 intro qqp3 0 # Isaiah 20 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Naked and barefoot
This is an image used in this chapter to describe Assyria’s victory over Egypt and Ethiopia. While they will be defeated, they will not be totally destroyed. Instead, they will be left with nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ISA 20 intro qqp3 0 # Isaiah 20 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Naked and barefoot
This is an image used in this chapter to describe Assyria’s victory over Egypt and Ethiopia. While they will be defeated, they will not be totally destroyed. Instead, they will be left with nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 20 1 cw3v translate-names 0 Tartan the name of the chief commander of the armies of Assyria (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 20 1 q4u1 0 Sargon the name of the king of Assyria
ISA 20 1 g7u8 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Ashdod and took it Ashdod refers to the army of Ashdod. Alternate translation: “he fought against the army of Ashdod and defeated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ ISA 20 5 x6ix figs-metonymy 0 because of Cush their hope and of Egypt their glo
ISA 20 6 ppe5 0 The inhabitants of these coasts the people who lived in the lands bordering the Mediterranean Sea
ISA 20 6 a114 figs-activepassive 0 where we fled for help to be rescued This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where we fled to so they would rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 20 6 ul8x figs-rquestion 0 now, how can we escape? The author uses this question to emphasize how hopeless their situation was. Alternate translation: “now there is no way for us to escape!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ISA 21 intro b7ty 0 # Isaiah 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:1-10, 13-17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cush
Dumah and Seir are places in Edom. Part of this chapter is a prophecy against Cush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The desert by the sea
This is a metaphor for an unknown nation. Scholars are divided over the proper identity of this nation, but it is probably Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Mystery
The fulfillment of this chapter is very mysterious. It is unknown who is truly being addressed and how this is to be fulfilled in history. The translator should not attempt to give the reader insight into this prophecy’s fulfillment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 21 intro b7ty 0 # Isaiah 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:1-10, 13-17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Cush
Dumah and Seir are places in Edom. Part of this chapter is a prophecy against Cush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The desert by the sea
This is a metaphor for an unknown nation. Scholars are divided over the proper identity of this nation, but it is probably Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Mystery
The fulfillment of this chapter is very mysterious. It is unknown who is truly being addressed and how this is to be fulfilled in history. The translator should not attempt to give the reader insight into this prophecy’s fulfillment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 21 1 c5lv 0 A declaration “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is Yahweh’s message”
ISA 21 1 x48q figs-metonymy 0 about the desert by the sea This refers to the people who live in Babylon as being a desert, even though God has not made it into a desert yet. This event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “about the people who live in a land that soon will be a desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ISA 21 1 x94u figs-simile 0 Like stormwinds sweeping through the Negev Isaiah compares the army that will attack the people to a storm with strong winds. They will be quick and powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ ISA 21 15 y9if figs-metonymy 0 from the sword, from the drawn sword, from the b
ISA 21 15 tnx9 figs-metaphor 0 from the weight of war The terror and suffering that is experienced during war is spoken of as if war were a heavy weight on people. Alternate translation: “from the horrors of war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 21 16 y8lk figs-explicit 0 as a laborer hired for a year would see it “as a hired laborer would count the days of a year.” A hired worker is careful to count the days so that he works exactly the amount of time he is paid to work. This means Kedar will be defeated in exactly one year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 21 16 z33f translate-names 0 of Kedar This is a region in Arabia. Kedar represents the population of Kedar. Alternate translation: “of the people of Kedar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ISA 22 intro j95f 0 # Isaiah 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
On this day of judgment, Judah should be repenting of their sin. Instead, they are celebrating it. Although Judah avoids Yahweh’s punishment through the Assyrians, their punishment will still come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Valley of Visions”
This is a metaphor used in this prophecy against the nation of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ISA 22 intro j95f 0 # Isaiah 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
On this day of judgment, Judah should be repenting of their sin. Instead, they are celebrating it. Although Judah avoids Yahweh’s punishment through the Assyrians, their punishment will still come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Valley of Visions”
This is a metaphor used in this prophecy against the nation of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ISA 22 1 k9gg 0 A declaration “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is Yahweh’s message”
ISA 22 1 r9lq figs-metonymy 0 about the Valley of Vision Here “Valley” refers to those who live in the valley, that is, Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “about those who live in the Valley of Vision” or “about those who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 22 1 eln4 figs-rquestion 0 What is the reason that you have all gone up to the housetops? Isaiah uses a question to scold the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “You should not go and stand on the tops of your houses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ ISA 22 24 y52b 0 the cups to all the jugs A cup is a small container that hold
ISA 22 25 nw7j 0 General Information: This continues the imagery from [Isaiah 22:23-24](./23.md).
ISA 22 25 tll3 figs-metaphor 0 the peg driven in a firm place…will be cut off Yahweh causing Shebna to lose his authority in the king’s palace is spoken of as if Shebna were a peg in the wall that breaks off and falls to the ground. This emphasizes that Shebna thought his authority was secure but God will remove him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 22 25 l3m8 figs-metonymy 0 the weight that was on it will be cut off Here “weight” represents Shebna’s power and authority. It is spoken of as if it were an object hanging on the peg that represents Shebna. Yahweh causing Shebna to lose his power and authority is spoken of as if someone were to cut off the object that was hanging on the peg. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 23 intro zw88 0 # Isaiah 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Phoenicia
This chapter prophesies destruction against several cities in Phoenicia as well as in Tarshish. The exact location of Tarshish is unknown. Because of the locations mentioned in this chapter, it appears that the Assyrians will conquer many of the nations on the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ISA 23 intro zw88 0 # Isaiah 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Phoenicia
This chapter prophesies destruction against several cities in Phoenicia as well as in Tarshish. The exact location of Tarshish is unknown. Because of the locations mentioned in this chapter, it appears that the Assyrians will conquer many of the nations on the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ISA 23 1 jb83 0 General Information: Isaiah continues to tell what God has judged against the nations in 13:1-23:18.
ISA 23 1 p3kt 0 A declaration about Tyre “This is what Yahweh declares about Tyre”
ISA 23 1 fmd1 figs-metonymy 0 Howl, you ships of Tarshish Here “ships” represents the men on the ships. Isaiah speaks to the men on the ships of Tarshish as if they could hear him. Alternate translation: “Cry out in despair you men on the ships of Tarshish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ ISA 23 17 au66 figs-metaphor 0 she will start making money again by doing the w
ISA 23 18 jdj2 figs-activepassive 0 They will not be stored up or kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The merchants will not store away their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 23 18 if24 0 those who live in Yahweh’s presence “those who obey and serve Yahweh”
ISA 23 18 y9rb 0 to supply them with abundant food “so they will have enough food to eat”
-ISA 24 intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
While it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant
The mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+ISA 24 intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
While it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant
The mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
ISA 24 1 itu1 0 to empty the earth “to make the earth desolate” or “to destroy everything on the earth”
ISA 24 2 v1j9 0 It will come about that This phrase marks an important event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
ISA 24 2 b89l figs-ellipsis 0 as with…so with What Yahweh will do is not stated here, but it is understood. This shows that God will treat all people the same way. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh scatters…so he will scatter”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ ISA 24 21 vwu5 0 in the heavens “in the sky”
ISA 24 22 m1h2 figs-activepassive 0 They will be gathered together, prisoners in a pit, and will be shut up in a prison Here “pit” refers to a dark room or hole in a prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will gather them together as his prisoners and lock them in the dungeon of a prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 24 22 a1hh figs-activepassive 0 they will be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 24 23 jhu9 figs-personification 0 Then the moon will be ashamed, and the sun disgraced The sun and the moon are described as a person who is ashamed of being in front of someone with greater power. In the presence of Yahweh, the light of the moon and sun will seem less bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ISA 25 intro p6t1 0 # Isaiah 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter shifts from being a prophecy against the nations to the personal praises of Isaiah. He praises Yahweh for the deliverance of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+ISA 25 intro p6t1 0 # Isaiah 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter shifts from being a prophecy against the nations to the personal praises of Isaiah. He praises Yahweh for the deliverance of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
ISA 25 1 fw3y figs-metonymy 0 praise your name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 25 1 e938 figs-activepassive 0 things planned long ago This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things you planned long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 25 1 th82 figs-abstractnouns 0 in perfect faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “because you are perfectly faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ ISA 25 11 kk8y figs-metaphor 0 will bring down their pride Yahweh humiliating a
ISA 25 11 cmz8 figs-metonymy 0 in spite of the skill of their hands Here “hands” represents the power to do or make something. Alternate translation: “in spite of the great things they have built” or “in spite of the great things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 25 12 i3tb figs-metonymy 0 Your high fortress walls he will bring down to the ground, to the dust This speaks of Yahweh causing armies to bring down the walls as if he himself were going to bring them down. Alternate translation: “He will send an army to bring your high fortress walls to the ground, to the dust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 25 12 m6re figs-123person 0 Your high fortress Here “Your” refers to the people of Moab. It can be stated in third person to be consistent with the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Their high fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-ISA 26 intro im4d 0 # Isaiah 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 26 intro im4d 0 # Isaiah 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 26 1 u2d5 0 In that day “At that time”
ISA 26 1 p5n8 figs-activepassive 0 this song will be sung in the land of Judah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people in the land of Judah will sing this song” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 26 1 u7ja 0 We have a strong city This refers to the city of Jerusalem.
@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ ISA 26 19 gb4p figs-metaphor 0 the earth will bring forth its dead “the earth
ISA 26 20 z699 0 my people Here “my” refers to Isaiah. Also “people” refers to the people of Israel.
ISA 26 20 k2ad figs-abstractnouns 0 until the indignation has passed by Translate the abstract noun “indignation” as the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “until Yahweh is no longer angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ISA 26 21 rcq2 figs-personification 0 the earth will uncover her bloodshed, and will no longer conceal her slain Yahweh revealing all murders that have happened on the earth so that he can punish the murderers is spoken of as if the earth itself will reveal everyone who has been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ISA 27 intro p2zg 0 # Isaiah 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Leviathan
This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 27 intro p2zg 0 # Isaiah 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Leviathan
This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 27 1 u82j 0 On that day “At that time”
ISA 27 1 zm2d figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh with his hard, great and fierce sword will punish Yahweh having the power to destroy his enemies is spoken of as if he had strong, large sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 27 1 tj3b 0 the monster that is in the sea This refers to Leviathan.
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ ISA 27 12 gz3e figs-activepassive 0 you…will be gathered together one by one
ISA 27 13 i56v figs-activepassive 0 a great trumpet will be blown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will blow a trumpet loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 27 13 qs1g figs-ellipsis 0 the perishing ones in the land of Assyria will come, and the outcasts in the land of Egypt The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “those who are in exile and dying in the land of Assyria and the land of Egypt will return to the land of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ISA 27 13 bdq2 0 holy mountain The “holy mountain” is Mount Zion, in Jerusalem. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:9](../11/09.md).
-ISA 28 intro np8h 0 # Isaiah 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used to describe Yahweh’s punishment as well as the sin of the people of Ephraim. In one such metaphor, they are described as being drunk. Construction and weather metaphors are also used in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 28 intro np8h 0 # Isaiah 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used to describe Yahweh’s punishment as well as the sin of the people of Ephraim. In one such metaphor, they are described as being drunk. Construction and weather metaphors are also used in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 28 1 j6gg figs-metaphor 0 Woe to the proud garland…on the head of the lush Valley of those who are overcome with wine A “garland” is a crown made of flowers. Here it represents the city of Samaria, the capital of Israel, which sits above a fertile valley. Samaria and its people being destroyed is spoken of as if the flowers in the garland will grow old and stop being beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 28 1 i15u 0 who are overcome with wine “who are drunk with wine”
ISA 28 2 yjl9 0 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ ISA 28 27 r6a8 figs-activepassive 0 but caraway is beaten with a stick, and cum
ISA 28 28 zb1a figs-activepassive 0 Grain is ground for bread but not too finely This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The farmer grinds the grain for bread but not so that it is too small” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 28 29 vw1a figs-explicit 0 This too comes…excellent in wisdom This concludes the parable started in [Isaiah 28:23](../28/23.md). The implied lesson of the parable is that farmers are wise enough to listen to Yahweh’s instructions about planting and threshing. But the leaders of Jerusalem are foolish for not listening to Yahweh’s instructions that he is speaking through Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 28 29 fh5n 0 Yahweh of hosts See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md).
-ISA 29 intro e58i 0 # Isaiah 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter begins a series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the kingdoms of Ephraim and eventually Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ariel
This is another name for Jerusalem. It is an uncommon name.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prophecies
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 29 intro e58i 0 # Isaiah 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter begins a series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the kingdoms of Ephraim and eventually Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ariel
This is another name for Jerusalem. It is an uncommon name.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prophecies
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 29 1 p34x figs-metonymy 0 Woe to Ariel Here “Ariel” represents the people who live in the city of Ariel. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for the people of Ariel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 29 1 kp7k translate-names 0 Ariel This is another name for Jerusalem, and it means “altar.” If possible translate this as “Ariel” rather than “Jerusalem” since the meaning of “Ariel” is important in 29:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 29 1 bhl8 0 David encamped “David dwelled” or “David lived”
@@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ ISA 29 23 hf61 figs-123person 0 of the God of Israel Yahweh refers to himself a
ISA 29 24 ajl7 figs-metonymy 0 Those who err in spirit Here “spirit” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Those who are wrong in what they think” or “Those who are wrong in their attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 29 24 ly72 figs-explicit 0 will gain understanding This can be made more explicit to explain what they will understand. Alternate translation: “will begin to understand Yahweh and his laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 29 24 uc4z figs-explicit 0 complainers will learn knowledge This can be made more explicit to explain what knowledge they will learn. Alternate translation: “those who complain will begin to know that what Yahweh teaches them is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ISA 30 intro e211 0 # Isaiah 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Negev
This is an area between Egypt and Judah. The people would have had to travel though it in order to get to Egypt. No one really lived in this area and it was known to be very dangerous.
### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. The people were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. The chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 30 intro e211 0 # Isaiah 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Negev
This is an area between Egypt and Judah. The people would have had to travel though it in order to get to Egypt. No one really lived in this area and it was known to be very dangerous.
### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. The people were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. The chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 30 1 e6vd figs-metaphor 0 the rebellious children Yahweh speaks about his people as if they were his children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 30 1 dq2r figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ISA 30 1 cu63 figs-abstractnouns 0 They make plans, but not from me This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “plans” can be stated as the verb “plan.” Alternate translation: “They plan to do things, but they do not ask me what I want them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ ISA 30 33 ry8p figs-explicit 0 a place of burning This phrase is the meaning of
ISA 30 33 lpk7 figs-explicit 0 it is prepared for the king It is implied that this refers to the king of Assyria. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh prepared it for the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 30 33 nue1 0 The pile is ready with a fire and much wood “The pile is ready with much wood to make a fire”
ISA 30 33 dbe3 figs-simile 0 The breath of Yahweh, like a stream of brimstone, will set it on fire This speaks of Yahweh’s breath as if it were a river of fire that will set the pile on fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ISA 31 intro a5pj 0 # Isaiah 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. It also prophesies the destruction of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. They were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
### Israel
The use of the term “Israel” in this chapter is in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel exclusively.
+ISA 31 intro a5pj 0 # Isaiah 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. It also prophesies the destruction of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. They were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
### Israel
The use of the term “Israel” in this chapter is in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel exclusively.
ISA 31 1 h5ig 0 General Information: Isaiah continues speaking to the people of Judah.
ISA 31 1 mn6p 0 go down to Egypt The phrase “go down” is used here because Egypt is lower in Elevation than Jerusalem.
ISA 31 1 u5k2 0 those who go down “those people of Judah who go down”
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ ISA 31 8 ib91 figs-activepassive 0 his young men will be forced to do hard labo
ISA 31 9 cb3x figs-abstractnouns 0 They will lose all confidence because of terror The word “confidence” can be expressed with the adjective “confident.” The word “terror” can be expressed with the adjective “terrified.” Alternate translation: “They will no longer be confident because they are so terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ISA 31 9 eqd6 0 his princes “their leaders”
ISA 31 9 awn7 figs-parallelism 0 whose fire is in Zion and whose firepot is in Jerusalem Both of these clauses mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Here God’s presence and his power to judge and destroy are spoken of as if they were a fire. Alternate translation: “whose powerful presence is in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 32 intro qg44 0 # Isaiah 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 32 intro qg44 0 # Isaiah 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 32 1 bfx3 0 Look This word is used here to draw peoples’ attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
ISA 32 2 he1m figs-simile 0 Each one will be like a shelter from the wind and a refuge from the storm This compares the king and princes who protect the people to a shelter. Alternate translation: “the rulers will protect the people like a shelter does in a storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ISA 32 2 i91q figs-simile 0 like streams of water in a dry place This is another comparison that means that the rulers will provide for the needs of the people. Alternate translation: “they will provide for the people like streams of water in a dry place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ ISA 32 18 q9gf 0 habitation place where people live
ISA 32 19 xzc9 0 hails See how you translated this in [Isaiah 28:2](../28/02.md).
ISA 32 19 stg9 figs-activepassive 0 the forest is destroyed, and the city is completely annihilated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it destroys the forest and completely destroys the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 32 20 wd7c figs-activepassive 0 you who sow beside all the streams will be blessed, you who send out your ox and donkey to graze This can be stated in active form. This refers to Yahweh blessing all of his people and speaks of the things that are normal for his people to do. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless you, as you plant your crops in fields alongside the streams and as you send out your ox and donkey to graze in the pasture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ISA 33 intro bx2g 0 # Isaiah 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter continues the series of “woes.” It speaks against ungodly or evil people in general. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+ISA 33 intro bx2g 0 # Isaiah 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter continues the series of “woes.” It speaks against ungodly or evil people in general. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
ISA 33 1 uq8j figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks in poetry for Yahweh to the Assyrians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 33 1 vi89 figs-activepassive 0 who has not been destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom others have not destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 33 1 uz7b figs-activepassive 0 you will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “others will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ ISA 33 23 l3q9 0 sail a large cloth that fills with wind and moves a boat thro
ISA 33 23 a64j figs-activepassive 0 when the great spoil is divided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they divide the treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 33 23 tx7c figs-nominaladj 0 the lame This refers to people who are cannot walk. Alternate translation: “those who are lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
ISA 33 24 brw9 figs-activepassive 0 the people who live there will be forgiven for their iniquity This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sins of the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 34 intro rp2m 0 # Isaiah 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Destruction
There are many images used in this chapter which describe destruction. Here each of these metaphors describes complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prophecy
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 34 intro rp2m 0 # Isaiah 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Destruction
There are many images used in this chapter which describe destruction. Here each of these metaphors describes complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prophecy
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 34 1 l8gx figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 34 1 xx72 figs-personification 0 The earth and all that fills it must listen, the world, and all things that come from it Here the earth is spoken of as being required to listen to Yahweh to emphasize that it is under Yahweh’s authority. These two parallel phrases are metonyms for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “In all places everywhere on earth, everyone must listen to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 34 1 q1g4 figs-ellipsis 0 the world, and all things that come from it This is the second of two parallel phrases. The understood words may be supplied in this phrase. Alternate translation: “the world, and all things that come from it must listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ ISA 34 16 zh4w figs-synecdoche 0 for his mouth has commanded it Yahweh is refer
ISA 34 17 wiz7 figs-metaphor 0 He has cast lots for their places This speaks of Yahweh deciding where to cause the animals to live as if he actually cast lots for their places. Alternate translation: “He has determined where they will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 34 17 n3hj figs-metaphor 0 his hand has measured it out for them by a cord This refers to the way that people measured things in biblical times. Alternate translation: “he has given the animals their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 34 17 f3tu figs-idiom 0 from generation to generation they will The phrase “generation to generation” refers to all generations of people who will live in the future. See how you translated the phrase “from generation to generation” in [Isaiah 13:20](../13/20.md). Alternate translation: “forever they will” or “they will always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ISA 35 intro wlq4 0 # Isaiah 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+ISA 35 intro wlq4 0 # Isaiah 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
ISA 35 1 s4b3 figs-personification 0 The wilderness and the Arabah will be glad; and the desert will rejoice These two phrases have basically the same meaning. These places are described as being glad, like a person is glad, because they have received water and are blossoming. Alternate translation: “It will be like the wilderness and the Arabah are glad and the desert will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 35 1 pis9 figs-synecdoche 0 blossom This speaks of the plants in the desert blossoming as if the desert itself were blossoming. Alternate translation: “its plants will blossom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ISA 35 2 f7wa figs-simile 0 it will blossom abundantly This compares the way the plants of the desert blossom to the way a rose (verse 1) has many blossoms. Alternate translation: “The desert will grow many new plants and trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ ISA 35 10 q3ha figs-synecdoche 0 everlasting joy will be on their heads This us
ISA 35 10 x841 figs-doublet 0 gladness and joy…sorrow and sighing The words “gladness” and “joy” mean basically the same thing, as do “sorrow” and “sighing.” Together they emphasize the intensity of these emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ISA 35 10 b5lz figs-personification 0 gladness and joy will overtake them This speaks of the people being overwhelmed by gladness and joy by giving these emotions the human quality of being able to overtake someone by force. Alternate translation: “they will be overwhelmed by joy and gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ISA 35 10 d5f7 figs-personification 0 sorrow and sighing will flee away This speaks of the people no longer being sorrowful and sighing by giving these emotions the human ability to run away. Alternate translation: “they will no longer be sorrowful and sighing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ISA 36 intro r5x3 0 # Isaiah 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The previous chapters have been constructed as prophecy and contain many poetic elements. This chapter switches to a narrative and is a discussion between the officials from Assyria and Judah. To make the meaning clear here, it may be helpful to set apart the extended quotations by setting them farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
The people of Judah were to trust in Yahweh because only he could provide them with protection. The people of Jerusalem were protected because they trusted in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The Assyrian commanders use rhetorical questions in this chapter to mock or insult Judah and their God, Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ISA 36 intro r5x3 0 # Isaiah 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The previous chapters have been constructed as prophecy and contain many poetic elements. This chapter switches to a narrative and is a discussion between the officials from Assyria and Judah. To make the meaning clear here, it may be helpful to set apart the extended quotations by setting them farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
The people of Judah were to trust in Yahweh because only he could provide them with protection. The people of Jerusalem were protected because they trusted in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The Assyrian commanders use rhetorical questions in this chapter to mock or insult Judah and their God, Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 36 1 v35t translate-ordinal 0 the fourteenth year “year 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ISA 36 1 jr4c 0 King Hezekiah See how you translated the name of this king in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md).
ISA 36 1 np79 translate-names 0 Sennacherib This is the name of the king of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ ISA 36 20 r234 figs-metonymy 0 his land This refers to the people who live in t
ISA 36 22 zjw1 translate-names 0 Eliakim…Hilkiah…Shebna…Joah…Asaph Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 36 22 yqy8 figs-idiom 0 over the household This idiom means that he was in charge of the affairs of the palace household. Alternate translation: “in charge of the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 36 22 kdc7 translate-symaction 0 with their clothes torn Hezekiah’s officials tore their clothes as a sign of mourning and distress. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “with their clothes torn because they were extremely distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-ISA 37 intro vy96 0 # Isaiah 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 37:22-38.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tearing clothes and putting on sackcloth
This was a sign of great distress. While it is often accompanies repentance, in this chapter it is intended to show the king’s anger at the blasphemy of the Assyrians when they spoke against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]])
### Prayer
Hezekiah was different from the other kings because when he was threatened by Assyria, he went to Yahweh in prayer. He did not trust in his army or make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+ISA 37 intro vy96 0 # Isaiah 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 37:22-38.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tearing clothes and putting on sackcloth
This was a sign of great distress. While it is often accompanies repentance, in this chapter it is intended to show the king’s anger at the blasphemy of the Assyrians when they spoke against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]])
### Prayer
Hezekiah was different from the other kings because when he was threatened by Assyria, he went to Yahweh in prayer. He did not trust in his army or make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
ISA 37 1 u52c writing-newevent 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ISA 37 1 qkd2 translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes, covered himself with sackcloth This is a sign of mourning and distress. Alternate translation: “he tore his clothes and covered himself with sackcloth because he was very distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ISA 37 2 he14 translate-names 0 Eliakim…Shebna Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ ISA 37 38 m18l 0 as he was worshiping “as Sennacherib was worshiping”
ISA 37 38 m2c7 translate-names 0 Nisrok This is the name of a false god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 37 38 id3l translate-names 0 Adrammelek…Sharezer…Esarhaddon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 37 38 fbz6 0 with the sword “with their swords”
-ISA 38 intro s3fq 0 # Isaiah 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 38:10-20.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Poetry
This chapter is written as a narrative, but the section including Hezekiah’s prayer is written as poetry. The tone of this prayer shifts from sorrow to praise.
+ISA 38 intro s3fq 0 # Isaiah 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 38:10-20.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Poetry
This chapter is written as a narrative, but the section including Hezekiah’s prayer is written as poetry. The tone of this prayer shifts from sorrow to praise.
ISA 38 1 g1p4 figs-explicit 0 Set your house in order This means to prepare your family and those in charge of your affairs so that they know what to do after you die. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “You should tell the people in your palace what you want them to do after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 38 3 c5ru figs-idiom 0 call to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 38 3 rvv5 figs-idiom 0 faithfully walked before you This is an idiom. Here “walk” means to “live.” The phrase means to live in a way the pleases Yahweh. Alternate translation: “faithfully lived before you” or “faithfully served you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ ISA 38 21 b3bq writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break
ISA 38 21 x8d3 0 Let them “Let Hezekiah’s servants”
ISA 38 21 drf6 figs-explicit 0 a lump of figs This was used as an ointment. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “use an ointment of mashed figs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 38 21 t3l6 0 boil a painful area on the skin that is infected
-ISA 39 intro lz5x 0 # Isaiah 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
Although it is not said why it was sinful for Hezekiah to show the king of Babylon his riches, the sin was probably because of his pride. It can be viewed as bragging to another king about how rich and powerful he was without giving proper credit to Yahweh. Because of this sin, Yahweh punished him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Babylon
At this time, Babylon was not very powerful, but was little more than a city. In a short time, however, Babylon became a very powerful nation and conquered Assyria.
+ISA 39 intro lz5x 0 # Isaiah 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
Although it is not said why it was sinful for Hezekiah to show the king of Babylon his riches, the sin was probably because of his pride. It can be viewed as bragging to another king about how rich and powerful he was without giving proper credit to Yahweh. Because of this sin, Yahweh punished him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Babylon
At this time, Babylon was not very powerful, but was little more than a city. In a short time, however, Babylon became a very powerful nation and conquered Assyria.
ISA 39 1 z1d1 translate-names 0 Marduk-Baladan…Baladan These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 39 2 x7xe figs-explicit 0 Hezekiah was pleased by these things This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “When the king’s messengers arrived, Hezekiah was pleased with what they brought to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 39 2 ig2z 0 showed the messengers his storehouse of valuable things “he showed the messengers everything of value he had”
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ ISA 39 6 y5e5 figs-activepassive 0 when everything in your palace…will be car
ISA 39 7 wtl9 0 General Information: Isaiah continues to speak Yahweh’s message to Hezekiah.
ISA 39 7 mls8 0 The sons born from you “Your sons”
ISA 39 7 tb9y 0 they will take them “the Babylonians will take them”
-ISA 40 intro xc5h 0 # Isaiah 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These rhetorical questions help to prove the point he is making and convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “She has received double from Yahweh’s hand for all her sins”
It is common in many languages to use the feminine “she” to refer to a nation, rather than the word “it,” which is neither masculine or feminine. The translator should use the pronoun that aligns with the common usage in the target language. Therefore, it is acceptable to use “he,” “she,” or “it” in reference to a nation.
The phrase “received double” indicates that Jerusalem was punished more severely than the other nations. This is because they had the privilege of a special relationship to Yahweh and had more knowledge than the other nations.
### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. It does not appear that this prophecy was fulfilled in the days of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 40 intro xc5h 0 # Isaiah 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These rhetorical questions help to prove the point he is making and convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “She has received double from Yahweh’s hand for all her sins”
It is common in many languages to use the feminine “she” to refer to a nation, rather than the word “it,” which is neither masculine or feminine. The translator should use the pronoun that aligns with the common usage in the target language. Therefore, it is acceptable to use “he,” “she,” or “it” in reference to a nation.
The phrase “received double” indicates that Jerusalem was punished more severely than the other nations. This is because they had the privilege of a special relationship to Yahweh and had more knowledge than the other nations.
### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. It does not appear that this prophecy was fulfilled in the days of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 40 1 uzv6 0 Comfort, comfort The word “comfort” is repeated for emphasis.
ISA 40 1 wa9a figs-you 0 says your God Here “your” is plural and refers to those whom the prophet tells to comfort God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ISA 40 2 f6th figs-personification 0 Speak tenderly to Jerusalem The prophet speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a woman whom Yahweh has forgiven. As such, Jerusalem represents the people who live in that city. Alternate translation: Speak tenderly to the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ ISA 40 29 gt6k figs-parallelism 0 He gives strength to the tired; and to the we
ISA 40 29 l1wl 0 He gives strength “Yahweh gives strength”
ISA 40 31 gu6x figs-metaphor 0 they will soar with wings like eagles People receiving strength from Yahweh is spoken of as if the people were able to fly like eagles fly. An eagle is a bird often used as a symbol for strength and power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 40 31 vgd6 figs-parallelism 0 they will run and not be weary; they will walk and not faint These two lines share similar meanings. People receiving strength from Yahweh is spoken of as if they were able to run and walk without tiring. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 41 intro mwf4 0 # Isaiah 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mocking
Yahweh tells the people to present their best arguments in favor of honoring their idols. In this Yahweh challenges the people. Yahweh mocks or insults these false gods because they are not real and have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+ISA 41 intro mwf4 0 # Isaiah 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mocking
Yahweh tells the people to present their best arguments in favor of honoring their idols. In this Yahweh challenges the people. Yahweh mocks or insults these false gods because they are not real and have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
ISA 41 1 ihs8 0 Listen before me in silence Here “me” refers to God.
ISA 41 1 gik7 figs-metonymy 0 you coastlands This refers to the people who live on the islands and in the lands bordering or beyond the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
ISA 41 1 w3dd 0 renew their strength See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 40:31](../40/31.md).
@@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ ISA 41 26 xn3y 0 Indeed none of them decreed it, yes, none heard you say anyth
ISA 41 27 b6xr 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
ISA 41 28 k8tv 0 not one among them “not one idol”
ISA 41 29 i3rp figs-metaphor 0 their cast metal figures are wind and emptiness Yahweh speaks of the worthlessness of the idols as if the idols are wind and nothing at all. Alternate translation: “their idols are all worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 42 intro q7al 0 # Isaiah 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 42:1-4 is the first of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Servant
Israel is called Yahweh’s servant. The Messiah is also called the servant of Yahweh. It is likely that the two different usages of the word “servant” are intended to contrast with one another.
+ISA 42 intro q7al 0 # Isaiah 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 42:1-4 is the first of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Servant
Israel is called Yahweh’s servant. The Messiah is also called the servant of Yahweh. It is likely that the two different usages of the word “servant” are intended to contrast with one another.
ISA 42 1 l3dq 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
ISA 42 1 e7j9 0 Behold, my servant “Look, my servant” or “Here is my servant”
ISA 42 1 d5ej 0 in him I take delight “with whom I am very happy”
@@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ ISA 42 25 dqe8 0 on them “against us.” Here “them” refers to the peopl
ISA 42 25 x8pk figs-abstractnouns 0 and the violence of war The word “devastation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “by devastating them with war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ISA 42 25 ym86 figs-metaphor 0 Its flames encircled them…it consumed them Isaiah speaks of Yahweh’s fierce anger as if it were a fire that burned the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 42 25 q8m2 figs-metaphor 0 they did not take it to heart Paying attention to something and learning from it is spoken of as if it were placing that thing on one’s heart. Alternate translation: “they did not pay attention” or “they did not learn from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 43 intro bc7l 0 # Isaiah 43 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exodus
This chapter pictures Judah’s eventual return from exile in Babylon as a kind of second exodus. It was reminiscent of their exodus from Egypt.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Exile
This chapter prophesies about the Jews return from Babylon, but the exile has yet to happen and is still more than a hundred years in the future. These events will show that Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ISA 43 intro bc7l 0 # Isaiah 43 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exodus
This chapter pictures Judah’s eventual return from exile in Babylon as a kind of second exodus. It was reminiscent of their exodus from Egypt.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Exile
This chapter prophesies about the Jews return from Babylon, but the exile has yet to happen and is still more than a hundred years in the future. These events will show that Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 43 1 ce9y figs-parallelism 0 he who created you, Jacob, and he who formed you, Israel Both clauses mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the one who created you, O people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 43 2 kq19 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
ISA 43 2 q1vm figs-metaphor 0 When you pass through the waters…the flames will not destroy you Yahweh speaks of suffering and difficult experiences as if they are deep waters and fires through which the people walk. The words “waters” and “flames” form a merism and emphasize any difficult circumstance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -2546,7 +2546,7 @@ ISA 43 27 n7s2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people
ISA 43 27 m9k5 0 Your first father sinned This refers to the founder of Israel and may represent either Abraham or Jacob.
ISA 43 28 c8g9 figs-metonymy 0 I will hand Jacob over to complete destruction Here to “hand over” represents putting someone under the power of another. The noun “destruction” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “I will cause the enemy to completely destroy Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ISA 43 28 rtm7 figs-parallelism 0 Israel to abusive humiliation The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase, with which this phrase is parallel. The noun “humiliation” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “I will allow the enemy to abuse and humiliate Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ISA 44 intro lx1i 0 # Isaiah 44 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
There is a prophecy in this chapter that gives the name of the king who will end the exile of the Jews from Babylon and rebuild the temple, even though the exile has not yet even occurred. This emphasizes that Yahweh knows the future, so the translator should translate the name of Cyrus given here. There are many other aspects of this chapter that show Yahweh’s power as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+ISA 44 intro lx1i 0 # Isaiah 44 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
There is a prophecy in this chapter that gives the name of the king who will end the exile of the Jews from Babylon and rebuild the temple, even though the exile has not yet even occurred. This emphasizes that Yahweh knows the future, so the translator should translate the name of Cyrus given here. There are many other aspects of this chapter that show Yahweh’s power as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
ISA 44 1 lt14 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
ISA 44 1 j7v9 figs-metonymy 0 Jacob my servant This refers to Jacob’s descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob, my servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 44 2 a1el figs-metaphor 0 he who made you and formed you in the womb Yahweh speaks of creating the nation of Israel as if it were forming the nation as a baby in its mother’s womb. Alternate translation: “he who made you, as I form a baby in the womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ ISA 44 28 ut9k 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
ISA 44 28 nrh6 figs-metaphor 0 He is my shepherd Yahweh speaks of Cyrus ruling and protecting the people of Israel as if Cyrus is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 44 28 q7mc figs-activepassive 0 She will be rebuilt This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Let the people rebuild the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 44 28 j6ev figs-activepassive 0 Let its foundations be laid This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Let the people lay its foundations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 45 intro gu9r 0 # Isaiah 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Potter and clay
The potter and the clay are important images used in Scripture. They emphasize the power and control of God. This chapter connects this to the truth that Yahweh is the creator of all, which it repeatedly emphasizes. He is even able to “anoint” or chose a future, pagan king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
+ISA 45 intro gu9r 0 # Isaiah 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Potter and clay
The potter and the clay are important images used in Scripture. They emphasize the power and control of God. This chapter connects this to the truth that Yahweh is the creator of all, which it repeatedly emphasizes. He is even able to “anoint” or chose a future, pagan king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
ISA 45 1 a5da figs-metaphor 0 whose right hand I hold Yahweh helping Cyrus and causing him to be successful is spoken of as if he were holding his right hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 45 2 r3lh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Cyrus.
ISA 45 2 kyy4 figs-metaphor 0 level the mountains Yahweh speaks of removing obstacles that would hinder Cyrus’s success as if it were leveling mountains before him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ ISA 45 22 ee2e figs-metonymy 0 all the ends of the earth Here this phrase repre
ISA 45 23 yq9q figs-synecdoche 0 To me every knee will bend, every tongue will swear The words “knee” and “tongue” represent the people. Alternate translation: “Every person will kneel before me, and everyone will swear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ISA 45 24 b27g 0 They will say All the people on the earth are speaking.
ISA 45 25 kxm4 figs-activepassive 0 In Yahweh all the descendants of Israel will be justified Here the word “justified” does not refer to Yahweh forgiving their sins, but to proving to the nations that Israel was right to worship him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will justify all the descendants of Israel” or “Yahweh will vindicate all the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 46 intro c5i1 0 # Isaiah 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is intended to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison at all because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+ISA 46 intro c5i1 0 # Isaiah 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is intended to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison at all because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
ISA 46 1 dtc9 figs-metaphor 0 Bel bows down, Nebo stoops; their idols…for weary animals Isaiah speaks of people placing the idols of Bel and Nebo into a cart for animals to transport as if these gods were made to “bow down” and “stoop.” These are both postures of humiliation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 46 1 yx1v translate-names 0 Bel…Nebo These were the two primary gods whom the Babylonians worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 46 1 tyx5 0 their idols the idols that represented Bel and Nebo
@@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ ISA 46 11 yfg8 figs-parallelism 0 I have spoken; I will also accomplish it; I h
ISA 46 12 e8tz 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
ISA 46 12 cq6x figs-metaphor 0 who are far from doing what is right Yahweh speaks of the people stubbornly doing wrong as if they were physically far away from doing the right thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 46 13 ykp7 figs-personification 0 my salvation does not wait Yahweh speaks of saving his people soon as if his salvation were a person who does not wait to act. The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “I will not wait to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ISA 47 intro ss9a 0 # Isaiah 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon
This chapter prophesied the destruction of Babylon. At the time that the prophesy was written, Assyria was still in power and Babylon had not yet become a world power. The Chaldeans were not yet a powerful nation either. The people of Judah would become servants or slaves of Babylon and be forced to work very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ISA 47 intro ss9a 0 # Isaiah 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon
This chapter prophesied the destruction of Babylon. At the time that the prophesy was written, Assyria was still in power and Babylon had not yet become a world power. The Chaldeans were not yet a powerful nation either. The people of Judah would become servants or slaves of Babylon and be forced to work very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ISA 47 1 h2n7 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks to Babylon about her downfall as if she were a queen who is humiliated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ISA 47 1 qpl4 figs-parallelism 0 sit in the dust, virgin daughter of Babylon; sit on the ground…daughter of the Chaldeans. These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Sitting in the dust was a sign of humiliation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
ISA 47 1 u5gc figs-metaphor 0 virgin daughter of Babylon…daughter of the Chaldeans Both of these phrases refer to the city, Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a daughter. That the city is a “daughter” indicates how people think fondly of her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ ISA 47 14 cm8n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to speak to Babylon about her
ISA 47 14 v2fe figs-simile 0 they will become like stubble. The fire will burn them up Yahweh compares the magicians and sorcerers to straw that burns quickly in a fire. This means that Yahweh will destroy them as easily as fire burns stubble, and so they are powerless to save Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ISA 47 14 ktj7 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the flame Here the word “hand” represents strength. Alternate translation: “the power of the flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 47 14 z4mb 0 There are no coals to warm them and no fire for them to sit by Yahweh emphasizes that this is a destructive fire by stating that it is not one that people will use to warm themselves.
-ISA 48 intro db3q 0 # Isaiah 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is set up to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison between the two because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Exile
Yahweh explains purpose behind the Jews exile in Babylon, even though it is still in the future. This emphasizes that Yahweh is much more powerful than the false gods.
+ISA 48 intro db3q 0 # Isaiah 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is set up to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison between the two because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Exile
Yahweh explains purpose behind the Jews exile in Babylon, even though it is still in the future. This emphasizes that Yahweh is much more powerful than the false gods.
ISA 48 1 kwr6 0 Hear this “Listen to my message.” Yahweh is speaking.
ISA 48 1 ur9w figs-metonymy 0 house of Jacob Here “house” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 48 1 y5hd figs-activepassive 0 who are called by the name Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom everyone calls the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ ISA 48 20 na7u 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people
ISA 48 20 lf27 figs-metaphor 0 to the ends of the earth The places on the earth that are very far away are spoken of as if they were the places where the earth ends. This phrase also forms a merism and refers to everywhere in between the ends. Alternate translation: “to all the farthest places of the earth” or “to the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ISA 48 20 kr2r figs-metonymy 0 his servant Jacob This refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 48 21 pw4g 0 They did not thirst…the waters gushed out This refers to an event in the history of the people of Israel when Yahweh took care of them while they lived in the desert after escaping Egypt.
-ISA 49 intro j3n4 0 # Isaiah 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 49:1-6 is the second of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### A day of salvation
It is unclear if this is a reference to the gospel proclaimed by the Messiah or to the day of restoration of all things. The translator should not try to explain its reference to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
+ISA 49 intro j3n4 0 # Isaiah 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 49:1-6 is the second of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### A day of salvation
It is unclear if this is a reference to the gospel proclaimed by the Messiah or to the day of restoration of all things. The translator should not try to explain its reference to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
ISA 49 1 pv8e 0 Listen to me Here “me” refers to Yahweh’s servant.
ISA 49 1 wr47 figs-metonymy 0 you coastlands This refers to the people who live on the coastlands. Alternate translation: “you who live on the coastlands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 49 2 wz7q figs-metonymy 0 He has made my mouth like a sharp sword Here the word “mouth” represents the words that he speaks. His words are compared to a sharp sword to emphasize that they will be effective. Alternate translation: “He has made my words as effective as a sharp sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ ISA 49 25 zzu8 figs-metaphor 0 I will…save your children Yahweh speaks of the
ISA 49 26 mu96 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Zion as if it were a person.
ISA 49 26 qp7y figs-metaphor 0 I will feed your oppressors with their own flesh Possible meanings are (1) the oppressors will be so hungry that they will eat the flesh of their friends who have died. Alternate translation: “I will cause your oppressors to eat their own flesh” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the oppressors fighting against and destroying themselves as if they were eating themselves. Alternate translation: “I will cause your oppressors to destroy themselves, as if they were eating their own flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 49 26 l5ym figs-metaphor 0 they will get drunk on their own blood, as if it were wine Possible meanings are (1) the oppressors will be so thirsty that they drink the blood of their friends who have died. Alternate translation: “they will drink their friends’ blood and be like weak people who are drunk on wine” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the oppressors fighting against and destroying themselves as if they were drinking their own blood. Alternate translation: “they will shed so much of their friends’ blood that it will be as though they were getting drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 50 intro w2ie 0 # Isaiah 50 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 50:4-9 is the third of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ISA 50 intro w2ie 0 # Isaiah 50 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 50:4-9 is the third of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 50 1 ca66 figs-metaphor 0 Where is the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother? Yahweh speaks of Zion as if the city were the mother of the people who lived there and of sending the people into exile as if he were divorcing their mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 50 1 dz6i figs-rquestion 0 Where is the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question so that the people would produce “the certificate of divorce,” which would provide the reason Yahweh sent them into exile. Alternate translation: “Show me the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 50 1 wz9n figs-metaphor 0 To which of my creditors did I sell you? Yahweh speaks of sending the people into exile as if he were selling them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ ISA 50 10 v35n figs-metaphor 0 walks in deep darkness without light The servant
ISA 50 10 kt5t figs-parallelism 0 trust in the name of Yahweh and lean on his God These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Trusting in God is spoken of as if it were leaning on him. Alternate translation: “trust in Yahweh, his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 50 11 w57f figs-metaphor 0 all you who light fires…flames that you have ignited This continues the metaphor from the previous verse of people who walk in darkness. Here people who try to live according to their own wisdom instead of trusting in Yahweh are spoken of as if they lit their own fires and carried about torches in order to see in the dark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 50 11 ftd9 figs-euphemism 0 You will lie down in a place of pain Here to “lie down” refers to dying. Dying painfully is spoken of as if it were lying down in a place where they will experience pain. Alternate translation: “You will die with great suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 51 intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Awake
In this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+ISA 51 intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Awake
In this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
ISA 51 1 amf7 0 Listen to me Here the word “me” refers to Yahweh.
ISA 51 1 uux8 figs-metaphor 0 look at the rock…and to the quarry Looking at something represents thinking about it. Alternate translation: “think about the rock…and the quarry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 51 1 xs1b figs-metaphor 0 the rock from which you were chiseled and to the quarry from which you were cut God speaks of the nation of Israel as if it were a building made of stones and as if their ancestors were a rock or quarry from which God cut them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors, who are like a rock from which you were chiseled and a quarry from which you were cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ ISA 51 23 qgu7 figs-metaphor 0 I will put it into the hand of your tormentors T
ISA 51 23 wu8d figs-explicit 0 I will put it into the hand of your tormentors It is implied that by putting the cup of his anger in their hand Yahweh will be forcing them to drink what is in the cup. Alternate translation: “I will force your tormentors to drink from the wine of the bowl of my anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 51 23 t6ks 0 your tormentors The word “tormentors” may be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who have tormented you” or “those who have caused you to suffer”
ISA 51 23 xv84 figs-simile 0 you made your back like the ground and like the street for them to walk on This compares the way their enemies walked on their back to the way people walk on the street. Alternate translation: “you lay in the streets so your enemies could walk on your backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ISA 52 intro ac65 0 # Isaiah 52 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
The prophecies of this chapter occur after the exile in Babylon and are not in reference to the people contemporary to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
There is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah beginning in this chapter and continues through the next chapter. This prophesy begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
+ISA 52 intro ac65 0 # Isaiah 52 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
The prophecies of this chapter occur after the exile in Babylon and are not in reference to the people contemporary to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
There is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah beginning in this chapter and continues through the next chapter. This prophesy begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
ISA 52 1 rzb3 figs-metaphor 0 Awake, awake This word is repeated for emphasis and shows urgency. Isaiah trying to arouse the people is spoken of as if he were trying to wake them up from sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 52 1 vfg8 figs-metaphor 0 put on your strength Being strong again is spoken of as if strength were clothing that a person puts on. Alternate translation: “be strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 52 1 p8u4 figs-metonymy 0 Zion…Jerusalem Both of these refer to the people who live in Jerusalem. Isaiah is speaking to the people as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “people of Zion…people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
@@ -3053,7 +3053,7 @@ ISA 52 15 g9pf 0 will sprinkle The Hebrew word translated “sprinkle” here
ISA 52 15 vtr9 figs-metonymy 0 many nations Here “nations” represents the people of the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 52 15 ccn8 figs-idiom 0 kings will shut their mouths The phrase “shut their mouths” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “kings will stop talking” or “kings will be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 52 15 r1l5 figs-activepassive 0 that which they had not been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that which no one had told them” or “something no one had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 53 intro znn5 0 # Isaiah 53 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
In this chapter there is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah and his life and ministry. It begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
This chapter prophesies about the death of Christ for sin. Most scholars believe it teaches that Christ was a righteous man who died for the sins of mankind. This is usually referred to as the atonement. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])
+ISA 53 intro znn5 0 # Isaiah 53 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
In this chapter there is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah and his life and ministry. It begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
This chapter prophesies about the death of Christ for sin. Most scholars believe it teaches that Christ was a righteous man who died for the sins of mankind. This is usually referred to as the atonement. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])
ISA 53 1 l33i figs-pastforfuture 0 General Information: Isaiah continues describing Yahweh’s servant. Here Isaiah describes events that will happen in the future as if they happened in the past. This emphasizes that they certainly will happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
ISA 53 1 yul6 figs-inclusive 0 Who has believed what they heard from us What Isaiah just found out is so amazing that he wonders if the exiles will believe it. The “we” includes him and those in exile. Alternate translation: “It is hard for anyone to believe what we have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 53 1 vlz4 figs-metonymy 0 to whom has the arm of Yahweh been revealed? Arm refers to God’s power. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has revealed his power to people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ ISA 53 12 p84g figs-parallelism 0 Therefore will I give him his portion among t
ISA 53 12 q68p 0 the multitudes Many versions interpret this expression as “the many” or “the strong.”
ISA 53 12 tiu1 figs-metonymy 0 because he exposed himself to death “Exposed” means to be vulnerable or unprotected. The servant of Yahweh put himself in a situation where he would die. Alternate translation: “he willingly accepted the possibility of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 53 12 ih2g figs-activepassive 0 was numbered with the transgressors This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “allowed people to treat him as a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 54 intro yq8q 0 # Isaiah 54 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness
This chapter focuses on Yahweh’s faithfulness to fulfill his covenants. It references several different covenant promises in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+ISA 54 intro yq8q 0 # Isaiah 54 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness
This chapter focuses on Yahweh’s faithfulness to fulfill his covenants. It references several different covenant promises in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
ISA 54 1 z782 figs-metaphor 0 you barren woman…children of the married woman Yahweh telling the people of Jerusalem to rejoice because there will be many people living in Jerusalem again is spoken of as if Yahweh were telling a barren women she is going to have many children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 54 1 qza5 figs-parallelism 0 break into joyful singing and cry aloud, you who have never been in birth labor This statement means the same thing as the first part of the sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 54 1 zw4s figs-pastforfuture 0 For the children of the desolate one are more An event that will happen in the future is spoken of as if it happened in the past. This emphasizes that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “For the children of the desolate woman will be more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ ISA 54 17 x962 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people
ISA 54 17 thu4 figs-metonymy 0 No weapon that is formed against you will succeed Enemies not succeeding against Yahweh’s people is spoken of as if their weapons would not succeed against Yahweh’s people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Enemies may form weapons to attack you but they will not defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 54 17 f69n figs-metaphor 0 This is the heritage of the servants of Yahweh The reward that Yahweh will give to those who serve him is spoken of as if the reward were something they would inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 54 17 b727 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-ISA 55 intro c34c 0 # Isaiah 55 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+ISA 55 intro c34c 0 # Isaiah 55 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
ISA 55 1 vge8 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of blessing the people freely as if he were selling food and drink to needy people for free. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 55 1 y9kd 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Jerusalem in exile through Isaiah.
ISA 55 1 g9yx 0 Come…Come The repetition of this word four times adds a sense of urgency to the invitation.
@@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ ISA 55 12 w3uy figs-personification 0 the mountains and the hills will break ou
ISA 55 13 a7v2 translate-unknown 0 Instead of the thornbushes, the cypress will grow; and instead of the brier, the myrtle tree will grow The words “thornbushes” and “brier” refer to species of plants that have sharp thorns growing on them. The words “cypress” and “myrtle” refer to species of evergreen trees. The thorny plants symbolize desolation, while the evergreens symbolize life and prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
ISA 55 13 l82f figs-metonymy 0 for his name Here the word “name” represents Yahweh’s fame. Alternate translation: “for his fame” or “for his honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 55 13 pj5z figs-metaphor 0 that will not be cut off Something ceasing to exist is spoken of as if it were cut off, as a branch is cut off of a tree or a piece of fabric is cut off of clothing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that will never end” or “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 56 intro y2w8 0 # Isaiah 56 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Beasts
The Israelites are compared to beasts and dogs in this chapter. This would have been very offensive to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ISA 56 intro y2w8 0 # Isaiah 56 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Beasts
The Israelites are compared to beasts and dogs in this chapter. This would have been very offensive to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 56 1 f7bp figs-activepassive 0 for my salvation is near, and my righteousness is about to be revealed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will soon save you and show you that I am righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 56 2 v4ay figs-idiom 0 who holds it tightly Here “holds it tightly” is an idiom that means to continue to observe something. Alternate translation: “who is careful to always do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 56 2 cv9i figs-synecdoche 0 keeps his hand from doing any evil Here the “hand” represents the whole person and emphasizes the person’s actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: “does not do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -3202,7 +3202,7 @@ ISA 56 10 tz9w figs-metaphor 0 They are all silent dogs The leaders are suppose
ISA 56 10 r63i 0 They dream, and lying down they love to sleep This means the leaders are not bringing God’s word of warning to Israel but prefer their own comfort.
ISA 56 11 tzq4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues describing the evil leaders of his people.
ISA 56 11 ub1k figs-metaphor 0 The dogs have big appetites Yahweh continues comparing Israel’s bad leaders to dogs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 57 intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Child sacrifice
This chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mocking
The people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+ISA 57 intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Child sacrifice
This chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mocking
The people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
ISA 57 1 r38x figs-abstractnouns 0 the people of covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful.” See how you translated “covenant faithfulness” in [Isaiah 16:5](../16/05.md). Alternate translation: “the people who are faithful to the covenant” or “the people who are faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ISA 57 1 mfl3 figs-euphemism 0 are gathered away…is gathered away “die and go away…dies and goes away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ISA 57 1 u6v1 figs-activepassive 0 that the righteous is gathered away from the evil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the righteous people die, and Yahweh takes them away from all that is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ ISA 57 18 kfr6 0 comfort and console those who mourn for him “I will soothe
ISA 57 19 u422 figs-metonymy 0 I create the fruit of the lips Here “fruit of the lips” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “I cause them to praise and thank me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 57 19 nl5v 0 Peace, peace, to those who are far off “I have made peace with them who are far off.” The word “Peace” is repeated for emphasis.
ISA 57 20 w5a6 figs-simile 0 But the wicked are like the tossing sea…mire and mud This compares the wicked to rough water on the shore that makes the water dirty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ISA 58 intro wkw6 0 # Isaiah 58 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fasting
The practice of fasting became more common after the exile. This was intended to bring people into a right relationship with God by creating a designated time to concentrate on him. It may have been believed that Yahweh heard people better when they fasted. The significance of fasting is derived from the faster’s attitude of repentance and faith in Yahweh and not the practice itself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yet they seek me daily”
The people did not truly seek Yahweh every day. They practiced the outward aspects of the Jewish religion, but their hearts were far from Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ISA 58 intro wkw6 0 # Isaiah 58 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fasting
The practice of fasting became more common after the exile. This was intended to bring people into a right relationship with God by creating a designated time to concentrate on him. It may have been believed that Yahweh heard people better when they fasted. The significance of fasting is derived from the faster’s attitude of repentance and faith in Yahweh and not the practice itself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yet they seek me daily”
The people did not truly seek Yahweh every day. They practiced the outward aspects of the Jewish religion, but their hearts were far from Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ISA 58 1 akw2 figs-simile 0 Lift up your voice like a trumpet This means shout loudly. Here “your” refers to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ISA 58 1 dw8k figs-parallelism 0 Confront my people with their rebellion, and the house of Jacob with their sins These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they strengthen the urgency to confront Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 58 3 c1tq figs-rquestion 0 ‘Why have we fasted,’ they say, ‘but you do not see it? Why have we humbled ourselves, but you do not notice?’ The people of Israel use questions to complain to God because they feel he is ignoring them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -3280,7 +3280,7 @@ ISA 58 13 dvf4 figs-synecdoche 0 you turn back your feet from traveling on the
ISA 58 14 md3q 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Israel.
ISA 58 14 gl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will make you ride on the heights of the earth This refers to God exalting the nation in reputation and power in response to living righteously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 58 14 g7g6 figs-synecdoche 0 for the mouth of Yahweh has spoken The word “mouth” symbolizes what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has spoken it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ISA 59 intro ag3n 0 # Isaiah 59 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s deliverance
When Israel was conquered, they were being punished for their sin. Yahweh is strong enough to deliver them, but he did not because he desired to refine them through the experience of the exile. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+ISA 59 intro ag3n 0 # Isaiah 59 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s deliverance
When Israel was conquered, they were being punished for their sin. Yahweh is strong enough to deliver them, but he did not because he desired to refine them through the experience of the exile. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
ISA 59 1 pss8 0 Look “Behold!” or “You should know!” Yahweh tells the people to pay attention.
ISA 59 1 q7gn figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s hand is not so short “Hand” represents power and ability. A “short” hand does not have power and ability. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is fully able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 59 2 d3ku figs-you 0 your…you These plural pronouns refer to the people of Israel as a single group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -3331,7 +3331,7 @@ ISA 59 19 s4n5 figs-simile 0 for he will come as a rushing stream Narrow valley
ISA 59 19 v9b2 figs-activepassive 0 driven by the breath of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the breath of Yahweh drives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 59 20 sbk2 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ISA 59 21 yj33 0 my words which I have put in your mouth “the message I have given you to speak”
-ISA 60 intro w59w 0 # Isaiah 60 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s restoration
This chapter pictures a time when Israel will be fully restored to Yahweh. They will be everything Yahweh intended them to be. All the nations will look to Israel and acknowledge her special relationship to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
+ISA 60 intro w59w 0 # Isaiah 60 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel’s restoration
This chapter pictures a time when Israel will be fully restored to Yahweh. They will be everything Yahweh intended them to be. All the nations will look to Israel and acknowledge her special relationship to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
ISA 60 1 z5e6 0 General Information: Isaiah continues speaking to the people of Israel.
ISA 60 1 dli2 figs-metaphor 0 Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you This refers to the glorious things Yahweh has done for the inhabitants of Jerusalem. They are now to show that glory through what they do and say and have hope in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 60 2 u9cn 0 General Information: Isaiah is speaking to the people of Israel. He continues the metaphor about “light” ([Isaiah 60:1](../60/01.md)).
@@ -3385,7 +3385,7 @@ ISA 60 21 eqv7 figs-metaphor 0 the branch of my planting Yahweh is comparing th
ISA 60 21 w3n1 figs-metaphor 0 the work of my hands Yahweh compares the people of Israel to something made by the skill of his handicraft. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 60 21 sit8 figs-activepassive 0 that I may be glorified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that all people may glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 60 22 zuc9 translate-numbers 0 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-ISA 61 intro vsb3 0 # Isaiah 61 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
The first part of this chapter is probably a prophecy about the coming Messiah and not Isaiah because this was different than the message Isaiah delivered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 61 intro vsb3 0 # Isaiah 61 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
The first part of this chapter is probably a prophecy about the coming Messiah and not Isaiah because this was different than the message Isaiah delivered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 61 1 s7f8 0 The Spirit of the Lord Yahweh is on me “Spirit” here is the Holy Spirit of Yahweh who compels or motivates the person. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:2](../11/02.md) or in [Isaiah 42:1](../42/01.md).
ISA 61 1 xr6t 0 the afflicted This refers to poor people, those in great sorrow, or oppressed people who have problems they cannot overcome by themselves.
ISA 61 1 n6cg figs-parallelism 0 liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison for those who are bound These two phrases mean the same thing. They state that God will certainly give freedom to captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@ ISA 61 10 k3wx figs-simile 0 as a bridegroom adorns himself with a turban, and
ISA 61 10 j7bv 0 turban See how you translated this in [Isaiah 61:3](../61/03.md).
ISA 61 11 q4ad figs-parallelism 0 For as the earth produces its sprouting plants, and as the garden makes its planting grow This is saying the same thing in two ways. The fact that whatever God says he will do is certainly going to happen is compared to the fact that seeds sprout after planting. Alternate translation: “Just as seeds sown in a garden sprout from the soil and grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ISA 61 11 zgl9 figs-metaphor 0 righteousness and praise to sprout up This expression describes these virtues as growing from seed like plants do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ISA 62 intro q3u6 0 # Isaiah 62 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA 62 intro q3u6 0 # Isaiah 62 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
ISA 62 1 dja1 figs-parallelism 0 For Zion’s sake I will not be silent, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not be quiet Both of these statements mean the same thing. Here “Zion” and “Jerusalem” both represent the people who live in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the people of Jerusalem I will not be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 62 1 b9bc 0 I will not be silent It is most likely that “I” refers to Isaiah.
ISA 62 1 q71s figs-simile 0 until her righteousness proceeds brightly, and her salvation as a burning torch Both clauses reassure the people that God will eventually come and save the people of Israel and that it will be as apparent as light is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ ISA 62 11 e6rw figs-metaphor 0 the ends of the earth The places on the earth th
ISA 62 11 sa9m figs-idiom 0 the daughter of Zion “Daughter” represents the people of Jerusalem (Zion). See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 62 11 n3g6 figs-parallelism 0 See, his reward is with him, and his recompense is going before him These clauses represent the same idea for emphasis. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Isaiah 40:10](../40/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ISA 62 12 q31l figs-activepassive 0 you will be called This can be stated actively, “they will call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ISA 63 intro g5yz 0 # Isaiah 63 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Imagery
The imagery of judgment in this chapter is intended to be rather vivid. The translator should avoid euphemisms, if possible. Overall, this chapter prophesies a day of great judgment and God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])
+ISA 63 intro g5yz 0 # Isaiah 63 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Imagery
The imagery of judgment in this chapter is intended to be rather vivid. The translator should avoid euphemisms, if possible. Overall, this chapter prophesies a day of great judgment and God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])
ISA 63 1 qz61 figs-rquestion 0 Who is this who comes from Edom…Bozrah Isaiah speaks as a watchman using the question and answer format to present this information about Yahweh’s judgment on Edom, an enemy of Israel. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am coming from Edom, clothed in red from Bozrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 63 1 vv2a translate-names 0 Bozrah This is the capital city of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ISA 63 1 j2ug 0 It is I Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
@@ -3484,7 +3484,7 @@ ISA 63 17 pqt9 figs-metaphor 0 harden our hearts This means to become resistant
ISA 63 18 ka89 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking.
ISA 63 19 j3dn figs-activepassive 0 who were never called by your name This can be stated in active form. The word “name” refers to a family relationship. Alternate translation: “who never belonged to your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 63 19 kcq5 0 We have become…called by your name Some modern versions interpret this passage differently: “We are like the people over whom you have not ruled, like those who have not been called by your name.”
-ISA 64 intro pn57 0 # Isaiah 64 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
This chapter records the repentance of the righteous remnant of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ISA 64 intro pn57 0 # Isaiah 64 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
This chapter records the repentance of the righteous remnant of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ISA 64 1 k72d 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking to Yahweh ([Isaiah 63:11](../63/11.md)).
ISA 64 1 vzg6 figs-hypo 0 Oh, if you had Isaiah introduces this desire for Yahweh’s presence in their past history with a strong exclamation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
ISA 64 1 ea39 figs-metaphor 0 if you had split open the heavens If Yahweh had shown himself very dramatically by tearing open the sky. The words “split open” refer to ripping a piece of cloth apart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3508,7 +3508,7 @@ ISA 64 10 ie3k 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking t
ISA 64 10 gfj3 0 Your holy cities have become a wilderness This emphasizes that the cities have been destroyed and no one lives there.
ISA 64 11 ev92 figs-activepassive 0 Our holy and beautiful temple, where our fathers praised you, has been destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The enemy has destroyed our holy and beautiful temple, where our fathers praised you, by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 64 12 x5p8 figs-rquestion 0 How can you still hold back, Yahweh? How can you remain silent and continue to humiliate us? They use questions to express their frustration because God has not yet come to help them. Alternate translation: “Please do not hold back, Yahweh! Please do not remain silent and continue to humiliate us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ISA 65 intro mm3j 0 # Isaiah 65 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter is Yahweh’s response to the repentance of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judgment and hope
This chapter records that Yahweh’s judgment on the people must come. Despite this, there is hope that in the end, Yahweh will make all things new and restore them to himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
+ISA 65 intro mm3j 0 # Isaiah 65 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
This chapter is Yahweh’s response to the repentance of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judgment and hope
This chapter records that Yahweh’s judgment on the people must come. Despite this, there is hope that in the end, Yahweh will make all things new and restore them to himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
ISA 65 1 fu52 0 I was ready Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
ISA 65 2 k5z1 figs-idiom 0 I have spread out my hands all day to a stubborn people “Spreading out my hands” here is a person’s gesture to show imploring or a strong request. Alternate translation: “I have continually begged a stubborn people to receive my help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ISA 65 3 t8a2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking about the people of Israel.
@@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ ISA 65 22 t1rr 0 for as the days of trees will be the days of my people “for
ISA 65 23 ea83 figs-activepassive 0 they are the children of those blessed by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are the children of those whom Yahweh blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ISA 65 24 y69k 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking about his faithful people.
ISA 65 25 pu4h 0 holy mountain See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:9](../11/09.md).
-ISA 66 intro d1a4 0 # Isaiah 66 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 66:1-17, 21-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### In the end
In the end, Yahweh will enact his perfect justice. This is the true hope of this world. The new heaven and the new earth are an important part of this. In the end, this will be the perfect creation of Yahweh and will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
+ISA 66 intro d1a4 0 # Isaiah 66 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 66:1-17, 21-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### In the end
In the end, Yahweh will enact his perfect justice. This is the true hope of this world. The new heaven and the new earth are an important part of this. In the end, this will be the perfect creation of Yahweh and will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
ISA 66 1 ym2c figs-metaphor 0 Heaven is my throne, and the earth is my footstool Yahweh compares heaven to a throne and the earth to a footstool to emphasize how great he is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ISA 66 1 fgf8 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is the house you will build for me? Where is the place where I may rest? Yahweh uses questions to emphasize that humans cannot build a place for him to dwell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ISA 66 2 h4r7 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
index 0aa47ddde7..ae87142487 100644
--- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah
1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)
- Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)
- Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)
- Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)
- Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)
1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)
- Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)
- Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)
- The people will come back (32:1–44)
- Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)
1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)
- Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)
- While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)
- After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)
- Egypt (46:1–28)
- Philistia (47:1–28)
- Moab (48:1–47)
- Ammon (49:1–6)
- Edom (49:7–22)
- Damascus (49:23–27)
- Kedar (49:28–33)
- Elam (49:34–39)
- Babylonia (50:1–51:64)
1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)
### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?
The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.
Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.
King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.
Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?
Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?
Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?
Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?
Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.
### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?
Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
-JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jeremiah appointed as prophet
God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.
### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah
1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)
- Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)
- Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)
- Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)
- Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)
1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)
- Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)
- Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)
- The people will come back (32:1–44)
- Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)
1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)
- Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)
- While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)
- After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)
- Egypt (46:1–28)
- Philistia (47:1–28)
- Moab (48:1–47)
- Ammon (49:1–6)
- Edom (49:7–22)
- Damascus (49:23–27)
- Kedar (49:28–33)
- Elam (49:34–39)
- Babylonia (50:1–51:64)
1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)
### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?
The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.
Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.
King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.
Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?
Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?
Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?
Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?
Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.
### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?
Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
+JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jeremiah appointed as prophet
God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.
### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests”
JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JER 1 18 l1sl figs-metaphor 0 iron…bronze These were the strongest materials
JER 1 18 u7cf figs-metonymy 0 the whole land This represents all the people of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 1 19 zp53 0 They will fight against you This refers to the people of Judah.
JER 1 19 c3xx figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people refuse to learn
The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people refuse to learn
The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 2 1 n8ww figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 2 2 g2d8 0 Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem “Go and speak where the people in Jerusalem can hear you”
JER 2 2 mz95 0 I have called to mind on your behalf “I remember about you”
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin
JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there “You will go out from Egypt”
JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah told to repent
If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
+JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah told to repent
If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 1 hll9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. This is part of the prophecy that he starts revealing to Jeremiah in [Jeremiah 2:1](../02/01.md).
JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ JER 3 25 qy9p figs-parallelism 0 Let us lie down in shame. May our shame cover
JER 3 25 ny7e figs-metaphor 0 May our shame cover us Being fully aware of their shame is spoken of as if shame were covering them like a blanket or a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 x6vr figs-metaphor 0 from the time of our youthfulness Possible meanings are that (1) “the time of our youthfulness” refers to when each person was young. Alternate translation: “from when we were young” or (2) “the time of our youthfulness” is a metaphor that refers to when Israel was first becoming a nation. Alternate translation: “from when we were first becoming a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 u638 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to the voice of Yahweh our God Here “listened” represents obeying, and “the voice of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh has said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what Yahweh our God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s punishment
This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
+JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s punishment
This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
JER 4 1 nmt1 figs-metonymy 0 then it should be to me that you return Possible meanings are that (1) this is a command that emphasizes who they should return to. Alternate translation: “then come back to me” or “then worship me” (2) this is a repetition of the first phrase, which expresses a condition. Alternate translation: “if you will come back to me” or “if you will start worshiping me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 4 1 q5zm figs-metonymy 0 If you remove your detestable things from before me Here “detestable things” refers to idols, which God hates. Alternate translation: “If you remove your disgusting idols from my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 1 g7zg figs-metaphor 0 do not wander from me again Here “wander” is a metaphor for being unfaithful. Alternate translation: “if you remain faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho
JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me “I am in great danger”
JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting “I am becoming weak”
-JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets “Go quickly through the streets”
JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this “look and find out”
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t
JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy”
JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power Possible meanings are (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety…by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe…by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem…so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to.
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has
JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah “all you people of Judah”
JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to “I will remove from”
JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation The abstract noun “desolation” can be translated using the adjective “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials “its princes” or “its rulers”
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on “Harvest time is over”
JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.
### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.
The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.
### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah.
JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ JER 9 25 k6yc figs-metaphor 0 all the circumcised who are such only in their bo
JER 9 26 qn15 0 all the people who cut the hair on their heads very short This probably refers to people who cut their hair short in order to honor a pagan god. Some modern versions interpret this Hebrew expression as “all the people who live on the edge of the wilderness.”
JER 9 26 siw4 figs-metonymy 0 For all these nations are uncircumcised The word “nations” refers to the people who live in these places. Foreigners being uncircumcised was a sign that they were not in Yahweh’s covenant. Alternate translation: “For the people of these nations did not enter into a covenant with Yahweh through circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 9 26 l471 figs-metonymy 0 all the house of Israel has an uncircumcised heart The “heart” represents a person’s will and desires. An “uncircumcised heart” represents the character of a person that does not follow Yahweh and his laws. Also, the “house” of Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are only circumcised on the outside and have not changed their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s power
This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 10 1 v6qy 0 General Information: Yahweh has just reminded the people of Judah, as well as Egypt, Edom, Ammon, Moab and all people, that they will be punished.
JER 10 1 d4ld 0 Hear the word “Hear the message”
JER 10 1 str3 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel Here the “house” of Israel represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ JER 10 25 kfn6 figs-metaphor 0 Pour your fury on the nations Here “the nation
JER 10 25 pi1m figs-idiom 0 that do not call on your name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that do not worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 10 25 b1zn figs-parallelism 0 For they have devoured Jacob and consumed him so as to completely destroy him These three phrases have the same meaning. Jeremiah repeats this idea three times to emphasize the utter destruction of Israel. This speaks of the enemy armies attacking the people of Israel as if the armies were a fierce animal attacking and devouring its prey. Alternate translation: “For they have fiercely attacked the people of Israel and consumed them so as to completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 10 25 z8p8 0 demolish his habitation “demolish their homes”
-JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The covenant
The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The covenant
The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
JER 11 1 l9ym figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 11 2 q9d8 0 the inhabitants of Jerusalem “the people who live in Jerusalem”
JER 11 3 d8vl figs-activepassive 0 Cursed is anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will curse anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ JER 11 22 kn5i 0 vigorous young men men at the strongest time of their lives
JER 11 22 hgu8 figs-metonymy 0 will die by the sword Here the “sword” represents battle. Alternate translation: “will die in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 11 23 k7a8 figs-activepassive 0 None of them will be left This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will leave none of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 11 23 wlv1 figs-idiom 0 a year of their punishment The word “year” here is a idiom that describes a specific period of time that Yahweh decides. Alternate translation: “in the time of their punishment” or “for the time of their punishment is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper
Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations
Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
+JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper
Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations
Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JER 12 1 h7ur 0 General Information: Jeremiah speaks to Yahweh.
JER 12 1 v383 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 12 2 xd5m figs-metaphor 0 You planted them and they took root. They continue to produce fruit Here Jeremiah speaks of the wicked as if they were fruit trees. Alternate translation: “They are like fruit trees that you planted, that you allow to prosper and to produce lots of fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.”
JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle
JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.
===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===
### Symbolism
The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.
===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===
### Symbolism
The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth
JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear
JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ JER 13 23 m8ie figs-irony 0 If so, then you yourself, although accustomed to wi
JER 13 24 rw5p figs-simile 0 I will scatter them like chaff that perishes in the desert wind “I will scatter them like chaff that is blown away by the wind.” Yahweh is saying He will scatter His people throughout the world just as chaff is scattered by the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 13 26 pid5 figs-metaphor 0 I myself will strip your skirts off you, and your private parts will be seen. This means that Yahweh will make them feel ashamed. It does not in any way mean that he will rape them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is as though I myself will strip your skirts off of you so that everyone will see your private parts and you will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 13 27 r896 figs-metaphor 0 neighing This is the sound of a male horse desiring a female horse. Alternate translation: “lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### False prophets
The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### False prophets
The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 14 1 dvb6 0 General Information: Yahweh, through the prophet Jeremiah, has just talked about the adultery of the people.
JER 14 1 c8lt figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 14 2 cn9g figs-metonymy 0 Let Judah mourn Here “Judah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “Let the people of Judah mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ JER 14 21 ni6n 0 General Information: Jeremiah continues his prayer to Yahweh.
JER 14 21 ur4i figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of your name Here Yahweh’s “name” refers to his reputation. Alternate translation: “For the sake of your reputation” or “In order that everyone can see that you are very great and keep your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 21 h4sh figs-metonymy 0 your glorious throne Yahweh’s “throne” is represented by Zion, that is Jerusalem. His “throne” also represents the place where he rules as king. Alternate translation: “do disgrace Zion where you glorious throne is” or “do not disgrace Zion, where you rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 22 my15 0 can the skies themselves send down showers “Can the skies decide when they make the rain to fall?”
-JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Do not pray for the people
God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Yahweh uses Gentile nations
Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Do not pray for the people
God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Yahweh uses Gentile nations
Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 w1rn 0 General Information: Jeremiah has just been praying to Yahweh.
JER 15 1 az7b figs-explicit 0 were standing in front of me, I would still not be in favor of this people This implies that they are pleading for Yahweh to spare the people. Alternate translation: “were standing in front of me pleading for these people, I would still not be in favor of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 g56c figs-parallelism 0 Send them out from before me, for them to go away Yahweh repeats this idea of sending away his people to add emphasis to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ JER 15 21 bet8 figs-parallelism 0 rescue you from…and redeem you from These p
JER 15 21 z99x figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the wicked…the hand of the tyrant Here the word “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the wicked…the control of the tyrant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 15 21 lwc5 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 15 21 mm5k 0 tyrant a ruler who demands absolute obedience and is not friendly for the people under his rule
-JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Coming punishment
The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Israel restored
God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
+JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Coming punishment
The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Israel restored
God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
JER 16 1 iq2r figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 16 4 bdx2 0 They will die diseased deaths “They will die from deadly diseases”
JER 16 4 nm5s figs-activepassive 0 They will not be mourned or buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will mourn for them or bury them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ JER 16 21 gwn6 0 Therefore see “Therefore, indeed.” Here Yahweh begins spe
JER 16 21 fz8r 0 I will cause them to know Here the word “them” refers to the people from the nations. Yahweh repeats this phrase for emphasis.
JER 16 21 cs55 figs-metonymy 0 my hand and my power Here the word “hand” refers to power and authority. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Yahweh’s great power. Alternate translation: “my great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 16 21 hl7n figs-metonymy 0 they will know that Yahweh is my name Here the word “name” refers to Yahweh’s entire person. Alternate translation: “they will know that I am Yahweh, the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trusting God or humans
Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trusting God or humans
Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 17 1 f2as writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 17 1 qcz2 figs-metaphor 0 The sin of Judah is written…on the horns of your altars Yahweh speaks of Judah’s sins being so great that they cannot stop committing them as if someone had engraved their sin permanently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 17 1 ntb1 figs-activepassive 0 The sin of Judah is written Here the word “Judah” represents the people of Judah. This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written the sin of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ JER 17 25 i3jj figs-metonymy 0 those who sit on David’s throne Here the thron
JER 17 25 r4s3 figs-activepassive 0 this city will be inhabited forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will inhabit this city forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 17 27 xjp9 0 I will light a fire in its gates “I will set the gates of Jerusalem on fire”
JER 17 27 r5tg figs-activepassive 0 it cannot be put out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people cannot put it out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Attacking Jeremiah
Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Attacking Jeremiah
Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 18 1 ad7f figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said, ‘Arise” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah: ‘Arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 18 2 ww5x 0 the potter’s house “the workshop of the potter.” A potter is someone who makes pots from clay.
JER 18 3 z9ps 0 behold! The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
@@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ JER 18 22 pxk9 figs-synecdoche 0 have hidden traps for my feet Here the word
JER 18 23 yh1m figs-parallelism 0 Do not wipe their sins away from you Jeremiah speaks of Yahweh forgiving his enemies’ sins as if someone had written their sins down and Yahweh would erase them. This phrase means the same thing as the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not pardon their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 18 23 fin3 figs-activepassive 0 let them be overthrown before you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let people overthrow them in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 18 23 jrr6 figs-abstractnouns 0 in the time of your wrath The word “wrath” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “when you are still angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### People horrified
The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it.
+JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### People horrified
The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it.
JER 19 2 r77q 0 Valley of Ben Hinnom This is the name of a valley south of the city of Jerusalem, where people sacrificed to false gods. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:31](../07/31.md).
JER 19 3 lse3 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 3 tn4j 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ JER 19 13 u9v5 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean people People who are not acceptable
JER 19 15 ut7s 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 15 d4pr 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JER 19 15 rv5y figs-parallelism 0 stiffened their neck and refused to listen These two phrases both speak of the people being stubborn. In the first phrase, Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had made their necks stiff. Alternate translation: “stubbornly refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pashhur
This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### Jeremiah’s reaction
Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pashhur
This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### Jeremiah’s reaction
Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 20 1 l4ka writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 1 xjd1 translate-names 0 Pashhur…Immer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 20 2 h7fz figs-metonymy 0 Pashhur beat Jeremiah Possible meanings are (1) that Pashhur himself beat Jeremiah or (2) that Pashhur ordered other men to beat Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ JER 20 17 z5dt figs-metaphor 0 a womb that was pregnant forever Jeremiah speaks
JER 20 18 zc9e figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that I came out from the womb to see troubles and agony…shame? Jeremiah uses this rhetorical question to complain that there was no good reason for him to be born. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no reason for me to be born only to see troubles and agony…shame.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 20 18 szf6 figs-doublet 0 to see troubles and agony The words “troubles” and “agony” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the amount and severity of suffering. Alternate translation: “to experience so much suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 20 18 fz2s figs-synecdoche 0 my days are filled with shame Here the word “days” represents all the days of Jeremiah’s life. Alternate translation: “my life is filled with shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jerusalem doomed
God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
+JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jerusalem doomed
God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 21 1 tf6j figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke a message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 21 1 ur9x 0 Pashhur This is not the same Pashhur that was mentioned in [Jeremiah 20:1](../20/01.md).
JER 21 1 ad5j translate-names 0 Pashhur…Malkijah…Maaseiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ JER 21 13 h96i 0 I am against “I oppose” or “I am going to punish”
JER 21 13 dxt4 figs-rquestion 0 Who will come down to attack us?…Who will enter our houses? These questions are used to state their confidence that they can resist attack. Alternate translation: “No one will attack us!…No one will enter our houses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 21 14 uf3g figs-metaphor 0 I have assigned the fruit of your practices to come against you The result of their evil deeds is spoken of as fruit which grew from those practices. Alternate translation: “I will punish you as you deserve because of the things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 21 14 nf8v figs-metaphor 0 in the thickets Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor for the columns of wood that supported the palace or (2) these are literal patches of brush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Luxury and oppression
Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Luxury and oppression
Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JER 22 1 z5bz 0 the house of the king of Judah “the palace of the king of Judah.” The word “house” has a range of possible meanings. In this case it refers to the royal palace where the king lived.
JER 22 1 qfg5 0 proclaim this word “proclaim this message”
JER 22 2 qj9k figs-explicit 0 your people who come through these gates These gates are the gates of the king’s palace. Alternate translation: “your people who come to visit the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ JER 22 28 vh5v figs-metaphor 0 have poured them out Jehoiachin and his descenda
JER 22 29 ac8x figs-apostrophe 0 Land, Land, Land Yahweh speaks his message to all the people of the land by calling out to the land where they live. The title is repeated to call attention to the message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JER 22 30 ll6p figs-explicit 0 He will be childless Jehoiachin has several sons. This phrase, then, means it is as if he was childless. His children will not succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “It will be as if he did not have any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 22 30 h57d figs-metonymy 0 sit on David’s throne Sitting on a throne is a metonym for ruling as king. Alternate translation: “become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophesying lies
The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wordplay
In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.”
+JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophesying lies
The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wordplay
In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.”
JER 23 1 q9nk figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In verses 1-4, Yahweh refers to Israel as his pasture, the people of Israel as his sheep, and the leaders of Israel as the shepherds. Shepherds have a duty to protect the sheep, but the leaders were not doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 23 1 z9sb figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 23 2 hus7 figs-doublet 0 You have scattered my flock and have driven them away These two phrases have similar meanings. The second one strengthens the thought in the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ JER 23 39 ad6n 0 the city that I gave you This refers to Jerusalem.
JER 23 40 bq3w figs-you 0 insult on you This instance of “you” is plural and refers to the priests and false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JER 23 40 t2qe 0 I will put everlasting shame and insult on you that will not be forgotten “I will cover you with shame that will last forever and insult that you will never forget” or “I will cause people to make fun of you forever. People will never forget that you were disgraced.” Yahweh speaks of the humiliation of the priests and false prophets as if he would put shame and insult on them like clothing.
JER 23 40 p6n8 figs-activepassive 0 that will not be forgotten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The exiles are blessed and the others punished
God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The exiles are blessed and the others punished
God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 24 1 dy22 0 me All instances of this pronoun refer to Jeremiah.
JER 24 1 gh4c 0 Behold The word “Behold” here shows that Jeremiah saw something interesting.
JER 24 1 mx54 writing-background 0 This vision happened…them to Babylon This part of the story is used to provide historical information to show when the events of the happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ JER 24 10 f8lu 0 I will send out sword, famine, and plague against them “I w
JER 24 10 j4rn figs-metonymy 0 I will send out sword Here “sword” refers to war or enemy armies. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies” or “I will send out war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 24 10 k2as figs-personification 0 sword, famine, and plague These things are spoken of as if they were living things that could attack the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JER 24 10 l4fs 0 they are destroyed from the land “none of them remain in the land”
-JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seventy years
Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seventy years
Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 1 jgw9 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 1 a9rv translate-ordinal 0 the fourth…the first (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 25 3 q39g translate-names 0 Amon This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ JER 25 37 nz1v figs-activepassive 0 the peaceful pastures will be devastated be
JER 25 38 gc84 figs-metaphor 0 Like a young lion, he has left his den Yahweh punishing his people in his extreme wrath is spoken of as if Yahweh were a lion who leaves his den in search of prey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 25 38 tr4c figs-abstractnouns 0 their land will become a horror The word “horror” may be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their land will become something that horrifies people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 25 38 ef4f 0 the oppressor’s anger This refers to the anger of Israel’s enemies.
-JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people want to kill Jeremiah
The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The people want to kill Jeremiah
The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
JER 26 1 hc6c figs-idiom 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 18:1](../18/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This message came from Yahweh. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 26 1 v8wh figs-explicit 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying It can be stated clearly who Yahweh gave this message to. Alternate translation: “this word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 26 2 f1ff figs-metaphor 0 cities of Judah The word “cities” is a metonym for the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “people from the cities of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ JER 26 23 dgv1 0 corpse dead body
JER 26 24 d2pc figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Ahikam…was with Jeremiah The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. Ahikam was not a soldier, so he probably was able to talk to people and change their minds. Alternate translation: “Ahikam…was able to help Jeremiah” or “Ahikam…was able to keep the people from harming Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 26 24 t71n translate-names 0 Ahikam…Shaphan men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 26 24 y6jk figs-metonymy 0 he was not given into the hand of the people to be put to death The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ahikam did not allow the people to have the power to put Jeremiah to death” or “the people could not kill Jeremiah because Ahikam did not give them the power to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The nations should serve Babylon
Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.
+JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The nations should serve Babylon
Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.
JER 27 2 w3cz 0 fetters things that keep a person from moving freely
JER 27 3 ak1w 0 Then send them out This seems to mean that Jeremiah was to send a set of fetters and yoke to each king listed. But some versions of the Bible translate this as “Then send out messages.”
JER 27 3 tkx8 figs-synecdoche 0 Send them by the hand of those kings’ ambassadors who…Judah The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Have those kings’ ambassadors, who…Judah, take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ JER 27 21 trv4 0 the house of the king of Judah The word “house” has a ran
JER 27 22 s56l figs-activepassive 0 They will be brought to Babylon This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will bring them to Babylon” or “I will bring them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 27 22 au73 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 27 22 jjc7 0 I will bring them up The reader should understand that Yahweh will have people carry them up.
-JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### False prophecies continue
A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### False prophecies continue
A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 28 1 eue8 0 General Information: Hananiah claims to speak for God.
JER 28 1 uk8e translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the fourth year and the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the dry season. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars. This was after Zedekiah had been king for three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 28 1 i5s1 translate-names 0 Azzur This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ JER 28 14 u3bq 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words t
JER 28 14 y7rs figs-metaphor 0 I have placed a yoke of iron on the neck of all of these nations to serve Nebuchadnezzar Yahweh speaks of making nations to be slaves of Nebuchadnezzar as if he were putting yokes on oxen to make them do heavy work. Alternate translation: “I have made all of these nations slaves, and they will have to serve Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 28 16 mdf5 figs-123person 0 you proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “you urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 28 17 gp9j translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Two letters
Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
+JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Two letters
Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
JER 29 1 j1gt 0 sent out from Jerusalem “proclaimed from Jerusalem”
JER 29 1 kv6v 0 remaining elders “elders who were still alive”
JER 29 2 ici1 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Jeconiah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to.
@@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ JER 29 31 ysp9 0 Shemaiah the Nehelamite See how you translated this man’s n
JER 29 32 h1dk figs-nominaladj 0 the good This can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 29 32 q7ck figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 29 32 bs4i figs-123person 0 he has proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “he has urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God promises restoration
Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
+JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God promises restoration
Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
JER 30 1 f64q figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 30 3 iwm1 0 For look “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next.
JER 30 3 s2us figs-metaphor 0 days are coming…when I will restore the fortunes Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time…when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ JER 30 20 tnn9 figs-activepassive 0 their assembly will be established before m
JER 30 21 nyu6 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translates this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 23 u8p2 figs-metaphor 0 See, the tempest of Yahweh, his fury, has gone out This speaks of God’s anger and punishment as if it were a storm. This emphasizes his power and ability to destroy wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 30 24 wc7x figs-abstractnouns 0 his heart’s intentions The abstract noun “intentions” can be translated using the verb “intends.” The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “what he intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.
The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.
This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The new covenant
This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
+JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.
The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.
This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The new covenant
This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
JER 31 1 p3h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 31 2 ht7e figs-idiom 0 The people who have survived the sword have found favor in the wilderness The phrase “found favor” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “While the people who have survived the sword have been in the wilderness, I have had grace on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 31 2 ml2j figs-metonymy 0 who have survived the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for war. Alternate translation: “who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ JER 31 40 bf2f figs-activepassive 0 The whole valley…will be set apart for Ya
JER 31 40 z7hx translate-names 0 Kidron Valley…Horse Gate These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 31 40 j8yq 0 set apart “made holy”
JER 31 40 gu9q figs-metaphor 0 The city will not be pulled up or overthrown again The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
+JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
JER 32 1 xs6y figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:2](../01/02.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 32 1 mul1 0 in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar “after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for more than nine years and Nebuchadnezzar had been king for more than seventeen years”
JER 32 2 nkx2 figs-activepassive 0 Jeremiah the prophet was imprisoned This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were keeping Jeremiah as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ JER 32 43 s9q4 figs-you 0 you are saying Here “you” refers to the people of
JER 32 43 mhj8 figs-metonymy 0 It has been given into the hand of the Chaldeans Here “hand” is a metonym for power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given it to the Chaldeans” or “Yahweh has given the Chaldeans power over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 44 ytf6 0 write in sealed scrolls. They will assemble witnesses The “sealed scrolls” are the deeds that a person would sign to purchase land. Other people would be witnesses to confirm the purchase.
JER 32 44 tg5c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Covenant faithfulness
Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Covenant faithfulness
Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
JER 33 1 zhp8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 33 1 rj9y figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah a second time, while he was…guard, saying, The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was…guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was…guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 33 1 wa3r figs-123person 0 came to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ JER 33 26 x6zy figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the wor
JER 33 26 w9mt figs-hypo 0 then I will reject…and not bring The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant…so I will never reject…and I will bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JER 33 26 z156 0 I will restore their fortunes “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 33 26 e4m9 0 show mercy to Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)).
-JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Actions with cultural meaning
When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Actions with cultural meaning
When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 34 1 z8xz figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, when Nebuchadnezzar…her cities, saying: This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar…her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar…her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 34 1 d4fn figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 34 1 p1vd 0 waging war “fighting”
@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ JER 34 20 gan7 figs-euphemism 0 seeking their lives This is a polite way to say
JER 34 20 sjp1 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of their enemies Here the word “hands” represents control. Alternate translation: “to be conquered by their enemies” or “over to the control of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 34 21 wl9t 0 risen up “come to fight”
JER 34 22 ug2t 0 bring them bring the Babylonian armies
-JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Rechabites
The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.
+JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Rechabites
The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.
JER 35 1 pt2v figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh in the days…of Judah, saying, The idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah in the days…of Judah. He said,” or “In the days…of Judah, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 35 1 x1f1 figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 35 2 t4d9 translate-names 0 Rekabites This is a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ JER 35 18 ijd5 0 Rekabites This is the name of the people group. See how you t
JER 35 18 i21g 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 35 18 nqf5 0 Jonadab a man’s name. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md).
JER 35 19 ehq6 0 Jonadab…Rekab These are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md).
-JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Opposition to Jeremiah
Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Opposition to Jeremiah
Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 36 1 w23y writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 36 1 a3lh 0 It came about “It happened.” This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 36 1 v3ak translate-ordinal 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim…king of Judah Jehoiakim had been king of Judah for more than three years. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 25:1](../25/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ JER 36 32 k5z6 figs-123person 0 Jeremiah took…Jeremiah’s dictation Jeremiah
JER 36 32 k1wh figs-abstractnouns 0 Baruch wrote on it at Jeremiah’s dictation The abstract noun “dictation” can be translated as a verb. See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 36:4](../36/04.md). Alternate translation: “while Jeremiah was speaking, Baruch wrote on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 36 32 b4kt 0 burned by Jehoiakim king of Judah “that Jehoiakim king of Judah had burned in the fire”
JER 36 32 mev6 figs-activepassive 0 Furthermore, many other similar words were added to this scroll This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Furthermore, Jeremiah and Baruch added to this scroll many more words which were similar to the words that had been in the first scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Ironic situation
Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])
+JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Ironic situation
Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])
JER 37 1 c5u8 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Coniah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to.
JER 37 2 vt3f 0 of the land “of the land of Judah”
JER 37 2 j785 figs-synecdoche 0 he proclaimed by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “he had Jeremiah the prophet proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@ JER 37 20 e2hq 0 the house of Jonathan the scribe “the house of Jonathan, wh
JER 37 21 pss2 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
JER 37 21 s566 figs-activepassive 0 A loaf of bread was given him This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “His servants also gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 37 21 v6xa 0 from the street of the bakers “from the street where the bakers worked”
-JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Surrender and live
If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
+JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Surrender and live
If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
JER 38 1 gl7q translate-names 0 Shephatiah…Mattan, Gedaliah…Pashhur, Jehukal…Shelemiah…Pashhur…Malkijah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 38 2 p2xn figs-activepassive 0 Anyone staying in this city will be killed by sword, famine, and plague This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Anyone staying in this city will die by sword, famine, and plague” or “I will kill anyone staying in this city with sword, famine, and plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 38 2 izt9 0 He will escape with his own life The one who surrenders to the Babylonians will escape alive, even though he will lose all his possessions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 21:9](../21/09.md).
@@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ JER 38 26 l1fb 0 Jonathan See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremia
JER 38 27 e9tl figs-abstractnouns 0 the conversation between Jeremiah and the king The abstract noun “conversation” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Jeremiah and the king said to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 38 28 kaj5 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
JER 38 28 l5rj figs-activepassive 0 until the day Jerusalem was captured This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day that the Babylonian army captured Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 39 1 bc1u 0 came…against Jerusalem “came to attack Jerusalem”
JER 39 1 dap3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the ninth year and tenth month of Zedekiah king of Judah This is after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for eight years, in the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of December and the first part of January on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the tenth month of the ninth year that Zedekiah was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
JER 39 1 yh1s translate-ordinal 0 ninth…tenth See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]
@@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ JER 39 17 w69c 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Jeremiah.
JER 39 17 d4fl figs-metonymy 0 you will not be given into the hand of the men whom you fear Here “hand” refers to power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men you fear will not harm you” or “I will not allow anyone to put you under the control of the people whom you fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 39 18 y55h figs-euphemism 0 You will not fall by the sword The sword is a metonym for dying in war. Alternate translation: “No one will kill you with their sword” or “You will not die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 39 18 h19r 0 with your life “alive”
-JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Peace in Judah
After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Peace in Judah
After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 40 1 vp76 figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:1](../32/01.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 40 1 nzv7 translate-names 0 Nebuzaradan This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 39:9](../39/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 40 1 w77l figs-activepassive 0 who were being carried into exile to Babylon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers were about to take to Babylon as exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ JER 40 15 mj6g figs-activepassive 0 to be scattered This can be translated in a
JER 40 15 pxq9 figs-activepassive 0 the remnant of Judah destroyed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow the Chaldeans to destroy the remnant of Judah” or “and allow the remnant of Judah to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 40 15 zr8s 0 remnant of Judah “remnant of the people of Judah.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 40:11](../40/11.md).
JER 40 16 gc11 0 Ahikam See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 26:24](../26/24.md).
-JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life in Judah
This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life in Judah
This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 41 1 mz9m 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 41 1 rce7 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 41 1 va8n translate-names 0 Ishmael son of Nethaniah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:8](../40/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2712,7 +2712,7 @@ JER 41 17 b8j8 0 they went “Johanan, his companions, and all the people they
JER 41 17 di1c translate-names 0 Geruth Kimham This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 41 18 k3qd figs-explicit 0 because of the Chaldeans It is implied that they were afraid that the Chaldeans would attack them. Alternate translation: “because they thought the Chaldeans may attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 41 18 iuc2 figs-metonymy 0 in charge of the land Here “land” represents the people. Alternate translation: “in charge of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life in Babylon
The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Life in Babylon
The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 42 1 jc5i translate-names 0 Johanan…Kareah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:13](../40/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 w479 translate-names 0 Jezaniah…Hoshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 h1f8 figs-merism 0 all the people from the least to the greatest This is a way to refer to people from every social status. Here “least” and “greatest” represent those who are least important and those who are most important. Alternate translation: “all the people from every social status” or “all the people, including the least important and the most important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ JER 42 21 bn7i figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here “voice”
JER 42 22 ewj3 0 now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
JER 42 22 ah9a figs-metonymy 0 you will die by sword Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “you will die in warfare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 22 b8em figs-explicit 0 in the place where you desired to go to live They desired to live in Egypt. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Egypt, where you thought you would be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### They did not believe Jeremiah
After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Babylon invades Egypt
Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.
## Other possible translation issues in this chapter
### Symbolic actions
Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### They did not believe Jeremiah
After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Babylon invades Egypt
Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.
## Other possible translation issues in this chapter
### Symbolic actions
Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 1 ufu5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 43 2 wg2c translate-names 0 Azariah Possible meanings are (1) this is another name for Jezaniah in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md) or (2) this is a different son of Hoshaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 43 2 a3qd translate-names 0 Hoshaiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ JER 43 12 yqt6 figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar will…He will Here Nebuchadnezza
JER 43 12 nms7 0 burn them or capture them “burn the Egyptian idols or take them”
JER 43 12 e3qj figs-simile 0 He will clean out the land of Egypt just as shepherds clean vermin off their clothes Taking or destroying everything in Egypt is compared to how a shepherd carefully cleans off his clothes. Alternate translation: “He will take or destroy everything valuable in Egypt just as a shepherd is careful to get every insect off of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 43 13 pyt4 translate-names 0 Heliopolis This is the name of a city. The name means “city of the sun.” In this city was a temple where they worshiped a sun god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 44 1 s5cz figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 44 1 gzg8 translate-names 0 Migdol This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 44 1 a4bd translate-names 0 Tahpanhes…Memphis Translate the names of these cities as you did in [Jeremiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ JER 44 30 wm1f 0 Look “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JER 44 30 fk1y figs-metonymy 0 I am about to give Pharaoh Hophra king of Egypt into the hand of his enemies and into the hand of those who seek to kill him Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “I will allow the enemies who want to kill Pharaoh Hophra, the king of Egypt, to defeat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 44 30 k1p8 translate-names 0 Hophra This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 44 30 sf5s figs-metonymy 0 when I gave Zedekiah king of Judah into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, his enemy who sought his life Here “hand” represents power or control. And, Nebuchadnezzar represents his whole army. The phrase “sought his life” is an idiom that means to want to kill someone. Alternate translation: “when I allowed the army of Nebuchadnezzar to defeat Zedekiah king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 45 1 n8gv 0 this was in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah This information can be placed at the beginning of 45:1 as in the UST.
JER 45 1 uid7 figs-ellipsis 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim The words “of the rule” are understood. Alternate translation: “in the fourth year of the rule of Jehoiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 45 1 d24t translate-ordinal 0 fourth year The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of the number four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ JER 45 5 jtj1 figs-rquestion 0 But are you hoping for great things for yourself
JER 45 5 m1dh 0 For see “For understand” or “Be aware”
JER 45 5 n1jc figs-metaphor 0 your life as your plunder everywhere you will go Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 45 5 a5tu 0 plunder things stolen from a place by force
-JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.
This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Battle preparations
Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
+JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.
This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Battle preparations
Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
JER 46 1 sfw3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 46 1 e496 figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 46 2 q4ql 0 For Egypt This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt.
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ JER 46 27 cfi7 figs-parallelism 0 my servant Jacob, do not fear. Do not be dism
JER 46 27 n8yh 0 from the land of their captivity “from the land where they are captives”
JER 46 28 r2ij figs-abstractnouns 0 I will bring complete destruction against all the nations The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated using the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 46 28 h92x figs-doublenegatives 0 will certainly not leave you unpunished This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.
Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Flood waters
This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.
Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Flood waters
This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 1 up7u figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah The idiom “the word of Yahweh that came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 z4d3 figs-idiom 0 This word came to him The idiom “this word came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave this message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 n7b3 figs-metonymy 0 before Pharaoh Here “Pharaoh” represents the Egyptians army. Alternate translation: “before Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2973,7 +2973,7 @@ JER 47 6 r4br figs-idiom 0 you become silent A sword makes a noise as it slashe
JER 47 6 hg5n 0 scabbard This is the case used to protect the blade of a sword.
JER 47 7 x3p6 figs-personification 0 How can it rest…along the sea? Here Jeremiah is speaking. He continues speaking of the sword of Yahweh as if it were a person who could rest. Yahweh punishing the Philistines by sending the army of the north is spoken of as if Yahweh were striking the people with a sword. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot rest…along the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 7 w3uj figs-rquestion 0 How can it rest when Yahweh has commanded it, when he has ordered…the sea? Jeremiah uses a question to mean that the sword cannot stop since Yahweh has commanded it to continue killing. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot stop, for Yahweh has commanded it. He has ordered…the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.
Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obeying Yahweh
Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.
Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Obeying Yahweh
Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 48 1 r24j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 48 1 kuu3 figs-metonymy 0 To Moab Here “Moab” represents the people. Alternate translation: “To the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 48 1 tu4z 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
@@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@ JER 48 46 k4g8 figs-activepassive 0 your sons are taken as captives and your da
JER 48 47 b2it 0 I will restore the fortunes of Moab “I will cause things to go well for Moab again” or “I will cause Moab to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 48 47 ei27 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 48 47 i5t1 0 The judgment on Moab ends here “That is the end of what Jeremiah prophesied about Moab”
-JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.
Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Abraham
Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.
Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Abraham
Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 49 1 q42f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 49 1 tz36 0 Yahweh says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 49 1 rj3z figs-rquestion 0 Does Israel have no children? Is there no one to inherit anything in Israel? Why does Molech occupy Gad, and his people live in its cities? Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ JER 49 37 l2b9 figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster against them Yahweh causin
JER 49 37 kkm4 figs-metonymy 0 the sword after them Here “sword” represents the enemy army carrying their weapons. Alternate translation: “the enemy army to pursue and kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 38 we6b figs-metonymy 0 I will put my throne in Elam Here “throne” represents Yahweh’s right to rule and judge as the king. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 39 s61m 0 in later days “in the future”
-JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed
Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed
Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 50 1 mzg3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God gives Jeremiah a message about Babylon. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 50 1 je71 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that Yahweh declared This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 50 1 k291 figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 37:2](../37/02.md). Alternate translation: “through Jeremiah, who was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -3428,7 +3428,7 @@ JER 50 45 fwh2 figs-metaphor 0 Their pasturelands will be turned into ruined pl
JER 50 46 q28h figs-metaphor 0 At the sound of conquered Babylon the earth shakes This phrase compares the fall of the once powerful nation of Babylon to the extremely loud noise of an earthquake. Alternate translation: “The fall of Babylon will sound like a mighty earthquake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 50 46 sue1 0 distress pain or unhappiness
JER 50 46 y112 0 their shout of distress “their shout of pain”
-JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.
The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed
Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
### Covenant with Abraham
Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
+JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.
The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed
Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
### Covenant with Abraham
Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JER 51 1 bz33 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 51 1 mgs4 0 See This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention”
JER 51 1 az5v 0 a wind of destruction Possible meanings are (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon.
@@ -3582,7 +3582,7 @@ JER 51 62 ctw9 0 animal If your language has a word for animals that normally
JER 51 64 rl23 figs-simile 0 Babylon will sink like this The stone and scroll will disappear in the water, the water will destroy the scroll, and Babylon will no longer look like a city or have buildings for people to live in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 51 64 eg18 0 will not arise “will never again be a city”
JER 51 64 xm91 0 they will fall This means the Babylonians will fall because they are exhausted. Many translations do not include these words.
-JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 52 1 f3ew 0 General Information: Because of the words “Jeremiah’s words end here” in [Jeremiah 51:64](../51/64.md) and because the words here appear in other books of the Bible, many scholars believe that this chapter was written by someone other than Jeremiah and attached to the scroll that Jeremiah and Baruch wrote.
JER 52 1 pmi6 translate-names 0 Hamutal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 52 1 w8zc translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv b/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv
index 1856d4d36c..48ea16ee71 100644
--- a/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Lamentations
1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)
1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)
1. Third lament (3:1-66)
- The people grieve (3:1–20)
- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)
- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)
- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)
1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)
- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)
- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)
- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)
1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)
### What is the Book of Lamentations about?
The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.
The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?
The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Did God abandon Israel?
The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.
He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.
While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### What is a funeral song?
People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What style of writing is Lamentations?
Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.
### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?
The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Judah destroyed for her sin
Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Lamentations
1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)
1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)
1. Third lament (3:1-66)
- The people grieve (3:1–20)
- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)
- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)
- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)
1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)
- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)
- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)
- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)
1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)
### What is the Book of Lamentations about?
The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.
The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?
The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Did God abandon Israel?
The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.
He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.
While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### What is a funeral song?
People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What style of writing is Lamentations?
Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.
### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?
The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Judah destroyed for her sin
Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LAM 1 21 cir1 figs-explicit 0 now let them become like me This is a request for
LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
+LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. Possible meanings are (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ LAM 2 22 re1y figs-simile 0 as you would call the people to a feast day “as i
LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Troubles
Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.
In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.
In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.
In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
+LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Troubles
Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.
In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.
In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.
In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ LAM 3 64 h9mv figs-metaphor 0 Pay back to them, Yahweh, according to what they
LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them The abstract noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ LAM 4 22 i7ub figs-personification 0 Daughter of Zion The people of Jerusalem a
LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
+LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace “look at the shameful state we are in”
diff --git a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
index 9a4deb4483..d6215bb51c 100644
--- a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ezekiel
1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)
1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)
1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)
1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)
1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)
- A new shepherd (34:1–31)
- Edom destroyed (35:1–15)
- Israel restored (36:1–37:28)
- Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)
- Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)
### What is Ezekiel about?
The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?
Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was Ezekiel’s temple?
Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.
### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?
The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?
The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.
Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.
### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?
This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
-EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Ezekiel’s call
Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ezekiel
1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)
1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)
1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)
1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)
1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)
- A new shepherd (34:1–31)
- Edom destroyed (35:1–15)
- Israel restored (36:1–37:28)
- Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)
- Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)
### What is Ezekiel about?
The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?
Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was Ezekiel’s temple?
Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.
### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?
The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?
The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.
Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.
### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?
This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
+EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Ezekiel’s call
Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 q33s 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ EZK 1 28 qe4p 0 rainbow the colorful strip of light that appears in the rain w
EZK 1 28 eww3 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of Yahweh The abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like the glory of Yahweh. Both “appearance” and “likeness” can be translated as with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “It appeared to be what looked like the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 1 28 x337 figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face “I bowed down to the ground” or “I lay on the ground.” Ezekiel did not fall by accident. He went down to the ground to show that he respected and feared Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 1 28 xf7s figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking The word “voice” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” or “Someone spoke, and I heard his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 2 1 k2gu 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw.
EZK 2 1 jk2d 0 He said to me If your language has to identify the one speaking, it would be best to identify the speaker as the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). It was not “the Spirit.”
EZK 2 1 djp4 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ EZK 2 9 h5d1 0 a written scroll “a scroll that had writing on it”
EZK 2 10 mxi2 0 He spread it out The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 2 10 h57t figs-activepassive 0 it had been written on both its front and back This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on both its front and its back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 2 10 vh4l figs-abstractnouns 0 written on it were lamentations, mourning, and woe This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “lamentations,” “mourning,” and “woe.” Alternate translation: “someone had written on it that these people would lament, be sad the way they would be if someone they loved had died, and have bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
+EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
EZK 3 1 u74t 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw.
EZK 3 1 brw3 0 He said to me The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 3 1 j5ix 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives
EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth “I will make you able to speak”
EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen “the one who refuses to listen will not listen”
EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md).
-EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
+EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 r8ry 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. He tells Ezekiel to take a brick and dirt and pieces of wood and act as if he were Yahweh destroying the city of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is
EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away Possible meanings are (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
+EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 1 mvw5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. All instances of “the city” refer to the “city” that Ezekiel carved onto the brick ([Ezekiel 4:1](../04/01.md)).
EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor “blade for cutting hair”
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ EZK 5 16 pk83 figs-metonymy 0 will send out harsh arrows of famine against you
EZK 5 16 tq5n 0 increase the famine on you “make the famine more severe for you” or “make the famine last longer for you” or “make sure that there is less and less for you to eat”
EZK 5 16 y84u figs-metaphor 0 break your staff of bread A “staff” was something that people leaned upon to support them. This phrase is a metaphor that means removing the supply of food that the people were depending upon. See how “staff of bread” is translated in [Ezekiel 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 17 k7kf figs-personification 0 Plague and blood will pass through you Sickness and violent death are spoken of as if they were soldiers going through the city killing everyone they could. Alternate translation: “Many people will die of disease, and many others will die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Shrines on the hill tops
God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
+EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Shrines on the hill tops
God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
EZK 6 1 ih46 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people so that the people of Israel would hear the words and know that Ezekiel’s words were for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EZK 6 1 x3yv figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 6 2 hip9 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ EZK 6 13 rr6w 0 hill—on all the mountain peaks, and under every flourishing
EZK 6 13 txr9 0 flourishing healthy and growing
EZK 6 13 v2z8 0 oak a large tree with strong wood that provided shade for worshipers
EZK 6 14 nw61 translate-names 0 Diblah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Now is the time for punishment
The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Now is the time for punishment
The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 7 1 y1pz 0 General Information: This starts God’s prophecy of judgment on Israel.
EZK 7 1 kts6 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 7 2 q227 figs-123person 0 the Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ EZK 7 26 f4qm 0 the law will perish from the priest and advice from the elders
EZK 7 27 t2rb 0 the prince Possible meanings are (1) “the king’s son” or (2) every male member of the royal family except the king.
EZK 7 27 gux5 figs-idiom 0 will dress in despair Possible meanings are (1) clothing is a metonym for what a person feels, “will have no hope,” or (2) “will dress in clothes that show he is mourning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 7 27 zy7f figs-synecdoche 0 the hands of the people of the land will tremble in fear The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the land will be so afraid that their hands will tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah’s sin
The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah’s sin
The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 8 1 vqq8 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about another vision he saw.
EZK 8 1 b54y 0 So it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 8 1 r44k translate-ordinal 0 in the sixth year You may need to make explicit the time period of which this is the sixth year. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ EZK 8 18 ivi2 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye will not have compassion The eye is a sy
EZK 8 18 h7ic 0 I will not spare them “I will still punish them”
EZK 8 18 ay27 0 Though they cry in my ears with a loud voice “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice”
EZK 8 18 d7vs 0 I will not hear them “I will not listen to them”
-EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sorrow over sin
God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sorrow over sin
God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
EZK 9 1 q9n5 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision God gave him. It started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 9 1 d5u4 0 he cried in my hearing “I heard him call out”
EZK 9 1 jw3q 0 he cried the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) cried
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ EZK 9 10 ry6f 0 bring it all on their heads To bring someone’s conduct on hi
EZK 9 11 u3ij 0 Behold “Pay attention to what I am about to say”
EZK 9 11 yrc2 translate-unknown 0 linen a strong, smooth cloth made from a plant. It is worn by many people in places that are hot. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “smooth cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZK 9 11 lgs3 0 He reported and said “He reported to Yahweh and told him”
-EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God left the temple
God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God left the temple
God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 10 1 bk81 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 10 1 cpq3 0 toward the dome “toward the curved roof”
EZK 10 1 scp4 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ EZK 10 20 mjn1 0 the Kebar Canal This is a river that people in Chaldea had du
EZK 10 21 is6s figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of human hands Here the abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like human hands. The word can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “something that looked like human hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 10 22 vgn2 figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of their faces was like the faces that I had seen The abstract noun “likeness” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their faces looked like the faces that I had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 10 22 z9wt 0 went straight ahead “faced forward” or “looked directly ahead”
-EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Safety
The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Safety
The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 11 1 fu4d 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 11 1 fu8k 0 to the eastern gate of Yahweh’s house, facing east This gate was part of the wall that surrounded the temple area. Alternate translation: “the gate on the eastern side of the wall surrounding Yahweh’s house” or “the gate on the eastern wall of the temple courtyard”
EZK 11 1 vq4e 0 Yahweh’s house See how you translated this phrase in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ EZK 11 21 el11 figs-metonymy 0 I will bring their conduct on their own heads He
EZK 11 22 el95 0 General Information: The cherubim and the glory of God leave the temple and city.
EZK 11 22 j4fr 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
EZK 11 24 tg29 figs-metaphor 0 the vision that I had seen went up from upon me Ezekiel speaks of the vision ending as if the vision was an object that had been upon him and then left him. Alternate translation: “the vision that I had seen ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exile
God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon.
+EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exile
God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon.
EZK 12 1 k8p8 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 12 2 jq8g 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 12 2 hn5d figs-metonymy 0 a rebellious house The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ EZK 12 27 c293 0 Behold The word “Behold” here alerts us to pay attention
EZK 12 27 g561 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 12 27 e8hv figs-parallelism 0 The vision that he sees is for many days from now, and he prophesies of far off times These phrases are both ways the people of Israel are saying Ezekiel’s warnings will not happen in their lifetime but will happen far in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 12 28 t479 figs-activepassive 0 My words will not be delayed any longer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will no longer delay the word I have spoken” or “I will no longer delay doing what I said I would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### False prophets
God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### False prophets
God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 1 eh7a figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 13 2 xk9v 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 13 2 wva8 0 prophesying out of their own imaginations “prophesying only the things that they imagine”
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ EZK 13 22 ua8v figs-synecdoche 0 discourage the heart of the righteous person H
EZK 13 22 j9vh figs-metaphor 0 turn from his way To stop doing something is referred to as turning in a different direction. Alternate translation: “stop what he is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 23 qq2h figs-parallelism 0 have false visions or continue to make predictions Both of these phrases refer to talking about what will happen in the future. Alternate translation: “continue to make false predictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 13 23 vus2 figs-metonymy 0 I will rescue my people out of your hand Here the word “hand” represents power or control. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 13:21](../13/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will rescue my people from your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jerusalem deserves punishment
When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them.
+EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jerusalem deserves punishment
When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them.
EZK 14 1 vy2v figs-explicit 0 Some of the elders of Israel came to me and sat before me The elders sat before Ezekiel in order to inquire of the Lord through Ezekiel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 14 2 bz2f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 14 3 g57d 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ EZK 14 22 r9k7 0 left in her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem.
EZK 14 22 zf8a figs-activepassive 0 be comforted concerning the punishment This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will comfort you concerning the punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 14 23 kf7g 0 done against her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem.
EZK 14 23 u2vu figs-doublet 0 their ways and their actions Both of these phrases refer to what the people of Israel have done. Alternate translation: “the way they live” or “the things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Useless
God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Useless
God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EZK 15 1 bfj3 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking to Ezekiel in this section.
EZK 15 1 pb75 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 15 2 mim8 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ EZK 15 7 f76q figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that peopl
EZK 15 7 m4ls figs-metaphor 0 Though they come out from the fire, yet the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of the punishment that he will afflict upon the people as if it were a fire that burns them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 15 7 xw6u figs-metaphor 0 the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of fire burning things as if the fire consumed them. Alternate translation: “the fire will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 15 8 u34p figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 16 1 c6sa figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks about Jerusalem as if the city were his unfaithful bride. He describes her growth from infancy to adulthood. The city represents the people who live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 16 1 rhc3 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 16 2 cb3d 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ EZK 16 60 n5fx figs-activepassive 0 made in the days of your youth This can be
EZK 16 62 lz8g figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 16 63 khs3 figs-idiom 0 call everything to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 16 63 g9hm 0 you will no longer open your mouth to speak because of your shame This means that Jerusalem will be too ashamed to speak.
-EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Breaking allegiance
The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Breaking allegiance
The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 1 rn2f 0 General Information: Ezekiel reports a message that God gives him.
EZK 17 1 id6h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 17 2 q397 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ EZK 17 24 e7fm figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak a
EZK 17 24 bv9g figs-personification 0 Then all the trees of the field will know that I am Yahweh Yahweh speaks of trees as if they are people who can know about him. The trees represent the nations and the people who live in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 24 gh1n 0 I bring down the high trees and I raise up the low trees “I cut down the tall trees and I cause the little trees to grow”
EZK 17 24 p5un 0 wither when a plant dries up and dies.
-EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Inherited Guilt
God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Inherited Guilt
God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 18 1 a2ir figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me again The phrase “the word of Yahweh came” is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 18 2 gk4f figs-rquestion 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel something he already knows. The question is a rebuke for the people who use the proverb. Alternate translation: “The people in the land of Israel have this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 18 2 wns2 figs-you 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ EZK 18 31 pv2w figs-metaphor 0 Throw away from yourselves all of the transgress
EZK 18 31 vlg7 figs-metonymy 0 make for yourselves a new heart and a new spirit Here the word “heart” represents the will and emotions and the word “spirit” represents the thoughts and disposition. Yahweh speaks of the people having new emotions and thoughts as if they were making a new heart and spirit for themselves. Alternate translation: “get for yourselves new emotions and a new way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 18 31 lt9c figs-rquestion 0 Why should you die, house of Israel? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to comfort the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for you to die, house of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 18 31 x2a9 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah destroyed
The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judah destroyed
The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 1 h1e2 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak to the people of Israel. He tells a story where the nation of Israel is a lioness and some of the past kings in the kingdom of Judah are her cubs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 1 ehw2 figs-idiom 0 take up a lamentation This idiom means to sing a lamentation. Alternate translation: “sing a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 19 2 ufs7 figs-rquestion 0 Who was your mother? Yahweh asks this ask a leading question in order to introduce the answer. Alternate translation: “This is who your mother is.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ EZK 19 13 cc66 figs-metaphor 0 in a land of drought and thirst The very dry lan
EZK 19 14 xs8a figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell a story in which the nation of Israel is a vine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 14 tj4h figs-explicit 0 no scepter to rule The implicit information may be supplied from [Ezekiel 19:11](../19/11.md). Alternate translation: “no branch strong enough for a ruler’s scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 19 14 yvu7 figs-activepassive 0 will be sung as a lamentation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must sing it as a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebels cannot ask for help
The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles.
+EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebels cannot ask for help
The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles.
EZK 20 1 y5sk 0 It came about This phrase is used to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
EZK 20 1 k5lv translate-ordinal 0 in the seventh year The implicit information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 20 1 hm54 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the tenth day of the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the beginning of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ EZK 20 48 i6we figs-metonymy 0 all flesh will see Here the word “flesh” rep
EZK 20 48 ndc1 figs-activepassive 0 it will not be quenched This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will not go out” or “no one will quench it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 20 49 uy57 0 Alas a word that expresses distress or grief
EZK 20 49 c7jn figs-rquestion 0 Is he not a mere teller of parables? The people use this question to insult Ezekiel and dismiss what he is telling them. Alternate translation: “He is merely telling parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Refusing to learn
Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war.
+EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Refusing to learn
Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war.
EZK 21 1 hd7j figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 21 2 u51f 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity or “Mortal person” or “Human.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md).
EZK 21 2 m1q8 translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Jerusalem This is a command to stare at Jerusalem as a symbol of punishing the people there. Alternate translation: “stare at Jerusalem” or “stare at Jerusalem so that the people there will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ EZK 21 32 dlw5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his mess
EZK 21 32 cv2j 0 You will become fuel for the fire “The fire will burn up your bodies”
EZK 21 32 w6d5 0 Your blood will be in the midst of the land “Your blood will soak into the ground of your land”
EZK 21 32 h97t figs-activepassive 0 You will not be remembered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will remember you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Continuous evil
Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Continuous evil
Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
EZK 22 1 r5l7 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 22 2 v6kn figs-rquestion 0 Now you, son of man, will you judge? Will you judge the city of blood? This rhetorical question functions as a command. AT. “Son of man, go and judge. Go and judge the city of blood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 22 2 eh7w 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
@@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ EZK 22 30 fph5 figs-metonymy 0 for the land so I would not destroy it Here the
EZK 22 31 v2tp figs-metaphor 0 pour out my indignation upon them This speaks of Yahweh punishing the people as if his indignation were a liquid that he poured out on them. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people because of my indignation for them” or “I will punish the people because of my anger against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 22 31 l4q3 0 indignation anger of a person who has suffered injustice
EZK 22 31 dh4t figs-metaphor 0 I will finish them with the fire of my indignation This speaks of how harsh Yahweh’s judgement is by comparing it to a fire. Here destroying the people is referred to as “finishing” them. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them with my wrath which is as intense as a blazing fire” or “I will destroy them with my wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 23 1 q5z2 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of how the cities of Jerusalem and Samaria have been unfaithful to him in a metaphor in which he refers to them as two prostitutes. This metaphor continues through [Ezekiel 23:34](../23/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 23 1 n9qw figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 23 2 z293 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ EZK 23 47 qul5 figs-idiom 0 cut them down This is an idiom. Alternate translati
EZK 23 49 lkh2 0 So they will set your “So the company will set your.” The word “they” refers to the “company” of people from [Ezekiel 23:47](../23/47.md).
EZK 23 49 fgf1 figs-idiom 0 set your shameful behavior against you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause you to accept responsibility for your shameful behavior” or “punish you for your shameful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 23 49 uj93 figs-explicit 0 bear the guilt of your sins with your idols “accept responsibility for the guilt of your sins with your idols.” This implies that they will be punished for their sins. Alternate translation: “receive the punishment for sinning by worshiping your idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Too many sins to be forgiven
The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Too many sins to be forgiven
The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 1 s2z2 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Ezekiel.
EZK 24 1 e7xf figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 24 1 zmw7 translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year “in year 9.” This refers to how long they had been in exile under King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “in the ninth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ EZK 24 27 xr34 figs-activepassive 0 your mouth will be opened up This can be st
EZK 24 27 t54k figs-litotes 0 you will speak—you will no longer be silent Both of these phrases mean that Ezekiel will speak. In the second phrase it is stated in negative form to emphasize that he will speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZK 24 27 x42v figs-metaphor 0 You will be a sign for them Here the word “sign” refers to something that communicates a special warning to those who see it. Yahweh speaks of Ezekiel and his actions as being this warning. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “You will be a warning for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 27 v14c figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Prophecy against other nations
This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Prophecy against other nations
This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 25 1 fc5p figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 2 hr8s 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 25 2 t1h5 translate-symaction 0 set your face against the people of Ammon This is a command to stare at the people of Ammon as a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “stare at the people of Ammon” or “stare at the people of Ammon so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ EZK 25 16 f57y 0 Behold This tells the reader to pay special attention to what
EZK 25 16 y9w5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand against the Philistines Here Yahweh’s power is represented by his “hand.” Alternate translation: “I will turn my powerful hand against the Philistines” or “I will turn my great power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 25 16 td5r figs-idiom 0 I will cut off This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will destroy” or “I will get rid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 16 sc1u translate-names 0 Kerethites people who lived in the city of Kereth in Philistia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 26 1 t2ex translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 26 1 z8up translate-ordinal 0 on the first day of the month “on day 1 of the month.” It is uncertain which month of the Hebrew calendar Ezekiel meant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 26 1 qf5l figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ EZK 26 20 npm2 figs-personification 0 then I will bring you down to the people
EZK 26 20 k4z8 figs-metonymy 0 the pit This refers to the grave. Because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 26 20 c3ul figs-metaphor 0 stand in the land of the living This represents being restored to the city’s former existence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 26 21 lui3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will place disaster on you The abstract noun “disaster” can be translated using the adjective “terrible” or the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will bring you to a terrible end” or “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 27 1 w529 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 27 2 x6yp 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 27 2 zc5g figs-abstractnouns 0 begin a lamentation The abstract noun “lamentation” can be translated using the verb “lament.” Alternate translation: “begin to lament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ EZK 27 35 yhh2 0 shuddered “shook, trembled with fear”
EZK 27 35 l348 figs-metonymy 0 Their faces trembled Here “faces” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “They appear to be trembling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 27 36 vh13 translate-symaction 0 hiss at you Hissing was making a whistling sound through the teeth. It may have been out of dismay, grief, or surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZK 27 36 wj8x figs-abstractnouns 0 you have become a horror The abstract noun “horror” can be translated using the adjective “dreadful.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have become dreadful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 28 1 g4fl figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 28 2 c7sq 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 28 2 gi4w figs-metonymy 0 Your heart is arrogant Here “heart” represents the will or thoughts of the ruler of Tyre. Alternate translation: “You are arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ EZK 28 25 y9f5 0 so the nations may see “in such a way as the nations will s
EZK 28 25 n75q figs-metonymy 0 my servant Jacob Here “Jacob” represents the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the descendants of my servant Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 28 26 m5nf 0 within her “in the land”
EZK 28 26 cn86 figs-abstractnouns 0 when I execute justice on all The abstract noun “justice” can be translated using the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “when I judge all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
EZK 29 1 nk1i translate-ordinal 0 In the tenth year It can be stated clearly that this was the tenth year of Jehoiachin’s exile. Alternate translation: “In the tenth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 29 1 h48u translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the tenth month on the twelfth day of the month “on the twelfth day of the tenth month.” This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twelfth day is near the beginning of January on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 29 1 kjl4 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ EZK 29 20 g36f figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh
EZK 29 21 i2nc figs-metonymy 0 I will make a horn sprout up for the house of Israel An animal horn represents the animal’s strength, so horn is a metonym for strength. God speaks of making Israel strong as if Israel were an animal, and he were to cause its horn to grow. Alternate translation: “I will make the people of Israel strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 29 21 uf1d figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Here it refers to the people of Israel, the descendants of Jacob whom God called Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 29 21 hj6u 0 speak in their midst “speak to them”
-EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 30 1 q2x2 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about a message that Yahweh gave him.
EZK 30 1 fl7h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 30 2 v8k8 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ EZK 30 25 wjm9 figs-metonymy 0 while Pharaoh’s arms will fall Here “Pharaoh
EZK 30 25 g2eq 0 Then they The word “they” possibly refers to (1) “the Egyptians” or (2) “all people who hear what Yahweh has done.”
EZK 30 25 mku4 0 for he will attack the land of Egypt with it “and the king of Babylon will attack the land of Egypt with my sword”
EZK 30 26 mv68 figs-parallelism 0 scatter Egypt among the nations and disperse them through the lands These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated similar phrases in [Ezekiel 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 31 1 db1f 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 31 1 t3pb translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 26:1](../26/01.md). Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 31 1 ghs3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the third month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the third month.” This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. This first day is near the beginning of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ EZK 31 18 qmp4 0 with the trees of Eden “like the other trees of Eden”
EZK 31 18 yp8v 0 to the lowest parts of the earth “to a place deep in the ground”
EZK 31 18 m128 0 among the uncircumcised “where you will be with people who are not circumcised”
EZK 31 18 m3da figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 32 1 r6qy 0 Then it happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 32 1 esv2 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twelfth month…on the first of the month This is the twelfth and final month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the end of February. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 32 1 vh9u translate-ordinal 0 of the twelfth year This refers to the twelfth year of the reign of King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “of the twelfth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ EZK 32 31 u77n figs-explicit 0 Pharaoh will look It can be made explicit who Ph
EZK 32 31 gyv1 figs-explicit 0 be comforted about all his multitudes It is implied that Pharaoh will be comforted because the armies of other great kings also died. Alternate translation: “will comfort himself that he was not the only king whose entire army died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 32 32 gpa3 0 I put him as my terrifying one in the land of the living “While Pharaoh was still alive, I made him to terrify people”
EZK 32 32 xw85 figs-activepassive 0 he will be laid down in the midst of the uncircumcised This can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “Others will lay him in the midst of the uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repentance
God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
EZK 33 1 zsm8 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 33 2 ncc7 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 33 2 u95d figs-metonymy 0 a sword against any land The word “sword” refers to an enemy army that attacks. Also, “land” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “an army to attack the people of any land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ EZK 33 32 ra8c figs-activepassive 0 that is well played on a stringed instrumen
EZK 33 32 b8sk 0 stringed instrument something that has strings and people use to make music
EZK 33 33 z7bj 0 behold! The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed!”
EZK 33 33 h6fe 0 that a prophet has been among them “that I really sent you as a prophet to them”
-EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God protects the people
God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God protects the people
God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 1 uc2g figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In chapter 34, Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and the leaders of Israel were the shepherds that were supposed to care for the flock but have not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 1 bhs2 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 34 2 ej5p 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ EZK 34 29 g731 figs-metonymy 0 they will not bear the scorn of the nations Here
EZK 34 30 s92f figs-idiom 0 I, Yahweh their God, am with them Here “I…am with them” is an idiom that means Yahweh helps them. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh their God, am helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 34 30 j3r4 0 with them. They are my people This can be stated as one sentence. Alternate translation: “with them, and that they are my people”
EZK 34 31 r38j figs-metaphor 0 For you are my sheep, the flock of my pasture This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and Yahweh is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Edom
Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.
+EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Edom
Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.
EZK 35 1 e4ea 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to Mount Seir, but the message is for all of the people of Edom.
EZK 35 1 ir7d figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 35 2 dl8l 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ EZK 35 14 bfc7 figs-metonymy 0 the entire earth rejoices Here “earth” repre
EZK 35 15 zg6c figs-metaphor 0 As you rejoiced over the inheritance of the people of Israel because of its desolation This speaks of the land that Yahweh gave to the Israelites as their inheritance. Alternate translation: “As you rejoiced when I made the land of the Israelites desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 35 15 et5r 0 I will do the same to you Possible meanings are (1) I will make your land desolate” or (2) “I will rejoice when your land is desolate” or (3) “I will make other people rejoice because of your desolation.”
EZK 35 15 d1la 0 Then they will know The word “they” possibly refers to (1) “the people of the earth” or (2) “the people of Israel and Judah.”
-EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel restored
Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
### New hearts
God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel restored
Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
### New hearts
God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 36 1 aj63 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to the mountains of Israel, but the message is for all of the people of Israel.
EZK 36 1 zh9m 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 36 1 td84 figs-personification 0 prophesy to the mountains of Israel God wants Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people. The message is for the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ EZK 36 37 qz48 figs-metonymy 0 I will be asked by the house of Israel Here “h
EZK 36 37 l77n figs-metaphor 0 to increase them like a flock of people Yahweh causing the people to multiply greatly and quickly is spoken of as if they were a flock of sheep. Sheep multiply very quickly. Alternate translation: “to make them multiply like a flock of sheep” or “to make the people multiply quickly like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 36 38 e5pt figs-activepassive 0 Like the flock is set apart for sacrifices, like the flock in Jerusalem at her appointed feasts The phrase “is set apart” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Like the great number of sheep that the people set apart for sacrifices or bring to Jerusalem for the appointed feasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 36 38 g2vl figs-metaphor 0 so will the ruined cities be filled with flocks of people This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so will the great number of people be who will be living in the cities that are now ruined but the people will rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel restored
God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Israel restored
God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 37 1 l68y 0 General Information: Ezekiel is speaking.
EZK 37 1 pqu1 figs-metonymy 0 The hand of Yahweh was upon me The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 37 1 j93q 0 in the midst “in the middle”
@@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ EZK 37 26 ad1d 0 my holy place “my holy sanctuary” or “my holy temple”
EZK 37 26 x4w7 0 in their midst “among them”
EZK 37 27 lwv7 0 My dwelling place “The place where I live”
EZK 37 27 srg8 0 I will be their God, and they will be my people See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 11:20](../11/20.md).
-EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.
+EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.
EZK 38 1 y6kr figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 38 2 er1m translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince…Tubal This is a command to stare at Gog and Magog as a symbol of punishing the people there. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Stare at the land of Magog and at Gog, the chief prince…Tubal” or “Stare at Gog, the chief prince…Tubal, and at the land of Magog so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZK 38 2 f2v4 figs-metonymy 0 set your face Here “face” is a metonym for attention or gaze, and “set your face” represents staring. Alternate translation: “stare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2808,7 +2808,7 @@ EZK 38 22 hl4u 0 hailstones ice that falls out of the sky
EZK 38 23 b4wq figs-abstractnouns 0 show my greatness and my holiness The abstract nouns “greatness” and “holiness” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “show that I am great and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 38 23 a9ff figs-metonymy 0 I will make myself known in the eyes of the many nations Here “eyes” refers to sight, which is a metonym for understanding. Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to understand who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 38 23 v92x figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army.
+EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army.
EZK 39 1 q3ya 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh gives Ezekiel his message to Gog.
EZK 39 1 f9pu 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 39 1 pml6 0 Behold! This tells the reader to pay special attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you!”
@@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ EZK 39 29 rdl6 figs-idiom 0 I will no longer hide my face from them Here “no
EZK 39 29 lz2m figs-metaphor 0 when I pour out my Spirit on the house of Israel Here to give the Spirit abundantly is spoken of as to “pour out” the Spirit. Alternate translation: “when I generously give my Spirit to the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 39 29 z9b1 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 39 29 jha5 figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The new temple and city
In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The new temple and city
In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 40 1 c448 translate-ordinal 0 twenty-fifth…tenth…fourteenth These words are the ordinal forms of 25, 10, and 14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 40 1 i9cg figs-explicit 0 of our captivity Here “our” refers to Ezekiel and the Israelites who have been in Babylon since the Babylonians forced King Jehoiachin to leave Jerusalem, but not to the reader. Alternate translation: “after we became captives” or “after the Babylonians took us as captives to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZK 40 1 jqw4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the beginning of the year on the tenth day of the month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is in April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@ EZK 40 48 kr6i 0 three cubits about 1.6 meters
EZK 40 49 tbs4 0 twenty cubits about 11 meters
EZK 40 49 yp5x 0 eleven cubits about 6 meters
EZK 40 49 q4z1 0 columns pieces of stone that were tall and narrow and supported the roof of the building
-EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 41 1 x2a6 0 General Information: The man in Ezekiel’s vision ([Ezekiel 40:3](../40/03.md)) continues to show Ezekiel around the temple.
EZK 41 1 w4s3 0 the temple’s holy place the room in the temple in front of the “most holy place”
EZK 41 1 rh4q 0 six cubits in width on either side These cubits were the “long” cubits ([Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md)), 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “they were six cubits in width on both sides”
@@ -3088,7 +3088,7 @@ EZK 41 24 p6xg 0 These doors had two hinged door panels each “Each door had
EZK 41 24 eq5j 0 two panels for one door and two panels for the other “both of the doors for both the holy place and the most holy place had two parts”
EZK 41 25 ik75 0 just as the walls were decorated “just as the walls also had carvings of cherubim and palm trees”
EZK 41 25 fd1y 0 portico covering in front of an entrance with columns or posts for support. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
-EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EZK 42 1 i2dg 0 the outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
EZK 42 2 b17d translate-bdistance 0 one hundred cubits…fifty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “100 cubits…50 cubits” or “about 54 meters…about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 42 3 xw1y translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “20 cubits” or “about 11 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ EZK 42 16 e5i4 translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was ab
EZK 42 20 b3mm 0 It had a wall around it “The house had a wall all around it”
EZK 42 20 kh7v translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “500 cubits” or “about 270 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 42 20 cqu5 0 common not holy
-EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 43 2 qi98 0 Behold! The word “Behold” here alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
EZK 43 2 e4w7 0 many waters This simply means “a lot of water.” It could refer to a loud river or a large waterfall or the waves crashing at the ocean. All of these are very loud. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 1:24](../01/24.md).
EZK 43 2 m5fd 0 the earth shone with his glory “the earth was full of bright light from his glory”
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ EZK 43 25 kse4 figs-pronouns 0 You must prepare This is spoken to Ezekiel and s
EZK 43 27 w2ig 0 it will come about that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the instructions. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 43 27 c3ch figs-pronouns 0 your burnt offerings…your peace offerings…accept you The words “your” and “you” are second person plural and refer to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EZK 43 27 l94i 0 will accept you “will gladly receive you”
-EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 44 1 zm7u 0 to the outer sanctuary gate that faced east “to the outer sanctuary gate on the east side of the temple”
EZK 44 2 n9ff figs-activepassive 0 it will not be opened This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will open it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 44 2 zv5f 0 the God of Israel See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:4](../08/04.md).
@@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ EZK 44 30 abr8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his mess
EZK 44 30 f4lm 0 every contribution, anything from all of your contributions “every gift of whatever kind from all your gifts” or “all gifts of every sort of all of your gifts”
EZK 44 30 k6ar figs-idiom 0 so that blessing may rest on your house This phrase means “so that I will bless your family and everything that belongs to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 44 31 ydb2 figs-activepassive 0 or animal torn by a beast, whether bird or beast This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “or any creature that a bird or a wild animal has torn apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
+EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 45 1 w2qr 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
EZK 45 1 j186 translate-bdistance 0 twenty-five thousand cubits in length…ten thousand cubits in width Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits long…10,000 cubits wide” or “about 13.5 kilometers long…about 5.4 kilometers wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 45 1 rhe7 0 all its area round about “all of the area inside of the borders around it”
@@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ EZK 45 24 s3eh translate-bvolume 0 each ephah You may convert this to a modern
EZK 45 25 bh3k 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the princes of Israel.
EZK 45 25 fn33 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the fifteenth day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 45 25 v9fx 0 at the festival This is a different festival from the festival Ezekiel was describing before.
-EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 46 1 da9n 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the princes of Israel.
EZK 46 1 pc25 figs-123person 0 The Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 46 1 m74l 0 The gate of the inner courtyard, facing east “the gate on the east side of the inner courtyard” or “the eastern gate of the inner courtyard”
@@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ EZK 46 20 u2ic 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5]
EZK 46 21 e6xs 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
EZK 46 22 pwg8 translate-bdistance 0 forty cubits…thirty Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits…30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters…about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 46 23 kg1g 0 cooking hearths places where people can build fire and cook food
-EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 47 1 ej9g 0 to the right of the altar This is the right side of the altar when a person looks at it while they are facing east, so it is on the south side of the altar. Alternate translation: “on the south side of the altar”
EZK 47 2 e7pw 0 the gate facing east “the eastern gate” or “the eastern gate of the outer wall”
EZK 47 3 zm72 0 measuring line a string or a rope that people use to measure longer distances
@@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ EZK 47 19 vu4h 0 the brook of Egypt a very large ravine in the northeast part
EZK 47 20 u2zi translate-names 0 Hamath This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 47 23 hhn8 0 Then it will happen that See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 21:7](../21/07.md).
EZK 47 23 w2zf figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
+EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
EZK 48 1 d7s2 0 one portion of land “one piece of the land that you will distribute”
EZK 48 1 tj9i 0 boundary will run…boundary will go “boundary will be…boundary will be”
EZK 48 1 gf1l 0 Hethlon This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md).
diff --git a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
index d3d5745a68..af916008ea 100644
--- a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Daniel
1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)
1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)
1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)
1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)
1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)
1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)
1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)
1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)
1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)
1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)
### What is the Book of Daniel about?
The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.
The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?
Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?
Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### When did the seventy weeks begin?
The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.
### Who was Darius the Mede?
Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does Daniel use the word “king”?
Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.
### How many chapters does Daniel have?
Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
-DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Training for government jobs
Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Food laws
The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Daniel
1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)
1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)
1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)
1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)
1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)
1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)
1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)
1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)
1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)
1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)
### What is the Book of Daniel about?
The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.
The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?
Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?
Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### When did the seventy weeks begin?
The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.
### Who was Darius the Mede?
Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does Daniel use the word “king”?
Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.
### How many chapters does Daniel have?
Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
+DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Training for government jobs
Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Food laws
The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes 0 among the whole group there were none to compare w
DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
-DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king’s dream
Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### How Daniel knew the dream
Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
+DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king’s dream
Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### How Daniel knew the dream
Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ DAN 2 47 ifr1 0 the one who reveals mysteries Translate “the one who reveals
DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler “The king made Daniel the ruler”
DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach…Meshach…Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
-DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king’s new idol
Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
### The furnace
There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
+DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king’s new idol
Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
### The furnace
There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue…He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue…They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy 0 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here
DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God “speaks words that do not respect the God”
DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart “must have their bodies torn apart”
DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
-DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king becomes insane
The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
+DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The king becomes insane
The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor “my noblemen requested my help a
DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought…greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The writing on the wall
God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
+DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The writing on the wall
God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of “he drank wine in the presence of”
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck This
DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom “became the ruler of the kingdom”
DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions
Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
+DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions
Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius “King Darius decided”
DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed This can
DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end “he will rule forever”
DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
-DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts
There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
### The Son of Man
God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
+DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts
There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
### The Son of Man
God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom “The kingdom of the Most High”
DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance “my face became pale”
-DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The vision of the ram and the male goat
Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
+DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The vision of the ram and the male goat
Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis
DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
-DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26
This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
+DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26
This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ DAN 9 27 l267 0 someone who makes desolate “a person who completely destroys
DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation “the person who caused the destruction”
-DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ DAN 10 21 f6mz 0 who shows himself to be strong “who proves himself to be st
DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
-DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia “Three kings will rule over Persia”
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ DAN 11 44 dsf1 0 to set many apart for destruction “to destroy many people
DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
+DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
DAN 12 1 l9vr 0 General Information: The angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md) continues speaking.
DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael…will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael…will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
index 2a489f3f0d..03c8800458 100644
--- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Hosea
1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)
1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)
1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)
- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)
- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)
- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)
- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)
- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)
- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)
- Idolatry (13:1–8)
1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)
1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)
### What is the Book of Hosea about?
This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.
Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?
Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?
God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### What is a lawsuit?
Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).
### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?
Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?
The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.
### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?
Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.
### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?
In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
-HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
+HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Hosea
1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)
1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)
1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)
- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)
- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)
- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)
- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)
- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)
- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)
- Idolatry (13:1–8)
1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)
1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)
### What is the Book of Hosea about?
This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.
Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?
Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?
God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### What is a lawsuit?
Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).
### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?
Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?
The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.
### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?
Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.
### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?
In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
+HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah…Jotham…Ahaz…Hezekiah…Jeroboam…Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them This can be stated i
HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HOS 2 23 jl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will plant her for myself in the land When God
HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
+HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God
HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future”
HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lawsuits
Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lawsuits
Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ HOS 4 17 y9hs 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.
## Special concepts in this chapter
The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.
## Special concepts in this chapter
The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri
HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces…he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us…he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go
HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
-HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Baking
Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
+HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Baking
Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ HOS 7 16 k39m 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt The abstract noun “mockery” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.
Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
+HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.
Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times
HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
-HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
+HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ HOS 9 15 c3ji figs-metonymy 0 I will drive them out of my house Yahweh is stati
HOS 9 15 z8j7 0 their officials the men who serve the king
HOS 9 16 iyy3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in verse 16. Hosea begins speaking in verse 17.
HOS 9 16 i7bg figs-metaphor 0 Ephraim is diseased, and their root is dried up; they bear no fruit Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a diseased tree that does not produce fruit and is ready to be cut down. This is a statement that the people have become weak, and that soon their enemies will come and defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Jacob
The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Jacob
The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 1 px1g 0 General Information: Hosea is speaking about Israel.
HOS 10 1 rq8z figs-metaphor 0 Israel is a luxuriant vine that produces his fruit Israel is spoken of as a vine that was very fruitful. For a while the people prospered and were strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 10 1 z9ge 0 a luxuriant vine This vine produces more fruit than normal.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ HOS 10 14 yp1i 0 It will be as Shalman destroyed Beth Arbel on a day of battle
HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical question
Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical question
Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ HOS 11 11 kmq4 0 the declaration of Yahweh “what Yahweh has declared” or
HOS 11 12 i52h 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel and Judah.
HOS 11 12 mtk3 figs-parallelism 0 Ephraim surrounds me with falsehood, and the house of Israel with deceit Lies and deceitful acts are spoken of as if they were objects that the people of the northern kingdom surrounded Yahweh with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 12 csf5 figs-metonymy 0 But Judah is still going about with me Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. This speaks of being loyal to God as “going about” with him. However, many versions have different interpretations of this difficult passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob
There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jacob
There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
HOS 12 1 k8wj 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 12 1 ec28 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim feeds on the wind Here “Ephraim” represents all the people of Israel. Also “wind” represents something that is useless or temporary. The people of Israel doing things that will not help them is spoken of as if they eat the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 12 1 g9zd figs-metonymy 0 follows after the east wind East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ HOS 12 13 a8xe 0 by a prophet That is, Moses.
HOS 12 14 v7cg 0 bitterly The anger that the people have caused in Yahweh is extremely great.
HOS 12 14 czc8 figs-metonymy 0 So his Lord will leave his blood on him Here “blood” refers to the guilt incurred by people who murder others. God will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 12 14 ay94 figs-metaphor 0 will turn back on him his disgrace The idea of making someone suffer the results of his own actions is spoken of as if those actions were objects that were thrown back at him. Alternate translation: “will make him suffer from his own disgraceful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 13 1 u92j 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 13 1 aw8s figs-synecdoche 0 When Ephraim spoke Hosea uses the term “Ephraim” to refer to the entire northern kingdom, although it was also the name of one of the ten tribes. Hosea seems to be speaking of a long-past time, when the northern kingdom was strong and honored, unlike at the present time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HOS 13 1 hyz3 0 there was trembling It is understood that people were trembling because they were afraid of Ephraim. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “there was trembling among the people” or “people trembled in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ HOS 13 16 y8fa figs-metonymy 0 Samaria will be guilty, for she has rebelled aga
HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Speaker
The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.
There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
+HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Speaker
The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.
There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
index 1a6ff6a83b..9c943f534d 100644
--- a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Joel
1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)
- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)
- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)
1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)
- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)
- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)
- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)
- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)
### What is the Book of Joel about?
The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).
The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.
Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Joel?
This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?
Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.
There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.
Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.
Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.
### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?
Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?
All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.
It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Joel
1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)
- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)
- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)
1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)
- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)
- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)
- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)
- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)
### What is the Book of Joel about?
The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).
The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.
Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Joel?
This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?
Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.
There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.
Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.
Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.
### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?
Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?
All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.
It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
JOL 1 18 w5nw 0 General Information: God continues to tell the priests how they should pray for Israel.
JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
-JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 1 t9j9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Joel continues poetry that began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְהָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet…sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַאֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּהַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּבִירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּבַ֨שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
-JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
+JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּיָּמִ֥ים הָהֵ֖מָּה וּבָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
diff --git a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
index 8a0c1509a5..93b5060710 100644
--- a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Amos
1. Amos introduced (1:1)
1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)
- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)
- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)
- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)
1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)
1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)
1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)
### What is the Book of Amos about?
The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).
Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Amos?
The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How is justice described in Amos?
Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### What is a lawsuit?
Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Where do the various narratives begin and end?
The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
-AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.
### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”
The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Amos
1. Amos introduced (1:1)
1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)
- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)
- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)
- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)
1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)
1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)
1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)
### What is the Book of Amos about?
The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).
Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Amos?
The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How is justice described in Amos?
Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### What is a lawsuit?
Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Where do the various narratives begin and end?
The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
+AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.
### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”
The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things “This is the message”
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi
AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest…whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated as the verb “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of…even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor
AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked Possible meanings are (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day “at that time”
AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
+AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you…against the whole family “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you…about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you…about the whole family”
AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel…the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor
AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains…reveals his thought
AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness Possible meanings are (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
-AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen…no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen…no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ AMO 5 25 fma5 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym
AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth…Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
-AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
+AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look “listen” or “pay attention”
AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
-AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look…look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ AMO 7 16 dz72 figs-metonymy 0 do not speak against the house of Isaac Here “h
AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and
how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and
how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit “ripe fruit”
AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ AMO 8 14 sg5b figs-metonymy 0 by the sin of Samaria Here “sin” represents t
AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops…Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv b/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
index e368c82c8c..1c38be8c9a 100644
--- a/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Obadiah
1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)
- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)
- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)
1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)
### What is the Book of Obadiah about?
After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?
The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?
Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?
The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])
+OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Obadiah
1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)
- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)
- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)
1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)
### What is the Book of Obadiah about?
After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?
The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?
Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?
The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])
OBA 1 1 xm1w חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here “vision” is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received the message. Alternate translation: “The message of Obadiah” or “The prophesy of Obadiah”
OBA 1 1 sv9x כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨י יְהוִ֜ה לֶאֱד֗וֹם 1 The Lord Yahweh says this concerning Edom This tells the reader that the entire book is a message about Edom.
OBA 1 1 s7if יְהוִ֜ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
diff --git a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
index d0efd81bb2..9e94236858 100644
--- a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Jonah
1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)
- Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)
- Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)
- Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)
1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)
- Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)
- Nineveh repents (3:5-9)
- Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)
- Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)
- Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)
### What is the Book of Jonah about?
Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.
Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?
Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.
Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the nation of Assyria?
During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.
Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.
### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?
Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
-JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracle
In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Situational irony
There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Sea
People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Jonah
1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)
- Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)
- Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)
- Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)
1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)
- Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)
- Nineveh repents (3:5-9)
- Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)
- Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)
- Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)
### What is the Book of Jonah about?
Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.
Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?
Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.
Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the nation of Assyria?
During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.
Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.
### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?
Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracle
In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Situational irony
There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Sea
People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽיְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh***
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ JON 1 16 r3gs וַיִּֽירְא֧וּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִר
JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַיְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִבְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word “Now” is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sea
This chapter contains many terms from the sea.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Poetry
Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Repentance
Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sea
This chapter contains many terms from the sea.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Poetry
Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Repentance
Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑יו 1 Yahweh his God This means ***Yahweh, the God he worshiped***. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
JON 2 2 al5b וַיֹּ֗אמֶר 1 And he said ***Jonah said***
JON 2 2 jdrC writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִצָּ֥רָה לִ֛י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽיַּעֲנֵ֑נִי 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened in the past. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrH). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ
JON 2 9 jdrH יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrC).
JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָה לַיהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb ***save***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַיַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 onto the dry land ***upon the ground*** or ***onto the shore***
-JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Animals
According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Size of Nineveh
When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.
### God repenting or relenting
The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.
Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Animals
According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Size of Nineveh
When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.
### God repenting or relenting
The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.
Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story (1:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַיְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way.. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01/ll6c). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָעִ֣יר הַגְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the large and important city of Nineveh***
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JON 3 10 w3uu וַיַּ֤רְא הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ
JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִדַּרְכָּ֣ם הָרָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil ways Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 3 10 ab85 וַיִּנָּ֣חֶם הָאֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָרָעָ֛ה 1 And God relented in regard to the evil The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy not coming true
### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Jonah’s anger
### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.
### Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Parallel to Mount Sinai
In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God’s grace
When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
+JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy not coming true
### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Jonah’s anger
### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.
### Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Parallel to Mount Sinai
In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### God’s grace
When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַיֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַיִּ֖חַר לֽוֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַיִּ֖חַר לֽוֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
diff --git a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
index 4f84d8d602..b63bb4a914 100644
--- a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-MIC front intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Micah
1. God promises to punish the northern and southern kingdoms (1:1–16)
1. Those who take advantage of others are guilty (2:1-3:12)
- Rich people who oppress poor people (2:1–11)
- Promise to be delivered and restored (2:12–13)
- Rulers, priests, and prophets condemned (3:1–12)
1. Yahweh’s victory for all Israel (4:1-5:15)
- Yahweh will rule over all the nations (4:1–10)
- Israel will be destroyed, then will be victorious over its enemies (4:11–13)
- Messiah will shepherd his flock and devastate the nations who fought against him (5:1–6)
- Messiah will destroy everything that harmed his people (5:7–15)
1. Yahweh’s case against Israel (6:1-16)
- Yahweh reminds Israel when he led them out of slavery in Egypt (6:1–5)
- Israel punished; true repentance (6:6–16)
1. Israel miserable and Israel restored (7:1-20)
- Israel broken and miserable (7:1–7)
- Israel will rise again (7:8–13)
- Yahweh restores and gives grace (7:14–20)
### What is the Book of Micah about?
This book contains many of Micah’s prophecies. Micah repeated many similar prophecies as found in Isaiah. Micah warned the kingdoms of Israel and Judah that the Assyrians would soon attack them. Micah condemned those who acted unjustly and immorally. He spoke against those who did not work for a living. He also spoke against the false prophets in Israel and Judah. These false prophets were telling the people that Yahweh would never let a foreign kingdom harm or conquer them.
Micah called the people to please Yahweh by living righteous and holy lives. However, the sinful way they lived and the unjust way they treated their fellow countrymen proved that they no longer wanted to obey and honor Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may decide to translate the traditional title “The Book of Micah” or just “Micah” in a way that is clearer to the readers. They may decide to call it “The Sayings of Micah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote Micah?
The prophet Micah probably wrote this book. Micah lived at the same time as Isaiah and Hosea. This was sometime between 750 and 700 B.C., during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. He began prophesying when he lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. Then he moved to the kingdom of Judah.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who is the deliverer Micah mentions?
Micah frequently mentioned a king who would deliver the people. It is clear that Micah meant the Messiah, the descendant of David who would rule forever, though he never referred to him as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### Were the Israelites required to offer sacrifices or live holy lives to please Yahweh?
Many of the Old Testament writers were concerned with offering sacrifices according to the law of Moses. However, Micah explained to the people that Yahweh was pleased only when they offered these sacrifices in faith. Without faith, the sacrifices had no meaning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does Micah 1:10-16 sound unusual?
This passage sounds unusual because of how it is constructed in Hebrew. It includes what is called a play on words. The names of the cities were used to describe how they would be destroyed. For example, in Hebrew “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots.” This is a poetic form that might not be the actual way they would be punished.
### What does a translator need to know before translating Micah?
Micah did not often explain how his prophecies were historically situated. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information unless they understand Micah’s time. It is therefore suggested that translators understand well the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### How do I translate passages where the speaker or addressee is not mentioned explicitly?
Micah did not usually say who was speaking or who was being addressed. Reading the verses before and after the quote will often help the reader to understand who is speaking or being addressed. It is acceptable to make this information explicit so the reader can more easily understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### How should the text of Micah be formatted?
The ULT uses a poetic language style like the Hebrew text. Many languages can do this but some languages will not be able to do this. The ULT also sets apart the poetic portions of the text by setting the poetic lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. With the exception of the first verse, the entire book is indented because the prophecies were written as a series of poems.
-MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### City Names
This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MIC front intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Micah
1. God promises to punish the northern and southern kingdoms (1:1–16)
1. Those who take advantage of others are guilty (2:1-3:12)
- Rich people who oppress poor people (2:1–11)
- Promise to be delivered and restored (2:12–13)
- Rulers, priests, and prophets condemned (3:1–12)
1. Yahweh’s victory for all Israel (4:1-5:15)
- Yahweh will rule over all the nations (4:1–10)
- Israel will be destroyed, then will be victorious over its enemies (4:11–13)
- Messiah will shepherd his flock and devastate the nations who fought against him (5:1–6)
- Messiah will destroy everything that harmed his people (5:7–15)
1. Yahweh’s case against Israel (6:1-16)
- Yahweh reminds Israel when he led them out of slavery in Egypt (6:1–5)
- Israel punished; true repentance (6:6–16)
1. Israel miserable and Israel restored (7:1-20)
- Israel broken and miserable (7:1–7)
- Israel will rise again (7:8–13)
- Yahweh restores and gives grace (7:14–20)
### What is the Book of Micah about?
This book contains many of Micah’s prophecies. Micah repeated many similar prophecies as found in Isaiah. Micah warned the kingdoms of Israel and Judah that the Assyrians would soon attack them. Micah condemned those who acted unjustly and immorally. He spoke against those who did not work for a living. He also spoke against the false prophets in Israel and Judah. These false prophets were telling the people that Yahweh would never let a foreign kingdom harm or conquer them.
Micah called the people to please Yahweh by living righteous and holy lives. However, the sinful way they lived and the unjust way they treated their fellow countrymen proved that they no longer wanted to obey and honor Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may decide to translate the traditional title “The Book of Micah” or just “Micah” in a way that is clearer to the readers. They may decide to call it “The Sayings of Micah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote Micah?
The prophet Micah probably wrote this book. Micah lived at the same time as Isaiah and Hosea. This was sometime between 750 and 700 B.C., during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. He began prophesying when he lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. Then he moved to the kingdom of Judah.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who is the deliverer Micah mentions?
Micah frequently mentioned a king who would deliver the people. It is clear that Micah meant the Messiah, the descendant of David who would rule forever, though he never referred to him as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### Were the Israelites required to offer sacrifices or live holy lives to please Yahweh?
Many of the Old Testament writers were concerned with offering sacrifices according to the law of Moses. However, Micah explained to the people that Yahweh was pleased only when they offered these sacrifices in faith. Without faith, the sacrifices had no meaning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does Micah 1:10-16 sound unusual?
This passage sounds unusual because of how it is constructed in Hebrew. It includes what is called a play on words. The names of the cities were used to describe how they would be destroyed. For example, in Hebrew “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots.” This is a poetic form that might not be the actual way they would be punished.
### What does a translator need to know before translating Micah?
Micah did not often explain how his prophecies were historically situated. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information unless they understand Micah’s time. It is therefore suggested that translators understand well the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### How do I translate passages where the speaker or addressee is not mentioned explicitly?
Micah did not usually say who was speaking or who was being addressed. Reading the verses before and after the quote will often help the reader to understand who is speaking or being addressed. It is acceptable to make this information explicit so the reader can more easily understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### How should the text of Micah be formatted?
The ULT uses a poetic language style like the Hebrew text. Many languages can do this but some languages will not be able to do this. The ULT also sets apart the poetic portions of the text by setting the poetic lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. With the exception of the first verse, the entire book is indented because the prophecies were written as a series of poems.
+MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### City Names
This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 1 1 bv15 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Micah to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MIC 1 1 c3k1 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to explain that a God gave a message to someone. Alternate translation: “the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MIC 1 1 ar46 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ MIC 1 15 vu14 translate-names 0 Mareshah You may want to make a footnote saying
MIC 1 15 wh3u translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a royal city in Philistia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MIC 1 16 i5ub translate-symaction 0 Shave your head and cut off your hair Israelites who were mourning would shave bald spots on their heads. Possible meanings are (1) “Shave larger spots than usual on your heads” or (2) “Cut off all your hair and shave your heads,” stating the events in the order in which they were to occur. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MIC 1 16 nb8x 0 eagles This word can also be translated “vultures.”
-MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MIC 2 1 c11k 0 General Information: Micah speaks against the leaders in Israel who are taking advantage of the poor and not following God’s commands.
MIC 2 2 r4qb 0 They oppress a man “They oppress any man they choose to oppress.” This is a generalization. Micah is not speaking of one individual man here.
MIC 2 3 r7sk 0 Look “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention”
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ MIC 2 11 mwp4 figs-you 0 he would be considered This can be translated in activ
MIC 2 12 xls8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. At the end of this chapter, Yahweh shows himself to be a shepherd who protects his people. He may especially be addressing those in Jerusalem who have returned from Assyria.
MIC 2 12 l2ie figs-you 0 all of you, Jacob Micah is speaking to some of the descendants of Jacob, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MIC 2 13 wz2q 0 Someone who breaks open their way…Yahweh will be at their head. This is a picture of a king leading his people out of an enclosed city.
-MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 3 1 lg8w 0 General Information: Chapter 3 focuses on the corrupt leaders in Israel.
MIC 3 1 bi75 0 I said Here “I” refers to Micah.
MIC 3 1 cd9l figs-rquestion 0 Is it not right for you to understand justice? Micah is scolding the leaders. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You act as though you think it is wrong for you to understand justice.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ MIC 3 12 r9xr 0 because of you Here “you” refers to the priests, prophets,
MIC 3 12 aqg2 figs-metaphor 0 Zion will become a plowed field…and the hill of the temple will become a thicket “Zion” and “the hill of the temple” refer to the same place. When a farmer plows a field, he turns over all the dirt and uproots all the plants that are growing there. A thicket is so full of bushes that no one can use it for anything. These two metaphors cannot be literally true at the same time, but they emphasize that Yahweh will allow the invaders to completely destroy the temple area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 3 12 k2is 0 a plowed field “a field that a farmer has plowed”
MIC 3 12 m86y 0 a thicket a place where many small woody plants grow
-MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
+MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])
MIC 4 1 rn5h figs-metaphor 0 the mountain…other mountains Yahweh making the temple mount higher than all other mountains and hills is a metaphor for making his temple the most important place on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 4 1 a15l figs-activepassive 0 the mountain of Yahweh’s house will be established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will establish the mountain on which his temple is built” or “Yahweh will make the mountain on which his temple is built great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MIC 4 1 pbd3 0 over the other mountains Mount Zion will be the most important of all the mountains. It might also mean that this mountain will become the highest in the world, and not only in the region where it is located.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ MIC 4 13 m3uk figs-metaphor 0 Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion, for I will ma
MIC 4 13 tq8x figs-metaphor 0 I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you can remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MIC 4 13 igd2 0 their unjust wealth “the wealth they got by acting unjustly” or “the things they stole from other people”
MIC 4 13 c3rt figs-abstractnouns 0 their wealth The abstract noun “wealth” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.”
+MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.”
MIC 5 1 f536 figs-metaphor 0 daughter of soldiers The people of a city are spoken of as if they were a woman. The soldiers are attacking the city. Alternate translation: “people of the city, whom soldiers are attacking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 5 1 yp7t figs-metonymy 0 With a rod they strike the judge of Israel on the cheek The rod is a metonym for a greater man punishing a lesser man with a rod. To strike a man on the cheek was to insult him more than to harm him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the judge of Israel by having the invaders insult the judge of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 5 1 hz1y figs-irony 0 the judge of Israel This irony describes the king as having lost so much of his power and authority that he is really only a judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ MIC 5 13 udr6 figs-you 0 your carved…your stone…among you. You will…your
MIC 5 13 s47c figs-abstractnouns 0 the workmanship of your hands The abstract noun “workmanship” can be translated using the verb “make.” Alternate translation: “what your hands have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MIC 5 14 dd8m figs-you 0 your Asherah…among you…your cities Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MIC 5 14 p6df figs-metaphor 0 will uproot your Asherah poles Yahweh speaks of Asherah poles as if they were trees that he would pull out of the ground. Alternate translation: “will pull your Asherah poles out of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
+MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
MIC 6 1 wer4 figs-apostrophe 0 Now listen Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to mountains that can hear him, so both instances of “listen” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MIC 6 1 sz7c figs-you 0 Arise…state Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so the commands and the word “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MIC 6 1 zxw4 figs-personification 0 Arise and state your case before the mountains; let the hills hear your voice Yahweh speaks as if he is in court and the mountains and hills are the judges. He commands the people of Israel to tell the judges why they have done what they did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ MIC 6 16 n2j5 0 house of Ahab The word “house” is a metonym for the family
MIC 6 16 em7h figs-metaphor 0 You walk by their advice Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “You do what Omri and Ahab told the people to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 6 16 s6wy figs-apostrophe 0 I will make you, city, a ruin, and you inhabitants an object of hissing Micah speaks to the people of the city, who can hear him, as if he were speaking to the city itself, which cannot hear him. You may need to make explicit the words that the ellipsis omits. Alternate translation: “I will make your city a ruin, and I will make you inhabitants an object of hissing” or “I will make you, city, a ruin, and I will cause everyone who sees you, inhabitants of the city, to hiss at you” or “I will make the city a ruin, and I will make people hiss at the inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MIC 6 16 q68q 0 you will bear the reproach of my people “you will suffer because my people will reproach you”
-MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
MIC 7 1 wf5y figs-metaphor 0 I have become like the gathering of summer fruit, and like the grapes that have been gleaned Micah speaks of looking for faithful people but being unable to find any as if he were a person looking for food after the harvesters have taken it all. The idea of a person wanting to gather fruit can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I have become like someone looking for fruit after the gathering of summer fruit, like a gleaner after the grapes have been gleaned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MIC 7 1 jz29 figs-metaphor 0 no grape cluster…no ripe early fig Micah speaks of faithful, upright people as if they were fruit that is good to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MIC 7 2 x5ss figs-hyperbole 0 The faithful ones have disappeared…land; there is no upright person…They all lie in wait…blood; each one hunts These are exaggerations. Alternate translation: “I feel as though faithful people have disappeared…land and there is no upright person…I feel as though they all lie in wait…blood, and each one hunts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
diff --git a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
index bd53eebf5a..a10097f26a 100644
--- a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Nahum
1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)
1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)
### What is the Book of Nahum about?
The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.
Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?
The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.
Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?
Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.
The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?
When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.
When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.
It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
-NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
+NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Nahum
1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)
1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)
### What is the Book of Nahum about?
The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.
Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?
The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.
Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?
Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.
The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?
When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.
When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.
It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
+NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh
NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one…he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
+NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I a
NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. Possible meanings are (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he continues to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
index ba300f64b2..6f7bb0ef95 100644
--- a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Habakkuk
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)
1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)
1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)
1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)
1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)
### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?
Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?
The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.
The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?
Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How do I identify the speaker?
Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?
In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.
### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?
Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
-HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.
This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Injustice
Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
+HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Habakkuk
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)
1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)
1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)
1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)
1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)
### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?
Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?
The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.
The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?
Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How do I identify the speaker?
Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?
In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.
### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?
Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
+HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.
This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Injustice
Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ HAB 1 16 ey7r figs-metaphor 0 he sacrifices…his net…his dragnet…he lives
HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he…keep emptying his net…will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they…keep emptying their net…will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.
This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The righteous will live by his faith”
This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.
This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The righteous will live by his faith”
This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Possible meanings are (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid “Look at it. You can see for yourself th
HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath…within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
+HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report Possible meanings are (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
index ffde2a3962..74249a40dc 100644
--- a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah
1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)
1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)
- Philistia (2:4–7)
- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)
- Egypt (2:12)
- Assyria (2:13–15)
1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)
1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)
### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?
Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?
Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?
Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### What country is coming to invade Judah?
Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
-ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
+ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah
1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)
1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)
- Philistia (2:4–7)
- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)
- Egypt (2:12)
- Assyria (2:13–15)
1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)
1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)
### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?
Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?
Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?
Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
### What country is coming to invade Judah?
Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
+ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo
ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
+ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 General Information: In 2:1-3, Yahweh continues to speak to Judah, and tells them to repent.
ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel
ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror “a horrible place to see”
ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
-ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
+ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”
diff --git a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
index 69d9198534..3d9ef97a9f 100644
--- a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Haggai
1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)
1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)
1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)
1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)
### What is the Book of Haggai about?
The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?
The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.
Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?
It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What does “consider your ways” mean?
Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
-HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
+HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Haggai
1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)
1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)
1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)
1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)
### What is the Book of Haggai about?
The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?
The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.
Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?
It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What does “consider your ways” mean?
Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
+HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius…Haggai…Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Joshua…Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J
HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
diff --git a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
index 323aae14b4..98893256d4 100644
--- a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Zechariah
1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)
1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)
- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)
- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)
- The measuring line (2:1–13)
- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)
- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)
- The flying scroll (5:1–4)
- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)
- Four chariots (6:1–8)
1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)
1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)
1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)
1. Final message (12:1-14:21)
- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)
- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)
- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)
- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)
### What is the Book of Zechariah about?
Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?
The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?
Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.
### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?
Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### What does the phrase “that day” mean?
Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
-ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Zechariah
1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)
1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)
- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)
- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)
- The measuring line (2:1–13)
- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)
- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)
- The flying scroll (5:1–4)
- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)
- Four chariots (6:1–8)
1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)
1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)
1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)
1. Final message (12:1-14:21)
- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)
- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)
- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)
- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)
### What is the Book of Zechariah about?
Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?
The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?
Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.
### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?
Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### What does the phrase “that day” mean?
Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess
ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Difficult concepts in this chapter
### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The high priest
This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
+ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Difficult concepts in this chapter
### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The high priest
This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side
ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave “carve”
ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
+ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ ZEC 4 13 anh7 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what these are? The angel asks t
ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
+ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T
ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
-ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in
ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
+ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.
Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ZEC 7 12 z4q7 figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of the prophets Here the “mouth of
ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
-ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
+ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i
ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you “God is with you people”
-ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning “This is Yahweh’s message about”
ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ ZEC 10 11 h8a4 figs-metonymy 0 The majesty of Assyria will be brought down Here
ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Symbolism
The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
+ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Symbolism
The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ZEC 12 11 qg93 translate-names 0 Megiddo This is the name of a plain in Israel.
ZEC 12 12 jj6q figs-metonymy 0 The land will mourn This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 12 12 qth7 figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of David…The clan of the house of Nathan Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David…The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 12 13 r6fc figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of Levi Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.
## Special concepts in this chapter
Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.
## Special concepts in this chapter
Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 13 1 f2a5 figs-metaphor 0 a spring will be opened…for their sin and impurity Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens…to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 13 1 f3zc 0 a spring a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
ZEC 13 1 s36v figs-metonymy 0 the house of David Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ ZEC 13 8 u8xd figs-metaphor 0 that two-thirds of it will be cut off! Those peop
ZEC 13 9 ac7v figs-metaphor 0 I will bring that third through the fire Metal is passed through fire in order to purify or harden it. This expression serves here as a metaphor for exposing the people to suffering in order that they may become more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 13 9 h19l figs-metaphor 0 refine them as silver is refined; I will test them as gold is tested Refining refers to making precious metals such as silver more pure. Metals such as silver and gold are tested in order to discover how pure or strong they are. Both refining and testing are here metaphors for making the people more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 13 9 ru4e figs-metonymy 0 They will call on my name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “They will call out to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Last days
Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
+ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Last days
Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
ZEC 14 1 zs1r 0 General Information: This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
ZEC 14 1 a7h2 figs-metaphor 0 A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 14 2 q4hu figs-hyperbole 0 I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
index 3c1dd62279..b7f6747d18 100644
--- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Malachi
1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)
### What is the Book of Malachi about?
The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?
The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?
Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
-MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Malachi
1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)
### What is the Book of Malachi about?
The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?
The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?
Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi This can be expressed as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name The abstract noun “honor” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
-MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine “They will be my people”
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
-MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant…evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).
diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
index 67397f20ad..e0f2414145 100644
--- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Matthew
1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
1. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
1. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)
1. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)
1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)
1. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
1. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)
### What is the book of Matthew about?
The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Matthew?
The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”
Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.
### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?
The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?
The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:
* “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)
* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)
* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)
* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)
* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)
* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)
Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Genealogy
A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Use of the passive voice
Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Matthew
1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
1. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
1. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)
1. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)
1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)
1. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
1. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)
### What is the book of Matthew about?
The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Matthew?
The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”
Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.
### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?
The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?
The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:
* “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)
* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)
* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)
* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)
* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)
* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)
Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Genealogy
A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Use of the passive voice
Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 1 ava1 0 General Information: The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through [Matthew 1:17](../01/17.md).
MAT 1 1 y31w βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ”
MAT 1 1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ MAT 1 24 nr5e παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 he took
MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 1 25 dlm9 υἱόν 1 to a son “to a male baby” or “to her son.” Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.
MAT 1 25 jtz8 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν 1 Then he called his name Jesus “Joseph named the child Jesus”
-MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “His star”
These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Learned men”
English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
+MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “His star”
These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Learned men”
English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”
MAT 2 1 j9yn 0 General Information: A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
MAT 2 1 k518 Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Bethlehem of Judea “the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 1 in the days of Herod the king “when Herod was king there”
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus This is the name of
MAT 2 22 zk37 ἐφοβήθη 1 he was afraid “Joseph was afraid”
MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 he would be called a Nazarene Here “he” refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”
Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of heaven is near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
+MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”
Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of heaven is near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 3 1 xp3z 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God’s appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus’ ministry.
MAT 3 1 d74m ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 In those days This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: “Some time later” or “Some years later”
MAT 3 2 w7e9 figs-you μετανοεῖτε 1 Repent This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρ
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove Possible meanings are (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice came out of the heavens saying “Jesus heard a voice from heaven.” Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”
No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”
### “If you are the Son of God”
The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
+MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”
No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”
### “If you are the Son of God”
The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ MAT 4 24 i296 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 those possesse
MAT 4 24 p3nf figs-genericnoun σεληνιαζομένους 1 the epileptic This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular epileptic. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes had seizures” or “those who sometimes became unconscious and moved uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 24 qk4c figs-genericnoun καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 and paralytic This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular paralytic. Alternate translation: “and any who were paralyzed” or “and those who could not walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 25 i9m7 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 the Decapolis This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.
Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.
Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “His disciples”
It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.
+MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.
Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.
Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “His disciples”
It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.
MAT 5 1 hz26 0 General Information: In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.
MAT 5 1 c5rq 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Jesus begins to teach his disciples. This part continues through the end of chapter 7 and is frequently called the Sermon on the Mount.
MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 He opened his mouth This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ MAT 5 47 ba6e figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? 1 what do y
MAT 5 47 ben5 ἀσπάσησθε 1 you greet This is a general term for showing a desire for the well-being of the hearer.
MAT 5 47 elw9 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Do not even the Gentiles do the same thing? This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 5 48 l6pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”
You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
+MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”
You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.
Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
MAT 6 1 zvn1 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 1 at4q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). In this section, Jesus addresses the “acts of righteousness” of alms, prayer, and fasting.
MAT 6 1 bgc7 figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before people to be seen by them It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλε
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 34 qm2a οὖν 1 Therefore “Because of all this”
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of “tomorrow” as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Matthew 5-7
Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.
### “By their fruits you will know them”
Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
+MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Matthew 5-7
Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.
### “By their fruits you will know them”
Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
MAT 7 1 jav3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 7 1 f4fe 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that “judge” has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ MAT 7 27 k4hi ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 its destructi
MAT 7 28 jrh7 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MAT 7 28 hu6z καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
MAT 7 28 b321 ἐξεπλήσσοντο…ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 were astonished by his teaching It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: “were amazed by the way he taught”
-MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a new section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracles
Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
+MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a new section.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracles
Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
MAT 8 1 qb1d writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 8 1 clf8 καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 Now when Jesus had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him “After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
MAT 8 2 vas8 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ MAT 8 33 ev2w figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 wh
MAT 8 34 b2hp ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
MAT 8 34 j6sp figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 8 34 bsf4 τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 their region “their area”
-MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Sinners”
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Rhetorical questions
Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Proverbs
Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Sinners”
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Rhetorical questions
Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Proverbs
Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 9 1 nl8w 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md), of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
MAT 9 1 ly42 figs-activepassive ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖο 1 Jesus entered into a boat It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 1 cs8l πλοῖον 1 a boat This is probably the same boat as in [Matthew 8:23](../08/23.md). You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ MAT 9 37 mur4 writing-proverbs ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ
MAT 9 37 m6ke ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς 1 The harvest is plentiful “There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”
MAT 9 37 h3a2 ἐργάται 1 laborers “workers”
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 urgently pray to the Lord of the harvest “pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”
-MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The sending of the twelve disciples
Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
+MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The sending of the twelve disciples
Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 10 1 nhp2 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 Then he called his twelve disciples together “summoned his 12 disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 10 1 x1er ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 gave them authority Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was (1) to drive out unclean spirits and (2) to heal disease and sickness.
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ MAT 10 42 lza6 εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 because he is a disciple
MAT 10 42 wx29 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 10 42 y1ie οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not lose his reward Here “he” and “his” refer to the one who is giving.
MAT 10 42 d61l οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he will certainly not lose “God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
-MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.
Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hidden revelation
After [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../../mat/11/25.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of heaven is near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
+MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.
Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hidden revelation
After [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../../mat/11/25.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of heaven is near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 11 1 z2y7 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 11 1 dr3u καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων 1 had finished instructing “had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding.”
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 lowly in he
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 11 30 tc2g τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 my burden is light The word “light” here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
-MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Sabbath
This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Brothers and sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
+MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Sabbath
This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Brothers and sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
MAT 12 1 u1f2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
MAT 12 1 m2n1 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
MAT 12 1 tvt9 translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 the grainfields a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ MAT 12 49 rxe8 figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever does “anyone who does”
MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.
This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Metaphor
Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).
+MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.
This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Metaphor
Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).
MAT 13 1 r4xv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
MAT 13 1 vx5y ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that day These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
MAT 13 1 cy1t ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας 1 went out of the house It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτι
MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his own country “his own region” or “his own hometown”
MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family “in his own home”
MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς 1 He did not do many miracles there “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”
-MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [Matthew 4:12](../../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([Matthew 14:11](../../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [Matthew 4:12](../../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([Matthew 14:11](../../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 About that time “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
MAT 14 1 l9ur ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ 1 heard the news about Jesus “heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
@@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ MAT 14 35 xd7c ἀπέστειλαν 1 they sent messages “the men of that ar
MAT 14 36 ql3y καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 They begged him “The sick people begged him”
MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment “his robe” or “what he was wearing”
MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The “traditions of the elders”
The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Jews and Gentiles
The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sheep
The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The “traditions of the elders”
The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Jews and Gentiles
The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sheep
The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 15 2 yn6l τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the traditions of the elders This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ MAT 15 38 udk7 οἱ…ἐσθίοντες 1 Those who ate “The people who at
MAT 15 38 z66m translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 four thousand men “4,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 15 39 be43 τὰ ὅρια 1 the region “the area”
MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yeast
Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Background information
Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../../mat/16/25.md)).
+MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yeast
Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Background information
Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../../mat/16/25.md)).
MAT 16 1 t249 0 General Information: This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 tested him Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ MAT 16 28 ytr3 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell y
MAT 16 28 k2d1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will certainly not taste death Here “taste” means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here “his kingdom” represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elijah
The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### “transfigured”
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
+MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elijah
The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### “transfigured”
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
MAT 17 1 u6dw 0 General Information: This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
MAT 17 2 xx8e μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 He was transfigured before them When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ MAT 17 27 ebj4 τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 its mouth “the fish’s mouth
MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 17 27 ej3l ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν 1 Take it “Take the shekel”
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?
Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?
Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who then is greatest “Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that was owed
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you…your All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “from your heart” is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Divorce
Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).
+MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Divorce
Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).
MAT 19 1 nj6t writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 19 1 ap4g ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here “words” refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 will receive one hundred times as much “receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 will inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
-MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard
Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
+MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard
Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 20 2 wd43 συμφωνήσας 1 After he had agreed “After the landowner had agreed”
@@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@ MAT 20 32 f5mw ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς 1 called to them “called to t
MAT 20 32 fd9x τί θέλετε 1 What do you wish “do you want”
MAT 20 33 yb39 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 that our eyes may be opened The men speak of becoming able to see as if there eyes were to be opened. Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 20 34 q9iq σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 being moved with compassion “having compassion” or “feeling compassion for them”
-MAT 21 intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
### Hosanna
This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”
No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
+MAT 21 intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
### Hosanna
This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”
No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
MAT 21 1 f8fs 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
MAT 21 1 p3g6 translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 21 2 wen2 figs-activepassive ὄνον δεδεμένην 1 a donkey tied up there You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦ
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 But anyone on whom it falls, it will crush him. This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 45 gh8w 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
MAT 21 45 qpy9 τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his parables “Jesus’ parables”
-MAT 22 intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wedding Feast
In the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([Matthew 22:45](../../mat/22/45.md)).
+MAT 22 intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wedding Feast
In the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([Matthew 22:45](../../mat/22/45.md)).
MAT 22 1 z8vz figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to the people”
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ MAT 22 45 d8gl figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸ
MAT 22 45 x9uh εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David then calls the Christ David referred to Jesus as “Lord” because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here “word” refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 to question him any longer It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hypocrites
Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Name calling
In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
+MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hypocrites
Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Name calling
In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here “seat” represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever…do and observe these things “all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it”
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημ
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The end of the age”
In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### The example of Noah
In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let”
The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
+MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The end of the age”
In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### The example of Noah
In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let”
The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
MAT 24 1 dh7u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
MAT 24 1 ke79 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 from the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 24 2 mh5y figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα? 1 Do you not see all these things? Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ,
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 He will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσε 1 assign his place with the hypocrites “put him with the hypocrites” or “send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The parable of the ten virgins
Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.
When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
+MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The parable of the ten virgins
Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.
When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
@@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ MAT 25 45 whu5 οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 you did not do for
MAT 25 46 m6me καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 These will go away into eternal punishment “The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
MAT 25 46 nj72 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν 1 but the righteous into eternal life The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 46 kq5b figs-nominaladj οἱ…δίκαιοι 1 the righteous This nominative adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MAT 26 intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sheep
Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.
### Passover
The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.
### The eating of the body and blood
[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Judas’ kiss for Jesus
[Matthew 26:49](../../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.
### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”
Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../../jhn/02/19.md)).
+MAT 26 intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sheep
Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.
### Passover
The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.
### The eating of the body and blood
[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Judas’ kiss for Jesus
[Matthew 26:49](../../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.
### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”
Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../../jhn/02/19.md)).
MAT 26 1 t5mz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
MAT 26 1 i35c καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when “After” or “Then, after.” This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next.
MAT 26 1 xiv4 πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 all these words This refers to all that Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 24:3](../24/03.md).
@@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ MAT 26 73 w8ww γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 for
MAT 26 74 edd8 καταθεματίζειν 1 to curse “to call down a curse on himself”
MAT 26 74 w87b ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 a rooster crowed A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:34](../26/34.md).
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Then Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.” This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”
The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Sarcasm
The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”
The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Sarcasm
The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
MAT 27 1 qe1s δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χ
MAT 27 65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 a guard This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
MAT 27 66 pk1q σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 sealing the stone Possible meanings are (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.
MAT 27 66 e8uf μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 placing the guard “telling the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
-MAT 28 intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
### “Make disciples”
The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](./19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### An angel of the Lord
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+MAT 28 intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
### “Make disciples”
The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](./19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### An angel of the Lord
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
MAT 28 1 anr1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
MAT 28 1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Now late on the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week “After the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
MAT 28 1 gs43 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
index d2e68e3952..64fe2eca28 100644
--- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Mark
1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
- Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
- Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
- Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)
### What is the Book of Mark about?
The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Mark?
The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. But many scholars think that Mark wrote in his gospel what Peter told him about Jesus.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?
The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?
The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?
The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)
The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “You can make me clean”
Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### “The kingdom of God is near”
Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
+MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Mark
1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
- Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
- Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
- Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)
### What is the Book of Mark about?
The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Mark?
The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. But many scholars think that Mark wrote in his gospel what Peter told him about Jesus.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?
The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?
The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?
The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)
The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “You can make me clean”
Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
### “The kingdom of God is near”
Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
MRK 1 1 s8qp 0 General Information: The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah’s foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas.
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face This is an idiom that means “ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here “openly” is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 remote places “lonely places” or “places where no one lived”
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from everywhere The word “everywhere” is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Sinners”
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Fasting and Feasting
People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Sinners”
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Fasting and Feasting
People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 2 1 se22 0 Connecting Statement: After preaching and healing people throughout Galilee, Jesus returns to Capernaum where he heals and forgives the sin of a paralyzed man.
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he was at home This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 2 d3iy figs-explicit καὶ συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ 1 So many gathered there The word “there” refers to the house that Jesus stayed it in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “So many people gathered there” or “So many people came to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ MRK 2 26 y57j τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 bread of the
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for mankind Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 mankind “man” or “people” or “the needs of people.” This word here refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not mankind for the Sabbath The words “was made” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “mankind was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make mankind for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sabbath
It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
### Brothers and Sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
+MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sabbath
It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
### Brothers and Sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
MRK 3 1 cp3e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus heals a man on the Sabbath in the synagogue and shows how he feels about what the Pharisees had done with the Sabbath rules. The Pharisees and Herodians begin to plan to put Jesus to death.
MRK 3 1 y5l9 ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 a man with a withered hand “a man with a crippled hand”
MRK 3 2 v2yj παρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν 1 Some people watched him closely to see if he would heal him “Some people watched Jesus closely to see if he would heal the man with the withered hand”
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ MRK 3 32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 looking for you “are asking for you”
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 3 35 dr45 ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ…οὗτος…ἐστίν 1 whoever does…that person is “those who do…they are”
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
+MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
MRK 4 1 a6pk figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 4 1 i95e τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
MRK 4 3 vqh3 ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ…ὁ σπείρων 1 Listen! Behold, the farmer “Pay attention! A farmer”
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm “a great stillness ove
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “And Jesus said to his disciples”
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Talitha, koum”
The words “Talitha, koum” ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
+MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Talitha, koum”
The words “Talitha, koum” ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 5 1 fix1 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word “They” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
MRK 5 1 ahx8 τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was twelve
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. He also This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “He ordered them strictly, ‘No one should know about this!’ Then” or “He ordered them strictly, ‘Do not tell anyone about what I have done!’ Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ 1 He strictly ordered them “He strongly commanded them”
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 He also told them to give her something to eat This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “And he told them, ‘Give her something to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Anointed with oil”
In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
+MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Anointed with oil”
In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
MRK 6 2 y4xj τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 What is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “What is this wisdom that he has gained?”
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begged him Possible mean
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 touch The word “them” refers to the sick.
MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment “the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as “all those who”
-MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hand washing
The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Ephphatha”
This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
+MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hand washing
The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Ephphatha”
This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 gathered around him “gathered around Jesus”
MRK 7 2 b8qw writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. This information can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο,
MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly “the more widely” or “the more”
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 They were extremely astonished “were utterly amazed” or “were exceedingly astonished” or “were astonished beyond all measure”
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf…the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people…mute people” or “people who cannot hear…people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bread
When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.
Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “Adulterous generation”
When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
+MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Bread
When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.
Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “Adulterous generation”
When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MRK 8 2 h8v8 ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 they continue to be with me already for three days and have nothing to eat “this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπ
MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he comes “when he comes back”
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the holy angels “accompanied by the holy angels”
-MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “transfigured”
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Elijah and Moses
Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).
+MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “transfigured”
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Elijah and Moses
Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).
MRK 9 1 mt8p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
MRK 9 1 q4b6 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The kingdom of God coming represents God showing himself as king. Alternate translation: “God show himself with great power as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 becomes unsalty “its salty taste
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MRK 9 50 t76n ἀρτύσετε 1 season it “taste salty again”
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt in yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jesus’ teaching about divorce
The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).
+MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jesus’ teaching about divorce
The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).
MRK 10 1 vf86 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς 1 Jesus left that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area beyond the Jordan River “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ MRK 10 51 i5an ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 1 answered him “answered the
MRK 10 51 dap1 ἀναβλέψω 1 to receive my sight “to be able to see”
MRK 10 52 s5d2 figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s faith. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 10 52 ub7w ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him “he followed Jesus”
-MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
+MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
MRK 11 1 ch4j καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 Now as they came to Jerusalem…Bethphage and Bethany, at the Mount of Olives “When Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They have come to Bethphage and Bethany in the vicinity of Jerusalem.
MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us “ahead of us”
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men “From people”
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων…ἦν. 1 But if we say, ‘From men,’…. The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” or “But we do not want to say that it was from men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the people The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hypothetical Situations
Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hypothetical Situations
Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word “them” here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
MRK 12 1 qap8 περιέθηκεν φραγμὸ 1 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ MRK 12 43 n8z5 πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς 1 all of them
MRK 12 44 ui9a τοῦ περισσεύοντος 1 abundance much wealth, many valuable things
MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty “lack” or “the little she had”
MRK 12 44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 she had to live on “to survive on”
-MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The return of Christ
Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
+MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The return of Christ
Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
MRK 13 1 rrv1 0 General Information: As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The “stones” refer to the stones that the buildings were built with. Alternate translation: “the wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ…λίθος 1 Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone” or “You see these great buildings now, but not one stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ MRK 13 34 a8ku ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 each one over hi
MRK 13 35 z7wi ἢ ὀψὲ 1 whether in the evening “he could return in the evening”
MRK 13 35 s8j9 ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 when the rooster crows The rooster is a bird that “crows” very early in the morning by making a loud call.
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as “sleeping.” Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The eating of the body and blood
[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Abba, Father
“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The eating of the body and blood
[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Abba, Father
“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MRK 14 1 hwb4 0 Connecting Statement: Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
MRK 14 1 gd33 ἐν δόλῳ 1 by stealth without people noticing
MRK 14 2 em4q ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The word “they” refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
@@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-idiom ἀναθεματίζειν 1 to curse If in your lang
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 rooster immediately crowed The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time “Second” here is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν 1 he broke down This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”
The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Sarcasm
Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?
This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
+MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”
The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Sarcasm
Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?
This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MRK 15 1 mps2 0 Connecting Statement: When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
MRK 15 1 xz7c figs-metonymy δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 bound Jesus and led him away They commanded for Jesus to be bound, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and led him away. Alternate translation: “they commanded for Jesus to be bound and then he was led away” or “they commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MRK 15 1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 They handed him over to Pilate They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ MRK 15 46 g9hf figs-activepassive μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημέ
MRK 15 46 bw4k λίθον ἐπὶ 1 a stone against “a huge flat stone in front of”
MRK 15 47 m782 translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 Joses This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MRK 15 47 v3wu figs-activepassive ἐθεώρουν ποῦ τέθειται 1 the place where Jesus was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### A young man dressed in a white robe
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### A young man dressed in a white robe
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
MRK 16 1 p61n καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index 8c3a2a8c89..39d91ec3f4 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Luke
1. Introduction and purpose for writing (1:1-4)
1. Birth of Jesus and his preparation for his ministry (1:5-4:13)
1. Jesus’ ministry in Galilee (4:14-9:50)
1. Jesus’ journey to Jerusalem
- Discipleship (9:51-11:13)
- Conflict and Jesus’ grief (11:14-14:35)
- Parables about things that are lost and found. Parables about honesty and dishonesty (15:1-16:31)
- Kingdom of God (17:1-19:27)
- Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28–-44)
1. Jesus in Jerusalem (19:45-21:4)
1. Jesus’ teaching about his second coming (21:5–-36)
1. Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1–-24:53)
### What is the Gospel of Luke about?
The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his gospel for a person named Theophilus. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain of what is true. However, Luke expected the gospel to encourage all believers, not just Theophilus.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel according to Luke.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Good News about Jesus that Luke wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Luke?
This book does not give the name of the author. The same person who wrote this book also wrote the Book of Acts. In parts of the Book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke was the author of both the Book of Luke and the Book of Acts.
Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he said that he talked to many people who did.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?
Luke described women in a very positive way in his gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?
Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the gospels, Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Luke?
The following verses are not in the earliest manuscripts. The ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not.
* “Then an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him. Being in agony, he prayed more earnestly, and his sweat became like great drops of blood falling down upon the ground.” (22:43–44)
* “Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.” (23:34)
The following verse is not included in many modern versions. Some versions put it into square brackets. Translators are advised not to translate this verse. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include this verse, the translators can include it. If they are translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it was probably not original to Luke’s Gospel.
* “For he was required to release one prisoner during the feast” (23:17)
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:46-55, 68-79.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “He will be called John”
Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
Luke’s language is simple and straightforward. He does not use many figures of speech.
+LUK front intro uk55 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Luke
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Luke
1. Introduction and purpose for writing (1:1-4)
1. Birth of Jesus and his preparation for his ministry (1:5-4:13)
1. Jesus’ ministry in Galilee (4:14-9:50)
1. Jesus’ journey to Jerusalem
- Discipleship (9:51-11:13)
- Conflict and Jesus’ grief (11:14-14:35)
- Parables about things that are lost and found. Parables about honesty and dishonesty (15:1-16:31)
- Kingdom of God (17:1-19:27)
- Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28–-44)
1. Jesus in Jerusalem (19:45-21:4)
1. Jesus’ teaching about his second coming (21:5–-36)
1. Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1–-24:53)
### What is the Gospel of Luke about?
The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his gospel for a person named Theophilus. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain of what is true. However, Luke expected the gospel to encourage all believers, not just Theophilus.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel according to Luke.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Good News about Jesus that Luke wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the Book of Luke?
This book does not give the name of the author. The same person who wrote this book also wrote the Book of Acts. In parts of the Book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke was the author of both the Book of Luke and the Book of Acts.
Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he said that he talked to many people who did.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?
Luke described women in a very positive way in his gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?
Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What are the Synoptic Gospels?
The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”
The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.
### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?
In the gospels, Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.
Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])
Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Luke?
The following verses are not in the earliest manuscripts. The ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not.
* “Then an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him. Being in agony, he prayed more earnestly, and his sweat became like great drops of blood falling down upon the ground.” (22:43–44)
* “Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.” (23:34)
The following verse is not included in many modern versions. Some versions put it into square brackets. Translators are advised not to translate this verse. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include this verse, the translators can include it. If they are translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it was probably not original to Luke’s Gospel.
* “For he was required to release one prisoner during the feast” (23:17)
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+LUK 1 intro f1b5 0 # Luke 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:46-55, 68-79.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “He will be called John”
Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
Luke’s language is simple and straightforward. He does not use many figures of speech.
LUK 1 1 br8r 0 General Information: Luke explains why he writes to Theophilus.
LUK 1 1 qhd9 περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων 1 concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us “about those things that have happened among us” or “about those events that have happened among us”
LUK 1 1 hyp6 figs-inclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 among us No one knows for sure who Theophilus was. If he was a Christian, the word “us” here would include him and so be inclusive, and if not, it would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ LUK 1 80 eh9j ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις 1 was in the wilderness “
LUK 1 80 qu12 ἕως 1 until This does not necessarily mark a stopping point. John continued to live out in the desert even after he started preaching publicly.
LUK 1 80 s1nm ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ 1 the day of his public appearance “when he began to preach in public”
LUK 1 80 ie4l ἡμέρας 1 the day This is used here in the general sense of “the time” or “the occasion.”
-LUK 2 intro dw6t 0 # Luke 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:14, 29-32.
+LUK 2 intro dw6t 0 # Luke 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:14, 29-32.
LUK 2 1 u9xq 0 General Information: This gives background to show why Mary and Joseph have to move at the time of Jesus’ birth.
LUK 2 1 c887 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 2 1 e9m5 ἐγένετο 1 it came about that This phrase is used to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that. Some versions do not include this phrase.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ LUK 2 51 zl2q ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς 1 was submitting
LUK 2 51 ceu3 figs-metonymy διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς 1 treasured all these things in her heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 2 52 gb25 προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ 1 continued to increase in wisdom and stature “become wiser and stronger.” These refer to mental and physical growth.
LUK 2 52 y5qk προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ 1 increased in favor with God and people This refers to spiritual and social growth. These could be stated separately. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people liked him more and more”
-LUK 3 intro tkg5 0 # Luke 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in this chapter are not complicated. They are things that should have been obvious to them. He instructed them to live justly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [Luke 3:12-15](./12.md))
### Genealogy
A genealogy is a list which records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy of Isaiah is an extended metaphor describing the ministry of John the Baptist ([Luke 3:4-6](./04.md)). Translation is difficult. It is suggested that the translator treat each line of the ULT as a separate metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “(Herod) had John locked up in prison”
This event can cause confusion because the author says John was imprisoned and then says he was baptizing Jesus. The author probably uses this phrase in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. This would mean that this statement is still in the future at the time of the narrative.
+LUK 3 intro tkg5 0 # Luke 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in this chapter are not complicated. They are things that should have been obvious to them. He instructed them to live justly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [Luke 3:12-15](./12.md))
### Genealogy
A genealogy is a list which records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy of Isaiah is an extended metaphor describing the ministry of John the Baptist ([Luke 3:4-6](./04.md)). Translation is difficult. It is suggested that the translator treat each line of the ULT as a separate metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “(Herod) had John locked up in prison”
This event can cause confusion because the author says John was imprisoned and then says he was baptizing Jesus. The author probably uses this phrase in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. This would mean that this statement is still in the future at the time of the narrative.
LUK 3 1 rk9i 0 General Information: These verses give background information to tell what is happening when Jesus’ cousin John begins his ministry.
LUK 3 1 m1zu 0 Connecting Statement: As the prophet Isaiah had foretold, John begins to preach good news to the people.
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Philip…Lysanias These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ LUK 3 36 xit8 translate-names τοῦ Καϊνὰμ…Λάμεχ 1 the son of Ca
LUK 3 37 qev8 translate-names τοῦ Μαθουσαλὰ…Καϊνὰμ 1 the son of Methuselah…Cainan This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23](./23.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 3 38 ni8x translate-names τοῦ Ἐνὼς…Ἀδὰμ 1 the son of Enos…Adam This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [Luke 3:23](./23.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 3 38 ck3f Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Adam, the son of God “Adam, created by God” or “Adam, who was from God” or “Adam, the son, we could say, of God”
-LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11, 18-19, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Jesus was tempted by the devil
While it is true that the devil sincerely believed that he could persuade Jesus to obey him, it is important not to imply that Jesus actually ever really wanted to obey him.
+LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11, 18-19, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Jesus was tempted by the devil
While it is true that the devil sincerely believed that he could persuade Jesus to obey him, it is important not to imply that Jesus actually ever really wanted to obey him.
LUK 4 1 j249 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus fasts for 40 days, and the devil meets him to try to persuade him to sin.
LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus After John had baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ LUK 4 42 d1pr ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place “a deserted place
LUK 4 43 sjy1 ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν 1 to many other cities “to the people in many other cities”
LUK 4 43 b45z figs-activepassive τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην 1 this is the reason I was sent here This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is the reason God sent me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 44 s5mb τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Judea Since Jesus had been in Galilee, the term “Judea” here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived”
-LUK 5 intro axr7 0 # Luke 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “You will catch men”
Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Sinners
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Fasting and Feasting
People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hypothetical Situation
Jesus uses a hypothetical situation to condemn the Pharisees. This passage includes “people in good health” and “righteous people.” This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. There are no “righteous people,” everybody needs Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [Luke 5:31-32](./31.md))
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
In several parts of this chapter the author left some information implicit that his original readers would have understood and thought about. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that the author was communicating. The UST often shows how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand those passages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Past Events
Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 5:24](../../luk/05/24.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK 5 intro axr7 0 # Luke 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “You will catch men”
Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Sinners
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Fasting and Feasting
People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hypothetical Situation
Jesus uses a hypothetical situation to condemn the Pharisees. This passage includes “people in good health” and “righteous people.” This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. There are no “righteous people,” everybody needs Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [Luke 5:31-32](./31.md))
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
In several parts of this chapter the author left some information implicit that his original readers would have understood and thought about. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that the author was communicating. The UST often shows how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand those passages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Past Events
Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 5:24](../../luk/05/24.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 5 1 l5gy 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus preaches from Simon Peter’s boat at the lake of Gennesaret.
LUK 5 1 zc8q writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 5 1 wsf8 ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 listening to the word of God Possible meanings are (1) “listening to the message God wanted them to hear” or (2) “listening to Jesus’ message about God”
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ LUK 5 37 dw18 figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται 1 it will
LUK 5 38 ijm3 ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς 1 fresh wineskins “new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to new wineskins, unused.
LUK 5 39 pvn9 figs-metaphor πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον 1 after drinking old wine wants the new This metaphor contrasts the old teaching of the religious leaders against the new teaching of Jesus. The point is that people who are used to the old teaching are not willing to listen to the new things that Jesus is teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 5 39 uan9 figs-explicit λέγει γάρ, ὁ παλαιὸς χρηστός ἐστιν 1 for he says, ‘The old is better.’ It may be helpful to add: “and he is therefore not willing to try the new wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK 6 intro vv2y 0 # Luke 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Luke 6:20-49 contains many blessings and woes that appear to correspond to Matthew 5-7. This part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” In Luke, they are not as connected to a teaching on the kingdom of God as they are in Matthew’s gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Eating the grain”
When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath ([Luke 6:1](../../luk/06/01.md)), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain and so disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath.
The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses required farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields they traveled through or near. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. Jesus used a metaphor of a generous grain merchant to teach his people to be generous ([Luke 6:38](../../luk/06/38.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical Questions
Rhetorical questions are questions to which the speaker already knows the answer. The Pharisees scolded Jesus by asking him a rhetorical question when they thought he was breaking the Sabbath ([Luke 6:2](../../luk/06/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Luke wrote that the disciples were rubbing the heads of grain between their hands, he expected his reader to know that they were separating the part they would eat from what they would throw away ([Luke 6:1](../../luk/06/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
+LUK 6 intro vv2y 0 # Luke 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Luke 6:20-49 contains many blessings and woes that appear to correspond to Matthew 5-7. This part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” In Luke, they are not as connected to a teaching on the kingdom of God as they are in Matthew’s gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Eating the grain”
When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath ([Luke 6:1](../../luk/06/01.md)), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain and so disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath.
The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses required farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields they traveled through or near. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. Jesus used a metaphor of a generous grain merchant to teach his people to be generous ([Luke 6:38](../../luk/06/38.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical Questions
Rhetorical questions are questions to which the speaker already knows the answer. The Pharisees scolded Jesus by asking him a rhetorical question when they thought he was breaking the Sabbath ([Luke 6:2](../../luk/06/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Luke wrote that the disciples were rubbing the heads of grain between their hands, he expected his reader to know that they were separating the part they would eat from what they would throw away ([Luke 6:1](../../luk/06/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
LUK 6 1 dum1 figs-you 0 General Information: The word “you” here is plural, and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 6 1 sw1e 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are walking through grainfields, some Pharisees begin to question the disciples about what they are doing on the Sabbath, which, in God’s law, has been set aside for God.
LUK 6 1 c4sa writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you can consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ LUK 6 49 l5jj ποταμός 1 torrent of water “fast-moving water” or “r
LUK 6 49 bs8c προσέρρηξεν 1 flowed against “crashed against”
LUK 6 49 q98t συνέπεσεν 1 it collapsed fell down or came apart
LUK 6 49 jm86 ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα 1 the ruin of that house was great “that house was completely destroyed”
-LUK 7 intro u8gj 0 # Luke 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27.
Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Centurion
The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave ([Luke 7:2](../../luk/07/02.md)) was doing many unusual things. A Roman soldier would almost never go to a Jew for anything, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### John’s Baptism
John baptized people to show that those he was baptizing knew they were sinners and were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### “Sinners”
Luke refers to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders considered these people to be hopelessly ignorant of the law of Moses, and so called them “sinners.” In reality, the leaders were sinful. This situation can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### “Feet”
The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty and muddy. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 7:34](../../luk/07/34.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK 7 intro u8gj 0 # Luke 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27.
Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Centurion
The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave ([Luke 7:2](../../luk/07/02.md)) was doing many unusual things. A Roman soldier would almost never go to a Jew for anything, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### John’s Baptism
John baptized people to show that those he was baptizing knew they were sinners and were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### “Sinners”
Luke refers to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders considered these people to be hopelessly ignorant of the law of Moses, and so called them “sinners.” In reality, the leaders were sinful. This situation can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### “Feet”
The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty and muddy. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 7:34](../../luk/07/34.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 7 1 e1by 0 General Information: Jesus enters Capernaum where Jesus heals a centurian’s servant.
LUK 7 1 zi6w figs-idiom εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ 1 in the hearing of the people The idiom “in the hearing” emphasizes that he wanted them to hear what he said. Alternate translation: “to the people who were listening to him” or “to the people who were present” or “for the people to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 7 1 l2zp writing-newevent εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 he entered into Capernaum This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ LUK 7 49 enw4 συνανακείμενοι 1 reclining together “reclining to
LUK 7 49 ie4z figs-rquestion τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν? 1 Who is this that even forgives sins? The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins and did not believe that Jesus was God. This question was probably intended to be an accusation. Alternate translation: “Who does this man think he is? Only God can forgive sins!” or “Why is this man pretending to be God, who alone can forgive sins?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 7 50 lje8 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has saved you “Because of your faith, you are saved.” The abstract noun “faith” could be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “Because you believe, you are saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 7 50 sp2u πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην 1 Go in peace This is a way of saying good-bye while giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “As you go, do not worry anymore” or “May God give you peace as you go”
-LUK 8 intro ba3i 0 # Luke 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracles
Jesus made a storm stop by speaking to it, he made a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he made evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Luke 8:4-15](./04.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Brothers and sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
+LUK 8 intro ba3i 0 # Luke 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Several times in this chapter Luke changes his topic without marking the change. You should not try to make these rough changes smooth.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Miracles
Jesus made a storm stop by speaking to it, he made a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he made evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Luke 8:4-15](./04.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Brothers and sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
LUK 8 1 f72n 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Jesus’ preaching while traveling.
LUK 8 1 i6mi writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed of evil spirits and diseases This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ LUK 8 53 nu8w κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέ
LUK 8 54 e7zt αὐτὸς…κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 he taking hold of her hand “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand”
LUK 8 55 k6w2 figs-explicit ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς 1 her spirit returned “Her spirit returned to her body.” The Jews understood that life was the result of the spirit coming into a person. Alternate translation: “She started breathing again” or “She came back to life” or “She became alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 8 56 c6mp μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one This could be stated differently. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
-LUK 9 intro uc1r 0 # Luke 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “To preach the kingdom of God”
No one knows for sure what the words “kingdom of God” here refer to. Some say it refers to the reign of God on earth, and others say it refers to the gospel message that Jesus died to pay for the his people’s sins. It is best to translate this as “to preach about the kingdom of God” or “to teach them about how God was going to show himself as king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Elijah
God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came, so some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah ([Luke 9:9](../../luk/09/09.md), [Luke 9:19](../../luk/09/19.md)). However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus ([Luke 9:30](../../luk/09/30.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])
### “Kingdom of God”
The term “kingdom of God” is used in this chapter to refer to a kingdom that was still in the future when the words were spoken. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
### Glory
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. An example in this chapter is: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it.” ([Luke 9:24](../../luk/09/24.md)).
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 9:22](../../luk/09/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### “Receiving”
This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” ([Luke 9:48](../../luk/09/48.md)), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” ([Luke 9:53](../../luk/09/53.md)), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
+LUK 9 intro uc1r 0 # Luke 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “To preach the kingdom of God”
No one knows for sure what the words “kingdom of God” here refer to. Some say it refers to the reign of God on earth, and others say it refers to the gospel message that Jesus died to pay for the his people’s sins. It is best to translate this as “to preach about the kingdom of God” or “to teach them about how God was going to show himself as king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Elijah
God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came, so some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah ([Luke 9:9](../../luk/09/09.md), [Luke 9:19](../../luk/09/19.md)). However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus ([Luke 9:30](../../luk/09/30.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])
### “Kingdom of God”
The term “kingdom of God” is used in this chapter to refer to a kingdom that was still in the future when the words were spoken. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
### Glory
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. An example in this chapter is: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it.” ([Luke 9:24](../../luk/09/24.md)).
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 9:22](../../luk/09/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### “Receiving”
This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” ([Luke 9:48](../../luk/09/48.md)), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” ([Luke 9:53](../../luk/09/53.md)), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
LUK 9 1 s7fw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus reminds his disciples not to depend on money and their things, gives them power, and then sends them out to various places.
LUK 9 1 zqq6 δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν 1 power and authority These two terms are used together to show that the twelve had both the ability and the right to heal people. Translate this phrase with a combination of words that include both of these ideas.
LUK 9 1 fuj7 πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια 1 all the demons Possible meanings are (1) “every demon” or (2) “every kind of demon.”
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ LUK 9 62 j8xt writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς…εὔθετός ἐστιν τ
LUK 9 62 zdz4 figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον 1 No one having put his hand to the plow Here “puts his hand to” something is an idiom that means the person starts to do something. Alternate translation: “No one who starts to plow his field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 9 62 pv99 βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 looking back Anyone who is looking back while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well.
LUK 9 62 k2kn εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is fit for the kingdom of God “useful for the kingdom of God” or “suitable for the kingdom of God”
-LUK 10 intro z899 0 # Luke 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Harvest
Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Neighbor
A neighbor is anyone who lives nearby. The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a parable ([Luke 10:29-36](./29.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK 10 intro z899 0 # Luke 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Harvest
Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Neighbor
A neighbor is anyone who lives nearby. The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a parable ([Luke 10:29-36](./29.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 10 1 c5vi 0 General Information: Jesus sends out 70 more people ahead of him. Those 70 return with joy, and Jesus responds with praise to his heavenly Father.
LUK 10 1 u8l6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 10 1 m75c translate-numbers ἑβδομήκοντα 1 seventy “70.” Some versions say “seventy-two” or “72.” You may want to include a footnote that says that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ LUK 10 40 jd9a figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι…μόνην με κατέ
LUK 10 41 dsw3 Μάρθα, Μάρθα 1 Martha, Martha Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “Dear Martha” or “You, Martha”
LUK 10 42 hqt4 figs-explicit ἑνός…ἐστιν χρεία 1 only one thing is necessary Jesus is contrasting what Mary is doing with what Martha is doing. It may be helpful to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the only thing that is really necessary is to listen to my teaching” or “listening to my teaching is more necessary than preparing a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 42 nzn8 figs-activepassive ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς 1 which will not be taken away from her Possible meanings are (1) “I will not take this opportunity away from her” or (2) “she will not lose what she has gained as she was listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK 11 intro j6le 0 # Luke 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Lord’s Prayer
When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.
### Jonah
Jonah was an Old Testament prophet who was sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell them to repent. When he told them to repent, they repented. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Washing
The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash these things, but they would wash them anyway. This was because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that God had not made, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
+LUK 11 intro j6le 0 # Luke 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Lord’s Prayer
When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.
### Jonah
Jonah was an Old Testament prophet who was sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell them to repent. When he told them to repent, they repented. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Washing
The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash these things, but they would wash them anyway. This was because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that God had not made, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LUK 11 1 rkn4 0 General Information: The is the beginning of the next part of the story. Jesus teaches his disciples to pray.
LUK 11 1 fl3j writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 1 c9n4 ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτὸν…τις 1 when Jesus was praying…one It may be more natural to state that Jesus finished praying before the disciple asked the question. Alternate translation: “that Jesus was praying in a certain place. When he finished praying, one of”
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ LUK 11 53 mld3 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story
LUK 11 53 ejf1 κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ 1 After he went out from there “After Jesus left the Pharisee’s house”
LUK 11 53 h9sw ἀποστοματίζειν αὐτὸν περὶ πλειόνων 1 argued against him about many things The scribes and Pharisees did not argue in order to defend their views, but to try to trap Jesus so they could accuse him of breaking the law of God.
LUK 11 54 mr32 figs-metaphor αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to trap him in something from his mouth This means they wanted Jesus to say something wrong so that they could accuse him. The scribes and Pharisees did not argue in order to defend their views, but to try to trap Jesus so they could accuse him of breaking the law of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK 12 intro jun3 0 # Luke 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
### Servants
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
### Division
Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them ([Luke 12:51-56](./51.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 12;8](./08.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK 12 intro jun3 0 # Luke 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
### Servants
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
### Division
Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them ([Luke 12:51-56](./51.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 12;8](./08.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 12 1 w6x5 0 General Information: Jesus begins to teach his disciples in front of thousands of people.
LUK 12 1 en8g writing-newevent ἐν οἷς 1 In the meantime This is probably while the scribes and Pharisees were looking for a way to trap him. The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 12 1 r5jz writing-background ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους 1 when many thousands of the people were gathered together This is background information that tells the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ LUK 12 58 e7hz τὸν κριτήν 1 the judge This refers to the magistrate,
LUK 12 58 b7sh σε παραδώσει 1 deliver you “does not take you”
LUK 12 59 wi7m figs-hypo λέγω σοι…καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν ἀποδῷς 1 I say to you…you have paid the very last bit of money This is the end of the hypothetical situation, which begins in verse 58, that Jesus uses to teach the crowd. His point is that they should resolve the things they are able to resolve without involving the public courts. This can be restated to make it clear it might not happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 12 59 i124 καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν 1 the very last bit of money “the entire amount of money that your adversary demands”
-LUK 13 intro xaa2 0 # Luke 13 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Unknown events
The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written ([Luke 13:1-5](./01.md)). Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: “those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” ([Luke 13:30](../../luk/13/30.md)).
+LUK 13 intro xaa2 0 # Luke 13 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Unknown events
The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written ([Luke 13:1-5](./01.md)). Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: “those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” ([Luke 13:30](../../luk/13/30.md)).
LUK 13 1 t1fi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is still speaking in front of the crowd. Some people in the crowd ask him a question and he begins to respond. This continues the story that begins in [Luke 12:1](../12/01.md).
LUK 13 1 b9rx ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ 1 at that time This phrase connects this event to the end of chapter 12, when Jesus was teaching a crowd of people.
LUK 13 1 wg2k figs-explicit ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν 1 whose blood Pilate mixed with their own sacrifices Here “blood” refers to the death of the Galileans. They were probably killed while they were offering their sacrifices. This could be stated explicitly as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ LUK 13 34 kb9t figs-metaphor ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆ
LUK 13 35 w1v2 figs-metaphor ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house is abandoned This is a prophecy about something that would happen soon. It means that God has stopped protecting the people of Jerusalem, so enemies can attack them and drive them away. Possible meanings are (1) God will abandon them. Alternate translation: “God will abandon you” or (2) their city will be empty. Alternate translation: “your house will be abandoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 13 35 x4y6 οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 you will not see me until you say “you will not see me until the time comes when you will say” or “the next time you see me, you will say”
LUK 13 35 v6lj figs-metonymy ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 the name of the Lord Here “name” refers to the Lord’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verse 3 says, “Jesus asked the experts in the Jewish law and the Pharisees, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?’” Many times, the Pharisees got angry with Jesus for healing on the Sabbath. In this passage, Jesus dumbfounds the Pharisees. It was normally the Pharisees who tried to trap Jesus.
### Changes of subject
Many times in this chapter Luke changes from one subject to another without marking the changes.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parable
Jesus told the parable in [Luke 14:15-24](./15.md) to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy. But people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: “for everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” ([Luke 14:11](../../luk/14/11.md)).
+LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verse 3 says, “Jesus asked the experts in the Jewish law and the Pharisees, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?’” Many times, the Pharisees got angry with Jesus for healing on the Sabbath. In this passage, Jesus dumbfounds the Pharisees. It was normally the Pharisees who tried to trap Jesus.
### Changes of subject
Many times in this chapter Luke changes from one subject to another without marking the changes.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parable
Jesus told the parable in [Luke 14:15-24](./15.md) to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy. But people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: “for everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” ([Luke 14:11](../../luk/14/11.md)).
LUK 14 1 a3ya writing-background 0 General Information: It is the Sabbath, and Jesus is at Pharisee’s house. Verse 1 gives background information for the event that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 14 1 dj2d writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο…Σαββάτῳ 1 Now it happened…on a Sabbath This indicates a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 14 1 lh8g figs-synecdoche φαγεῖν ἄρτον 1 to eat bread “to eat” or “for a meal.” Bread was an important part of a meal and is used in this sentence to refer to a meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ LUK 14 35 bp1b κοπρίαν 1 manure pile People use manure to fertilize gard
LUK 14 35 n5a9 figs-activepassive ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό 1 They throw it out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone just throws it away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 14 35 u9h3 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 8:8](../08/08.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 14 35 c5fb figs-123person 1 The one who…let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Luke 8:8](../08/08.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK 15 intro p1ba 0 # Luke 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The parable of the prodigal son
[Luke 15:11-32](./11.md) is the parable of the prodigal son. Most people think that the father in the story represented God (the Father), the sinful younger son represented those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son represented the Pharisees. In the story the older son became angry at the father because the father forgave the younger son’s sins, and he would not go into the party the father had because the younger son repented. This was because Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think only they were good and to not forgive other people’s sins. He was teaching them that they would never be part of God’s kingdom because they thought that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sinners
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables ([Luke 15:4-7](./04.md), [Luke 15:8-10](./08.md), and [Luke 15:11-32](./11.md)) to teach that the people who believe they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK 15 intro p1ba 0 # Luke 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### The parable of the prodigal son
[Luke 15:11-32](./11.md) is the parable of the prodigal son. Most people think that the father in the story represented God (the Father), the sinful younger son represented those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son represented the Pharisees. In the story the older son became angry at the father because the father forgave the younger son’s sins, and he would not go into the party the father had because the younger son repented. This was because Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think only they were good and to not forgive other people’s sins. He was teaching them that they would never be part of God’s kingdom because they thought that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sinners
When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables ([Luke 15:4-7](./04.md), [Luke 15:8-10](./08.md), and [Luke 15:11-32](./11.md)) to teach that the people who believe they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 15 1 l9ez 0 General Information: We do not know where this takes place; it simply occurs one day when Jesus is teaching.
LUK 15 1 yj6b writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 15 1 ss52 figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ τελῶναι 1 all the tax collectors This is an exaggeration to stress that there were very many of them. Alternate translation: “many tax collectors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ LUK 16 31 abcl εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ 1 But he said to him “But Lazarus
LUK 16 31 xkr7 figs-metonymy εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets Here “Moses and the prophets” represent the things that they wrote. Alternate translation: “If they do not pay attention to what Moses and the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 31 n9s4 figs-hypo οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται 1 neither will they be persuaded if someone would rise from the dead Abraham states what would happen if the hypothetical situation occurred. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “neither will a person who comes back from the dead be able to convince them” or “they will not believe even if a person comes back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 31 gf1b ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 would rise from the dead The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them is to become alive again.
-LUK 17 intro c4am 0 # Luke 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Old Testament Examples
Jesus used the lives of Noah and of Lot to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and they needed to be ready for him to return, because he would not warn them when he came. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it, and they needed to love Jesus more than anything else,
Those who read your translation may need help so they can understand what Jesus was teaching here.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hypothetical situations
Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. Jesus used a special type of hypothetical situation to teach that what will happen to those who cause others to sin will be worse than being drowned ([Luke 19:1-2](./01.md)) and another to scold the disciples because they had little faith ([Luke 19:6](../../luk/19/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
### Rhetorical Questions
Jesus asked his disciples three questions ([Luke 17:7-9](./07.md)) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 17:22](../../luk/17/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” ([Luke 17:33](../../luk/17/33.md)).
+LUK 17 intro c4am 0 # Luke 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Old Testament Examples
Jesus used the lives of Noah and of Lot to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and they needed to be ready for him to return, because he would not warn them when he came. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it, and they needed to love Jesus more than anything else,
Those who read your translation may need help so they can understand what Jesus was teaching here.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hypothetical situations
Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. Jesus used a special type of hypothetical situation to teach that what will happen to those who cause others to sin will be worse than being drowned ([Luke 19:1-2](./01.md)) and another to scold the disciples because they had little faith ([Luke 19:6](../../luk/19/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
### Rhetorical Questions
Jesus asked his disciples three questions ([Luke 17:7-9](./07.md)) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 17:22](../../luk/17/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” ([Luke 17:33](../../luk/17/33.md)).
LUK 17 1 ls87 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching, but he directs his attention back to his disciples. This is still the same part of the story and the same day that began in [Luke 15:3](../15/03.md).
LUK 17 1 ej1e ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν 1 It is impossible for the stumblingblocks not to come “Things that tempt people to sin will certainly happen”
LUK 17 1 zck5 οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται! 1 woe to the one through whom they come! “to anyone who causes the temptations to come” or “to any person who causes people to be tempted”
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ LUK 17 37 c54n 0 General Information: The disciples ask Jesus a question about
LUK 17 37 wmg6 ποῦ, Κύριε? 1 Where, Lord? “Lord, where will this happen?”
LUK 17 37 fen1 writing-proverbs ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together Apparently this is a proverb that means “It will be obvious” or “You will know it when it happens.” Alternate translation: “As vultures gathering shows that there is a dead body, so these things show that the Son of Man is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
LUK 17 37 m6ca translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοὶ 1 the vultures Vultures are large birds that fly together and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. You could describe these birds this way or use the word for local birds that do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK 18 intro v92v 0 # Luke 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jesus told two parables ([Luke 18:1-8](./01.md) and [Luke 18:9-14](./09.md)) and then taught that his followers were to be humble ([Luke 18:15-17](./15.md)), to use everything they owned to help the poor ([Luke 18:18-30](./18.md)), and to expect him to die soon ([Luke 18:31-34](./31.md)), Then they all began to walk to Jerusalem, and Jesus healed a blind man ([Luke 18:35-43](./35.md)).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judges
People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### Pharisees and tax collectors
The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 18:8](../../luk/18/08.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK 18 intro v92v 0 # Luke 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jesus told two parables ([Luke 18:1-8](./01.md) and [Luke 18:9-14](./09.md)) and then taught that his followers were to be humble ([Luke 18:15-17](./15.md)), to use everything they owned to help the poor ([Luke 18:18-30](./18.md)), and to expect him to die soon ([Luke 18:31-34](./31.md)), Then they all began to walk to Jerusalem, and Jesus healed a blind man ([Luke 18:35-43](./35.md)).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Judges
People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
### Pharisees and tax collectors
The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 18:8](../../luk/18/08.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 18 1 r26t figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell a parable as he continues to teach his disciples. This is the same part of the story that began in [Luke 17:20](../17/20.md). Verse 1 gives us a description of the parable Jesus is about to tell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
LUK 18 1 w7ar ἔλεγεν δὲ 1 Then he spoke “Then Jesus”
LUK 18 2 l2qr λέγων 1 saying A new sentence could begin here: “He said”
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ LUK 18 41 al8g ἵνα ἀναβλέψω 1 I want to see again “to be able t
LUK 18 42 n67h figs-imperative ἀνάβλεψον 1 Receive your sight This is a command, but Jesus is not commanding the man to do anything. Jesus is healing the man by commanding him to be healed. Alternate translation: “You will now receive your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 18 42 gcv1 figs-metonymy ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Your faith has healed you These words are a metonym. It was because of the man’s faith that Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “I have healed you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 18 43 d1kk δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν 1 glorifying God “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
-LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
After Jesus helped a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins ([Luke 19:1-10](./01.md)), he taught his followers that when he began to rule as king they would need to tell them what they had done with the things he had given them to take care of ([Luke 19:11-27](./11.md)). He did this by telling them a parable. After that, he rode into Jerusalem on a colt ([Luke 19:28-48](./28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Sinner”
The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### Servants
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
### Spreading garments and branches
When king would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the clothes that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
### The merchants in the temple
Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+LUK 19 intro zn2b 0 # Luke 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
After Jesus helped a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins ([Luke 19:1-10](./01.md)), he taught his followers that when he began to rule as king they would need to tell them what they had done with the things he had given them to take care of ([Luke 19:11-27](./11.md)). He did this by telling them a parable. After that, he rode into Jerusalem on a colt ([Luke 19:28-48](./28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Sinner”
The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### Servants
God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
### Spreading garments and branches
When king would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the clothes that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
### The merchants in the temple
Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
LUK 19 1 j35m writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 begin to give background information for the events that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 19 2 y5i5 writing-participants καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Now, there was a man The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 19 2 z91v writing-background αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος 1 he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich This is background information about Zacchaeus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ LUK 19 46 ba8w figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers
LUK 19 47 mn6e writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of this part of the story. These verses tell about ongoing action that continues after the main part of the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
LUK 19 47 z2n8 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple “in the temple courtyard” or “at the temple”
LUK 19 48 pnf9 ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων 1 were listening, hanging on to his words “were paying close attention to what Jesus was saying”
-LUK 20 intro h6in 0 # Luke 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:17, 42-43, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Using questions to trap people
When Jesus asked the Pharisees who gave John the authority to baptize ([Luke 20:4](../../luk/20/04.md)), they could not answer because any answer they gave would give someone a reason to say that they were wrong ([Luke 20:5-6](./05.md)). They thought that they would be able to say that Jesus was wrong when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar ([Luke 20:22](../../luk/20/22.md)), but Jesus gave them an answer that they had not thought of.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. In this passage, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will himself be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. ([Luke 20:41-44](./41.md)).
+LUK 20 intro h6in 0 # Luke 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:17, 42-43, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Using questions to trap people
When Jesus asked the Pharisees who gave John the authority to baptize ([Luke 20:4](../../luk/20/04.md)), they could not answer because any answer they gave would give someone a reason to say that they were wrong ([Luke 20:5-6](./05.md)). They thought that they would be able to say that Jesus was wrong when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar ([Luke 20:22](../../luk/20/22.md)), but Jesus gave them an answer that they had not thought of.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. In this passage, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will himself be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. ([Luke 20:41-44](./41.md)).
LUK 20 1 idi8 0 Connecting Statement: The chief priests, scribes, and elders question Jesus in the temple.
LUK 20 1 h8gv writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Now it happend that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 20 1 vtg4 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple “in the temple courtyard” or “at the temple”
@@ -2570,7 +2570,7 @@ LUK 20 46 ang2 figs-explicit θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στο
LUK 20 47 c7yv figs-metaphor οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour the houses of widows “They also eat up widows’ houses.” The scribes are spoken of as if they were hungry animals that eat up the widows’ houses. The word “houses” is a synecdoche for both where the widow lives and all the possessions she puts in her home. Alternate translation: “They also take away from widows all their possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 20 47 g67x προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται 1 for a show they pray at length “they pretend to be righteous and make long prayers” or “they make long prayers so that people will see them”
LUK 20 47 zpp5 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These will receive greater condemnation “They will receive a more severe judgment.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them very severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jesus told his disciples much about what would happen before he returned.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am he,’”
Jesus taught that before he returned many people would falsely claim to be him returning. It will also be a time when many people will hate Jesus’ followers and even want to kill them.
### “Until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled”
The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the Gentiles,” the time when the Gentiles would rule over the Jews.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 21:27](../../luk/21/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK 21 intro ny7d 0 # Luke 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Jesus told his disciples much about what would happen before he returned.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am he,’”
Jesus taught that before he returned many people would falsely claim to be him returning. It will also be a time when many people will hate Jesus’ followers and even want to kill them.
### “Until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled”
The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the Gentiles,” the time when the Gentiles would rule over the Jews.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 21:27](../../luk/21/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 21 1 k2zb writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus begins teaching his disciples, either on the same day that the Sadducees question Jesus ([Luke 20:27](../20/27.md)) or on a different day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 21 1 nf4c figs-explicit τὰ δῶρα 1 gifts You may need to make explicit what the gifts were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 21 1 unv2 τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 the treasury one of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money as a gift to God
@@ -2685,7 +2685,7 @@ LUK 21 37 x4g8 τὰς…δὲ νύκτας ἐξερχόμενος 1 at night
LUK 21 38 mu6l figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 1 all of the people The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that the crowd was very large. Alternate translation: “A very large number of people in the city” or “Almost everyone in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 21 38 bky8 ὤρθριζεν 1 were coming early in the morning “would come early each morning”
LUK 21 38 cbx2 ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ 1 to hear him “to hear him teach”
-LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The eating of the body and blood
[Luke 22:19-20](./19.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
### The new covenant
Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 22:22](../../luk/22/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK 22 intro y8nr 0 # Luke 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The eating of the body and blood
[Luke 22:19-20](./19.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
### The new covenant
Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 22:22](../../luk/22/22.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 22 1 cf6p writing-background 0 General Information: Judas agrees to betray Jesus. These verses give background information about this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 22 1 q8fa writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 22 1 jjy9 figs-explicit ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the Festival of Unleavened Bread The festival was called by this name because during the festival, the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. Alternate translation: “festival when they would eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@ LUK 22 70 l4j7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1
LUK 22 70 jtr9 ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 You are saying that I am “Yes, it is just like you say”
LUK 22 71 u3m3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν? 1 What further need do we have of a witness? They use a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 22 71 lpm4 figs-metonymy ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 we have heard from his own mouth The phrase “his own mouth” refers to his speech. Alternate translation: “heard him say that he believes he is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the last line of this chapter apart because it is more connected with chapter 24 than with chapter 23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Accuse
The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing evil because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing.
### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”
The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Luke 23:53](../../luk/23/53.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I find no fault in this man”
Pilate was saying that he did not know of any reason why he should punish Jesus because Jesus had not broken any laws. Pilate was not saying that Jesus was perfect.
+LUK 23 intro p6wq 0 # Luke 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the last line of this chapter apart because it is more connected with chapter 24 than with chapter 23.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Accuse
The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing evil because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing.
### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”
The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Luke 23:53](../../luk/23/53.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I find no fault in this man”
Pilate was saying that he did not know of any reason why he should punish Jesus because Jesus had not broken any laws. Pilate was not saying that Jesus was perfect.
LUK 23 1 pi3d 0 General Information: Jesus is brought before Pilate.
LUK 23 1 sgf1 ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν 1 The whole company of them “All of the Jewish leaders” or “All the members of the Council”
LUK 23 1 mvn9 ἀναστὰν 1 rose up “stood” or “stood to their feet”
@@ -3045,7 +3045,7 @@ LUK 23 56 sm68 ὑποστρέψασαι 1 They returned “The women went to t
LUK 23 56 mj6q figs-explicit ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα 1 prepared spices and ointments Because they had had no time to honor Jesus by putting fragrant spices and ointments on his body on the day he died, they were going to do it on the morning of the first day of the week. Alternate translation: “prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 56 uzk9 ἡσύχασαν 1 they rested “the women did no work”
LUK 23 56 tk6s κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν 1 according to the commandment “according to the Jewish law” or “as the Jewish law required.” They were not allowed to prepare his body on the Sabbath according to the law.
-LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
### The faith of the women
Most of Luke’s original readers would have thought of women as less important than men, but Luke carefully shows that some women loved Jesus very much and had more faith than the twelve disciples had.
### Resurrection
Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](./38.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 24:7](../../luk/24/07.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### “On the third day”
Jesus told his followers that he would become alive again “on the third day” ([Luke 18:33](../../luk/18/33.md)). He died on a Friday afternoon (before sunset) and became alive again on a Sunday, so he became alive again “on the third day” because the Jews said that the day began and ended at sunset, and they counted any part of the day as a day. Friday was the first day, Saturday was the second day, and Sunday was the third day.
### Two men in bright shining robes
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
### The faith of the women
Most of Luke’s original readers would have thought of women as less important than men, but Luke carefully shows that some women loved Jesus very much and had more faith than the twelve disciples had.
### Resurrection
Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](./38.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Luke 24:7](../../luk/24/07.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### “On the third day”
Jesus told his followers that he would become alive again “on the third day” ([Luke 18:33](../../luk/18/33.md)). He died on a Friday afternoon (before sunset) and became alive again on a Sunday, so he became alive again “on the third day” because the Jews said that the day began and ended at sunset, and they counted any part of the day as a day. Friday was the first day, Saturday was the second day, and Sunday was the third day.
### Two men in bright shining robes
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
LUK 24 1 b46u 0 General Information: The women ([Luke 23:55](../23/55.md)) return to the tomb with spices to put on Jesus’ body.
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, ὄρθρου βαθέως 1 Now at early dawn on the first day of the week “Before dawn on Sunday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 1 qg7a ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν 1 they came to the tomb “the women arrived at the tomb.” These were the women spoken of in [Luke 23:55](../23/55.md).
diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
index f69d28c8bb..cb00e878f6 100644
--- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1CO front intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 Corinthians
1. Divisions in the church (1:10-4:21)
1. Moral sins and irregularities (5:1-13)
1. Christians taking other Christians to court (6:1-20)
1. Marriage and related matters (7:1-40)
1. Misuse of Christian liberty; food sacrificed to idols, fleeing idolatry; women’s head coverings (8:1-13; 10:1-11:16)
1. Paul’s rights as an apostle (9:1-27)
1. The Lord’s Supper (11:17-34)
1. The gifts of the Holy Spirit (12:1-31)
1. Love (13:1-13)
1. The gifts of the Holy Spirit: prophecy and languages (14:1-40)
1. The resurrection of believers and the resurrection of Christ (15:1-58)
1. Closing: the contribution for Christians in Jerusalem, requests, and personal greetings (16:1-24)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Corinthians?
Paul wrote 1 Corinthians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul started the church that met in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.
### What is the Book of 1 Corinthians about?
1 Corinthians is a letter that Paul wrote to the believers who were in the city of Corinth. Paul had heard that there were problems among the believers there. They were arguing with each other. Some of them did not understand some of the Christian teachings. And some of them were behaving badly. In this letter, Paul responded to them and encouraged them to live in a way that pleased God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “First Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the city of Corinth like?
Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.
### What was the problem with meat sacrificed to idols?
Many animals were slaughtered and sacrificed to the false gods in Corinth. Priests and worshipers kept some of the meat. Much of the meat was sold in markets. Many Christians disagreed with each other over whether it was right for them to eat this meat, because it had been dedicated to a false god. Paul writes about this problem in 1 Corinthians.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 1 Corinthians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, 1 Corinthians ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.” (See: 1:2; 3:17)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:1, 2; 14:33; 16:1, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.” (See: 1:2; 6:11; 7:14, 34)
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What is the meaning of “flesh?”
Paul frequently used the terms “flesh” or “fleshly” to refer to Christians who did sinful things. However, it is not the physical world that is evil. Paul also described Christians who lived in a righteous way as “spiritual.” This is because they did what the Holy Spirit taught them to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:2, 30, 31; 3:1; 4:10, 15, 17; 6:11, 19; 7:22; 9:1, 2; 11:11, 25; 12:3, 9, 13, 18, 25; 14:16; 15:18, 19, 22, 31, 58; 16:19, 24. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “those who have been dedicated in Christ Jesus” (1:2), where Paul specifically meant that Christian believers have been dedicated to Christ.
Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Corinthians?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. Translators are advised to follow the modern versions of the Bible. However, if in the translators’ region there are Bibles that read according to older versions of the Bible, the translators can follow those. If so, these verses should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to 1 Corinthians.
* “Therefore glorify God with your body.” Some older versions read “Therefore glorify God with your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” (6:20)
* “I did this even though I myself was not under the law” (9:20). Some older versions leave this passage out.
* “for the sake of conscience--the conscience of the other man.” Some older versions read “for the sake of conscience: for the earth and everything in it belong to the Lord: the conscience of the other man.” (10:28)
* “and that I give my body to be burned” (13:3). Some older versions read, “and that I give my body so that I might boast.”
* “But if anyone does not recognize this, let him not be recognized” (14:38). Some older versions read, “But if anyone is ignorant of this, let him be ignorant.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1CO 1 intro ud5y 0 # 1 Corinthians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The first three verses are a greeting. In the ancient Near East, this was a common way of starting a letter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 19, which are from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Disunity
In this chapter, Paul scolds the church for being divided and for following different apostles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])
### Spiritual gifts
Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities to help the church. The Holy Spirit gives these gifts to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. Paul lists spiritual gifts in Chapter 12. Some scholars believe the Holy Spirit gave some of these gifts only in the early church to help establish the developing church. Other scholars believe all the gifts of the Spirit are still available to help all Christians throughout the church history. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
In this chapter, Paul refers to the return of Christ using two different phrases: “the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ” and “the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the Corinthians for dividing into factions and for relying on human wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Stumbling block
A stumbling block is a rock people stumble over. Here it means the Jews find it hard to believe that God allowed his Messiah to be crucified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO front intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 Corinthians
1. Divisions in the church (1:10-4:21)
1. Moral sins and irregularities (5:1-13)
1. Christians taking other Christians to court (6:1-20)
1. Marriage and related matters (7:1-40)
1. Misuse of Christian liberty; food sacrificed to idols, fleeing idolatry; women’s head coverings (8:1-13; 10:1-11:16)
1. Paul’s rights as an apostle (9:1-27)
1. The Lord’s Supper (11:17-34)
1. The gifts of the Holy Spirit (12:1-31)
1. Love (13:1-13)
1. The gifts of the Holy Spirit: prophecy and languages (14:1-40)
1. The resurrection of believers and the resurrection of Christ (15:1-58)
1. Closing: the contribution for Christians in Jerusalem, requests, and personal greetings (16:1-24)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Corinthians?
Paul wrote 1 Corinthians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul started the church that met in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.
### What is the Book of 1 Corinthians about?
1 Corinthians is a letter that Paul wrote to the believers who were in the city of Corinth. Paul had heard that there were problems among the believers there. They were arguing with each other. Some of them did not understand some of the Christian teachings. And some of them were behaving badly. In this letter, Paul responded to them and encouraged them to live in a way that pleased God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “First Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the city of Corinth like?
Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.
### What was the problem with meat sacrificed to idols?
Many animals were slaughtered and sacrificed to the false gods in Corinth. Priests and worshipers kept some of the meat. Much of the meat was sold in markets. Many Christians disagreed with each other over whether it was right for them to eat this meat, because it had been dedicated to a false god. Paul writes about this problem in 1 Corinthians.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 1 Corinthians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, 1 Corinthians ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.” (See: 1:2; 3:17)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:1, 2; 14:33; 16:1, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.” (See: 1:2; 6:11; 7:14, 34)
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What is the meaning of “flesh?”
Paul frequently used the terms “flesh” or “fleshly” to refer to Christians who did sinful things. However, it is not the physical world that is evil. Paul also described Christians who lived in a righteous way as “spiritual.” This is because they did what the Holy Spirit taught them to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:2, 30, 31; 3:1; 4:10, 15, 17; 6:11, 19; 7:22; 9:1, 2; 11:11, 25; 12:3, 9, 13, 18, 25; 14:16; 15:18, 19, 22, 31, 58; 16:19, 24. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “those who have been dedicated in Christ Jesus” (1:2), where Paul specifically meant that Christian believers have been dedicated to Christ.
Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Corinthians?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. Translators are advised to follow the modern versions of the Bible. However, if in the translators’ region there are Bibles that read according to older versions of the Bible, the translators can follow those. If so, these verses should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to 1 Corinthians.
* “Therefore glorify God with your body.” Some older versions read “Therefore glorify God with your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” (6:20)
* “I did this even though I myself was not under the law” (9:20). Some older versions leave this passage out.
* “for the sake of conscience--the conscience of the other man.” Some older versions read “for the sake of conscience: for the earth and everything in it belong to the Lord: the conscience of the other man.” (10:28)
* “and that I give my body to be burned” (13:3). Some older versions read, “and that I give my body so that I might boast.”
* “But if anyone does not recognize this, let him not be recognized” (14:38). Some older versions read, “But if anyone is ignorant of this, let him be ignorant.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1CO 1 intro ud5y 0 # 1 Corinthians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The first three verses are a greeting. In the ancient Near East, this was a common way of starting a letter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 19, which are from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Disunity
In this chapter, Paul scolds the church for being divided and for following different apostles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])
### Spiritual gifts
Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities to help the church. The Holy Spirit gives these gifts to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. Paul lists spiritual gifts in Chapter 12. Some scholars believe the Holy Spirit gave some of these gifts only in the early church to help establish the developing church. Other scholars believe all the gifts of the Spirit are still available to help all Christians throughout the church history. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idioms
In this chapter, Paul refers to the return of Christ using two different phrases: “the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ” and “the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the Corinthians for dividing into factions and for relying on human wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Stumbling block
A stumbling block is a rock people stumble over. Here it means the Jews find it hard to believe that God allowed his Messiah to be crucified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 1 1 e8j3 Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul”
1CO 1 1 qp1n translate-names Σωσθένης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Sosthenes our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Sosthenes. Alternate translation: “Sosthenes the brother you and I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CO 1 2 r9kg τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 to the church of God at Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the intended audience. Alternate translation: “wrote this letter to you in Corinth who believe in God”
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 1 30 a7bs figs-inclusive ἡμῖν 1 us These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 1 30 f1at figs-metonymy Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὃς ἐγενήθη σοφία ἡμῖν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 Christ Jesus, who was made for us wisdom from God Possible meanings are (1) “Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is” or (2) “Christ Jesus, who has given us God’s wisdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CO 1 31 fym9 ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord “If a person boasts, he should boast about how great the Lord is”
-1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
+1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wisdom
Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])
1CO 2 1 kjc7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God.
1CO 2 1 qvj7 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1CO 2 2 a2g9 figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι…εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 I decided to know nothing…except Jesus Christ When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing…except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything…except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 3 20 la6x Κύριος γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, ὅτι εἰσὶν μάταιοι 1 The Lord knows that the reasoning of the wise is futile “The Lord knows that what people who think they are wise plan to do is futile”
1CO 3 20 kz2u μάταιοι 1 futile useless
1CO 3 23 nj48 ὑμεῖς δὲ Χριστοῦ, Χριστὸς δὲ Θεοῦ 1 you are Christ’s, and Christ is God’s “you belong to Christ, and Christ belongs to God”
-1CO 4 intro vg5z 0 # 1 Corinthians 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
Paul contrasts the Corinthians being proud with the apostles being humble. The Corinthian believers had no reason to be proud. All that they had, and all they were, was a gift from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. He describes the apostles as servants. Paul speaks of a victory parade where the apostles are the prisoners who will be killed. He uses a rod to stand for punishment. He calls himself their father because he is their “spiritual father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
### Irony
Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians for being proud. The Corinthian believers are reigning but the apostles are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
+1CO 4 intro vg5z 0 # 1 Corinthians 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Pride
Paul contrasts the Corinthians being proud with the apostles being humble. The Corinthian believers had no reason to be proud. All that they had, and all they were, was a gift from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. He describes the apostles as servants. Paul speaks of a victory parade where the apostles are the prisoners who will be killed. He uses a rod to stand for punishment. He calls himself their father because he is their “spiritual father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
### Irony
Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians for being proud. The Corinthian believers are reigning but the apostles are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
1CO 4 1 k1v5 0 Connecting Statement: Having just reminded the people not to be proud concerning who taught them about the Lord and who had baptized them, Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that all believers are to be humble servants.
1CO 4 2 th8e figs-123person ὧδε λοιπὸν ζητεῖται ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις 1 what is required of stewards Paul is speaking of himself as if he were speaking about other people. Alternate translation: “we are required to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1CO 4 3 k6nc ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν, ἵνα ὑφ’ ὑμῶν ἀνακριθῶ 1 it is a very small thing that I should be judged by you Paul is comparing the difference between human judgment and God’s judgment. Man’s judgment is not important compared to God’s true judgment upon man.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 4 21 ix5g figs-rquestion τί θέλετε? 1 What do you want? Paul was making a last appeal to the Corinthians, as he has been rebuking them for the errors they had made. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you want to happen now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 4 21 wv61 figs-rquestion ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος? 1 Shall I come to you with a rod or with love and in a spirit of gentleness? Paul is offering the Corinthians two opposing attitudes he could use when approaching them. Alternate translation: “If you want, I can come to punish you, or I can come to show you how much I love you by being gentle with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 4 21 ix7l πραΰτητος 1 of gentleness “of kindness” or “of tenderness”
-1CO 5 intro vb3l 0 # 1 Corinthians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 13.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemisms
Paul uses euphemisms to describe sensitive topics. This chapter deals with sexual immorality of one church member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])
### Metaphor
Paul uses an extended comparison using many metaphors. Yeast represents evil. The loaf probably represents the whole congregation. The unleavened bread represents living purely. So the whole passage means: Don’t you know that a little evil will affect the whole congregation? So get rid of the evil so you can live purely. Christ has been sacrificed for us. So let us be sincere and truthful and not wicked and behaving badly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
+1CO 5 intro vb3l 0 # 1 Corinthians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 13.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemisms
Paul uses euphemisms to describe sensitive topics. This chapter deals with sexual immorality of one church member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fornication]])
### Metaphor
Paul uses an extended comparison using many metaphors. Yeast represents evil. The loaf probably represents the whole congregation. The unleavened bread represents living purely. So the whole passage means: Don’t you know that a little evil will affect the whole congregation? So get rid of the evil so you can live purely. Christ has been sacrificed for us. So let us be sincere and truthful and not wicked and behaving badly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
1CO 5 1 e66c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now specifically states about what sin of theirs he has heard, and how the Corinthian believers are proud of their acceptance of that man and his sin.
1CO 5 1 dlj2 figs-activepassive ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 which does not even exist among the Gentiles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that not even the Gentiles permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 5 1 b9xn γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔχειν 1 a man has his father’s wife “A man among you is commiting adultery with his father’s wife”
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 5 11 b4us ἀδελφὸς 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, either a man or a woman.
1CO 5 12 xeu7 figs-rquestion τί…μοι τοὺς ἔξω κρίνειν? 1 how am I involved with judging those who are outside the church? Paul is emphasizing that he is not the one to judge people outside the church. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am not the one who should judge people who do not belong to the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 5 12 m4s6 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ τοὺς ἔσω ὑμεῖς κρίνετε? 1 Are you not to judge those inside? Paul is scolding the Corinthians. “you should know that you are the ones who should judge those who are inside the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO 6 intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lawsuits
Paul teaches that a Christian should not take another Christian to court before a non-Christian judge. It is better to be cheated. Christians will judge the angels. So they should be able to solve problems among themselves. It is especially bad to use a court to cheat another believer. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The temple of the Holy Spirit is an important metaphor. It refers to the place where the Holy Spirit stays and is worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
+1CO 6 intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Lawsuits
Paul teaches that a Christian should not take another Christian to court before a non-Christian judge. It is better to be cheated. Christians will judge the angels. So they should be able to solve problems among themselves. It is especially bad to use a court to cheat another believer. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
The temple of the Holy Spirit is an important metaphor. It refers to the place where the Holy Spirit stays and is worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
1CO 6 1 hv79 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then explains how believers are to settle disagreements with other believers.
1CO 6 1 q5d3 πρᾶγμα 1 dispute disagreement or argument
1CO 6 1 gmy5 figs-rquestion τολμᾷ…κρίνεσθαι…τῶν ἁγίων? 1 does he dare to go…saints? Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go…saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go…saints!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 6 19 d2mc figs-metaphor ναὸς τοῦ…Ἁγίου Πνεύματός 1 temple of the Holy Spirit A temple is dedicated to divine beings, and it is also where they dwell. In the same way, each Corinthian believer’s body is like a temple because the Holy Spirit is present within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 6 20 qv47 figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε γὰρ τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price God paid for the freedom of the Corinthians from the slavery of sin. This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “God paid for your freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 6 20 y7fe δὴ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
-1CO 7 intro a25m 0 # 1 Corinthians 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul begins to answer a series of questions that the Corinthians may have asked him. The first question is about marriage. The second question is about a slave trying to become free, a Gentile becoming a Jew, or a Jew becoming a Gentile.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Divorce
Paul says married Christians should not divorce. A Christian married to an unbeliever should not leave their husband or wife. If the unbelieving husband or wife leaves, this is not a sin. Paul advises that, because of the difficult times and being near to time that Jesus will return, it is acceptable to remain unmarried. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemisms
Paul uses many euphemisms to discreetly refer to sexual relations. This is often a sensitive topic. Many cultures do not wish to speak openly about these matters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+1CO 7 intro a25m 0 # 1 Corinthians 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul begins to answer a series of questions that the Corinthians may have asked him. The first question is about marriage. The second question is about a slave trying to become free, a Gentile becoming a Jew, or a Jew becoming a Gentile.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Divorce
Paul says married Christians should not divorce. A Christian married to an unbeliever should not leave their husband or wife. If the unbelieving husband or wife leaves, this is not a sin. Paul advises that, because of the difficult times and being near to time that Jesus will return, it is acceptable to remain unmarried. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Euphemisms
Paul uses many euphemisms to discreetly refer to sexual relations. This is often a sensitive topic. Many cultures do not wish to speak openly about these matters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1CO 7 1 iue7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the believers some specific instructions on marriage.
1CO 7 1 y4lx δὲ 1 Now Paul is introducing a new topic in his teaching.
1CO 7 1 jq21 ὧν ἐγράψατε 1 the issues you wrote about The Corinthians had written a letter to Paul to ask for answers to certain questions.
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 7 40 hwz4 τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην 1 my judgment “my understanding of God’s word”
1CO 7 40 hd7f μακαριωτέρα 1 happier more contented, more joyful
1CO 7 40 pse4 οὕτως μείνῃ 1 lives as she is “remains unmarried”
-1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In Chapters 8-10, Paul answers the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Meat sacrificed to idols
Paul answers this question by saying that idols are gods that do not really exist. Therefore nothing is wrong with the meat. Christians are free to eat it. However, someone who does not understand this may see a Christian eating it. They may then be encouraged to eat the meat as an act of worship to the idol.
+1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In Chapters 8-10, Paul answers the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Meat sacrificed to idols
Paul answers this question by saying that idols are gods that do not really exist. Therefore nothing is wrong with the meat. Christians are free to eat it. However, someone who does not understand this may see a Christian eating it. They may then be encouraged to eat the meat as an act of worship to the idol.
1CO 8 1 jf6h figs-inclusive 0 General Information: “We” means Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 8 1 nzt4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think they care about the idols. He tells believers to be careful with the liberty believers have in Christ.
1CO 8 1 cep1 περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Paul uses this phrase to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak…is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith.
1CO 8 13 i8tb διόπερ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει 1 if food causes to stumble “Food” here is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul defends himself in this chapter. Some people claimed that he was trying to gain financially from the church.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Earning money from the church
People accused Paul of just wanting money from the church. Paul answered that he rightfully could get money from the church. The Old Testament taught that those who worked should get their living from their work. He and Barnabas purposefully never used this right and earned their own living.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors teach complex truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Contextualization
This passage is important because Paul “contextualizes” ministering the gospel to different audiences. This means that Paul makes himself and the gospel understandable without his actions hindering the gospel being received. The translator should take extra care to preserve aspects of this “contextualization” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize various points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
+1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul defends himself in this chapter. Some people claimed that he was trying to gain financially from the church.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Earning money from the church
People accused Paul of just wanting money from the church. Paul answered that he rightfully could get money from the church. The Old Testament taught that those who worked should get their living from their work. He and Barnabas purposefully never used this right and earned their own living.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors teach complex truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Contextualization
This passage is important because Paul “contextualizes” ministering the gospel to different audiences. This means that Paul makes himself and the gospel understandable without his actions hindering the gospel being received. The translator should take extra care to preserve aspects of this “contextualization” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize various points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
1CO 9 1 fu7x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how he uses the liberty he has in Christ.
1CO 9 1 mdm4 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Am I not free? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of the rights he has. Alternate translation: “I am a free person.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 9 1 dbp9 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος 1 Am I not an apostle? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is and the rights he has. Alternate translation: “I am an apostle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a wreath that is perishable…one that is imperishable A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here “running” and “boxing” are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”
In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exodus
Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### Eating meat sacrificed to idol
Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
+1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”
In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Exodus
Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### Eating meat sacrificed to idol
Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
1CO 10 1 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers’ experiences with immorality and idolatry.
1CO 10 1 g34f figs-inclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word “our” refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1CO 10 1 v4c6 διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διῆλθον 1 passed through the sea This sea is known by two names, the Red Sea and the Sea of Reeds.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 10 33 kj14 πάντα…ἀρέσκω 1 try to please all people “make all people glad”
1CO 10 33 b4jv μὴ ζητῶν τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ σύμφορον 1 I do not seek my benefit “I do not do things I desire for myself”
1CO 10 33 hd2z τῶν πολλῶν 1 the many as many people as possible
-1CO 11 intro abce 0 # 1 Corinthians 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the beginning of a new section of the letter (Chapters 11-14). Paul now talks about proper church services. In this chapter, he deals with two different problems: women in the church services (verses 1-16) and the Lord’s Supper (verses 17-34).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Proper conduct in a church service
### Disorderly women
Paul’s instructions here are debated among scholars. There may have been women who were abusing their Christian freedom and causing disorder in the church by going against established cultural customs. The disorder that their actions created would have caused him to be concerned.
### The Lord’s Supper
There were problems in how the Corinthians were handling the Lord’s Supper. They did not act in a unified manner. During the feast celebrated along with the Lord’s Supper, some of them ate their own food without sharing. Some of them got drunk while the poor people remained hungry. Paul taught that the believers dishonored Christ’s death if they participated in the Lord’s Supper while they were sinning or while they were in broken relationships with each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the people for their unwillingness to follow the rules for worship he has suggested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### The head
Paul uses “head” as a metonym for authority in verse 3 and also to refer to a person’s actual head in verse 4 and following. Since they are so close together, it is likely that Paul intentionally used “head” in this way. This would show that the ideas in these verses were connected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+1CO 11 intro abce 0 # 1 Corinthians 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is the beginning of a new section of the letter (Chapters 11-14). Paul now talks about proper church services. In this chapter, he deals with two different problems: women in the church services (verses 1-16) and the Lord’s Supper (verses 17-34).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Proper conduct in a church service
### Disorderly women
Paul’s instructions here are debated among scholars. There may have been women who were abusing their Christian freedom and causing disorder in the church by going against established cultural customs. The disorder that their actions created would have caused him to be concerned.
### The Lord’s Supper
There were problems in how the Corinthians were handling the Lord’s Supper. They did not act in a unified manner. During the feast celebrated along with the Lord’s Supper, some of them ate their own food without sharing. Some of them got drunk while the poor people remained hungry. Paul taught that the believers dishonored Christ’s death if they participated in the Lord’s Supper while they were sinning or while they were in broken relationships with each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses rhetorical questions to scold the people for their unwillingness to follow the rules for worship he has suggested. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### The head
Paul uses “head” as a metonym for authority in verse 3 and also to refer to a person’s actual head in verse 4 and following. Since they are so close together, it is likely that Paul intentionally used “head” in this way. This would show that the ideas in these verses were connected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CO 11 1 h5fg 0 Connecting Statement: After reminding them to follow him the way he follows Christ, Paul gives some specific instructs in how women and men are to live as believers.
1CO 11 2 qsk9 πάντα μου μέμνησθε 1 you remember me in everything “you think of me at all times” or “you always try act as I would want you to act” The Corinthians had not forgotten who Paul was or what he had taught them.
1CO 11 3 k5um θέλω δὲ 1 Now I want Possible meanings are (1) “Because of this, I want” or (2) “However, I want.”
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 11 33 nky5 ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε 1 wait for one another “allow the others to arrive before beginning the meal”
1CO 11 34 v2uh ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω 1 let him eat at home “let him eat before attending this gathering”
1CO 11 34 x1l8 figs-metonymy μὴ εἰς κρίμα 1 not be for judgment “it will not be an occasion for God to discipline you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Gifts of the Holy Spirit
This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Church, the body of Christ
This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”
In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences.
+1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Gifts of the Holy Spirit
This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Church, the body of Christ
This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”
In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences.
1CO 12 1 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
1CO 12 1 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here “led astray” is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 12 30 d3k8 figs-rquestion μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν? 1 Do all of them interpret tongues? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “Not all of them interpret tongues.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1CO 12 30 ab9e διερμηνεύουσιν 1 interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα 1 earnestly desire the greater gifts. Possible meanings are (1) “You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church.” or (2) “You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have.”
-1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Love
Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Love
Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 13 1 n8lm 0 Connecting Statement: Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important.
1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the tongues of…angels Possible meanings are (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CO 13 1 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 13 12 qp7g figs-ellipsis ἐπιγνώσομαι 1 I will know fully The word “Christ” is understood. Alternate translation: “I will know Christ fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1CO 13 12 i28w figs-activepassive καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην 1 just as I have also been fully known This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “just as Christ has known me fully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 13 13 nt1y figs-abstractnouns πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 faith, hope, and love These abstract nouns can be expressed in phrases with verbs. Alternate translation: “we must trust the Lord, be confident that he will do what he has promised, and love him and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1CO 14 intro abch 0 # 1 Corinthians 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Paul returns to discussing spiritual gifts.
Some translations set what is quoted from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the words of verse 21.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tongues
Scholars disagree on the exact meaning of the gift of tongues. Paul describes the gift of tongues as a sign for unbelievers. It does not serve the whole church, unless someone interprets what is spoken. It is very important that the church uses this gift properly.
### Prophecy
Scholars disagree on the exact meaning of prophecy as a spiritual gift. Paul says prophets can build up the entire church. He describes prophecy as a gift for believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+1CO 14 intro abch 0 # 1 Corinthians 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Paul returns to discussing spiritual gifts.
Some translations set what is quoted from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the words of verse 21.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Tongues
Scholars disagree on the exact meaning of the gift of tongues. Paul describes the gift of tongues as a sign for unbelievers. It does not serve the whole church, unless someone interprets what is spoken. It is very important that the church uses this gift properly.
### Prophecy
Scholars disagree on the exact meaning of prophecy as a spiritual gift. Paul says prophets can build up the entire church. He describes prophecy as a gift for believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
1CO 14 1 vl57 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants them to know that though teaching is more important because it instructs people, it must be done with love.
1CO 14 1 x938 figs-123person διώκετε τὴν ἀγάπην 1 Pursue love Paul speaks of love as if it were a person. “Follow after love” or “Work hard to love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1CO 14 1 ki3l μᾶλλον…ἵνα προφητεύητε 1 especially that you may prophesy “and work especially hard to be able to prophesy”
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 14 38 l68a figs-activepassive ἀγνοείτω 1 let him be ignorant This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you should not recognize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CO 14 39 jvr7 τὸ λαλεῖν μὴ κωλύετε γλώσσαις 1 do not forbid anyone from speaking in tongues Paul makes it clear that speaking in tongues at a church gathering is permissible and acceptable.
1CO 14 40 d7ia πάντα δὲ εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω 1 But let all things be done properly and in order Paul is stressing that church gatherings should be held in an orderly manner. Alternate translation: “But do all things properly and in order” or “But do everything in an orderly, appropriate way”
-1CO 15 intro abci 0 # 1 Corinthians 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Resurrection
This chapter includes a very important teaching about the resurrection of Jesus. The Greek people did not believe that a person could live after they died. Paul defends the resurrection of Jesus. He teaches why it is important to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Resurrection
Paul presents the resurrection as the ultimate proof that Jesus is God. Christ is the first of many who God will raise to life. The resurrection is central to the gospel. Few doctrines are as important as this one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
Paul uses many different figures of speech in this chapter. He uses them to express difficult theological teachings in a way that people can understand.
+1CO 15 intro abci 0 # 1 Corinthians 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Resurrection
This chapter includes a very important teaching about the resurrection of Jesus. The Greek people did not believe that a person could live after they died. Paul defends the resurrection of Jesus. He teaches why it is important to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Resurrection
Paul presents the resurrection as the ultimate proof that Jesus is God. Christ is the first of many who God will raise to life. The resurrection is central to the gospel. Few doctrines are as important as this one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
Paul uses many different figures of speech in this chapter. He uses them to express difficult theological teachings in a way that people can understand.
1CO 15 1 gc6n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that it is the gospel that saves them and he tells them again what the gospel is. Then he gives them a short history lesson, which ends with what will yet happen.
1CO 15 1 la9v γνωρίζω…ὑμῖ 1 make known to you “help you remember”
1CO 15 1 xv53 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…ἑστήκατε 1 on which you stand Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CO 15 58 k4c4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants believers, while they work for the Lord, to remember the changed, resurrected bodies that God is going to give them.
1CO 15 58 j1pl figs-metaphor ἑδραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι 1 be steadfast and immovable Paul speaks of someone who lets nothing stop him from carrying out his decisions as if he could not be physically moved. Alternate translation: “be determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CO 15 58 zn8f figs-metaphor περισσεύοντες ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ Κυρίου πάντοτε 1 Always abound in the work of the Lord Paul speaks of efforts made in working for the Lord as if they were objects that a person could acquire more of. Alternate translation: “Always work for the Lord faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO 16 intro abcj 0 # 1 Corinthians 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul briefly covers many topics in this chapter. It was common in the ancient Near East for the last part of letters to have personal greetings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Preparation for his coming
Paul gave practical instructions to help prepare the Corinthian church for his visit. He told them to start collecting money every Sunday for the believers in Jerusalem. He hoped to come and spend the winter with them. He told them to help Timothy when he came. He had hoped Apollos would go to them, but Apollos did not think it was the right time. Paul also told them to obey Stephanus. Finally, he sent his greetings to everyone.
+1CO 16 intro abcj 0 # 1 Corinthians 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul briefly covers many topics in this chapter. It was common in the ancient Near East for the last part of letters to have personal greetings.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Preparation for his coming
Paul gave practical instructions to help prepare the Corinthian church for his visit. He told them to start collecting money every Sunday for the believers in Jerusalem. He hoped to come and spend the winter with them. He told them to help Timothy when he came. He had hoped Apollos would go to them, but Apollos did not think it was the right time. Paul also told them to obey Stephanus. Finally, he sent his greetings to everyone.
1CO 16 1 zh6u 0 Connecting Statement: In his closing notes, Paul reminds the Corinthian believers to collect money for the needy believers in Jerusalem. He reminds them that Timothy will come to them before he goes to Paul.
1CO 16 1 yer5 εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 for the saints Paul was collecting money from his churches for the poor Jewish Christians in Jerusalem and Judea.
1CO 16 1 kh6h ὥσπερ διέταξα 1 as I directed “as I gave specific instructions”
diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
index fbd404416d..ad5f15588e 100644
--- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians
1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)
1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)
1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)
1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)
1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?
Paul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul started the church in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.
### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?
In 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.
Paul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of Jewish Christians opposed what he was doing. They claimed Paul was not sent by God and he was teaching a false message. This group of Jewish Christians wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the city of Corinth like?
Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.
### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?
These were Jewish Christians. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.
Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?
Paul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?
* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” There is strong evidence that each reading is original. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by other versions in their region.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.
## Special Concepts
### Paul’s integrity
People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.
### Comfort
Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
### Guarantee
Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians
1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)
1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)
1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)
1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)
1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?
Paul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul started the church in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.
### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?
In 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.
Paul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of Jewish Christians opposed what he was doing. They claimed Paul was not sent by God and he was teaching a false message. This group of Jewish Christians wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the city of Corinth like?
Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.
### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?
These were Jewish Christians. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.
Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?
Paul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?
* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” There is strong evidence that each reading is original. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by other versions in their region.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.
## Special Concepts
### Paul’s integrity
People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.
### Comfort
Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
### Guarantee
Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
2CO 1 1 epd2 0 General Information: After Paul’s greeting to the church in Corinth, he writes about suffering and comfort through Jesus Christ. Timothy is with him as well. The word “you” throughout this letter refers to the people of the church in Corinth and to the rest of the Christians in that area. Possibly Timothy writes on parchment paper the words that Paul says.
2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul…to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul…wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth”
2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Timothy and considered him to be their spiritual brother.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you “so that I might not cause you more suffering”
2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy “we are working with you so that you may have joy”
2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith The word “stand” can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 02 General Notes
## Special Concepts
### Harsh writing
In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Aroma
A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma.
+2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 02 General Notes
## Special Concepts
### Harsh writing
In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Aroma
A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma.
2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
2CO 2 1 x9s5 ἔκρινα γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ 1 I personally decided “I made the decision”
2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 sincerity “pure motives”
2CO 2 17 u2zb ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
2CO 2 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that God is watching them. Alternate translation: “we speak in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”
Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here “Spirit” probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
+2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”
Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here “Spirit” probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
2CO 3 1 m1k8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that he is not boasting as he tells them about what he has done through Christ.
2CO 3 1 um8x figs-rquestion ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν? 1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 1 y8yc figs-rquestion ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν? 1 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul says this to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory.” This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the glory of believers.
2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord “just as this comes from the Lord”
-2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ministry
Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Life and death
Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Hope
Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
+2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ministry
Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Life and death
Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Hope
Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
2CO 4 1 lyi4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that he is honest in his ministry by preaching Christ, not praising himself. He shows the death and the life of Jesus in how he lives so that life can work in the Corinthian believers.
2CO 4 1 ix7n figs-exclusive ἔχοντες τὴν διακονίαν ταύτην 1 having this ministry Here the word “we” refers to Paul and his coworker, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 4 1 h1ud figs-explicit καθὼς ἠλεήθημεν 1 and just as we have received mercy This phrase explains how Paul and his coworkers “have this ministry.” It is a gift that God has given to them through his mercy. Alternate translation: “because God has shown us mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 4 17 na9y figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 that exceeds all measurement The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα…τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen…things that are unseen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that we can see…things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 18 f97x figs-ellipsis τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 but for things that are unseen You can supply the verb for this phrase. AT “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### New bodies in heaven
Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### New creation
The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Home
The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The message of reconciliation”
This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
+2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### New bodies in heaven
Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### New creation
The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Home
The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The message of reconciliation”
This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues by contrasting believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary “earthly dwelling” is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin “Christ is the one who never sinned”
2CO 5 21 zm9e δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the righteousness of God in him “God did this…the righteousness of God in Christ”
2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase “the righteousness of God” refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have God’s righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO 6 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Servants
Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Contrasts
Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
+2CO 6 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Servants
Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Contrasts
Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
2CO 6 1 in53 0 General Information: In verse 2, Paul quotes a portion from the prophet Isaiah.
2CO 6 1 kf1d 0 Connecting Statement: Paul summarizes how working together for God is supposed to be.
2CO 6 1 tbr6 figs-explicit συνεργοῦντες 1 Working together Paul is implying that he and Timothy are working with God. Alternate translation: “Working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “Touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Clean and unclean
Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Sadness and sorrow
The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
### Original situation
This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Clean and unclean
Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Sadness and sorrow
The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
### Original situation
This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 7 1 e7t9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind them to be separated from sin and to seek holiness purposefully.
2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved “You whom I love” or “Dear friends”
2CO 7 1 fv49 καθαρίσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς 1 let us cleanse ourselves Here Paul is saying to stay away from any form of sin that would affect one’s relationship with God.
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you This noun “obedience” can be stated with a verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here “fear” and “trembling” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Possible meanings are (1) “with great reverence for God” or (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
-2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gift to the church in Jerusalem
The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
### Paradox
A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))
+2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gift to the church in Jerusalem
The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### We
Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
### Paradox
A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))
2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 2 fsq8 figs-personification ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of “joy” and “poverty” as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 8 23 lat3 εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers This refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 23 a8v2 figs-abstractnouns δόξα Χριστοῦ 1 an honor to Christ This can be stated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “They will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2CO 9 intro lt8d 0 # 2 Corinthians 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
+2CO 9 intro lt8d 0 # 2 Corinthians 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
2CO 9 1 rd2g translate-names 0 General Information: When Paul refers to Achaia, he is talking about a Roman province located in southern Greece where Corinth is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CO 9 1 wc5l 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
2CO 9 1 fxs3 figs-explicit τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 the ministry that is for the saints This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience…the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift “for his gift, which words cannot describe.” Possible meanings are (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
-2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.
In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Boasting
“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
+2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.
In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Boasting
“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ The word “humility” and “gentleness” are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους 1 those who regard “who think that”
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 10 18 h81t ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων 1 who commends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 10 18 sy2r figs-ellipsis ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν 1 the one whom the Lord commends You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### False teaching
The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])
### Light
Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Irony
This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.
“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.
The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.
“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Rhetorical questions
In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”
He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”
### “Are they servants of Christ?”
This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](./30.md))
+2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### False teaching
The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])
### Light
Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Irony
This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.
“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.
The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.
“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Rhetorical questions
In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”
He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”
### “Are they servants of Christ?”
This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](./30.md))
2CO 11 1 t7ks 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to affirm his apostleship.
2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness “allow me to act like a fool”
2CO 11 2 m6vl ζηλῶ…ζήλῳ 1 jealous…jealousy These words speak of a good, strong desire that the Corinthians be faithful to Christ, and that no one should persuade them to leave him.
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me “so that they might catch and arrest me”
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 from his hands Paul uses the governor’s hands as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.
When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Paul’s vision
Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Third heaven
Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Sarcasm
Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](./05.md))
+2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.
When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Paul’s vision
Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Third heaven
Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
### Sarcasm
Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](./05.md))
2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
2CO 12 1 iur3 ἐλεύσομαι 1 I will go on to “I will continue talking, but now about”
2CO 12 1 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord Possible meanings are (1) Paul uses the words “visions” and “revelations” to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” or (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity The abstract noun impurity can be translated as “things that do not please God.” Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…πορνείᾳ 1 of the…sexual immorality The abstract noun “immorality” can be translated as “immoral deeds.” Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the…lustful indulgence The abstract noun “indulgence” can be translated using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “of…doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Preparation
Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Power and weakness
Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.
### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”
Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Preparation
Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Power and weakness
Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.
### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”
Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
2CO 13 1 y8fz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul establishes that Christ is speaking through him and that Paul is wanting to restore them, encourage them, and unify them.
2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest “all you other people”
diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
index f54f84bf51..d313c6e378 100644
--- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Galatians
1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).
1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).
1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).
1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).
1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).
### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?
Paul from the city of Tarsus was the author. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
It is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.
### What is the Book of Galatians about?
Paul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. People are saved as result of God being kind and not as a result of people doing good works. No person can perfectly obey the law. Any attempt to please God by obeying the law of Moses will only result in God condemning them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?
To “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people among the early Christians who taught that this was necessary were called “Judaizers.”
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?
These terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:22; 2:4, 17; 3:14, 26, 28; 5:6, 10. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ” (2:17), where Paul spoke of being justified by means of Christ.
Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?
* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Heresy
God eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. They might not be saved. They should be treated as non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Paul’s qualifications
Some people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But God still needed to save him and show him the true gospel. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”
The Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Galatians
1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).
1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).
1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).
1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).
1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).
### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?
Paul from the city of Tarsus was the author. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
It is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.
### What is the Book of Galatians about?
Paul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. People are saved as result of God being kind and not as a result of people doing good works. No person can perfectly obey the law. Any attempt to please God by obeying the law of Moses will only result in God condemning them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?
To “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people among the early Christians who taught that this was necessary were called “Judaizers.”
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?
These terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:22; 2:4, 17; 3:14, 26, 28; 5:6, 10. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ” (2:17), where Paul spoke of being justified by means of Christ.
Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?
* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Heresy
God eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. They might not be saved. They should be treated as non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
### Paul’s qualifications
Some people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But God still needed to save him and show him the true gospel. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”
The Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-you 0 General Information: Paul, an apostle, writes this letter to the churches in the area of Galatia. Unless noted otherwise, all instances of “you” and “your” in this letter refer to the Galatians and are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
GAL 1 1 d1kd τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν 1 who raised him “who caused him to live again”
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐνώ
GAL 1 21 m25a κλίματα τῆς Συρίας 1 regions of “part of the world called”
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ “None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me”
GAL 1 23 z8qt μόνον δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 They only heard it being said “but they only knew what they heard others saying about me”
-GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Freedom and slavery
Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I do not negate the grace of God”
Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Freedom and slavery
Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “I do not negate the grace of God”
Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 2 1 zt61 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give the history of how he learned the gospel from God, not the apostles.
GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up “traveled.” Jerusalem is located in hilly country. The Jews also viewed Jerusalem as the place on earth that is closest to heaven, so Paul may have been speaking figuratively, or it may be that it was reflecting the difficult, uphill, journey to get to Jerusalem.
GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important “the most important leaders among the believers”
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law “if people could become righteous by obeying the law”
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying”
-GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Equality in Christ
All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter to contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”
Scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Equality in Christ
All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter to contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”
Scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 3 1 p7uw 0 General Information: Paul is rebuking the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions.
GAL 3 1 x4gd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Galatia that God gave them God’s Spirit when they believed the gospel by faith, not by their doing God’s law.
GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony and a rhetorical question to say that the Galatians are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. Alternate translation: “You behave as if someone has put a spell on you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This r
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 according to the Spirit “because of something the Spirit did”
GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the free woman The words “we are children” are understood from the previous phrase. This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, we are children of the free woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fruit of the Spirit
The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Illustrations
Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”
Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
+GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fruit of the Spirit
The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Illustrations
Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”
Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free “It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free.” It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm Standing firm here represents being determined not to change. How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else” or “Be determined to stay free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ GAL 5 24 m3nm figs-personification τὴν σάρκα…σὺν τοῖς παθ
GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive”
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι…στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit “Walk” here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: “allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
GAL 5 26 a9x9 γινώμεθα 1 Let us “We should”
-GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.
### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### New Creation
People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
+GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.
### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### New Creation
People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards.
GAL 6 1 ss7l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone “if anyone among you”
diff --git a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
index 0294d5efba..e058e60728 100644
--- a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-EPH front intro e3di 0 # Introduction to Ephesians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ephesians
1. Greeting and prayer for the spiritual blessings in Christ (1:1-23)
1. Sin and salvation (2:1-10)
1. Unity and peace (2:11-22)
1. Mystery of Christ in you, made known (3:1-13)
1. Prayer for riches of his glory to make them strong (3:14-21)
1. Unity of the Spirit, building up the Body of Christ (4:1-16)
1. New life (4:17-32)
1. Imitators of God (5:1-21)
1. Wives and husbands; children and parents; slaves and masters (5:22-6:9)
1. Armor of God (6:10-20)
1. Final greeting (6:21-24)
### Who wrote the Book of Ephesians?
Paul wrote Ephesians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
The Apostle Paul helped start the church in Ephesus on one of his trips. He also lived in Ephesus for a year and a half and helped the believers there. Paul probably wrote this letter while he was in prison in Rome.
### What is the Book of Ephesians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Ephesus to explain God’s love for them in Christ Jesus. He described the blessings that God was giving them because they were now united with Christ. He explained that all believers are united together, whether Jew or Gentile. Paul also wanted to encourage them to live in a way that pleases God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Ephesians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Ephesus” or “A Letter to the Christians in Ephesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the “hidden truth” in the Book of Ephesians?
The expression translated in the ULT as “hidden truth” or “hidden” occurs six times. By it Paul always meant something that God had to reveal to human beings because they could not know it on their own. It always referred to something about how God planned to save mankind. Sometimes it was about his plan to cause peace between himself and mankind. Sometimes it was about his plan to unite Jews and Gentiles through Christ. Gentiles are now able to benefit from the promises of Christ as equals with the Jews.
### What did Paul say about salvation and righteous living?
Paul said much about salvation and righteous living in this letter and in many of his letters. He said that God has been very kind and saved Christians because they believe in Jesus. Therefore, after they become Christians, they should live in a righteous way to show that they have faith in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers who may read this letter. The three exceptions to this are: 5:14, 6:2, and 6:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What did Paul mean by the “new self” or the “new man”?
When Paul spoke of the “new self” or the “new man,” he meant the new nature that a believer receives from the Holy Spirit. This new nature was created in God’s image (See: 4:24). The phrase “new man” is also used for God causing peace between Jews and Gentiles. God brought them together as one people that belong to him (See: 2:15).
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Ephesians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the use of “holy” to express the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another use of “holy” is to express the idea that God is perfect and faultless. A third use is to express the idea that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.” (See: 1:1, 4)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.”
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 3:5)
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 20; 2:6, 7, 10, 13, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22; 3:5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 21; 4:1, 17, 21, 32; 5:8, 18, 19; 6:1, 10, 18, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Ephesians?
* “in Ephesus” (1:1). Some early manuscripts do not include this expression, but it is probably in the original letter. The ULT, UST, and many modern versions include it.
* “because we are members of his body” (5:30). Most modern versions, including the ULT and UST, read in this way. Some older versions read, “because we are members of his body and of his bones.” Translators might decide to choose the second reading if other versions in their area have it that way. If translators choose the second reading, they should put the additional words inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they are probably not original to the Book of Ephesians.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-EPH 1 intro fg42 0 # Ephesians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “I pray”
Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Predestination
Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])
+EPH front intro e3di 0 # Introduction to Ephesians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Ephesians
1. Greeting and prayer for the spiritual blessings in Christ (1:1-23)
1. Sin and salvation (2:1-10)
1. Unity and peace (2:11-22)
1. Mystery of Christ in you, made known (3:1-13)
1. Prayer for riches of his glory to make them strong (3:14-21)
1. Unity of the Spirit, building up the Body of Christ (4:1-16)
1. New life (4:17-32)
1. Imitators of God (5:1-21)
1. Wives and husbands; children and parents; slaves and masters (5:22-6:9)
1. Armor of God (6:10-20)
1. Final greeting (6:21-24)
### Who wrote the Book of Ephesians?
Paul wrote Ephesians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
The Apostle Paul helped start the church in Ephesus on one of his trips. He also lived in Ephesus for a year and a half and helped the believers there. Paul probably wrote this letter while he was in prison in Rome.
### What is the Book of Ephesians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Ephesus to explain God’s love for them in Christ Jesus. He described the blessings that God was giving them because they were now united with Christ. He explained that all believers are united together, whether Jew or Gentile. Paul also wanted to encourage them to live in a way that pleases God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Ephesians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Ephesus” or “A Letter to the Christians in Ephesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the “hidden truth” in the Book of Ephesians?
The expression translated in the ULT as “hidden truth” or “hidden” occurs six times. By it Paul always meant something that God had to reveal to human beings because they could not know it on their own. It always referred to something about how God planned to save mankind. Sometimes it was about his plan to cause peace between himself and mankind. Sometimes it was about his plan to unite Jews and Gentiles through Christ. Gentiles are now able to benefit from the promises of Christ as equals with the Jews.
### What did Paul say about salvation and righteous living?
Paul said much about salvation and righteous living in this letter and in many of his letters. He said that God has been very kind and saved Christians because they believe in Jesus. Therefore, after they become Christians, they should live in a righteous way to show that they have faith in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers who may read this letter. The three exceptions to this are: 5:14, 6:2, and 6:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What did Paul mean by the “new self” or the “new man”?
When Paul spoke of the “new self” or the “new man,” he meant the new nature that a believer receives from the Holy Spirit. This new nature was created in God’s image (See: 4:24). The phrase “new man” is also used for God causing peace between Jews and Gentiles. God brought them together as one people that belong to him (See: 2:15).
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Ephesians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the use of “holy” to express the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another use of “holy” is to express the idea that God is perfect and faultless. A third use is to express the idea that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.” (See: 1:1, 4)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.”
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 3:5)
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 20; 2:6, 7, 10, 13, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22; 3:5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 21; 4:1, 17, 21, 32; 5:8, 18, 19; 6:1, 10, 18, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Ephesians?
* “in Ephesus” (1:1). Some early manuscripts do not include this expression, but it is probably in the original letter. The ULT, UST, and many modern versions include it.
* “because we are members of his body” (5:30). Most modern versions, including the ULT and UST, read in this way. Some older versions read, “because we are members of his body and of his bones.” Translators might decide to choose the second reading if other versions in their area have it that way. If translators choose the second reading, they should put the additional words inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they are probably not original to the Book of Ephesians.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+EPH 1 intro fg42 0 # Ephesians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “I pray”
Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Predestination
Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])
EPH 1 1 kx1g figs-you 0 General Information: Paul names himself as the writer of this letter to the believers at the church at Ephesus. Except where noted, all instances of “you” and “your” refers to the Ephesian believers as well as all believers and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EPH 1 1 ilf2 Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul, an apostle…to God’s holy people in Ephesus Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle…write this letter to you, God’s holy people Ephesus”
EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor τοῖς οὖσιν…καὶ πιστοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 who are faithful in Christ Jesus “In Christ Jesus” and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blame
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words “his,” “He,” and “he” refer to God.
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-inclusive προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 God chose us beforehand for adoption The word “us” refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “God planned long ago to adopt us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 1 5 pq1x προορίσας ἡμᾶς 1 God chose us beforehand “God chose us ahead of time” or “God chose us long ago”
-EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-gendernotations εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 for adoption as sons Here “adoption” refers to becoming part of God’s family. Here the word “sons” refers to males and females. Alternate translation: “to be adopted as his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+EPH 1 5 e6f6 figs-metaphor εἰς υἱοθεσίαν 1 for adoption Here “adoption” is a metaphor that refers to becoming part of God’s family. Alternate translation: “to be adopted as his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 5 ciu3 διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through Jesus Christ God brought believers into his family by the work of Jesus Christ.
EPH 1 6 s9qk ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 he has freely given us in the One he loves. “he has kindly given to us by means of the One he loves”
EPH 1 6 x7jp τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ 1 the One he loves “the One he loves, Jesus Christ” or “his Son, whom he loves”
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ EPH 1 22 jm9i figs-metonymy πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πό
EPH 1 22 pm4t figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα 1 head over all things Here “head” refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: “ruler over all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as with a human body, the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to its body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 23 w2kh τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου 1 the fullness of him who fills all in all “Christ fills the church with his life and power just as he gives life to all things”
-EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter focuses on a Christian’s life before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### One body
Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “Dead in trespasses and sins”
Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Descriptions of worldly living
Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “It is the gift of God”
Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here more likely refers to all of being saved by God’s grace through faith.
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. “Flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical part of man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
+EPH 2 intro e7qn 0 # Ephesians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter focuses on a Christian’s life before coming to believe in Jesus. Paul then uses this information to explain how a person’s former way of living is distinct from a Christian’s new identity “in Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### One body
Paul teaches about the church in this chapter. The church is made of two different groups of people (Jews and Gentiles). They are now one group or “body.” The church is also known as the body of Christ. Jews and Gentiles are united in Christ.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “Dead in trespasses and sins”
Paul teaches that those who are not Christians are “dead” in their sin. Sin binds or enslaves them. This makes them spiritually “dead.” Paul writes that God makes Christians alive in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Descriptions of worldly living
Paul uses many different ways to describe how non-Christians act. They “lived according to the ways of this world” and are “living according to the ruler of the authorities of the air,” “fulfilling the evil desires of our sinful nature,” and “carrying out the desires of the body and of the mind.”
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “It is the gift of God”
Some scholars believe “it” here refers to being saved. Other scholars believe that it is faith that is the gift of God. Because of how the Greek tenses agree, “it” here more likely refers to all of being saved by God’s grace through faith.
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. The phrase “Gentiles in the flesh” indicates the Ephesians once lived without any concern for God. “Flesh” is also used in this verse to refer to the physical part of man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past and the way they now are before God.
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how sinful people are unable to obey God in the same way a dead person is unable to respond physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 1 lp32 figs-doublet τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 your trespasses and sins The words “trespasses” and “sins” have similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize the greatness of the people’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ EPH 2 21 ljt5 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 In him…in the Lord
EPH 2 22 u55j figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ 1 in him “in Christ” This metaphor expresses the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 22 b4c8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε, εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 you also are being built together as a dwelling place for God in the Spirit This describes how believers are being put together to become a place where God will permanently live through the power of the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 22 e52h figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε 1 you also are being built together This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “God is also building you together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EPH 3 intro gha7 0 # Ephesians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “I pray”
Paul structures part of this chapter as a prayer to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is both praying for and instructing the church in Ephesus.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mystery
Paul refers to the church as a “mystery.” The role of the church in the plans of God was once not known. But God has now revealed it. Part of this mystery involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God.
+EPH 3 intro gha7 0 # Ephesians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “I pray”
Paul structures part of this chapter as a prayer to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is both praying for and instructing the church in Ephesus.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mystery
Paul refers to the church as a “mystery.” The role of the church in the plans of God was once not known. But God has now revealed it. Part of this mystery involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God.
EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and the temple of which believers are now a part.
EPH 3 1 jb9u τούτου χάριν 1 Because of this “Because of God’s grace to you”
EPH 3 1 m9b6 ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the prisoner of Christ Jesus “the one whom Christ Jesus has put in prison”
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ EPH 3 20 jk5c figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “u
EPH 3 20 m7gi 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes his prayer with a blessing.
EPH 3 20 zxj3 τῷ δὲ 1 Now to him who “Now to God, who”
EPH 3 20 zxt3 ποιῆσαι ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν 1 to do far beyond all that we ask or think “to do much more than all that we ask or think” or “to do things that are much greater than all that we ask him for or think about”
-EPH 4 intro ang8 0 # Ephesians 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 8, which is quoted from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spiritual gifts
Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. These spiritual gifts were foundational to developing the church. Paul lists here only some of the spiritual gifts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Unity
Paul considers it very important that the church is united. This is a major theme of this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Old man and new man
The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ.
+EPH 4 intro ang8 0 # Ephesians 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 8, which is quoted from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spiritual gifts
Spiritual gifts are specific supernatural abilities that the Holy Spirit gives to Christians after they come to believe in Jesus. These spiritual gifts were foundational to developing the church. Paul lists here only some of the spiritual gifts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### Unity
Paul considers it very important that the church is united. This is a major theme of this chapter.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Old man and new man
The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ.
EPH 4 1 sb64 0 Connecting Statement: Because of what Paul has been writing to the Ephesians, he tells them how they should live their lives as believers and again emphasizes that believers are to agree with each other.
EPH 4 1 uss5 ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 as the prisoner for the Lord “as someone who is in prison because of his choice to serve the Lord”
EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 1 walk worthily of the calling Walking is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ
EPH 4 31 t1gj θυμὸς 1 rage intense anger
EPH 4 32 ygw4 γίνεσθε…χρηστοί 1 Be kind “Instead, be kind”
EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
-EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ
This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is “No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king.” (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wives, submit to your husbands
Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
+EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ
This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is “No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king.” (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wives, submit to your husbands
Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children.
EPH 5 1 jx2q γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore be imitators of God “Therefore you should do what God does.” Therefore refers back to [Ephesians 4:32](../04/32.md) which tells why believers should imitate God, because Christ forgave believers.
EPH 5 1 zen5 figs-simile ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά 1 as dearly loved children God desires us to imitate or follow him since we are his children. Alternate translation: “as dearly loved children imitate their fathers” or “because you are his children and he loves you dearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ EPH 5 29 h5aa ἀλλὰ ἐκτρέφει 1 but nourishes “but feeds”
EPH 5 30 h44f figs-metaphor μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ 1 we are members of his body Here Paul speaks of the close union of believers with Christ as if they were part of his own body, for which he would naturally care. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 31 yp23 0 General Information: The quotation is from the writings of Moses in the Old Testament.
EPH 5 31 yp24 0 General Information: The words “his” and “himself” refer to a male believer who marries.
-EPH 6 intro r7c3 0 # Ephesians 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Slavery
Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Armor of God
This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH 6 intro r7c3 0 # Ephesians 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Slavery
Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about working to please God whether as a slave or as a master. What Paul teaches here about slavery would have been surprising. In his time, masters were not expected to treat their slaves with respect and not threaten them.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Armor of God
This extended metaphor describes how Christians can protect themselves when spiritually attacked. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 1 wq46 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word “your” is plural. Then Paul quotes Moses. Moses was talking to the people of Israel as though they were one person, so “your” and “you” are singular. You may need to translate them as plurals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EPH 6 1 jf17 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to each other. He gives instructions to children, fathers, workers, and masters.
EPH 6 1 ev8m τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Children, obey your parents in the Lord Paul reminds children to obey their physical parents.
diff --git a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
index 1fcf6ed213..4de1722d31 100644
--- a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of the Philippians
1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)
1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)
1. Instructions
- To be steadfast (1:27-30)
- To be united (2:1-2)
- To be humble (2:3-11)
- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)
- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)
1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)
1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)
1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)
1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)
1. Final remarks
- Values (4:8-9)
- Contentment (4:10-20)
- Final Greetings (4:21-23)
### Who wrote the Book Philippians?
Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.
### What is the Book of Philippians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the city of Philippi like?
Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?
The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).
### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?
Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?
* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The day of Christ
This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
+PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of the Philippians
1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)
1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)
1. Instructions
- To be steadfast (1:27-30)
- To be united (2:1-2)
- To be humble (2:3-11)
- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)
- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)
1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)
1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)
1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)
1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)
1. Final remarks
- Values (4:8-9)
- Contentment (4:10-20)
- Final Greetings (4:21-23)
### Who wrote the Book Philippians?
Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.
### What is the Book of Philippians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the city of Philippi like?
Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?
The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).
### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?
Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?
* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The day of Christ
This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος…καὶ διακόνοις 1 Paul and Timothy…and deacons If your language has a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter, use it here.
PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενὶ 1 Do not b
PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Possible meanings are the word “this” refers to (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me “suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering”
-PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Practical instructions
In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “If there is any”
This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
+PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Practical instructions
In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “If there is any”
This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ’s example.
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ “If Christ has encouraged you” or “If you are encouraged because of Christ”
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase “by love” probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way”
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ PHP 2 29 y95x προσδέχεσθε οὖν αὐτὸν 1 Welcome Epaphroditu
PHP 2 29 qx14 ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς 1 in the Lord with all joy “as a fellow believer in the Lord with all joy” or “with the great joy we have because the Lord Jesus loves us”
PHP 2 30 ns1y figs-metaphor μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν 1 he came near death Paul here speaks of death as if it were a place that one could go to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 2 30 g98z figs-metaphor ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 fill up what you could not do in service to me Paul speaks of his needs as if they were a container that Epaphroditus filled with good things for Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dogs
The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.
### Resurrected Bodies
We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Prize
Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
+PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dogs
The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.
### Resurrected Bodies
We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Prize
Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
PHP 3 1 e79h 0 Connecting Statement: In order to warn his fellow believers about Jews who would try to get them to follow the old laws, Paul gives his own testimony about when he persecuted believers.
PHP 3 1 s3bx τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Finally, my brothers “Now moving along, my brothers” or “Concerning other matters, my brothers”
PHP 3 1 zu9l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies “He will change our weak, earthly bodies”
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body “into bodies like his glorious body”
PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive τῷ σώματι…κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὑτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “My joy and my crown”
Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Euodia and Syntyche
Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “My joy and my crown”
Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Euodia and Syntyche
Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 4 1 zk6q figs-you 0 General Information: When Paul says, “my true companion,” the word “you” is singular. Paul does not say the name of the person. He calls him that to show he worked with Paul to spread the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHP 4 1 xmc4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues with some specific instructions to the believers in Philippi on unity and then gives instructions to help them live for the Lord.
PHP 4 1 fe2y ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι 1 Therefore, my beloved brothers whom I long for “My fellow believers, I love you and I greatly desire to see you”
diff --git a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
index d55508dfa6..1626f829de 100644
--- a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-COL front intro d9hy 0 # Introduction to Colossians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Colossians
1. Greeting, thanksgiving, and prayer (1:1-12)
1. The person and work of Christ
- Deliverance and redemption (1:13-14)
- Christ: the Image of the invisible God, and the One who is over all creation (1:15-17)
- Christ is the Head of the Church, and the Church trusts in him (1:18-2:7)
1. Tests of faithfulness
- Warnings against false teachers (2:8-19)
- True godliness is not rigid rules and unbending traditions (2:20-23)
1. Teaching and living
- Life in Christ (3:1-4)
- Old and new life (3:5-17)
- Christian family (3:18-4:1)
1. Christian behavior (4:2-6)
1. Closing and greetings
- Paul thanks Tychicus and Onesimus (4:7-9)
- Paul sends greetings from his associates (4:10-14)
- Paul gives directions to Archippus and the Christians in Laodicea (4:15-17)
- Paul’s personal greeting (4:18)
### Who wrote the Book of Colossians?
Paul wrote the Book of Colossians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.
### What is the Book of Colossians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the Asia Minor city of Colossae. The main purpose of this letter was to defend the gospel against false teachers. He did this by praising Jesus as the image of God, sustainer of all things, and head of the church. Paul wanted them to understand that only Christ is needed for God to accept them.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Colossians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Colossae,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Colossae.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What were the religious issues that the church in Colossae struggled with?
In the church in Colossae, there were false teachers. Their exact teaching is unknown. But they probably taught their followers to worship angels and to obey strict rules about religious ceremonies. They probably also taught that a person must be circumcised and can only eat certain types of food. Paul said these false teachings came from the minds of men and not from God.
### How did Paul use the imagery of heaven and earth?
In this letter, Paul frequently spoke of heaven as “above.” He distinguished it from the earth, which Scripture speaks of as being “below.” The purpose of this imagery was to teach Christians to live in a way that honors God who lives in heaven above. Paul is not teaching that the earth or the physical world is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Colossians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In Colossians, these words usually indicate a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. So Colossians in the ULT uses “believers” or “those who believe in him.” (See: 1:2, 12, 26)
### Was Jesus created or is he eternal?
Jesus was not a created being but has always existed as God. Jesus also became a human being. There is potential for confusion in Colossians 1:15 where it says Jesus “is the firstborn of all creation.” This statement means that Jesus is dominant over all of creation. It does not mean that he was the first thing God created. Translators should be careful not to imply that Jesus is a created being.
### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Colossians?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “May grace be to you, and peace from God our Father” (1:2). Some older versions have a longer reading: “Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
* “Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf” (1:7). Some older versions read “for you”: “Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, a faithful servant of Christ for you.”
* “the Father, who has made you able to have a share in the inheritance of the believers in light” (1:12). Some older versions read, “the Father, who has qualified us for a share in the inheritance in light.”
* “In his Son we have redemption” (1:14). Some older versions read, “In his Son we have redemption through his blood.”
* “and forgave us all of our trespasses” (2:13). Some older versions read: “and forgave you all of your trespasses.”
* “When Christ appears, who is your life” (3:4). Some older versions read, “When Christ appears, who is our life.”
* “It is for these things that the wrath of God is coming on the sons of disobedience” (3:6). The ULT, UST, and many other modern versions read this way. However, some modern and older versions read, “It is for these things that the wrath of God is coming.”
* “I sent him to you for this, that you might know the matters about us” (4:8). Some older versions read, “I sent him to you for this, that he might know the matters about you.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-COL 1 intro gtm3 0 # Colossians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
As in a typical letter, Paul begins his letter in verses 1-2 by introducing Timothy and himself to the Christians in Colossae.
Paul writes much of this chapter around two subjects: who Christ is, and what Christ has done for the Christian.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Secret truth
Paul refers to a “secret truth” in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Images for Christian living
Paul uses many different images to describe Christian living. In this chapter, he uses the images of “walking” and “bearing fruit.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Verse 24 is a paradox: “Now I rejoice in my sufferings for you.” People do not usually rejoice when they suffer. But in verses 25-29 Paul explains why his suffering is good. ([Colossians 1:24](../../col/01/24.md))
+COL front intro d9hy 0 # Introduction to Colossians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Colossians
1. Greeting, thanksgiving, and prayer (1:1-12)
1. The person and work of Christ
- Deliverance and redemption (1:13-14)
- Christ: the Image of the invisible God, and the One who is over all creation (1:15-17)
- Christ is the Head of the Church, and the Church trusts in him (1:18-2:7)
1. Tests of faithfulness
- Warnings against false teachers (2:8-19)
- True godliness is not rigid rules and unbending traditions (2:20-23)
1. Teaching and living
- Life in Christ (3:1-4)
- Old and new life (3:5-17)
- Christian family (3:18-4:1)
1. Christian behavior (4:2-6)
1. Closing and greetings
- Paul thanks Tychicus and Onesimus (4:7-9)
- Paul sends greetings from his associates (4:10-14)
- Paul gives directions to Archippus and the Christians in Laodicea (4:15-17)
- Paul’s personal greeting (4:18)
### Who wrote the Book of Colossians?
Paul wrote the Book of Colossians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.
### What is the Book of Colossians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the Asia Minor city of Colossae. The main purpose of this letter was to defend the gospel against false teachers. He did this by praising Jesus as the image of God, sustainer of all things, and head of the church. Paul wanted them to understand that only Christ is needed for God to accept them.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Colossians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Colossae,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Colossae.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What were the religious issues that the church in Colossae struggled with?
In the church in Colossae, there were false teachers. Their exact teaching is unknown. But they probably taught their followers to worship angels and to obey strict rules about religious ceremonies. They probably also taught that a person must be circumcised and can only eat certain types of food. Paul said these false teachings came from the minds of men and not from God.
### How did Paul use the imagery of heaven and earth?
In this letter, Paul frequently spoke of heaven as “above.” He distinguished it from the earth, which Scripture speaks of as being “below.” The purpose of this imagery was to teach Christians to live in a way that honors God who lives in heaven above. Paul is not teaching that the earth or the physical world is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Colossians in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In Colossians, these words usually indicate a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. So Colossians in the ULT uses “believers” or “those who believe in him.” (See: 1:2, 12, 26)
### Was Jesus created or is he eternal?
Jesus was not a created being but has always existed as God. Jesus also became a human being. There is potential for confusion in Colossians 1:15 where it says Jesus “is the firstborn of all creation.” This statement means that Jesus is dominant over all of creation. It does not mean that he was the first thing God created. Translators should be careful not to imply that Jesus is a created being.
### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Colossians?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “May grace be to you, and peace from God our Father” (1:2). Some older versions have a longer reading: “Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
* “Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf” (1:7). Some older versions read “for you”: “Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, a faithful servant of Christ for you.”
* “the Father, who has made you able to have a share in the inheritance of the believers in light” (1:12). Some older versions read, “the Father, who has qualified us for a share in the inheritance in light.”
* “In his Son we have redemption” (1:14). Some older versions read, “In his Son we have redemption through his blood.”
* “and forgave us all of our trespasses” (2:13). Some older versions read: “and forgave you all of your trespasses.”
* “When Christ appears, who is your life” (3:4). Some older versions read, “When Christ appears, who is our life.”
* “It is for these things that the wrath of God is coming on the sons of disobedience” (3:6). The ULT, UST, and many other modern versions read this way. However, some modern and older versions read, “It is for these things that the wrath of God is coming.”
* “I sent him to you for this, that you might know the matters about us” (4:8). Some older versions read, “I sent him to you for this, that he might know the matters about you.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+COL 1 intro gtm3 0 # Colossians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
As in a typical letter, Paul begins his letter in verses 1-2 by introducing Timothy and himself to the Christians in Colossae.
Paul writes much of this chapter around two subjects: who Christ is, and what Christ has done for the Christian.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Secret truth
Paul refers to a “secret truth” in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Images for Christian living
Paul uses many different images to describe Christian living. In this chapter, he uses the images of “walking” and “bearing fruit.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Verse 24 is a paradox: “Now I rejoice in my sufferings for you.” People do not usually rejoice when they suffer. But in verses 25-29 Paul explains why his suffering is good. ([Colossians 1:24](../../col/01/24.md))
COL 1 1 h5gl figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Though this letter is from Paul and Timothy to the Colossian believers, later in the letter Paul makes it clear that he is the writer. Most likely Timothy was with him and wrote the words down as Paul spoke. Throughout this letter the words “we,” “our,” and “ours” include the Colossians unless noted otherwise. The words “you,” “your,” and “yours” refer to the Colossian believers and so are plural unless noted otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
COL 1 1 fny3 ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God “whom God chose to be an apostle of Christ Jesus”
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν…πάντοτε 1 We give…our Lord…we always These words do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ COL 1 28 va1x figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν, νουθε
COL 1 28 na8w νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 We admonish every person “We warn everyone”
COL 1 28 lyz1 figs-explicit ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 so that we may present every person You may need to make explicit to whom they will present every person. Alternate translation: “so that we may present to God every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 1 28 uk2i figs-metaphor τέλειον 1 complete Being complete is a metaphor for being spiritually mature. Alternate translation: “spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Circumcision and baptism
In verses 11-12, Paul uses both the old covenant sign of circumcision and the new covenant sign of baptism to show how Christians are united with Christ and freed from sin.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that, while Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. Paul also uses “flesh” in this chapter to refer to the physical body.
### Implicit information
Paul mentions several issues in this chapter that imply information about the context of the church in Colossae. It is best to allow the text to remain uncertain over the actual details. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Circumcision and baptism
In verses 11-12, Paul uses both the old covenant sign of circumcision and the new covenant sign of baptism to show how Christians are united with Christ and freed from sin.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that, while Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. Paul also uses “flesh” in this chapter to refer to the physical body.
### Implicit information
Paul mentions several issues in this chapter that imply information about the context of the church in Colossae. It is best to allow the text to remain uncertain over the actual details. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 2 1 tt6v 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to encourage the believers in Colossae and Laodicea to understand that Christ is God and that he lives in believers, so they should live in the same way they received him.
COL 2 1 dqg5 ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 how great a struggle I have had for you Paul has exerted much effort in developing their purity and understanding of the gospel.
COL 2 1 fn4z τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ 1 those at Laodicea This was a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church for which Paul was praying.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ COL 2 21 v9e7 0 Connecting Statement: The rhetorical question that begins with
COL 2 21 b392 μὴ ἅψῃ! μηδὲ γεύσῃ! μηδὲ θίγῃς! 1 “Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch”? Paul is quoting what other people have been telling the Colossians. “why do you believe them when they say, ‘Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch’?” or “you should not obey them when they say, ‘Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch’”
COL 2 23 y2dc ἅτινά ἐστιν λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν ἐθελοθρησκείᾳ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ, ἀφειδίᾳ σώματος 1 These rules have the wisdom of self-made religion and humility and severity of the body “These rules seem wise to unbelieving people because they allow those who follow them to appear humble because they hurt their own bodies”
COL 2 23 e7p5 οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι πρὸς πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός 1 have no value against the indulgence of the flesh “do not help you stop following your human desires”
-COL 3 intro qtl2 0 # Colossians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The second part of this chapter parallels Ephesians 5 and 6.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Old and new self
The old and new self mean the same as the old and new man. The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Character
Many of the things Paul encourages his readers to pursue or avoid are not actions but character qualities. Because of this, they may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
### “The things above”
Where God dwells is often pictured as being located “above.” Paul says to “seek the things above” and to “think about the things above.” He is implying Christians should seek and think about heavenly and godly things.
+COL 3 intro qtl2 0 # Colossians 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The second part of this chapter parallels Ephesians 5 and 6.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Old and new self
The old and new self mean the same as the old and new man. The term “old man” probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The “new man” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Character
Many of the things Paul encourages his readers to pursue or avoid are not actions but character qualities. Because of this, they may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
### “The things above”
Where God dwells is often pictured as being located “above.” Paul says to “seek the things above” and to “think about the things above.” He is implying Christians should seek and think about heavenly and godly things.
COL 3 1 ya97 0 Connecting Statement: Paul warns the believers that because they are one with Christ, they ought not do certain things.
COL 3 1 r5yh figs-idiom εἰ οὖν 1 If then This is an idiom that means “because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
COL 3 1 t1jv figs-pastforfuture συνηγέρθητε τῷ Χριστῷ 1 God has raised you with Christ Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Possible meanings are (1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given the believers in Colossae new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God has given you new life because you belong to Christ” or (2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Colossae can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: “you can be sure that God will give you life as he has caused Christ to come alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ COL 3 24 p3pw figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what
COL 3 25 u5lx ὁ…ἀδικῶν, κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν 1 anyone who does unrighteousness will receive the penalty The phrase “receive the penalty” means to be punished. Alternate translation: “anyone who does unrighteousness will be punished” or “God will punish anyone who does what is unrighteous”
COL 3 25 ak8j ἀδικῶν 1 who does unrighteousness who actively does wrong of any kind
COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία 1 there is no favoritism The abstract noun “favoritism” can be expressed with the verb “favor.” To favor some people is to judge them by different standards so the result is better for them than for others who do the same actions. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
[Colossians 4:1](../../col/04/01.md) appears to belong with the topics of Chapter 3 instead of Chapter 4.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “In my own hand”
It was common in the ancient Near East for the author to speak and someone else to write down the words. Many of the New Testament letters were written this way. Paul wrote the final greeting himself.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Secret truth
Paul refers to a “secret truth” in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
+COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
[Colossians 4:1](../../col/04/01.md) appears to belong with the topics of Chapter 3 instead of Chapter 4.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “In my own hand”
It was common in the ancient Near East for the author to speak and someone else to write down the words. Many of the New Testament letters were written this way. Paul wrote the final greeting himself.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Secret truth
Paul refers to a “secret truth” in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
COL 4 1 qhd2 0 Connecting Statement: After speaking to masters, Paul ends his special instructions to the different kinds of believers in the church at Colossae.
COL 4 1 ae3y figs-doublet τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα 1 right and fair These words mean almost the same thing and are used to emphasize the things that are morally correct. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
COL 4 1 t9wy καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a master in heaven God wants the relationship between an earthly master and his slave to be loving the way God, the heavenly master, loves his earthly servants, including the earthly slaves’ masters.
diff --git a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
index 5267de1ffc..bd47fa39c5 100644
--- a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 Thessalonians
1. Greeting (1:1)
1. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-10)
1. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1-16)
1. Paul’s concerns for their spiritual growth
- Like a mother (2:7)
- Like a father (2:11)
1. Paul sends Timothy to the Thessalonians and Timothy reports back to Paul (3:1-13)
1. Practical instructions
- Live to please God (4:1-12)
- Comfort regarding those who have died (4:12-18)
- Christ’s return is a motive for godly living (5:1-11)
1. Closing blessings, thanks, and prayers (5:12-28)
### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?
Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible, many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote.
### What is the Book of 1 Thessalonians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He wrote it after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. In this letter he said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave.
Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?
Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.
### What happens to those who die before the return of Christ?
Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians. For some of them worried that those who died would miss the great day when Jesus returns.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord.”?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very a close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Thessalonians?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “May grace and peace be to you” (1:1). Some older versions read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
* “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.” (2:7) Other modern versions and older versions read, “Instead, we were like babies among you, as when a mother comforts her own children.”
* “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God” (3:2). Some other versions read: “Timothy, our brother and servant of God.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TH 1 intro y8c5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hardship
Other people persecuted the Christians in Thessalonica. But the Christians there handled it well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 Thessalonians
1. Greeting (1:1)
1. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-10)
1. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1-16)
1. Paul’s concerns for their spiritual growth
- Like a mother (2:7)
- Like a father (2:11)
1. Paul sends Timothy to the Thessalonians and Timothy reports back to Paul (3:1-13)
1. Practical instructions
- Live to please God (4:1-12)
- Comfort regarding those who have died (4:12-18)
- Christ’s return is a motive for godly living (5:1-11)
1. Closing blessings, thanks, and prayers (5:12-28)
### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?
Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible, many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote.
### What is the Book of 1 Thessalonians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He wrote it after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. In this letter he said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave.
Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?
Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.
### What happens to those who die before the return of Christ?
Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians. For some of them worried that those who died would miss the great day when Jesus returns.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord.”?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very a close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Thessalonians?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “May grace and peace be to you” (1:1). Some older versions read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
* “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.” (2:7) Other modern versions and older versions read, “Instead, we were like babies among you, as when a mother comforts her own children.”
* “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God” (3:2). Some other versions read: “Timothy, our brother and servant of God.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1TH 1 intro y8c5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hardship
Other people persecuted the Christians in Thessalonica. But the Christians there handled it well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 1 1 dp37 0 General Information: Paul identifies himself as the writer of the letter and greets the church at Thessalonica.
1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy to the church The UST makes clear that it was Paul who wrote this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 1 1 luw5 figs-metonymy χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace and peace be to you The terms “grace” and “peace” are metonyms for the person who acts toward people in a kindly and peaceful manner. Alternate translation: “May God be kind to you and give you peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
-1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Christian witness
Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
+1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Christian witness
Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers’ service and reward.
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words “you” and “yourselves” refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 tdl3 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope…Is it not you By “hope” Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 ty78 figs-metonymy ἢ χαρὰ 1 or joy The Thessalonians are the reason for his joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here “crown” refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression “crown of pride” means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Standing
In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
+1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Standing
In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it “we could no longer endure worrying about you”
1TH 3 1 t3vt ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 good to be left behind at Athens alone “good for Silvanus and me to stay behind in Athens”
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here “heart” is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “strenghten you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus “when Jesus comes back to earth”
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints “with all those who belong to him”
-1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sexual immorality
Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.
### Dying before the return of Christ
In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.
### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”
This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
+1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sexual immorality
Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.
### Dying before the return of Christ
In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.
### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”
This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we encourage and exhort you Paul uses “encourage” and “exhort” to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: “we strongly encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received instructions from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
-1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Day of the Lord
The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
### Quench the Spirit
This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
+1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Day of the Lord
The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
### Quench the Spirit
This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus’ return.
diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index cd1f48729e..fd103546f5 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2TH front intro krd6 0 # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians
1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-3)
1. Christians suffering from persecution
- They are worthy of the kingdom of God and of his promise of relief from trials (1:4-7)
- God will judge those who persecute Christians (1:8-12)
1. Some believers’ misunderstanding about the second coming of Christ
- Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)
- Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)
1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian Christians
- His call to “stand firm” (2:13-15)
- His prayer that God will comfort them (2:16-17)
1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)
1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)
1. Closing (3:16-17)
### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?
Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth.
### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. And he wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?
Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Older versions have, “and the man of sin is revealed.”
* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. Other versions have, “For God chose you from the first for salvation.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2TH front intro krd6 0 # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians
1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-3)
1. Christians suffering from persecution
- They are worthy of the kingdom of God and of his promise of relief from trials (1:4-7)
- God will judge those who persecute Christians (1:8-12)
1. Some believers’ misunderstanding about the second coming of Christ
- Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)
- Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)
1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian Christians
- His call to “stand firm” (2:13-15)
- His prayer that God will comfort them (2:16-17)
1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)
1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)
1. Closing (3:16-17)
### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?
Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth.
### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?
Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. And he wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?
Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Older versions have, “and the man of sin is revealed.”
* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. Other versions have, “For God chose you from the first for salvation.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2TH 1 intro m987 0 # 2 Thessalonians 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in verses 4-5: “We talk about your patience and faith in all your persecutions. We talk about the afflictions that you endure. This is a sign of God’s righteous judgment.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But in verses 5-10, Paul explains how God will reward those who believe in him and how he will judge those who afflict them. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))
2TH 1 1 b6vf figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. He begins by greeting the church at Thessalonica. The words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TH 1 1 hm3e Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus This is the Latin form of “Silas.” He is the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 you will be glorified by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the grace of our God “because of God’s grace”
-2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Being gathered together to be with him”
This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Man of lawlessness
This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])
### Sits in the temple of God
Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Being gathered together to be with him”
This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Man of lawlessness
This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])
### Sits in the temple of God
Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word “Now” marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here “himself” gives additional emphasis to the phrase “Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here “hearts” represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
-2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idle and lazy persons
In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### What should you do if your brother sins?
In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Idle and lazy persons
In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### What should you do if your brother sins?
In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Now Paul uses the word “now” to mark a change in topic.
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
diff --git a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
index aaa964683c..b8c2dc5626 100644
--- a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1TI front intro wy83 0 # Introduction to 1 Timothy
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy
1. Greetings (1:1,2)
1. Paul and Timothy
- Warning about false teachers (1:3-11)
- Paul thankful for what Christ has done in his ministry (1:12-17)
- He calls Timothy to fight in this spiritual battle (1:18-20)
1. Prayer for all (2:1-8)
1. Roles and responsibilities in the church (2:9-6:2)
1. Warnings
- Second warning about false teachers (6:3-5)
- Money (6:6-10)
1. Description of a man of God (6:11-16)
1. Note to the wealthy people (6:17-19)
1. Closing words to Timothy (6:20,21)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?
Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
This book is the first letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote it near the end of his life.
### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?
Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is discipleship?
Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 1 Timothy?
For the following verse, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “godliness is a way to get more money.” Some older versions of the Bible read this way, “godliness is a way to get more money: withdraw from such things.” (6:5)
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1TI 1 intro a4v2 0 # 1 Timothy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spiritual children
In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Genealogies
Genealogies are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Most important people had records of their genealogies.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Play on words
The phrase “the law is good if one uses it lawfully” is a play on words. The words “law” and “lawfully” sound similar in the original language.
+1TI front intro wy83 0 # Introduction to 1 Timothy
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy
1. Greetings (1:1,2)
1. Paul and Timothy
- Warning about false teachers (1:3-11)
- Paul thankful for what Christ has done in his ministry (1:12-17)
- He calls Timothy to fight in this spiritual battle (1:18-20)
1. Prayer for all (2:1-8)
1. Roles and responsibilities in the church (2:9-6:2)
1. Warnings
- Second warning about false teachers (6:3-5)
- Money (6:6-10)
1. Description of a man of God (6:11-16)
1. Note to the wealthy people (6:17-19)
1. Closing words to Timothy (6:20,21)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?
Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
This book is the first letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote it near the end of his life.
### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?
Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is discipleship?
Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 1 Timothy?
For the following verse, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “godliness is a way to get more money.” Some older versions of the Bible read this way, “godliness is a way to get more money: withdraw from such things.” (6:5)
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1TI 1 intro a4v2 0 # 1 Timothy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spiritual children
In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Genealogies
Genealogies are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Most important people had records of their genealogies.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Play on words
The phrase “the law is good if one uses it lawfully” is a play on words. The words “law” and “lawfully” sound similar in the original language.
1TI 1 1 u1g9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word “our” refers to Paul and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TI 1 1 i3zz Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος 1 Paul, an apostle “I, Paul, wrote this letter. I am an apostle.” Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Immediately after introducing the writer, you may want to indicate to whom the letter was written, as in the UST.
1TI 1 1 xl6d κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ 1 according to the commandment of “by the command of” or “by the authority of”
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus…Alexander These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I gave over to Satan Paul speaks as if he physically handed these men to Satan. This probably means that Paul rejected them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan can have power over them and harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive παιδευθῶσι 1 they may be taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Peace
Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.
### Women in the church
Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings”
These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.
+1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Peace
Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.
### Women in the church
Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings”
These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.
1TI 2 1 z2xx 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to pray for all people.
1TI 2 1 yk2z πρῶτον πάντων 1 first of all “most important” or “before anything else”
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive παρακαλῶ…ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 I urge that requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgiving to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and sanctification The abstract nouns here can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “in trusting Jesus and loving others and living a holy life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with soundness of mind Possible meanings for this idiom are (1) “with good judgment,” (2) “with modesty,” or (3) “with self-control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 15 zr4b figs-abstractnouns σωφροσύνης 1 soundness of mind If the idiom is retained in translation, the abstract noun “soundness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “a sound mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Overseers and deacons
The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about “deacons” in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Character qualities
This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Overseers and deacons
The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about “deacons” in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Character qualities
This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 1 rwi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the overseers of the church should act and be.
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work “an honorable task”
1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 husband of one wife An overseer must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed or divorced, or never married.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed on in the world This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people in many parts of the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 mr3a ἐν δόξῃ 1 in glory This means he received power from God the Father and he is worthy of honor.
-1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Later times
This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Later times
This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
1TI 4 1 gyd8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells Timothy what the Spirit says will happen and encourages him in what he should teach.
1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul starts to tell a new part of the teaching.
1TI 4 1 b739 ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times Possible meanings are (1) this refers to a time after Paul dies or (2) this is at a latter time in Paul’s own life.
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Give careful attention to yourself and to the teaching “Conduct yourself carefully and give attention to the teaching” or “Control your own behavior and give attention to the teaching”
1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things “Continue to do these things”
1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save yourself and those who listen to you Possible meanings are (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment or (2) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers.
-1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Honor and respect
Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.
### Widows
In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.
+1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Honor and respect
Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.
### Widows
In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TI 5 1 h7d1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell Timothy how to treat the men, women, widows, and younger women in the church.
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man “Do not speak harshly to an older man”
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 25 pd8v τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 some good works are openly known “some good works are obvious”
1TI 5 25 qlu5 τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The works are considered “good” because they fit with God’s character, purposes, and will.
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 but even the others cannot be hidden Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could hide. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but people will later find out about even the good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Slavery
Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.
+1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Slavery
Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.
1TI 6 1 zg9b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specific instructions to slaves and masters and then continues with instructions on living in a godly way.
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: “Let all who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: “Let all who are believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
index 82c6634c23..09fc5cac78 100644
--- a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2TI front intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy
1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).
1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).
1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).
1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?
Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.
### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?
Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?
As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.
### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?
God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some older versions read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”
* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some older versions read, “Warn them before the Lord.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-2TI 1 intro p5lf 0 # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spiritual children
Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Persecution
Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI front intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy
1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).
1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).
1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).
1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?
Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.
### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?
Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?
As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.
### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?
God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some older versions read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”
* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some older versions read, “Warn them before the Lord.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2TI 1 intro p5lf 0 # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spiritual children
Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Persecution
Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 1 dcr3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word “our” refers to Paul (the writer of this letter) and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2TI 1 1 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
2TI 1 1 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so.” Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle and not because a human being chose him.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 18 p3di δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” or “May the Lord show him mercy”
2TI 1 18 x2dk figs-metaphor εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 to find mercy from him Paul speaks of mercy as if it were an object that could be found. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 18 f3ep figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day This refers to the day when God will judge all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### We will reign with him
Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Analogies
In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
+2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### We will reign with him
Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Analogies
In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
2TI 2 1 t13s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul pictures Timothy’s Christian life as a soldier’s life, as a farmer’s life, and as an athlete’s life.
2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here “child” is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who is like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-metaphor ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks about the motivation and determination that God’s grace allows believers to have. Alternate translation: “let God use the grace he gave you through your relationship to Christ Jesus to make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 26 ef3q figs-metaphor ἀνανήψωσιν 1 They may become sober again Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming sober again. Alternate translation: “They may think correctly again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 26 mql8 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 1 leave the devil’s trap Paul speaks of the devil’s ability to convince Christians to sin as if it were a trap. Alternate translation: “stop doing what the devil wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 26 dj4j figs-metaphor ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα 1 after they have been captured by him for his will Convincing Christians to sin is spoken of as if the devil had physically captured them and made them his slaves. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after he has deceived them into obeying his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TI 3 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The “last days” could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The “last days” could also mean the Christian age, including Paul’s time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+2TI 3 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The “last days” could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The “last days” could also mean the Christian age, including Paul’s time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
2TI 3 1 j97t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets Timothy know that in the future people will stop believing the truth, but he should continuing trusting God’s word even when he is persecuted.
2TI 3 1 g65r ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 In the last days Possible meanings are (1) this is a time later than Paul’s time. Alternate translation: “in the future just before Jesus returns” or (2) this refers to the Christian age, including Paul’s time. Alternate translation: “during this period of time before the end”
2TI 3 1 n7gs καιροὶ χαλεποί 1 difficult times These will be days, months, or even years when Christians will endure suffering and danger.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 16 y1hf πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for training in righteousness “for training people to be righteous”
2TI 3 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God This means any believer in God whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος ᾖ…ἐξηρτισμένος 1 may be competent, equipped “may be completely prepared”
-2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “I give this solemn command”
Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Crown
Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.
+2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “I give this solemn command”
Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Crown
Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.
2TI 4 1 t68n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind Timothy to be faithful and that he, Paul, is ready to die.
2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 this solemn command before God and Christ Jesus “this solemn command in the presence of God and Christ Jesus.” It is implied that God and Jesus will be Paul’s witnesses. Alternate translation: “this solemn command having as my witnesses God and Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 solemn command “serious command”
diff --git a/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv b/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
index c3ac7809c3..f5c11eda19 100644
--- a/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Philemon
1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)
1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)
1. Conclusion (1:22-25)
### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?
Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.
### What is the Book of Philemon about?
Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.
Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?
Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.
### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Philemon
1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)
1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)
1. Conclusion (1:22-25)
### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?
Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.
### What is the Book of Philemon about?
Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.
Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?
Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.
### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?
Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 General Information: Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter. Evidently Timothy was with him and probably wrote the words down as Paul said them. Paul greets others who meet for church at Philemon’s house. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος, ὁ ἀδελφὸς; Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus.” People who opposed Paul’s preaching had punished him by putting him into prison.
diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
index 30cf21d700..e2b0da8fe2 100644
--- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Hebrews
1. Jesus is superior to God’s prophets and angels (1:1-4:13)
1. Jesus is superior to the priests who serve in the temple in Jerusalem (4:14-7:28)
1. Jesus’ ministry is superior to the old covenant that God made with his people (8:1-10:39)
1. What faith is like (11:1-40)
1. Encouragement to be faithful to God (12:1-29)
1. Concluding encouragements and greetings (13:1-25)
### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?
No one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.
### What is the Book of Hebrews about?
In the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?
It would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.
### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?
Beginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
Beginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”
* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”
* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”
* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”
* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”
* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-HEB 1 intro aaf9 0 # Hebrews 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter describes how Jesus is more important to us than the angels are.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:5, 7-13, which are words from the Old Testament.
### “Our ancestors”
The writer wrote this letter to Christians who had grown up as Jews. This is why the letter is called “Hebrews.”
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of proving Jesus is better than the angels. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that God’s Son is more important than any of the angels.
### Poetry
Jewish teachers, like the Old Testament prophets, would put their most important teachings in the form of poetry so that the hearers would be able to learn and remember them.
+HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Hebrews
1. Jesus is superior to God’s prophets and angels (1:1-4:13)
1. Jesus is superior to the priests who serve in the temple in Jerusalem (4:14-7:28)
1. Jesus’ ministry is superior to the old covenant that God made with his people (8:1-10:39)
1. What faith is like (11:1-40)
1. Encouragement to be faithful to God (12:1-29)
1. Concluding encouragements and greetings (13:1-25)
### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?
No one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.
### What is the Book of Hebrews about?
In the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?
It would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.
### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?
Beginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
Beginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?
The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?
For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”
* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”
* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”
* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”
* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”
* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+HEB 1 intro aaf9 0 # Hebrews 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter describes how Jesus is more important to us than the angels are.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:5, 7-13, which are words from the Old Testament.
### “Our ancestors”
The writer wrote this letter to Christians who had grown up as Jews. This is why the letter is called “Hebrews.”
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of proving Jesus is better than the angels. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that God’s Son is more important than any of the angels.
### Poetry
Jewish teachers, like the Old Testament prophets, would put their most important teachings in the form of poetry so that the hearers would be able to learn and remember them.
HEB 1 1 c5f3 0 General Information: Although this letter does not mention the recipients to whom it was sent, the author wrote particularly to Hebrews (Jews), who would have understood the many Old Testament references.
HEB 1 1 c5f4 0 General Information: This prologue lays the background for the whole book: the unsurpassing greatness of the Son — the Son is greater than all. The book begins with emphasizing that the Son is better than the prophets and the angels.
HEB 1 2 scr8 ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων 1 in these last days “in these final days.” This phrase refers to the time when Jesus began his ministry, extending until God establishes his complete rule in his creation.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ HEB 1 13 s6k7 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at
HEB 1 13 ulp5 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet Christ’s enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα…κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 Are not all angels spirits…inherit salvation? The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who…inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Brothers
The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
+HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Brothers
The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-inclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here “we” refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ HEB 2 17 v3pw τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι 1 like his br
HEB 2 17 u6ch εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ 1 he would bring about the pardon of the people’s sins Christ’s death on the cross means that God can forgive sins. Alternate translation: “he would make it possible for God to forgive people’s sins”
HEB 2 18 xde4 figs-activepassive πειρασθείς 1 was tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Satan tempted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 2 18 a3a6 figs-activepassive πειραζομένοις 1 who are tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Satan is tempting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:7-11,15, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Brothers
The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Harden your hearts
A person who hardens his heart is a person who will not listen to or obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of warning his readers. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that they need to listen to God and obey him.
+HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:7-11,15, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Brothers
The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Harden your hearts
A person who hardens his heart is a person who will not listen to or obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### Rhetorical questions
The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of warning his readers. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that they need to listen to God and obey him.
HEB 3 1 m1cv 0 Connecting Statement: This second warning is longer and more detailed and includes chapters 3 and 4. The writer begins by showing that Christ is better than his servant Moses.
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here “brothers” refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here “heavenly” represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ HEB 3 17 aha2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years
HEB 3 18 l1gc figs-rquestion τίσιν δὲ ὤμοσεν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν? 1 To whom did he swear that they would not enter his rest, if it was not to those who disobeyed him? The author uses this question to teach his readers. Alternate translation: “And it was to those who disobeyed that he swore they would not enter his rest.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HEB 3 18 q16u figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they would not enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “they would not enter the place of rest” or “they would not experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 3 19 x18z figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀπιστίαν 1 because of unbelief The abstract noun “unbelief” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-HEB 4 intro u72n 0 # Hebrews 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter tells why Jesus is the greatest high priest.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3-4, 7, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s rest
The word “rest” seems to refer to at least two things in this chapter. It refers to a place or time when God will allow his people to rest from their work ([Hebrews 4:3](../../heb/04/03.md)), and it refers to God resting on the seventh day ([Hebrews 4:4](../../heb/04/04.md)).
+HEB 4 intro u72n 0 # Hebrews 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter tells why Jesus is the greatest high priest.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3-4, 7, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s rest
The word “rest” seems to refer to at least two things in this chapter. It refers to a place or time when God will allow his people to rest from their work ([Hebrews 4:3](../../heb/04/03.md)), and it refers to God resting on the seventh day ([Hebrews 4:4](../../heb/04/04.md)).
HEB 4 1 n98m 0 Connecting Statement: Chapter 4 continues the warning to believers starting in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). God, through the writer, gives believers a rest of which God’s rest in the creation of the world is a picture.
HEB 4 1 ay25 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” or “Since God will certainly punish those who do not obey”
HEB 4 1 zta2 figs-metaphor μήποτε καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκέναι 1 none of you might seem to have failed to reach the promise left behind for you to enter God’s rest God’s promise is spoken of as if it were a gift that God left behind when he visited the people. Alternate translation: “none of you fail to enter into God’s rest, which he promised to us” or “God will allow you all to enter into his rest as he promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντ
HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 he is without sin “he did not sin”
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here “throne” refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here “mercy” and “grace” are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HEB 5 intro b67j 0 # Hebrews 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### High priest
Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Milk and solid food
The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+HEB 5 intro b67j 0 # Hebrews 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### High priest
Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Milk and solid food
The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 5 1 dn18 0 Connecting Statement: The writer describes the sinfulness of the Old Testament priests, then he shows that Christ has a better kind of priesthood, not based on Aaron’s priesthood but on the priesthood of Melchizedek.
HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 chosen from among people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 5 1 ndz7 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God appoints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ HEB 5 12 yk1q figs-metaphor γάλακτος, οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆ
HEB 5 13 nhx3 figs-metonymy μετέχων γάλακτος 1 takes milk Here “takes” stands for “drinks.” Alternate translation: “drinks milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 5 13 vl7k figs-metaphor νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν 1 because he is still a little child Spiritual maturity is compared with the kind of food that a growing child eats. Solid food is not for a tiny baby, and that is a figure describing a young Christian who only learns simple truths; but later, more solid food is given to the little child, just as when a person matures he can learn about matters that are more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα, ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν, καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ 1 who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil People trained to understand something are spoken of as if their ability to understand had been trained. Alternate translation: “who are mature and can distinguish between good and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abrahamic Covenant
In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abrahamic Covenant
In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
HEB 6 1 f1nk 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues with what immature Hebrew believers need to do to become mature Christians. He reminds them of the foundational teachings.
HEB 6 1 i4xr figs-metaphor ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα 1 let us leave the beginning of the message of Christ and move forward to maturity This speaks about the basic teachings as if they were the beginning of a journey and the mature teachings as if they were the end of a journey. Alternate translation: “let us stop only discussing what we first learned and start understanding more mature teachings as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 6 1 thw8 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι…πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Let us not lay again the foundation…of faith in God Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings…of faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ HEB 6 19 vdt3 figs-doublet ἄγκυραν…ἀσφαλῆ…καὶ βεβαί
HEB 6 19 d223 figs-personification ἣν…καὶ εἰσερχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 hope that enters into the inner place behind the curtain Confidence is spoken of as if it were a person who could go into the most holy place of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
HEB 6 19 aj2m figs-metaphor τὸ ἐσώτερον 1 the inner place This was the most holy place in the temple. It was thought to be the place where God was most intensely present among his people. In this passage, this place stands for heaven and God’s throne room. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 6 20 zgj6 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the order of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
-HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:17, 21, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### High priest
Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.
+HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:17, 21, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### High priest
Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.
HEB 7 1 mwy8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer of Hebrews continues his comparison of Jesus as priest to Melchizedek as priest.
HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 Salem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HEB 7 1 rx36 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings This is refers to when Abraham and his men went and defeated the armies of four kings in order to rescue his nephew, Lot, and his family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ HEB 7 28 u5ny ἀνθρώπους…ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 men w
HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας, τῆς μετὰ τὸν νόμον, Υἱόν 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son The “word of the oath” represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: “God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law” or “after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who has completely obeyed God and become mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author finishes describing how and why Jesus is the most important high priest. Then he begins to speak about how the new covenant is better to the covenant God made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:8-12, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### New covenant
The author tells how Jesus has established a new covenant that is better than the covenant that God established with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author finishes describing how and why Jesus is the most important high priest. Then he begins to speak about how the new covenant is better to the covenant God made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:8-12, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### New covenant
The author tells how Jesus has established a new covenant that is better than the covenant that God established with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
HEB 8 1 nb8q 0 Connecting Statement: The writer, having shown that Christ’s priesthood is better than the earthly priesthood, shows that the earthly priesthood was a pattern of heavenly things. Christ has a superior ministry, a superior covenant.
HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, the word “we” is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 n
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord…will all know me “Know” here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: “to those who did evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here “remember” stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Will
A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.
### Blood
In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### Return of Christ
Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### First covenant
This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.”
+HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Will
A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.
### Blood
In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### Return of Christ
Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### First covenant
This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.”
HEB 9 1 af6x 0 Connecting Statement: The writer makes clear to these Jewish believers that the laws and the tabernacle of the old covenant were only pictures of the better, new covenant.
HEB 9 1 av9i οὖν 1 Now This word marks a new part of the teaching.
HEB 9 1 d3vs ἡ πρώτη 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ HEB 9 26 dq7m figs-metaphor εἰς ἀθέτησιν ἁμαρτίας διὰ
HEB 9 28 p8b6 figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστός ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς 1 Christ was offered once This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ offered himself once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 9 28 hv2t figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ…ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 to take away the sins The act of making us innocent rather than guilty for our sins is spoken of as if our sins were physical objects that Christ could carry away from us. Alternate translation: “so that God would forgive the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 9 28 p6th figs-metonymy τὸ…ἁμαρτίας 1 the sins Here “sins” mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HEB 10 intro nev1 0 # Hebrews 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, the writer finishes describing how Jesus’ sacrifice was better than the sacrifices offered in the Temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:5-7, 15-17, 37-38, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s judgment and reward
Holy living is important for Christians. God will hold people accountable for how they lived their Christian life. Even though there will not be eternal condemnation for Christians, ungodly actions do and will have consequences. In addition, faithful living will be rewarded. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins”
The sacrifices themselves had no redeeming power. They were effective because they were a display of faith, which was credited to the person offering the sacrifice. It was ultimately the sacrifice of Jesus which then makes these sacrifices “take away sins.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### “The covenant that I will make”
It is unclear whether this prophecy was being fulfilled as the author was writing or whether it was to occur later. The translator should try to avoid making a claim about the time this covenant begins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
+HEB 10 intro nev1 0 # Hebrews 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, the writer finishes describing how Jesus’ sacrifice was better than the sacrifices offered in the Temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:5-7, 15-17, 37-38, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s judgment and reward
Holy living is important for Christians. God will hold people accountable for how they lived their Christian life. Even though there will not be eternal condemnation for Christians, ungodly actions do and will have consequences. In addition, faithful living will be rewarded. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins”
The sacrifices themselves had no redeeming power. They were effective because they were a display of faith, which was credited to the person offering the sacrifice. It was ultimately the sacrifice of Jesus which then makes these sacrifices “take away sins.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### “The covenant that I will make”
It is unclear whether this prophecy was being fulfilled as the author was writing or whether it was to occur later. The translator should try to avoid making a claim about the time this covenant begins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
HEB 10 1 kwq1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer shows the weakness of the law and its sacrifices, why God gave the law, and the perfection of the new priesthood and Christ’s sacrifice.
HEB 10 1 kj83 figs-metaphor σκιὰν…ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν 1 the law is only a shadow of the good things to come This speaks about the law as if it were a shadow. The author means the law is not the good things that God had promised. It only hints at the good things that God is going to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 10 1 r6ly οὐκ αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων 1 not the real forms of those things themselves “not the real things themselves”
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous…
HEB 10 38 h5bw ὑποστείληται 1 shrinks back stops doing the good thing he is doing
HEB 10 39 i9zh figs-metaphor ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to destruction A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And “destruction” is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes
## Structure
The writer begins this chapter by telling what faith is. Then he gives many examples of people who had faith and how they lived.
## Important concepts in this chapter
### Faith
In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly.
+HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes
## Structure
The writer begins this chapter by telling what faith is. Then he gives many examples of people who had faith and how they lived.
## Important concepts in this chapter
### Faith
In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly.
HEB 11 1 a371 0 Connecting Statement: The author tells three things about faith in this brief introduction.
HEB 11 1 d95i δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here the author starts to explain the meaning of “faith.”
HEB 11 1 dne9 ἔστιν…πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις 1 faith is being sure of the things hoped for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when we have faith, we are sure of the things we hope for” or “faith is what allows a person to confidently expect certain things”
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ HEB 11 38 li8j σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆ
HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise This expression stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Discipline
God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])
+HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Discipline
God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])
HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” refer to the author and his readers. The word “you” is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example.
HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a cloud that surrounded the present-day believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “such a large cloud of witnesses surrounds us” or “there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν…παραλαμ
HEB 12 28 btf6 ἔχωμεν χάριν 1 let us be grateful “let us give thanks”
HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words “reverence” and “awe” share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
HEB 12 29 f899 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον 1 our God is a consuming fire God is spoken of here as if he were a fire that can burn up anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HEB 13 intro c8gg 0 # Hebrews 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author finishes the list of exhortations he began in chapter 12. Then he asks the readers to pray for him and ends the letter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:6, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hospitality
God wants his people to invite other people to come to their homes to eat food and even to sleep. His people should do this even if they do not know well the people they are inviting. In the Old Testament, Abraham and his nephew Lot both showed hospitality to people they did not know. Abraham served a costly meal to them, and then Lot invited them to sleep in his house. They learned later that those people were actually angels.
+HEB 13 intro c8gg 0 # Hebrews 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author finishes the list of exhortations he began in chapter 12. Then he asks the readers to pray for him and ends the letter.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:6, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hospitality
God wants his people to invite other people to come to their homes to eat food and even to sleep. His people should do this even if they do not know well the people they are inviting. In the Old Testament, Abraham and his nephew Lot both showed hospitality to people they did not know. Abraham served a costly meal to them, and then Lot invited them to sleep in his house. They learned later that those people were actually angels.
HEB 13 1 sf1n 0 Connecting Statement: In this closing section, the author gives specific instructions to believers on how they are supposed to live.
HEB 13 1 g819 ἡ φιλαδελφία μενέτω 1 Let brotherly love continue “Continue to show your love for other believers as you would for a member of your family”
HEB 13 2 rh7r figs-litotes μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε 1 Do not forget This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Be sure to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index bdcaaf3dd7..452005b43f 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Peter
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)
1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)
1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)
1. Closing (5:12-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?
The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.
### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?
Peter stated that he wrote this letter for the purpose of “encouraging you and testifying that this is the true grace of God” (5:12).
He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How were Christians treated in Rome?
Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?
* “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”
If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### What God reveals
When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.
### Holiness
God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Eternity
Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))
+1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Peter
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)
1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)
1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)
1. Closing (5:12-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?
The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.
### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?
Peter stated that he wrote this letter for the purpose of “encouraging you and testifying that this is the true grace of God” (5:12).
He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How were Christians treated in Rome?
Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?
* “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”
If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### What God reveals
When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.
### Holiness
God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Eternity
Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia…Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, “Cappadocia” and “Bithynia” were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα…ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word “glory” refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “the message that comes from the Lord”
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the gospel that was proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the gospel that we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Stones
The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Milk and babies
When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Stones
The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Milk and babies
When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 1 cch5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching his readers about holiness and obedience.
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word “Therefore” here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: “So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander” or “So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God’s word. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has healed you because people bruised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd. Just as a shepherd protects his sheep, Jesus protects those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Outward ornaments”
Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.
### Unity
Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Outward ornaments”
Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.
### Unity
Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In this way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “Obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to submit to their husbands. The words “Obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word.
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some men are disobedient to the word Here “the word” refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now.”
1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 Christ is at the right hand of God To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “Christ is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 submit to him “submit to Jesus Christ”
-1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ungodly Gentiles
This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### Martyrdom
It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”
Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.
+1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ungodly Gentiles
This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### Martyrdom
It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”
Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.
1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings.
1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “in his body”
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase “arm yourselves” makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures “the same intention” as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 entrust their souls Here the word “souls” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “entrust themselves” or “entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun “well-doing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Crowns
The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Lion
All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
### Babylon
Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Crowns
The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Lion
All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
### Babylon
Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 the glory that will be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the glory of Christ that God will reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Be shepherds of God’s flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
index 2a2bae8097..164ec37397 100644
--- a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Peter
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Reminder to live good lives because God has enabled us to (1:3-21)
1. Warning against false teachers (2:1-22)
1. Encouragement to prepare for the second coming of Jesus (3:1-17)
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Peter?
The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.
### What is the Book of 2 Peter about?
Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who were the people Peter spoke against?
It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.
### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?
The doctrine of scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of scripture (1:20-21).
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some modern versions and older versions have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”
* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some versions have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”
* “Beor” (2:15). Some other versions read, “Bosor.”
* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other versions have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Knowledge of God
Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])
### Living godly lives
Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The truth of Scripture
Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
+2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 Peter
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Reminder to live good lives because God has enabled us to (1:3-21)
1. Warning against false teachers (2:1-22)
1. Encouragement to prepare for the second coming of Jesus (3:1-17)
### Who wrote the Book of 2 Peter?
The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.
### What is the Book of 2 Peter about?
Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who were the people Peter spoke against?
It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.
### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?
The doctrine of scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of scripture (1:20-21).
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some modern versions and older versions have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”
* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some versions have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”
* “Beor” (2:15). Some other versions read, “Bosor.”
* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other versions have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Knowledge of God
Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])
### Living godly lives
Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The truth of Scripture
Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
2PE 1 1 n1di 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers he is writing to.
2PE 1 1 v381 δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 slave and apostle of Jesus Christ Peter speaks of being Jesus Christ’s servant. He also was given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle.
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον…λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has given the same precious faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand “Most importantly, you must understand”
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία…ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 no prophecy comes from someone’s own interpretation Possible meanings are (1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or (3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Flesh
“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
### Implicit information
There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Flesh
“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
### Implicit information
There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο…ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ…καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
2PE 2 1 tbz8 αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies The word “heresies” refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that God delivered to them” or “the holy commandment that God made sure that they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them “This proverb applies to them” or “This proverb describes them”
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known “the way of righteousness,” have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fire
People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])
### Day of the Lord
The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Fire
People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])
### Day of the Lord
The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: “to cause you to think pure thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
index e2333239a8..2bc6132a8d 100644
--- a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1JN front intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 John
1. Introduction (1:1-4)
1. Christian living (1:5-3:10)
1. The command to love one another (3:11-5:12)
1. Conclusion (5:13-21)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 John?
This book does not name the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. He was also wrote of the Gospel of John.
### What is the Book of 1 John about?
John wrote this letter to Christians at a time when false teachers were troubling them. John wrote this letter because he wanted to prevent believers from sinning. He wanted to protect believers from false teachings. And he wanted to assure believers that they were saved.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter From John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who were the people that John spoke against?
The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in 1 John?
John often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.
Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, John intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with God when he said, “He who says he remains in God” (1 John 2:6). The UST says, “If we say that we are in union with God,” but translators will often have to find other expressions that communicate these ideas well.
In the passage, “the word of God remains in you” (1 John 2:13), the UST expresses this idea as, “you continue to obey what God commands.” Many translators will find it possible to use this translation as a model.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 John?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “And we are writing these things to you so that our joy may be complete” (1:4). Some older versions have, “And we are writing these things to you so that your joy may be complete.”
* “And you all know the truth” (2:20). Other modern versions have, “And you all have knowledge.” Some older versions have, “and you know all things.”
* “and this is what we are!” (3:1). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Some older versions omit this phrase.
* “and every spirit that does not acknowledge Jesus is not from God” (4:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions have this reading. Some older versions read, “and every spirit that does not acknowledge that Jesus has come in the flesh is not of God.”
For the following passage, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT does. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include this passage, the translators can include it. If it is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it was probably not in the original version of 1 John.
* “For there are three who bear witness: the Spirit, the water, and the blood. These three are in agreement.” (5:7-8) Some older versions have, “For there are three that bear witness in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three that bear witness on earth: the Spirit, the water, and the blood; and these three are as one.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1JN 1 intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is a letter that John wrote to Christians.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Christians and sin
In this chapter John teaches that all Christians are still sinners. But God continues to forgive a Christian’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
In this chapter John writes that God is light. Light is a metaphor for understanding and righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
John also writes about people walking in the light or in the darkness. Walking is a metaphor for behaving or living. People who walk in the light understand what is righteous and do it. People who walk in the darkness may not understand what is righteous, and they do what is sinful.
+1JN front intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 1 John
1. Introduction (1:1-4)
1. Christian living (1:5-3:10)
1. The command to love one another (3:11-5:12)
1. Conclusion (5:13-21)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 John?
This book does not name the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. He was also wrote of the Gospel of John.
### What is the Book of 1 John about?
John wrote this letter to Christians at a time when false teachers were troubling them. John wrote this letter because he wanted to prevent believers from sinning. He wanted to protect believers from false teachings. And he wanted to assure believers that they were saved.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 John” or “First John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter From John” or “The First Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who were the people that John spoke against?
The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in 1 John?
John often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.
Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, John intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with God when he said, “He who says he remains in God” (1 John 2:6). The UST says, “If we say that we are in union with God,” but translators will often have to find other expressions that communicate these ideas well.
In the passage, “the word of God remains in you” (1 John 2:13), the UST expresses this idea as, “you continue to obey what God commands.” Many translators will find it possible to use this translation as a model.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 John?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “And we are writing these things to you so that our joy may be complete” (1:4). Some older versions have, “And we are writing these things to you so that your joy may be complete.”
* “And you all know the truth” (2:20). Other modern versions have, “And you all have knowledge.” Some older versions have, “and you know all things.”
* “and this is what we are!” (3:1). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Some older versions omit this phrase.
* “and every spirit that does not acknowledge Jesus is not from God” (4:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions have this reading. Some older versions read, “and every spirit that does not acknowledge that Jesus has come in the flesh is not of God.”
For the following passage, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT does. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include this passage, the translators can include it. If it is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it was probably not in the original version of 1 John.
* “For there are three who bear witness: the Spirit, the water, and the blood. These three are in agreement.” (5:7-8) Some older versions have, “For there are three that bear witness in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three that bear witness on earth: the Spirit, the water, and the blood; and these three are as one.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1JN 1 intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This is a letter that John wrote to Christians.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Christians and sin
In this chapter John teaches that all Christians are still sinners. But God continues to forgive a Christian’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
In this chapter John writes that God is light. Light is a metaphor for understanding and righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
John also writes about people walking in the light or in the darkness. Walking is a metaphor for behaving or living. People who walk in the light understand what is righteous and do it. People who walk in the darkness may not understand what is righteous, and they do what is sinful.
1JN 1 1 axg6 figs-you 0 General Information: The apostle John wrote this letter to believers. All instances of “you,” “your,” and “yours” include all believers and are plural. Here the words “we” and “us” refer to John and those who had been with Jesus. In verses 1-2 many pronouns like “that,” “which,” and “it” are used. They refer to “the Word of life” and “the eternal life.” But, since these are names for Jesus, you can use pronouns that refer to a person like “who,” “whom” or “he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1JN 1 1 ej5x ὃ…ἀκηκόαμεν 1 which we have heard “which we have heard him teach”
1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism ὃ ἑωράκαμεν…ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 which we have seen…we have looked at This is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “which we ourselves have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 to forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John uses them to emphasize that God will surely forgive our sins. Alternate translation: “and will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him out to be a liar It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: “it is the same as calling him a liar, because he said we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Obeying and honoring God’s word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: “we do not understand God’s word nor obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Antichrist
In this chapter John writes about both a specific antichrist and many antichrists. The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The antichrist is a person who will come in the last days and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do it for evil. Before this person comes, there will be many people who work against Christ; they too are called “antichrists.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
There are several groups of similar metaphors that are used throughout this chapter.
Being in God is a metaphor for having fellowship with God, and God’s word and truth being in people is a metaphor for people knowing and obeying God’s word.
Walking is a metaphor for behaving, not knowing where one is going is a metaphor for not knowing how to behave, and stumbling is a metaphor for sinning.
The light is a metaphor for knowing and doing what is right, and darkness and blindness are metaphors for not knowing what is right and doing what is wrong.
Leading people astray is a metaphor for teaching people things that are not true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Antichrist
In this chapter John writes about both a specific antichrist and many antichrists. The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The antichrist is a person who will come in the last days and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do it for evil. Before this person comes, there will be many people who work against Christ; they too are called “antichrists.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
There are several groups of similar metaphors that are used throughout this chapter.
Being in God is a metaphor for having fellowship with God, and God’s word and truth being in people is a metaphor for people knowing and obeying God’s word.
Walking is a metaphor for behaving, not knowing where one is going is a metaphor for not knowing how to behave, and stumbling is a metaphor for sinning.
The light is a metaphor for knowing and doing what is right, and darkness and blindness are metaphors for not knowing what is right and doing what is wrong.
Leading people astray is a metaphor for teaching people things that are not true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 1 u65h figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “we” and “us” refer to John and all believers. The words “him” and “his” could refer to God the Father or to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1JN 2 1 w9ji 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to write about fellowship and shows that it is possible because Jesus goes between believers and the Father.
1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. Alternate translation: “My dear children in Christ” or “You who are as dear to me as my own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 28 d4ql μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 not be ashamed before him “not be ashamed in his presence”
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming “when he comes again”
1JN 2 29 u6er ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 has been born from him “has been born of God” or “is God’s child”
-1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Children of God
God created all people, but people can only become children of God by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Cain
Cain was a son of the first man, Adam, and the first woman, Eve. He was jealous of his brother and murdered him. Readers may not know who Cain was if they have not read Genesis. It may help them if you explain this to them.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “To know”
The verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this chapter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Some languages have different words for these different meanings.
### “He who keeps God’s commandments remains in him, and God remains in him”
Many scholars believe this is about remaining in God’s will and is not about being saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Children of God
God created all people, but people can only become children of God by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Cain
Cain was a son of the first man, Adam, and the first woman, Eve. He was jealous of his brother and murdered him. Readers may not know who Cain was if they have not read Genesis. It may help them if you explain this to them.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “To know”
The verb “to know” is used in two different ways in this chapter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Some languages have different words for these different meanings.
### “He who keeps God’s commandments remains in him, and God remains in him”
Many scholars believe this is about remaining in God’s will and is not about being saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
1JN 3 1 as62 0 Connecting Statement: In this part John tells the believers about their new nature, which cannot sin.
1JN 3 1 gl8n ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 See what kind of love the Father has given to us “Think about how our Father loves us so much”
1JN 3 1 x99a τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 we should be called children of God “the Father called us his children”
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 3 23 irb3 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύσωμεν…καθὼς ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν 1 This is his commandment: that we should believe…just as he gave us this commandment The abstract noun “commandment” can be stated as “command.” Alternate translation: “This is what God commands us to do: Believe…just as he commanded us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1JN 3 23 feq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1JN 3 24 we1m figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in him, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated “remains in God” in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “continues to have fellowship with him, and God continues to have fellowship with him” or “stays joined with him, and God stays joined with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN 4 intro l3qa 0 # 1 John 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spirit
This word “spirit” is used in different ways in this chapter. Sometimes the word “spirit” refers to spiritual beings. Sometimes it refers to the character of something. For example “the spirit of the antichrist,” “the spirit of truth,” and “the spirit of error” refer to what is typical of the antichrist, truth, and error. “The Spirit” (written with a capital “S”) and “the Spirit of God” refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Loving God
If people love God, they should show it in the way they live and the way they treat other people. Doing this may assure us that God has saved us and that we belong to him, but loving others does not save us. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
+1JN 4 intro l3qa 0 # 1 John 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Spirit
This word “spirit” is used in different ways in this chapter. Sometimes the word “spirit” refers to spiritual beings. Sometimes it refers to the character of something. For example “the spirit of the antichrist,” “the spirit of truth,” and “the spirit of error” refer to what is typical of the antichrist, truth, and error. “The Spirit” (written with a capital “S”) and “the Spirit of God” refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Loving God
If people love God, they should show it in the way they live and the way they treat other people. Doing this may assure us that God has saved us and that we belong to him, but loving others does not save us. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
1JN 4 1 c9jb 0 General Information: John gives a warning against false teachers who teach against Christ’s having had a human body and teachers who talk the way those who love the world talk.
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, μὴ…πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe “You people whom I love, do not believe” or “Dear friends, do not believe.” See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε 1 do not believe every spirit Here, the word “spirit” refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: “do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 4 20 tfq3 τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ 1 hates his brother “hates a fellow believer”
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: “the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1JN 5 intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Children born from God
When people believe in Jesus, God makes them his children and gives them eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Christian living
People who believe in Jesus should obey God’s commands and love his children.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Death
When John writes about death in this chapter, he refers to physical death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”
The phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but ultimately God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])
+1JN 5 intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Children born from God
When people believe in Jesus, God makes them his children and gives them eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### Christian living
People who believe in Jesus should obey God’s commands and love his children.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Death
When John writes about death in this chapter, he refers to physical death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
### “the whole world lies in the power of the evil one”
The phrase “the evil one” refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but ultimately God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])
1JN 5 1 nej3 0 General Information: John continues to teach his readers about God’s love and the love believers are to have because they have this new nature from God.
1JN 5 1 h8if ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 is born from God “is a child of God”
1JN 5 2 ukc7 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὅταν τὸν Θεὸν ἀγαπῶμεν, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 Because of this we know that we love God’s children, when we love God and do his commandments. “When we love God and do what he commands, then we know that we love his children”
diff --git a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
index ddd9805faa..97ef82a0b7 100644
--- a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-2JN front intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 John
1. Greeting (1:1-3)
1. Encouragement and the greatest commandment (1:4-6)
1. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)
1. Greetings from fellow believers (1:12-13)
### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?
The letter does not name of the author. The author only identified himself as “the elder.” The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life. The content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s Gospel.
### What is the Book of 2 John about?
John addressed this letter to someone he called “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). This could refer to a specific friend and her children. Or it could refer to a specific group of believers or to believers in general. John’s purpose in writing this letter was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is hospitality?
Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.
### Who were the people John spoke against?
The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+2JN front intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 2 John
1. Greeting (1:1-3)
1. Encouragement and the greatest commandment (1:4-6)
1. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)
1. Greetings from fellow believers (1:12-13)
### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?
The letter does not name of the author. The author only identified himself as “the elder.” The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life. The content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s Gospel.
### What is the Book of 2 John about?
John addressed this letter to someone he called “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). This could refer to a specific friend and her children. Or it could refer to a specific group of believers or to believers in general. John’s purpose in writing this letter was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is hospitality?
Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.
### Who were the people John spoke against?
The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2JN 1 1 ma4c figs-you 0 General Information: Tradition identifies the apostle John as the writer of this letter. Though possibly addressed to an individual woman, because he writes that they should “love one another,” this is probably to a church. All instances of “you” and “your” in this letter are plural unless noted otherwise. In this letter, John includes himself and his readers by using the word “us” and “our.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος; ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 From the elder to the chosen lady and her children This is how letters were started. The name of the author can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter to the chosen lady and her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 1 z9f1 ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 the elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as “elder” either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church.
diff --git a/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv b/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
index e7fa20d7bb..926fedddc8 100644
--- a/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 3 John
1. Introduction (1:1)
1. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)
1. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)
1. Conclusion (1:13-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?
The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life.
### What is the Book of 3 John about?
John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, **_3 John_** or **_Third John_**. Or they may choose a clearer title, such as **_The Third Letter from John_** or **_The Third Letter John Wrote_**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is hospitality?
Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?
The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These are believers he taught to obey Christ.
John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
+3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of 3 John
1. Introduction (1:1)
1. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)
1. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)
1. Conclusion (1:13-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?
The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life.
### What is the Book of 3 John about?
John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, **_3 John_** or **_Third John_**. Or they may choose a clearer title, such as **_The Third Letter from John_** or **_The Third Letter John Wrote_**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What is hospitality?
Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?
The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These are believers he taught to obey Christ.
John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
diff --git a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
index 4207aec7b2..c91562c9a7 100644
--- a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Jude
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)
1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)
1. Proper response (1:17-23)
1. Praises to God (1:24-25)
### Who wrote the Book of Jude?
The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.
### What is the Book of Jude about?
Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who were the people Jude spoke against?
It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.
+JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Jude
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)
1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)
1. Proper response (1:17-23)
1. Praises to God (1:24-25)
### Who wrote the Book of Jude?
The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.
### What is the Book of Jude about?
Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Who were the people Jude spoke against?
It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the writer of this letter and greets his readers. He was probably the half-brother of Jesus. There are two other Judes mentioned in the New Testament. The word “you” in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude, a servant of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv
index 063adf4f63..1ac91f21e2 100644
--- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Revelation
1. Opening (1:1-20)
1. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
1. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
1. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
1. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
1. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
1. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
1. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
1. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
1. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
1. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)
### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?
The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.
### What is the Book of Revelation about?
John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?
John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Are the events of Revelation past or future?
Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.
Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.
### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?
No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?
One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?
The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### Periods of time
John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it [the earth] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven churches
John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.
### White
The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”
God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Blood
Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “He is coming with the clouds”
Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.
### “One like a son of man”
This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”
### “The angels of the seven churches”
The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.
+REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of the Book of Revelation
1. Opening (1:1-20)
1. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
1. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
1. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
1. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
1. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
1. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
1. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
1. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
1. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
1. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)
### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?
The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.
### What is the Book of Revelation about?
John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?
John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Are the events of Revelation past or future?
Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.
Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.
### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?
No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?
One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?
The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”
The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.
### Periods of time
John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?
For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it [the earth] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven churches
John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.
### White
The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”
God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Blood
Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “He is coming with the clouds”
Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.
### “One like a son of man”
This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”
### “The angels of the seven churches”
The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.
REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it.
REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants This refers to people who believe in Christ.
REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place “the events that must happen soon”
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage ἀστέρων 1 stars These stars are symbol
REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Possible meanings are that these “angels” are (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches or (2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
REV 1 20 e25n ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches This refers to seven churches that actually existed in Asia Minor at that time. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
-REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Poverty and wealth
The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
### “The devil is about to”
People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel
Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”
The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The angel of the church”
The word “angel” here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).
### “The words of the one who”
The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
+REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Poverty and wealth
The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
### “The devil is about to”
People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel
Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”
The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The angel of the church”
The word “angel” here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).
### “The words of the one who”
The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
REV 2 1 mn8x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus.
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here “him”
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven spirits of God
These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).
### Seven stars
These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).
## Important metaphors in this chapter
### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking
Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”
The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The angel of the church”
The word “angel” here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).
### “The words of the one who”
The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
+REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven spirits of God
These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).
### Seven stars
These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).
## Important metaphors in this chapter
### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking
Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”
The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The angel of the church”
The word “angel” here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).
### “The words of the one who”
The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
REV 3 1 u1zs τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
REV 3 1 q7n9 translate-names Σάρδεσιν 1 Sardis This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρ
REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.
John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald
These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.
### Twenty-four elders
Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Seven spirits of God
These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).
### Giving glory to God
God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Difficult images
Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
+REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.
John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald
These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.
### Twenty-four elders
Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Seven spirits of God
These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).
### Giving glory to God
God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Difficult images
Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God.
REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After I had just seen these things” ([Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md))
REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 an open door in heaven This expression stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους
REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay Possible meanings are (1) to place or (2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless (“throw,” [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
REV 4 11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Lord and our God “our Lord and God.” This is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne.
REV 4 11 q91l figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 to receive the glory and the honor and the power These are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sealed scroll
Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
### Twenty-four elders
Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Christian prayers
The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.
### Seven spirits of God
These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words “Root of David” speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sealed scroll
Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
### Twenty-four elders
Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Christian prayers
The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.
### Seven spirits of God
These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words “Root of David” speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God.
REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw “After I saw those things, I saw”
REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same “one” as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md).
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ REV 5 12 gnv1 ἄξιόν ἐστιν τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἐσφαγμέ
REV 5 12 mt28 figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ ἰσχὺν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ εὐλογίαν 1 to receive power, wealth, wisdom, strength, honor, glory, and praise These are all things that the Lamb has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns. See how you translated a similar sentence in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 5 13 sad6 figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth and under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
REV 5 13 t3zy τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 To the one who sits on the throne and to the Lamb “May he who sits on the throne and the Lamb have”
-REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven Seals
Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### The Four Horsemen
As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### The Lamb
This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Similes
In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven Seals
Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### The Four Horsemen
As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### The Lamb
This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Similes
In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 6 1 i392 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the events that happened before the throne of God. The Lamb begins to open the seals on the scroll.
REV 6 1 be7p ἔρχου! 1 Come! This is a command to one person, apparently the rider of the white horse who is spoken of in verse 2.
REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown This kind of crown was a likeness of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, probably hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads. This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς
REV 6 17 i7t4 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing now is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 6 17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 their wrath “Their” refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb.
REV 6 17 r1ta figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 Who is able to stand? Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “No one can survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.
Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worship
God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### The Lamb
This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.
Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Worship
God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### The Lamb
This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase “the four corners” refers to the north, south, east, and west.
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word “seal” here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνο
REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb…will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb…will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb…will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven seals and seven trumpets
This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Passive voice
John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Similes
In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven seals and seven trumpets
This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Passive voice
John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Similes
In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God gave them seven trumpets” or (2) “the Lamb gave them seven trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ REV 8 12 z936 figs-metaphor ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου
REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark Possible meanings are (1) “one third of the time they were dark” or (2) “one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark”
REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night”
REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet…angels This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Woe
John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Animal imagery
This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.
### Bottomless pit
This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
### Abaddon and Apollyon
“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
### Repentance
Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Woe
John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Animal imagery
This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.
### Bottomless pit
This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
### Abaddon and Apollyon
“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
### Repentance
Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall.
REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit”
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ REV 9 18 q9mp 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the horses an
REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people “One third of the people.” See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 9 20 d3vn figs-distinguish τὰ ξύλινα, ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν 1 things that cannot see, hear, or walk This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven thunders
John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### “The mystery of God”
This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Seven thunders
John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### “The mystery of God”
This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
REV 10 1 jj2e figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 He was robed in a cloud John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing a cloud as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 10 1 qax6 figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 His face was like the sun John compares the brightness of his face with the brightness of the sun. Alternate translation: “His face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard
REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me “The angel said to me”
REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 make…bitter “make…sour” or “make…acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
REV 10 11 ahb4 figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 languages This refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.
### Woe
John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gentiles
The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### Two witnesses
Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Bottomless pit
This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
+REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.
### Woe
John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Gentiles
The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
### Two witnesses
Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Bottomless pit
This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
REV 11 1 ba9b 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος 1 A reed was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone gave me a reed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me…I was told The words “me” and “I” refer to John.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θ
REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
-REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Serpent
The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “A great sign was seen in heaven”
By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
+REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Serpent
The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “A great sign was seen in heaven”
By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
REV 12 1 n4ii 0 General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision.
REV 12 1 d7pw figs-activepassive σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 A great sign appeared in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A great sign appeared in heaven” or “I, John, saw a great sign in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ REV 12 15 a9wh αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον 1 to sweep her away “t
REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth The earth is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a mouth that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “A hole in the ground opened up and the water went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 12 17 t6jf ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus The word “testimony” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “continue to testify about Jesus”
-REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Similes
John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Unknown animals
John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Similes
John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Unknown animals
John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. The word “I” here refers to John.
REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The dragon made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose his power, however, by giving it to the beast.
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ REV 13 18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Here is wisdom “Wisdom is
REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If anyone has understanding The word “insight” can be translated with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 13 18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 let him calculate the number of the beast “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means”
REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being Possible meanings are (1) the number represents one person or (2) the number represents all of humanity.
-REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Harvest
Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Harvest
Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word “I” refers to John.
REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lamb A “lamb” is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ REV 14 20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 winepress This is “the great wine vat” of [Rev
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to the height of a horse’s bridle “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth”
REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 bridle a device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse
REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 1,600 stadia “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Victorious over the beast”
These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”
Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Songs
The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped.
+REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Victorious over the beast”
These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”
Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Songs
The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped.
REV 15 1 p98c 0 General Information: This verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21.
REV 15 1 l345 figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 great and marvelous These words have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
REV 15 1 w6lf ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ 1 seven angels with seven plagues “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth”
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on
REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures “living being” or “living thing.” See how you translated “living creatures” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word “wrath” here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 15 8 s67r ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth”
-REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”
This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.
### Seven bowls of God’s wrath
This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.
### Armageddon
This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
+REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”
This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.
### Seven bowls of God’s wrath
This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.
### Armageddon
This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath.
REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word “I” refers to John.
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God’s wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word “wrath” here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριο
REV 16 20 eb5w 0 Connecting Statement: This is part of the seventh bowl of God’s wrath.
REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 a talent You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prostitute
Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Seven hills
This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “
This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast…is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md))
+REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prostitute
Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### Seven hills
This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “
This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast…is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md))
REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute.
REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the condemnation of the great prostitute The noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verb “condemn.” Alternate translation: “how God will condemn the great prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great prostitute “the prostitute that everyone knows about.” She represents a certain sinful city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ
REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here “is” stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Prophecy
The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphors
Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 18 1 fl3m figs-personification 0 General Information: The pronouns “she” and “her” refer to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast.
REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ REV 18 23 ja6m figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι
REV 18 23 q8qm figs-metaphor οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς 1 your merchants were the princes of the earth The angel speaks of important and powerful people as if they were princes. Alternate translation: “your merchants were like princes of the earth” or “your merchants were the most important men in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations were deceived by your sorcery This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 18 24 s8bp figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Blood being found there means that the people there were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Songs
The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Wedding celebration
The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people.
+REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Songs
The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### Wedding celebration
The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people.
REV 19 1 qu5h 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon.
REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here “I” refers to John.
REV 19 1 nk8x ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.”
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ REV 19 20 ht8g figs-activepassive ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο
REV 19 20 blr1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ 1 the fiery lake of burning sulfur “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur”
REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword that came out of the mouth of the one who rode on the horse This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
-REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The thousand-year reign of Christ
In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Final rebellion
This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
### Great white throne
This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Book of Life
This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Hades and the lake of fire
These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
+REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The thousand-year reign of Christ
In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### Final rebellion
This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
### Great white throne
This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Book of Life
This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Hades and the lake of fire
These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here “I” refers to John.
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβ
REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death “dying a second time.” This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη…γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone’s name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If God’s angel did not find a person’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Second death
Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Book of Life
This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### New heaven and new earth
It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.
+REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Second death
Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Book of Life
This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### New heaven and new earth
It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.
REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem.
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here “I” refers to John.
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])